40 - Varco Industrial Sales

40
428
TOOL BOXES
9 Drawer
Top Chest
99109
Capacity: 13,090 cubic in
Net Weight: 243 lb
Features
• All drawers are roller bearing
• Double wall construction
• Reinforced lid with gas shocks
13 Drawer
Roller Cabinet
99213
Capacity: 19,938 cubic in
Net Weight: 422 lb
• 6" x 2" casters
®
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00003 99109 Overall 41-1/2 23 21-1/8
3 23 22 2
2 11 22 2
2 23 22 4-1/4
1 11 22 4-1/4
1 11 22 6-7/16
4002.00006 99940 Lock and key assembly
4002.00009 99960 Includes drawer liner kit
10 Drawer
Top Chest
99110
Capacity: 8,845 cubic in
Net Weight: 146 lb
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00021 99110 Overall 34 17-7/8 20-1/2
6* 11 16 2
1* 7 16 6-7/16
2 31 16 2
1 31 16 4-1/4
1 20-3/4 8-1/4 3-1/8
*Friction drawer slides
4002.00024 99942 Lock and key assembly
4002.00027 99962 Includes drawer liner kit
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00012 99213 Overall 41-1/2 24-3/8 43-5/8
4 23 22 2
3 11 22 2
2 23 22 4-1/4
1 11 22 4-1/4
1 23 22 6-7/16
1 11 22 13
1 38 22 4-1/4
4002.00015 99941 Lock and key assembly
4002.00018 99961 Includes drawer liner kit
8 Drawer
Roller Cabinet
99208
Capacity: 14,292 cubic in
Net Weight: 218 lb
Features
• Roller bearing slides on
all full width drawers
• 5" x 2" casters
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00030 99208 Overall 35 18-3/4 42-3/8
4 31 16 2
3 31 16 4-1/4
1 31 16 8-1/2
4002.00033 99943 Lock and key assembly
4002.00036 99963 Includes drawer liner kit
8 Drawer
Side Rider
99408
Capacity: 5,037 cubic in
Net Weight: 112 lb
Features
• All roller bea7ring slides
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00039 99408 Overall 15 18-3/4 27-1/16
4 14 16 2
3 14 16 4-1/4
1 14 16 8-1/2
4002.00042 99943 Lock and key assembly
4002.00045 99964 Includes drawer liner kit

12 Drawer Deep
Top Chest
95812
Capacity: 6,823 cubic in
Net Weight: 110 lb
Features
• Ball bearing smooth gliding
slides on all full width drawers
• Full extension friction slides
on all narrow drawers
• Reinforced chest lid
11 Drawer
Roller Cabinet
95911
Capacity: 10,972 cubic in
Net Weight: 170 lb
Features
• Ball bearing smooth gliding
slides on all full width drawers
• Full extension friction slides
on all narrow drawers
• 2 Swivel/2 fixed 5" x 2"
casters
• Two 16 gauge reinforcing “C”
channels for extra strength
®
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00048 95812 Overall 26-1/8 17-1/2 21
Till Top 26 17 4
9 6-3/4 16-1/4 2-1/4
2 22-1/2 16-1/4 2-1/2
1 22-1/2 16-1/4 3-1/4
4002.00051 97941 Lock and key assembly
4002.00054 97826 Optional drawer liner kit
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00057 95911 Overall 26-1/2 18 42-1/2
4 10-3/4 16-1/4 2
6 22-1/2 16-1/4 3-1/4
1 22-1/2 16-1/4 6-11/16
4002.00168 97942 Lock and key assembly
4002.00063 97827 Optional drawer liner kit
8 Drawer Deep
Top Chest
95808
Capacity: 6,987 cubic in
Net Weight: 103 lb
Features
• Ball bearing smooth gliding
slides on all full width drawers
• Full extension friction slides
on all narrow drawers
• Reinforced chest lid
7 Drawer
Roller Cabinet
95907
Capacity: 11,197 cubic in
Net Weight: 154 lb
Features
• Ball bearing smooth
gliding slides on all full
width drawers
• 2 Swivel/2 fixed 5" x 2"
casters
• Two 16 gauge reinforcing “C”
channels for extra strength
TOOL BOXES
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00066 95808 Overall 26-1/8 17-1/2 21
Till Top 26 17 4
3 6-3/4 16-1/4 2-1/4
4 22-1/2 16-1/4 2-1/4
1 22-1/2 16-1/4 3-1/4
4002.00069 97941 Lock and key assembly
4002.00072 97828 Optional drawer liner kit
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00075 95907 Overall 26-1/2 18 42-1/2
1 22-1/2 16-1/4 4-1/4
4 22-1/2 16-1/4 3-1/4
2 22-1/2 16-1/4 6-11/16
4002.00168 97942 Lock and key assembly
4002.00081 97829 Optional drawer liner kit
40
429

40
430
TOOL BOXES
9 Drawer
Top Chest
97119
Capacity: 9,205 cubic in
Net Weight: 137 lb
15 Drawer
Roller Cabinet
97215
Capacity: 14,623 cubic in
Net Weight: 226 lbs
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00093 97215 Overall 41-1/2 18-3/4 42-3/8
4 23 16 2
4 11 16 2
2 23 16 4-1/4
2 11 16 4-1/4
1 23 16 6-7/16
1 11 16 6-7/16
1 38 16 4-1/4
5" Ball bearing casters
4002.00096 99943 Lock and key assembly
4002.00099 99966 Includes drawer liner kit
8 Drawer
Side Rider
97428
Capacity: 5,037 cubic in
Net Weight: 92 lb
®
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00084 97119 Overall 40-1/2 17-7/8 20-1/2
4 23 16 2
4 11 16 2
1 38 16 4-1/4
4002.00087 99942 Lock and key assembly
4002.00090 99965 Includes drawer liner kit
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00102 97428 Overall 15 18-3/4 37-1/16
4 11 16 2
3 11 16 4-1/4
1 11 16 8-1/2
4002.00105 99943 Lock and key assembly
4002.00108 99967 Includes drawer liner kit
6 Drawer
Drop Front Chest
97166
Capacity: 3,936 cubic in
Net Weight: 54 lb
Features
• Drop front prevents dirt from
getting into drawers
• Full length staked piano hinge
on all top chests
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00111 97166 Overall 26-1/8 13-1/4 16-1/8
Till Top 26 13 4
3 6-3/4 11-3/4 2-1/4
2 22-1/2 11-3/4 2-1/4
1 22-1/2 11-3/4 3-1/4
4002.00114 97941 Lock and key assembly
4002.00117 97836 Optional drawer liner kit
4002.00119 97816 Optional tote tray
6 Drawer Top Chest
97106
Capacity: 4,443 cubic in
Net Weight: 52-1/2 lb
Features
• Full length staked piano
hinge on all top chests
• Rugged heavy gauge all
welded steel construction
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00120 97106 Overall 26-1/8 13-1/4 16-1/8
Till Top 26 13 4
3 6-3/4 13 2-1/4
2 22-1/2 13 2-1/4
1 22-1/2 13 3-1/4
4002.00123 97940 Lock and key assembly
4002.00126 97809 Optional drawer liner kit
4002.00119 97816 Optional tote tray
12 Drawer
Deep Top Chest
97120
Capacity: 7,056 cubic in
Net Weight: 100-1/2 lb
Features
• Deeper and higher than other
brands for extra storage
• Full length staked piano
hinge on all top chests
• Cover activated triple bar rear locking system
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00129 97120 Overall 26-1/8 17-1/2 21
Till Top 26 17 4
9 6-3/4 17 2-1/4
2 22-1/2 17 2-1/4
1 22-1/2 17 3-1/4
4002.00132 97941 Lock and key assembly
4002.00135 97832 Optional drawer liner kit
4002.00119 97816 Optional tote tray

9 Drawer Deep Top Chest
97109
Capacity: 7,639 cubic in
Net Weight: 93-1/2 lb
Features
• Deeper and higher than
other brands for extra storage
• Heavy-duty lifting handles with
90° stop on all top chests
4 Drawer
Roller Cabinet
97204
Capacity: 9,169 cubic in
Net Weight: 108 lb
Features
• 10" deep bottom drawer for
large equipment
• "C" channel reinforced bottom for very heavy loads
5 Drawer
Roller Cabinet
97250
Capacity: 8,869 cubic in
Net Weight: 108 lb
Features
• "C" channel reinforced bottom
for very heavy loads
• Full top pad included on all roller cabinets
®
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00138 97109 Overall 26-1/8 17-1/2 21
Till Top 26 17 4
6 10-3/4 17 2-1/4
2 22-1/2 17 2-1/4
1 22-1/2 17 3-1/4
4002.00141 97941 Lock and key assembly
4002.00144 97810 Optional drawer liner kit
4002.00119 97816 Optional tote tray
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00147 97204 Overall 26-1/2 18 34-1/2
2 22-1/2 17 3-1/8
1 22-1/2 17 6-3/8
1 22-1/2 17 10-1/8
2 Swivel/2 Fixed 5" x 1-1/2" casters
4002.00168 97942 Lock and key assembly
4002.00153 97811 Optional drawer liner kit
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00156 97250 Overall 26-1/2 18 34-1/2
4 22-1/2 17 4-1/4
1 22-1/2 17 6-3/16
2 Swivel/2 Fixed 5" x 1-1/2" casters
4002.00168 97942 Lock and key assembly
4002.00162 97808 Optional drawer liner kit
7 Drawer
Roller Cabinet
97270
Capacity: 11,857 cubic in
Net Weight: 142 lb
Features
• Flush to front drawer
construction
• "C" channel reinforced bottom
for very heavy loads
• Double rear locking bars on
all roller cabinets
TOOL BOXES
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00165 97270 Overall 26-1/2 18 42-1/2
3 22-1/2 17 3-1/4
2 22-1/2 17 4-1/4
2 22-1/2 17 6-3/8
2 Swivel/2 Fixed 5" x 2" casters
4002.00168 97942 Lock and key assembly
4002.00171 97835 Optional drawer liner kit
11 Drawer
Roller Cabinet
97211
Capacity: 12,276 cubic in
Net Weight: 155 lb
Features
• Full extension drawers to easily
reach tools stored at back of
drawer
• "C" channel reinforced bottom
for very heavy loads
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00174 97211 Overall 26-1/2 18 42-1/2
4 10-3/4 17 2-1/4
2 22-1/2 17 2-1/4
2 22-1/2 17 3-1/4
2 22-1/2 17 4-1/4
1 22-1/2 17 6-3/8
2 Swivel/2 Fixed 5" x 2" casters
4002.00168 97942 Lock and key assembly
4002.00180 97812 Optional drawer liner kit
40
431

40
432
TOOL BOXES
9 Drawer
Roller Cabinet
97290
®
Capacity: 11,676 cubic in
Net Weight: 148 lb
Features
• Roll formed compound friction
drawer slides
• "C" channel reinforced bottom
for very heavy loads
• Heavy-duty smooth rolling 5" x 2"
casters with cross tread brake
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00183 97290 Overall 26-1/2 18 42-1/2
2 10-3/4 17 2-1/4
2 22-1/2 17 2-1/4
2 22-1/2 17 3-1/4
1 22-1/2 17 4-5/8
2 22-1/2 17 6-3/8
2 Swivel/2 Fixed 5" x 2" casters
4002.00168 97942 Lock and key assembly
4002.00189 97833 Optional drawer liner kit
8 Drawer
Right Side Rider
97408
Capacity: 9,099 cubic in
Net Weight: 111 lb
Features
• For light loads
- Simply hang side rider on
end of roller cabinet
• For medium loads
- Hang side rider on end of roller cabinet
- Take two roller cabinet casters and re-locate under
outside edge of side rider
- Join roller cabinet and side rider with joiner plate
#97807
• For heavy loads
- Use heavy-duty base #97823 and standard 5" wheels
that come with each roller cabinet or base #97825
with optional 6" wheels #97824
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00192 97408 Overall 18-3/8 18 37-1/4
End Cab 17-3/4 5 36
4 10-3/4 17 2-1/4
2 10-3/4 17 3-1/4
1 10-3/4 17 4-1/4
1 10-3/4 17 10-3/4
4002.00168 97942 Front lock and key assembly
4002.00198 97945 End storage lock and key assembly
4002.00201 97906 Ribbed rubber bottom pad for side
compartment
4002.00204 97813 Optional drawer liner kit
4002.00207 97807 Optional joiner kit (attaches to: 97211,
95911, 95907, 95905, 97290 and 97270)
8 Drawer
Left Side Rider
97418
Capacity: 9,099 cubic in
Net Weight: 111 lb
Shipping Weight: 118 lb
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00210 97418 Overall 18-3/8 18 37-1/4
End Cab 17-3/4 5 36
4 10-3/4 17 2-1/4
2 10-3/4 17 3-1/4
1 10-3/4 17 4-1/4
1 10-3/4 17 10-3/4
4002.00168 97942 Front lock and key assembly
4002.00198 97945 End storage lock and key assembly
4002.00219 97906 Ribbed rubber bottom pad for side compartment
4002.00222 97813 Optional drawer liner kit
4002.00225 97807 Optional joiner kit (attaches to: 97211, 95911,
95907, 95905, 97290 and 97270)
2 Drawer Side Rider
with 1 Adjustable Shelf
97402
Capacity: 4,257 cubic in
Net Weight: 34 lb
Features
• Design allows left side or right side
attachment to roller cabinet
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00228 97402 Overall 15 14-5/8 26
2 10-5/8 13-1/2 1-3/4
4002.00198 97945 Lock and key assembly
Side Rider
with 2 Adjustable Shelves
97400
Capacity: 5,002 cubic in
Net Weight: 27 lb
Features
• Design allows left side or right side
attachment to roller cabinet
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Width (in) Depth (in) Height (in)
4002.00234 97400 Overall 15 14-5/8 26
4002.00198 97945 Lock and key assembly

3 Drawer Hand Box
97103
Capacity: 1,555 cubic in
Net Weight: 23 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4002.00240 97103
2 Drawer Hand Box
97102
Capacity: 1,157 cubic in
Net Weight: 19 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4002.00243 97102
24" Tool Box
With Side Handles and Tote Tray
9104
Capacity: 1,866 cubic in
Net Weight: 17 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4002.00246 9104
18" Cantilever Tool Box
9118
Capacity: 1,530 cubic in
Net Weight: 21 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4002.00249 9118
®
Hand Boxes
• Full length piano hinge
• Heavy-duty latches and padlock eyes for lockable security
• Tote trays have wide grip handles
• Top quality double welded cold rolled steel
20" Heavy-Duty Tool Box
9120
With Tote Tray 97819
Capacity: 1,627 cubic in
Net Weight: 11 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4002.00252 9120
20" Hip Roof Tool Box
9103
With Tote Tray 97818
Capacity: 819 cubic in
Net Weight: 9 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4002.00255 9103
19" Low Profile Box
9101
Capacity: 328 cubic in
Net Weight: 3-1/2 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4002.00258 9101
19" Hand Box
9109
With Tote Tray 97817
Capacity: 328 cubic in
Net Weight: 3-1/2 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4002.00261 9109
TOOL BOXES
40
433

40
434
TOOL BOXES
5" x 1-1/2" Casters
97928
Features
• Smooth rolling casters
• 1,250 lb load rating
Heavy-Duty Base Carriage
97823
Net Weight: 28 lb
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4002.00267 97823 Heavy-Duty Base Carriage
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4002.00264 97928 5" x 1-1/2" Casters
• Joins 97211, 97290, 97270 to 97408 or 97418 to make
super wide roll cabinet
• Overall Inside 45-1/4" x 18-1/4"
• Does not include casters; use casters from 97211, 97270
or 97290 roll cab
Heavy-Duty Base Carriage
97837
Net Weight: 32-1/2 lb
• Joins any two pro series or GT series roller cabinets to
make super wide roll cabinet
• Overall Inside 53" x 18-1/4"
• Does not include casters; use heavy-duty casters 6" x 2"
#97824
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4002.00270 97837 Heavy-Duty Base Carriage
Super Heavy-Duty Base Carriage
97825
Net Weight: 37-1/2 lb
• Joins 97211, 97270 or 97290 to 97408 and 97418 to
make super wide roll cabinet
• Overall Inside 63-5/8" x 18-1/4"
• Does not include casters; use heavy-duty casters 6" x 2"
#97824
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4002.00273 97825 Super Heavy-Duty Base Carriage
®
G
Small Storage Boxes
• Protects small tools and supplies
• Single lock hasp for padlock
• Compact side handles for portability
• Heavy-duty hinges plus chain connector
to hold lid in open position
Mfg. Cap. Height Length Width Weight
Order No. No. (ft 3 ) (in) (in) (in) (lb)
4009.00003 1230 3.3 12 30 16 48
4009.00006 1531 4.5 15 31 18 51
Mobile Storage Boxes
• Easy mobility for jobsite or shop
• Dual recessed and concealed
lock protectors for security
against drilling and cutting lock
• Built-in skids, holes for casters
• Fold-down recessed handles
• Heavy-duty piano hinges with
nonremoveable pin
• Steel support arms to hold lid in open position
• Convenient storage tray on back wall for small items
(except model 1332)
• Optional casters are available separately for mobility
Order No. Mfg. No. Cap. (ft 3 ) Height (in) Length Width (in)
4009.00009 1332 4.9 14 32 19
4009.00012 1636 6.7 17 36 19
4009.00015 2142 9.7 20 42 20
4009.00018 2448 16 24 48 24
4009.00021 2460 20 24 60 24
4009.00024 3048 25 30 48 30
Slant-Top Boxes
• Large capacity storage with traditional
slant-top design
• Gas springs allow easy opening
and closing
• Double-hinged cover on models
3648 and 3660
• Dual recessed and concealed
lock protectors provide maximum
security
• Features two reinforced steel shelves with large lip to
prevent items from rolling off (Model 2260, one shelf only)
• Large fold-down recessed handles
• Optional casters are available separately for mobility
Order No. Mfg. No. Cap. (ft 3 ) Front Ht. Back Ht. Length Width (in)
4009.00027 2260 32 22 36 60 32
4009.00030 3648 34 36 48 48 30
4009.00033 3660 44 36 48 60 30
Optional Casters & Gas Springs
Wheel Wheel Wheel
Order No. Mfg. No. Dia. (in) Tread (in) Cap. (lb) Description
4009.00036 666 4 2 400 2 rigid, 2 swivel
4009.00039 695 4 2 375 2 rigid, 2 swivel
4009.00042 694 4 2 400 4 swivel
4009.00045 53950 Gas springs for 2260
4009.00048 53951 Gas springs for 3648 and 3660

MACHINISTS’ CHESTS
7 Drawer
Drawers and top compartment felt
lined. Front panel covers drawers,
stores in base. Has top carry
handle. 6 drawer dividers.
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb) Colour
4009.00051 609-601 20-1/8 8-9/16 13-5/8 28 Brown
8 Drawer
Felt lined drawers and tool
compartment. Self storing drop
front panel and rugged side
handles. 6 drawer dividers.
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb)Colour
4009.00054 609-602 26-11/16 8-9/16 13-5/8 36 Brown
11 Drawer
Drawers and top compartment
felt lined. Front panel covers
drawers. 3 drawer dividers,
side handles.
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb) Colour
4009.00057 609-615 26-11/16 8-9/16 18 47 Brown
11 Drawer
Drawers and top compartment
wool felt lined. Unlined handbook
drawer locks separately. Felt
covered bottom glides protect
drop front panel from scratches.
Chrome side handles and six
adjustable drawer dividers.
Wrinkle finish.
3 Drawer
Drawers and top compartment
wool felt lined. Front panel
conceals, locks drawers. Top
carry handle. Includes 4
adjustable drawer dividers
526
520
52611
3611
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb) Colour
4009.00060 609-830 26-11/16 8-9/16 18 47 Brown
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb) Colour
4009.00063 609-603 20-1/8 8-9/16 13-5/8 28 Brown
620
CHEST BASES
Model MC-22
2 Drawer Chest Base-Fits
under model 520 and 620
machinists’ chests. Also fits
any 27" or 29" roller cabinet.
Has wool felt lined top drawer
and side handles.
Model MC-28
2 Drawer Chest Base-Fits
under model 526 and 52611
machinists’ chests. Also fits
any 27" or 29" roller cabinet.
Has wool felt lined top drawer
and side handles.
HEAVY-DUTY
WORKSTATIONS
• Adjustable feet
• 5 drawer models have two
shelves on the left hand
side
• Tough durable grey wrinkle
finish
• Unassembled
TOOL BOXES
609-604
609-605
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb) Colour
4009.00066 609-604 25-5/8 9-5/8 7-13/16 17 Brown
4009.00069 609-605 26-5/8 12-9/16 9-1/2 28 Brown
54" Model
Dimensions: 54"W x 20"D x 34-1/2"H
Drawers: 16-9/16"W x 16-1/2"D x 3-3/16"H
60" Model
Dimensions: 60"W x 24"D x 34-1/2"H
Drawers: 23"W x 16-1/2"D x 3-3/16"H
Shipping
Order No. Mfg. No. Workstation Description Wt.
4009.00072 609-836 54" with maple top 5 drawer 150
4009.00075 609-838 54" with maple top 10 drawer 216
4009.00078 609-840 54" with steel top 5 drawer 159
4009.00081 609-842 54" with steel top 10 drawer 216
4009.00084 609-844 60" with maple top 5 drawer 201
4009.00087 609-846 60" with maple top 10 drawer 263
4009.00090 609-848 60" with steel top 5 drawer 201
4009.00093 609-850 60" with steel top 10 drawer 263
40
435

40
436
TOOL BOXES
ROLLER CABINETS
Model 2005
5 Drawer – Top drawer activates
locking mechanism. Includes
side handle, four 3" swivel
casters, cylinder lock, 2 keys.
Model 273
3 Drawer – Swing down panel
conceals, locks bottom
compartment. Includes side
handle, four 5" casters, 4 drawer
dividers, cylinder lock, 2 keys.
Model 275
5 Drawer – Swing down panel
conceals, locks bottom
compartment. Includes side
handle, four 5" casters, 4 drawer
dividers, cylinder lock, 2 keys.
273
2005
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb) Colour
4009.00096 609-664 20-1/2 13-5/8 32-13/1670 Brown
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb) Colour
4009.00099 609-665 27 18 36-1/4 99 Brown
Model 295
5 Drawer – Swing down panel
conceals, locks bottom
compartment. Includes side
handle, four 5" casters, 4 drawer
dividers, cylinder lock, 2 keys.
Model 277
7 Drawer – Top drawer activates
locking mechanism. Includes
side handle, four 5" swivel
casters, 4 drawer dividers,
cylinder lock, 2 keys.
Model 297
7 Drawer – Plenty of drawer
space to keep tools handy.
Includes side handle, four 5"
casters, 4 drawer dividers,
cylinder lock, 2 keys.
275 / 295
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb) Colour
4009.00102 609-670 27 18 35-1/4 110 Brown
4009.00105 609-685 29 20 35-1/4 128 Brown
277 / 297
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb) Colour
4009.00108 609-675 27 18 32-1/4 127 Brown
4009.00111 609-690 29 20 35-1/4 146 Brown
Model 376
6 Drawer – Just the cabinet to
fill the needs of those who want
workbench height and plenty of
tool storage space. Four 5"
casters, 4 drawer dividers, side
handle. Swing down panel
conceals storage compartment.
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb) Colour
4009.00114 609-695 27 18 39 131 Brown
Model 378
8 Drawer – Top drawer activates
locking mechanism. Includes side
handle, four 5" swivel casters,
cylinder lock, 2 keys.
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb) Colour
4009.00117 609-700 27 18 39-1/4 146 Brown
Model 4804
4 Drawer – Pad-lockable
doors protect 4 drawer
cabinet and interior
shelves.
Model 6010E
10 Drawer – With ball
bearing slides on all
drawers.
Model 6010S
10 Drawer – With ball
bearing slides on all
drawers.
609-704
6010S
4804
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb) Colour
4009.00120 609-702 48 26 35-7/8 375 Brown
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb) Colour
4009.00123 609-704 60-7/8 32 36 510 Brown
Order No. Mfg. No. Width Depth Height Wt.(lb) Colour
4009.00126 609-706 60-7/8 32 36 500 Brown
376
378

12 Drawer
Roller Cabinet
• 11,290 cubic inch capacity
• Includes 5" x 2" casters
• 165 lb weight
Width Depth Height
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers (in) (in) (in)
4001.00003 44117 12 overall 27 18 3 7 - 1 / 2 *
Drawer Sizes: 4 11 1 3 - 1 / 8 1-7/8
4 2 3 - 1 / 4 1 3 - 1 / 8 1-7/8
3 2 3 - 1 / 4 1 6 - 1 / 8 3 - 1 5 / 1 6
1 2 3 - 1 / 4 1 6 - 1 / 8 8-1/16
*Without casters
9 Drawer
Roller Cabinet
• 11,570 cubic inch capacity
• Includes 5" x 2" casters
• 155 lb weight
Width Depth Height
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers (in) (in) (in)
4001.00018 44108 9 Overall 27 18 3 7 - 1 / 2 *
Drawer Sizes: 4 11 16-1/8 1-7/8
3 23-1/4 16-1/8 3 - 1 5 / 1 6
2 23-1/4 16-1/8 8-1/16
*Without casters
7 Drawer
Roller Cabinet
• 8,560 cubic inch capacity
• Includes 5" x 2" casters
• 125 lb weight
Width Depth Height
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers (in) (in) (in)
4001.00030 44110 7 Overall 27 18 2 9 - 1 / 4 *
Drawer Sizes: 4 23-1/4 16-1/8 1-7/8
2 23-1/4 16-1/8 3 - 1 5 / 1 6
1 23-1/4 16-1/8 8-1/16
*Without casters
12 Drawer
Roller Cabinet
• 6,176 cubic inch capacity
• Full closing drop front cover
• Includes tote tray
• 105 lb weight
TOOL BOXES
Width Depth Height
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers (in) (in) (in)
4001.00042 44100 12 Overall 26-1/4 17-1/2 19-1/4
Drawer Sizes: 6 5 16-1/8 1-7/8
3 11 16-1/8 1-7/8
2 23-1/4 16-1/8 1-7/8
1 23-1/4 16-1/8 3 - 1 5 / 1 6
6 Drawer
Drop-Front
Top Chest
• 3,435 cubic inch capacity
• Full closing drop front cover
• Includes tote tray
• 64 lb weight
Width Depth Height
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers (in) (in) (in)
4001.00057 44103 6 Overall 26-1/4 12-1/2 15-1/8
Drawer Sizes: 2 5 11-1/8 1-7/8
1 11 11-1/8 1-7/8
2 23-1/4 11-1/8 1-7/8
1 23-1/4 11-1/8 3 - 1 5 / 1 6
Preconfigured Cabinets
Model 175
• 33" bench and workstation height
• To order cabinets without locks,
delete the 'L' suffix from the model
number (example: SEP 1001-A)
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Compartments
4001.00072 SEP 1001-AL 7 152
4001.00075 SEP 1004-AL 6 108
4001.00078 SEP 1016-AL 5 92
4001.00081 SEP 1023-AL 5 92
4001.00084 SEP 1045-AL 2 16
4001.00087 SD 175 LH1 hinge 1 cupboard 1 shelf and bottom pan
4001.00090 SD 175 RH1 hinge 1 cupboard 1 shelf and bottom pan
40
437

40
438
TOOL BOXES
Preconfigured Cabinets
Model 245
• 44" counter height
• To order cabinets without locks, delete
the 'L' suffix from the model number
(example: SEP 1001-A)
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Compartments
4001.00093 SEP 2004-AL 11 248
4001.00096 SEP 2012-AL 10 200
4001.00099 SEP2025-AL 9 184
4001.00102 SEP 2029-AL 8 144
4001.00105 SEP 2037-AL 8 144
4001.00108 SEP 2058-AL 7 120
4001.00111 SEP 2041-AL 7 120
4001.00114 RP 2102-AL 7 114
4001.00117 RP 2112-AL 6 98
4001.00120 SEP 2066-AL 9 84
4001.00123 RP 2113-AL 6 78
4001.00126 SEP 2076-AL 4 44
4001.00129 SEP 2079-AL 3 17
Preconfigured Cabinets
Model 340
• 59" eye level height
• To order cabinets without locks, delete the 'L' suffix from
the model number (example: SEP 1001-A)
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Compartments
4001.00132 SEP 3014-AL 15 336
4001.00135 SEP 3026-AL 14 300
4001.00138 RP 3039-AL 13 256
4001.00141 SEP 3054-AL 12 244
4001.00144 SEP 3047-AL 12 244
4001.00147 RP 3404-AL 11 275
4001.00150 RP 3098-AL 11 204
4001.00153 RP 3092-AL 11 200
4001.00156 SEP 3062-AL 11 192
4001.00159 SEP 3306-AL 11 192
4001.00162 SEP 3110-AL 10 164
4001.00165 SEP 3126-AL 10 164
4001.00168 RP 3406-AL 10 163
4001.00171 SEP 3140-AL 9 144
4001.00174 SEP 3155-AL 9 144
4001.00177 SEP 3144-AL 9 140
4001.00180 SEP 3163-AL 8 104
4001.00183 SEP 3189-AL 7 80
4001.00186 SEP 3203-AL 6 64
4001.00189 SEP 3214-AL 5 37
4001.00192 SEP 3219-AL 4 29
Preconfigured Cabinets
Model 200
• 37" bench and workstation height
• To order cabinets without locks, delete
the 'L' suffix from the model number
(example: SEP 1001-A)
Order No. Mfg. No. Drawers Compartments
4001.00195 SCU 1904-AL 8 176
4001.00198 SCU 1910-AL 6 144
4001.00201 SCU 1918-AL 5 88
4001.00204 SCU 1915-AL 5 80
4001.00207 SCU 1922-AL 4 56
4001.00210 SCU 1920-AL 4 48
4001.00213 SCU 1927-AL 2 48
Do-It-Yourself Carpenter Apron
Split leather with two large
and one small reversed
nail pockets, three pen
and pencil/utility pockets,
one heavy leather
hammer holder and an
adjustable nylon web belt.
• Rivet reinforced
Journeyman Electrical Tool Pouch
• Heavy leather
• Large accessible tool pouch
• Inside corrugated strip for screw drivers
and small wrenches, large front
dividers for extra tools, tape chain
and quick release snap
• Roll over type back to fit most industrial
belts up to 4"
• Rivet reinforced at all stress points
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4009.00129 AP-3000 Split-grain leather
4009.00132 AP-625 Heavy split-grain leather
4009.00135 EL-807 Top grain leather, 11 x 8.5
AP-3000
Journeyman Carpenter Apron
• Heavy split leather
with five reversed
nail pockets for easy
access (two large
and three small)
• Center pocket for
AP-625
tape or other tools, holders for hammer and pencil,
heavy leather belt with roller buckle
• Reinforced at all stress points
EL-807

TOOL BOXES & CABINETS
MOBILE TOOL BENCHES
A versatile unit combining a tool/storage area with a work surface.
Features:
• 11 gauge H.R. steel outer shell
• Shelves made of 14 gauge H.R. all welded steel with 1
1/4" square tubing supports
• 3 Drawer Cabinet and Fliptop Panel
1 Drawer - 22.125" W x 16.750" D x 2.000" H
2 Drawers - 22.125" W x 16.750" D x 4.000" H
1 Fliptop panel - 26.500" W x 18.000" D x 12.375" H
• 5 Drawer Cabinet:
1 Drawer - 22.125" W x 16.750" D x 2.000" H
2 Drawers - 22.125" W x 16.750" D x 4.000" H
2 Drawers - 22.125" W x16.750" D x 6.125" H
• Complete with locking bar
• Rolls easily on two rigid and two swivel 5" resilex casters with brakes
• Overall size: 60" W x 22" D x 37" H
Model No. Unit Description Wt. lbs.
FF993 5 Drawers/3 Drawers & fliptop panel 285
FF994 3 Drawers & fliptop panel/ Shelves 220
FF995 5 Drawers/Shelves 235
TOOL STORAGE
HEAVY DUTY TOOL LOCKER
Model TH682 KLETON ® Tool Locker is a
heavy duty security locker that enables workers
to individually secure their tools and
equipment. Six 3" H x 18" D drawers are
included: 3 drawers 6" W; 2 drawers 9" W; 1
drawer 18" W.
• Light grey enamel finish
• 20 gauge single wall construction
• Mail slot for drop-off of instructions
• Full 180° swing on door with a
magnetic catch to keep it in place
• Door locks with a padlock and hasp
• Easily stack on top of one another
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. W" x D" x H" lbs.
TH682 20 x 24 x 40 150
TOP OPENING JOBSITE BOXES
Top Opening Jobsite Boxes are built for
years of tough service. Each model is
designed to be durable, secure and spacious.
Capacities from 4.5 to 25 cu. ft.
• Rust inhibitor/baked
green enamel finish
• Fold-down steel handles
• Concealed patented lock protectors
shield padlocks
• Made of 16 gauge sheet steel with wraparound
corners for added strength and
durability
Model No. FF994
Model Cap. Dimensions Wt.
No. cu. ft. W" x D" x H" lbs.
TH680 9.7 42 x 20 x 20 112
TH683 16 48 x 24 x 24 144
TH684 20 60 x 24 x 24 182
TH685 25 48 x 30 x 30 190
TH746 Set of four 6" casters 10
®
Top Opening Jobsite Storage
Boxes (casters optional)
®
TOOLING CABINETS
Tooling cabinets are designed to provide
convenient storage for heavy machine
tooling and dies. Each extra strong,
adjustable shelf will support 700 lbs. of
tooling. Self-latching doors incorporate an
easy access handle and
tamper resistant
lock. Double wall,
all welded steel
contruction will
provide years of
durable service.
Colour: Grey.
TOOL BOXES
Model Dimensions No. of Wt.
No. W" x D" x H" Shelves lbs.
FF991 43 x 18 x 44 2 258
FF992 43 x 18 x 65 3 351
SMALL STORAGE BOXES
Protects small tools and supplies.
Single lock hasp for use with padlock.
Compact side handles for easy
portability. Heavy-duty hinges plus
chain connector to hold lid in upright
position. Welders box (TJ686) has
cutout for hoses.
SLANT TYPE JOBSITE BOXES
Slant Top Jobsite Boxes provide a large
capacity storage facility, with traditional
piano style slant-top design. 34 and 49 cu.
ft. capacities are available.
• Gas springs allow easy
opening and closing
• Double-hinged cover folds up
and out of the way
• Dual recessed and concealed
lock protectors provide
maximum security
• Features two reinforced steel shelves
with large lip to
prevent items from rolling off
• Add optional casters for
easy mobility
• Rust inhibitor/baked
green enamel finish
Model No. TJ686
Model Cap. Dimensions Wt.
No. cu. ft. W" x D" x H" lbs.
TJ686 3.3 30 x 16 x 12 48
TH678 4.5 31 x 18 x 15 51
Slant-Top Jobsite Storage Boxes
(casters optional)
Model Capacity Dimensions Wt.
No. cu. ft. W" x D" x H" lbs.
TS262 34 48 x 30 x 48 259
TH688 49 60 x 30 x 48 288
TH746 Set of four 6" casters 10
40
439

40
440
TOOL BOXES
TOOL STORAGE
Waterloo Pro Series Chests and Cabinets have quality 18 gauge double wall construction. They
feature roll-formed friction slides designed to carry heavy loads.
TT072/TT073
TT074/TT075
TT076/TT077 TT080/TT081
HOLT PLASTIC
TOOL BOXES
Designed with equal sized top and
bottom. When opened, all contents
are exposed and the box does not
tip. All tray confi-gurations are
nestled in the lid. TT116
PORTABLE
TOOL BOXES
TJ701
TJ704
TJ702
TJ705
TT106
Other WATERLOO PRO features include:
• Full extension drawers • 1200 lb. capacity • 5" x 2" casters
• 4 gauge caster channel • Red finish (with tool cart)
26" SERIES
Model Mfg. Drawer Dimensions Wt.
No. No. Description Drawers W" x D" x H" lbs.
TT072 WI-1265 12 Drawer Chest Top Tray Area 26.00 x 15.75 x 2.87 100
Overall Dimensions 9 Drawers 6.75 x 14.50 x 2.00
26"W x 15.75"D x 19.25"H 2 Drawers 22.50 x 14.50 x 2.00
Features Reinforced Cover 1 Drawer 22.50 x 14.50 x 3.00
TT073 WI-1200 12 Drawer Roller Cabinet 1 Drawer 22.75 x 16.75 x 2.00 152
Overall Dimensions 4 Drawers 7.62 x 16.75 x 2.00
26.5"W x 18"D x 35.5"H 1 Drawer 4.87 x 16.75 x 4.25
Height w/casters 41.5" 5 Drawers 22.37 x 16.75 x 3.12
1 Drawer 22.37 x 16.75 x 6.50
TT074 WI-1210 12 Drawer Chest Top Tray Area 26.00 x 12.00 x 2.25 69
Overall Dimensions 3 Drawers 4.50 x 10.75 x 2.00
26"W x 12"D x 19"H 6 Drawers 7.87 x 10.75 x 2.00
2 Drawers 22.50 x 10.75 x 2.00
1 Drawer 22.50 x 10.75 x 3.00
TT075 WI-900 9 Drawer Roller Cabinet 4 Drawers 10.62 x 16.75 x 3.12 136
Overall Dimensions 3 Drawers 22.37 x 16.75 x 3.12
26.5"W x 18"D x 35.5"H 2 Drawers 22.37 x 16.75 x 6.50
Height w/casters 41.5"
TT076 WI-1000 10 Drawer Chest Top Tray Area 26.00 x 12.00 x 2.25 67
Overall Dimensions 6 Drawers 7.87 x 10.75 x 2.00
26"W x 12"D x 19"H 1 Drawer 4.62 x 10.87 x 6.12
2 Drawers 22.50 x 10.75 x 2.00
1 Drawer 22.50 x 10.75 x 3.00
TT077 WI-500 5 Drawer Roller Cabinet 4 Drawers 22.37 x 16.75 x 3.12 117
w/Bulk Storage Compartment 1 Drawer 22.37 x 16.75 x 6.50
Overall Dimensions Panel Area 26.50 x 18.00 x 11.00
26.5"W x 18"D x 35.75"H
Height w/casters 41.75"
TT080 WI-600 6 Drawer Chest Top Tray Area 26.00 x 12.00 x 2.25 52
Overall Dimensions 2 Drawers 7.87 x 10.75 x 2.00
26"W x 12"D x 14.75"H 1 Drawer 4.50 x 10.75 x 2.00
2 Drawers 22.50 x 10.75 x 2.00
1 Drawer 22.50 x 10.75 x 3.00
TT081 WI-300 3 Drawer Roller Cabinet 2 Drawers 22.37 x 16.75 x 3.12 96
w/Bulk Storage Compartment 1 Drawer 22.37 x 16.75 x 6.50
Overall Dimensions Panel Area 26.50 x 18.00 x 11.00
26.5"W x 18"D x 29.25"H
Height w/casters 35.25"
Note: All 26" chests and cabinets are interchangeable.
TJ703
TT115
TT107
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. Description W" x D" x H" lbs.
TT115 Tool Box 18 x 10 x 9 5
w/Six Tray Cantilever
TT116 Tool Box 16 x 6 x 7 3/4 4
Economy Flat Top
TT103
Model Capacity Overall Dim. Wt.
No. cubic in. Description W" x D" x H" lbs.
TJ701 822 16" Tool Box w/PlasticTool Tray 16.00 x 7.00 x 7.50 6.0
TJ702 976 19" Tool Box w/PlasticTool Tray 19.12 x 7.00 x 7.50 7.0
TJ703 1440 20" Mechanic's Tool Box 20.00 x 8.00 x 9.00 10.0
w/Metal Tote Tray
TJ704 1728 24" Mechanic's Tool Box 24.06 x 8.06 x 9.00 12.0
w/Metal Tote Tray
TJ705 2160 30" Carpenter's Tool Box 30.06 x 8.06 x 9.00 14.0
w/Metal Tote Tray
TT103 1591 18" Split Lid Cantilever Tool Box 18 x 10 x 13.25 20
TT106 1020 19" Hip-Roof Tool Box 19.75 x 7 x 8 9
TT107 409 19" Low Profile Tool Box 19.75 x 6 x 4.25 4

Double Tongue 2" Belt
• Made of top grain leather
• 2" wide with heavy double
tongue roller buckle
Industrial Belt
• Made of top grain leather
• 1-1/2" wide with heavy
roller buckle
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4009.00138 EL-899 Top grain leather belt, 2"
4009.00141 EL-900 Top grain leather belt, 1-1/2"
Poly Cap Knee Pads
• Durable nylon material, with a
fully stitched protective poly cap
• High density foam provides
long-lasting comfort
• Elastic straps are 1-1/2" with
velcro closures
Accordion Knee Pads
• Accordion top provides comfort while
standing; flexible outer shell with
thick closed cell foam
• Thermo plastic rubber straps prevents
pad from sliding out of position
Durable Foam Pads
• Durable molded dense foam
• Two 1-1/4" elastic straps with
velcro fastener
• Desig ned for comfort and support
in a lightweight pad
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4009.00144 KP-295 Poly Cap Knee Pads
4009.00147 KP-309 Accordion Knee Pads
4009.00150 KP-314 Durable Foam Knee Pads
TOOL BOXES
Miscellaneous Tool Pouch
• Full grain leather
• Designed to fit assorted utility items: pens,
markers, tape, utility knife, etc.
• Belt slots are 2" wide
• Rivet reinforced.
Scissor/Wire Cutter Pouch
• Heavy leather
• Two pockets made to fit both scissors and
utility wire knife
3 Way Lineman Tool Pouch
• For pliers, screwdrivers, adjustable wrenches,
plus knife snap, pliers do not protrude from
this pouch
• Bottom is vented to prevent collection of dirt
• Slotted to fit belt up to 2" wide
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4009.00153 PH-38 Tool Pouch, 9 x 3.25
4009.00156 PL-13 Tool Pouch, 8 x 2.5
4009.00159 PL-29 Linesman Tool Pouch, 9.25 x 6.25
Tuff-Tote Tool Carriers
• Shoulder strap and carrying handle
provide comfort and convenience
• Crafter from top-grain leather for
strength and dependability
• Rust-resistant, plated-steel
hardware and heavy, lock-stitched
nylon thread for long-term durability
• Guaranteed to last
PH38
PL13
PL29
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4009.000162 35-975 Premium Tuff-Tote ultimate tool carrier with
shoulder strap
4009.000165 35-325 Standard Tuff-Tote ultimate tool carrier with
shoulder strap
4009.000168 35-969 P remium Tu ff - To t tool e carrier with shoulder strap
4009.000171 35-324 S t a n d a d rTu
ff - To t e tool carrier with shoulder strap
4009.000174 35-950 P remium Tu ff - To t tool e pouch with shoulder strap
4009.000177 35-311 S t a n d a d rTu
ff - To t tool e pouch with shoulder strap
4009.000180 35-980 Premium Tuff-Tote shoulder bad with
shoulder strap
40
441

40
442
TOOL BOXES
Tuff-Tote Tool Kits
• Tuff-Tote tool carriers come fully
equipped with premium Ideal
electrical tools and products
Premium Tool Standard Tool
Carrier Tool Kit: Standard Tool Kit:
35-804 Mfg. 35-803 Mfg.
Order No. No. Order No. No. Description
4009.00183 35-969 4009.00225 35-324 Tuff-Tote tool
carrier/tool pouch
4009.00186 45-415 4009.00186 45-415 P remium re f l e x
T ® -stripper wire stripper
4009.00189 30-430 4009.00231 35-012 9" side cutting pliers
4009.00192 35-028 4009.00192 35-028 8" diagonal cutting pliers
4009.00195 35-038 4009.00195 35-038 8-1/2" long nose pliers
4009.00198 35-429 4009.00240 30-428 Multi-crimp tool
4009.00201 35-877 4009.00243 35-186 Cabinet tip
s c rewdriver – 3/16 x 6"
4009.00204 35-880 4009.00246 35-154 Mechanic’s tip
s c rewdriver – 1/4 x 4"
4009.00207 35-886 4009.00249 35-193 Phillips head
s c rewdriver No. 1 x 3"
4009.00210 35-887 4009.00252 35-194 Phillips head
s c rewdriver No. 2 x 4"
4009.00213 35-205 4009.00213 35-205 Torpedo level
4009.00216 35-286 4009.00216 35-286 Hawkbill knife
4009.00219 35-238 4009.00219 35-238 25' measuring tape
4009.00222 34-002 4009.00222 34-002 Fuse puller
6-Pocket Tool Pouch
Three pliers pockets. Fits belts up to 2"
wide. All leather stitched construction.
Order No. Mfg. No. Nominal Overall Size (in)
4009.00267 5127 7 x 10
8-Pocket Tool Pouch
Extra Capacity
An extra-capacity multi-purpose
stitched and rivetted pouch with
two pliers pockets, five screwdriver
pockets, large utility compartments,
hammer loop, knife snap and
leather tape thong. Tunnel loop fits
belts up to 3" wide. Made of
leather.
Order No. Mfg. No. Nominal Overall Size (in)
4009.00270 5162T 8-1/2 x 10-3/4
10-Pocket Tool Pouch
Big-Capacity
Rugged, big-capacity pouch with
10 separate pockets. Four large,
gusseted utility pockets. Two pliers
pockets. Four pockets for screwdrivers.
Knife snap. Slotted pouch
fits belts up to 2" wide. Rivetted
and stitched. Made of leather.
Order. No. Mfg. No. Nominal Overall Size (in)
4009.00273 5165 10 x 10
Heavy-Duty Embossed Tool Belt
This is NOT an occupational
protective belt. This rugged 2"
wide belt is made of heavy
strap leather and equipped with
a double-tongue buckle.
Order No. Mfg. No. Sizes (in) Belt Width (in)
4009.00276 5415 36-44 2
Canvas Tool Bags
Durable. Made of one-piece No.
8 white canvas. Bottom and 3"
of lower sides are covered with
one-piece Naugahyde, cemented
and lock-stitched. Bottom is
protected with steel studs.
Mouth has steel frame. Harness leather handles. All bags
have two retaining straps and buckles. Bags are 6" wide.
Order No. Mfg. No. Length (in) Depth (in)
4009.00279 5102-16 16 14
4009.00282 5102-20 20 15
4009.00285 5102S Shoulder strap kit
High-Viz 3-Tier Tool Unit
Offers maximum space and organization
light weight, durable. Impact and
weather resistant. All the storage compartments
nest for maximum storage in
one compact unit.
Order No. Mfg. No. W x D x H (in) Capacity
4009.00288 54700 16-1/4 x 9 x 12-1/2 1165 cu. in.
Hi-Viz Sit/Stand
3-Tier Tool Unit
Can be used as a handy step stool and
seat. The lid has a no-slip surface and is
strong enough to stand or sit on. Comes
with adjustable shoulder strap and top
handle for easy carrying.
Order No. Mfg. No. W x D x H (in) Capacity
4009.00291 54701 20-3/4 x 13-1/2 x 16-3/4 4095

800 SERIES CASTERS
75 LB LOAD CAPACITY
• Threaded guards, round stems, axle and nut
Options:
• Top locking brake (TLB), (2-1/2" and 3")
• Side brake (SBL)
Order No. Mfg. No. Wheel Type
2" DIAMETER X 7/8" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0003 803-125-U Urethane
4013.#0006 803-125-UG Urethane gray
4013.#0009 803-125L-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0012 803-125L-SRG Soft gray rubber
4013.#0015 803-125L-U-PO Polyolefin
2-1/2" DIAMETER X 7/8" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0018 823-125-U Urethane
4013.#0021 823-125-UG Urethane gray
4013.#0024 823-125-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0027 823-125L-SRG Soft rubber gray
4013.#0030 823-125L-U-PO Polyolefin
3" DIAMETER X 7/8" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0033 833-125-U Urethane
4013.#0036 833-125D-UG Urethane gray
4013.#0039 833-125D-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0042 833-125L-SRG Soft rubber gray
4013.#0045 833-125L-U-PO Polyolefin
1000 SERIES CASTERS
150 LB LOAD CAPACITY
• Threaded guards and round stems
Options:
• Side brake (SBL)
• Top locking brake (TLB)
Order No. Mfg. No. Wheel Type
3" DIAMETER X 1" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0048 1033-125-U Urethane
4013.#0051 1033-125-HR-UG Urethane gray
4013.#0054 1033-125-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0057 1033-125-SRG Soft rubber gray
4013.#0060 1033-125-U-PO Polyolefin
4" DIAMETER X 1" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0063 1043-125-U Urethane
4013.#0066 1043-125-UG Urethane gray
4013.#0069 1043-125-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0072 1043-125-SRG Soft rubber gray
4013.#0075 1043-125-PO Polyolefin
5" DIAMETER X 1" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0078 1053-125-U Urethane
4013.#0081 1053-125-UG Urethane gray
4013.#0084 1053-125-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0087 1053-125-SRG Soft rubber gray
4013.#0090 1053-125-PO Polyolefin
CASTERS
1900 SERIES CASTERS
250 LB LOAD CAPACITY
• Zerk axle and lock nut (ZN)
• Ball bearings (BB) (SR and U wheels only)
Option:
• Side brake (SBL) (rubber wheels only)
Order No. Mfg.No. Wheel Type
3" DIAMETER X 1-1/4" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0093 1933-125-U Urethane
4013.#0096 1933-125-UG Urethane gray
4013.#0099 1933-125-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0102 1933-125-SRG Soft rubber gray
4013.#0105 1933-125-HR Hard rubber
4013.#0108 1933-125-PO Polyolefin
4013.#0111 1933-125-PH Phenolic
4013.#0114 1933-125-HTPH Hi-temp phenolic
4013.#0117 1933-125-ST Steel
4" DIAMETER X 1-1/4" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0120 1943-125-U Urethane
4013.#0123 1943-125-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0126 1943-125-SRG Soft rubber gray
4013.#0129 1943-125-HR Hard rubber
4013.#0132 1943-125-PO Polyolefin
4013.#0135 1943-125-PH Phenolic
4013.#0138 1943-625S-HR Hard rubber
4013.#0141 1943-125-HTPH Hi-temp phenolic
4013.#0144 1943-125-ST Steel
4013.#0147 1943-125-PLY Moldon urethane
4013.#0150 1943-125-UG Urethane gray
4013.#0153 S1943-125-PRO-BB-TG ProTech
4013.#0156 R1943-125-PRO-BB-TG ProTech
5" DIAMETER X 1-1/4" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0159 1953-125-U Urethane
4013.#0162 1953-125-UG Urethane gray
4013.#0165 1953-125-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0168 1953-125-SRG Soft rubber gray
4013.#0171 1953-125-HR Hard rubber
4013.#0174 1953-125-PO Polyolefin
4013.#0177 1953-125-PH Phenolic
4013.#0180 1953-625S-HR Hard rubber
4013.#0183 1953-125-HTPH Hi-temp phenolic
4013.#0186 1953- 125-ST Steel
4013.#0189 1953-125-PLY Moldon urethane
4013.#0192 1953-125-PRO-BB-TG ProTech
REPLACE THE “#” IN THE ORDER NUMBER WITH A
1 = SWIVEL CASTERS, 2 = RIGID CASTERS
EXAMPLE:
4013. 1 0000 = SWIVEL CASTERS
4013. 2 0000 = RIGID CASTERS
1 = SWIVEL CASTERS
2= RIGID CASTERS
REPLACE THE “#” IN THE ORDER NUMBER WITH: 1 = SWIVEL CASTERS o r 2 = RIGID CASTERS
40
443

40
444
CASTERS
2009 SERIES CASTERS
275 LB LOAD CAPACITY
• Stainless steel, double locking brake
(DLB)
• Threaded, round, square
expandable stems
• Zerk axle and lock nut
Order No. Mfg. No. Wheel Type
3" DIAMETER x 1-1/4" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0195 2039-125E-U Urethane
4013.#0198 2039-125E-UR Urethane gray
4013.#0201 2039-125E-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0204 2039-125E-SRG Soft rubber gray
4" DIAMETER x 1-1/4" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0207 2049-125E-U Urethane
4013.#0210 2049-125E-UR Urethane gray
4013.#0213 2049-125E-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0216 2049-125E-SRG Soft rubber gray
4013.#0219 2049-125-PRO-BB-TG ProTech
5" DIAMETER x 1-1/4" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0222 2059-125E-U Urethane
4013.#0225 2059-125E-UR Urethane gray
4013.#0228 2059-125E-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0231 2059-125E-SRG Soft rubber gray
4013.#0234 2059-125-PRO-BB-TG ProTech
4000 SERIES CASTERS
350 LB LOAD CAPACITY
• Roller bearing (3" and 4") (RB)
Option:
• Side locking brake (SLB)
Order No. Mfg. No. Wheel Type
1-1/4" DIAMETER x 5/8" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0237 4002-125-PLY Urethane
2" DIAMETER x 1" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0240 4002-125-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0243 4002-125-HR Hard rubber
4013.#0246 4002-125-PO Polyolefin
4013.#0249 4002-125-ST Steel
2-1/2" DIAMETER x 1-1/8" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0252 4025-125-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0255 4025-125-HR Hard Rubber
4013.#0258 4025-125-PO Polyolefin
4013.#0261 4025-125-ST Steel
3" DIAMETER x 1-1/4" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0264 4003-125-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0267 4003-125-HT-PH Hi-temp phenolic
4013.#0270 4003-125-HR Hard rubber
4013.#0273 4003-125-PO Polyolefin
4013.#0276 4003-125-PH Phenolic
4013.#0279 4003-125-ST Steel
4013.#0282 4004-125-SR Soft rubber
4013.#0285 4004-125-HT-PH Hi-temp phenolic
4013.#0288 4004-125-HR Hard rubber
4013.#0291 4004-125-PO Polyolefin
4013.#0294 4004-125-PH Phenolic
4013.#0297 4004-125-ST Steel
6200 SERIES CASTERS
550 LB LOAD CAPACITY
• Delrin bearing (BD)
Options:
• Top locking brake for swivel
casters (TLB)
• Side locking brake (SLB)
Order No. Mfg. No. Wheel Type
3-1/4" DIA. X 1-1/2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0300 6203-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4" DIAMETER X 1-1/2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0303 6204-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#0306 6204-125-MPU-RB Moldon polyurethane
4013.#0309 6204-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#0312 6204-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0315 6204-125-U-RB Envirothane
4013.#0318 6204-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0321 6204-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0324 6204-125-ST-RB Steel
4013.#0327 6204-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#0330 6204-PRO-BB ProTech
5" DIAMETER X 1-1/2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0333 6205-125-MPU-RB Moldon polyurethane
4013.#0336 6205-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#0339 6205-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0342 6205-125-U-RB Envirothane
4013.#0345 6205-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0348 6205-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0351 6205-125-ST-RB Steel
4013.#0354 6205-PRO-BB ProTech
REPLACE THE “#” IN THE ORDER NUMBER
WITH A
1 = SWIVEL CASTERS, 2 = RIGID CASTERS
EXAMPLE:
4013. 1 0000 = SWIVEL CASTERS
4013. 2 0000 = RIGID CASTERS
REPLACE THE “#” IN THE ORDER NUMBER WITH: 1 = SWIVEL CASTERS o r 2 = RIGID CASTERS

6800 SERIES CASTERS
1,400 LB LOAD CAPACITY
• Delrin bearings (DB), tread guards (TG)
• Stainless steel available
Options:
• Regular top locking brake (TLB)
• Side locking brake (SLB)
Order No. Mfg. No. Wheel Type
4" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0357 6804-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#0360 6804-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#0363 6804-125-UR-RB Moldon urethane
4013.#0366 6804-125-U-RBC Envirothane
4013.#0369 6804-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0372 6804-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0375 6804-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0378 6804-125-ST-RB Steel
4013.#0381 S6804-125-PRO-RB ProTech
4013.#0384 R6804-125-PRO-RB ProTech
5" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0387 6805-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#0390 6805-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#0393 6805-125-UR-RB Moldonurethane
4013.#0396 6805-125-U-RBC Envirothane
4013.#0399 6805-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0402 6805-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0405 6805-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0408 6805-125-ST-RB Steel
4013.#0411 6805-125-PRO-RB Protech
6" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0414 6806-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#0417 6806-125-MAR-RB Moldon aluminum
4013.#0420 6806-125-MAU-RB Moldon aluminum urethane
4013.#0423 6806-125-MPR-RB Moldon envirothane rubber
4013.#0426 6806-125-PRO-RB ProTech
4013.#0429 6806-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#0432 6806-125-MPR-RB Mold. poly. ure.
4013.#0435 6806-125-U-RBC Envirothane
4013.#0438 6806-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0441 6806-125-UR-RB Moldonurethane
4013.#0444 6806-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0447 6806-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0450 6806-125-ST-RB Steel
8" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0453 6808-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#0456 6808-125-MAR-RB Moldon aluminum
4013.#0459 6808-125-MAU-RB Moldon aluminum urethane
4013.#0462 6808-125-MPR-RB Moldon envirothane rubber
4013.#0465 6808-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#0468 6808-125-MPR-RB Moldon polyolefin urethane
4013.#0471 6808-125-U-RBC Envirothane
4013.#0474 6808-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0477 6808-125-UR-RB Moldonurethane
4013.#0480 6808-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0483 6808-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0486 6808-125-SS-RB Solid steel
4013.#0489 6808-125-ST-RB Steel
6900 SERIES CASTERS
1,600 LB LOAD CAPACITY
• Hardened washers (SWH)
Option:
• Thumb screw brake (TSB)
CASTERS
Order No. Mfg. No. Wheel Type
4" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0492 6904-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#0495 6904-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#0498 6904-125-UR-RB Moldon urethane
4013.#0501 6904-125-U-RBC Envirothane
4013.#0504 6904-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0507 6904-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0510 6904-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0513 6904-125-ST-RB Steel
4013.#0516 6904-125-PRO-RB ProTech
5" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0519 6905-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#0522 6905-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#0525 6905-125-UR-RB Moldonurethane
4013.#0528 6905-125-U-RBC Envirothane
4013.#0531 6905-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0534 6905-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0537 6905-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0540 6905-125-ST-RB Steel
4013.#0543 6905-PRO-RB ProTech
6" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0546 6906-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#0549 6906-125-MAR-RB Moldon aluminum rubber
4013.#0552 6906-125-MAU-RB Moldon aluminumurethane
4013.#0555 6906-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#0558 6906-125-MPU-RB Moldon polyolefin urethane
4013.#0561 6906-125-U-RBC Envirothane
4013.#0564 6906-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0567 6906-125-UR-RB Moldonurethane
4013.#0570 6906-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0573 6906-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0576 6906-125-ST-RB Steel
4013.#0579 6906-125-PRO-RB ProTech
8" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0582 6908-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#0585 6908-125-MAR-RB Moldon aluminum rubber
4013.#0588 6908-125-MAU-RB Moldon aluminum urethane
4013.#0591 6908-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#0594 6908-125-MPU-RB Moldon polyolefin urethane
4013.#0597 6908-125-U-RBC Envirothane
4013.#0600 6908-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0603 6908-125-UR-RB Moldon urethane
4013.#0606 6908-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0609 6908-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0612 6908-125-SS-RB Solid steel
4013.#0615 6908-125-ST-RB Steel
REPLACE THE “#” IN THE ORDER NUMBER WITH: 1 = SWIVEL CASTERS o r 2 = RIGID CASTERS
40
445

40
446
CASTERS
7000 SERIES CASTERS
900 LB LOAD CAPACITY
• Double welding
Options:
• Top locking brake (TLB)
• Heavy top locking brake (HTLB)
Order No. Mfg. No. Wheel Type
4" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0618 7004-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#0621 7004-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#0624 7004-125-U-RBC Envirothane
4013.#0627 7004-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0630 7004-125-UR-RB Moldon urethane
4013.#0633 7004-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0636 7004-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0639 7004-125-ST-RB Steel
4013.#0642 S7004-125-PRO-RB ProTech
4013.#0645 R7004-125-PRO-RB ProTech
5" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0648 7005-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#0651 7005-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#0654 7005-125-U-RBC Envirothane
4013.#0657 7005-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0660 7005-125-UR-RB Moldon urethane
4013.#0663 7005-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0666 7005-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0669 7005-125-ST-RB Steel
4013.#0672 S7005-1252-PRO-RB ProTech
6" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0675 R7005-125-PRO-RB ProTech
4013.#0678 7006-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#0681 7006-125-MPR-RB Moldon polyolefin urethane
4013.#0684 7006-125-U-RBC Envirothane
4013.#0687 7006-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0690 7006-125-UR-RB Moldon urethane
4013.#0693 7006-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0696 7006-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0699 7006-125-ST-RB Steel
8" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0702 7008-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#0705 7008-125-MPR-RB Moldon polyolefin urethane
4013.#0708 7008-125-U-RBC Envirothane
4013.#0711 7008-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0714 7008-125-UR-RB Moldon urethane
4013.#0717 7008-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0720 7008-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0723 7008-125-SS-RB Solid steel
4013.#0726 7008-125-Ss-RB Steel
REPLACE THE “#” IN THE ORDER NUMBER
WITH A
1 = SWIVEL CASTERS, 2 = RIGID CASTERS
EXAMPLE:
4013. 1 0000 = SWIVEL CASTERS
4013. 2 0000 = RIGID CASTERS
7100 SERIES CASTERS
2,200 LB LOAD CAPACITY
Options:
• Thumb screw brake (TSB)
• Hardened washers (SWH)
Order No. Mfg.No. Wheel Type
6" DIAMETER X 2-1/2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0729 7106-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#0732 7106-125-U-RB Urethane
4013.#0735 7106-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0738 7106-125-UR-RB Moldon urethane
4013.#0741 7106-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0744 7106-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0747 7106-125-SS-RB Solid steel
8" DIAMETER X 2-1/2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0750 7108-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#0753 7108-125-U-RB Urethane
4013.#0756 7108-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0759 7108-125-UR-RB Moldon urethane
4013.#0762 7108-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#0765 7108-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#0768 7108-125-SS-RB Solid steel
7900 SERIES
PNEUMATIC CASTERS
450 LB LOAD CAPACITY
Options:
• Side locking brake (SLB)
• Thumb screw brake (TSB)
Mfg. Dia. x Tread Wheel Tire
Order No. No. W (in) Type Size
4013.#0771 7908-125-PNC-BB 8 x 2-1/2 Universal 250-4
pneumatic
4013.#0774 7910-125-PNC-BB 10 x 3-1/2 Universal 410pneumatic
350-4
4013.#0777 7912-125-PNC-BB 12 x 3-1/2 Universal 410pneumatic
350-6
8000 LOW PROFILE
HIGH CAPACITY
This swivel caster has a fully head
treated double raceway. It comes with
the custom molded phenolic wheel
and hardened roller bearing. It
provides excellent floor protection
and mobility while accommodating 600 lb per
caster. 3" thumb screw brake is standard. This low profile
(4") high capacity (600 lb) caster comes with a corrosion
resistant bright zinc finish and is excellent for applications
such as pianos and heavy material handling equipment.
Dia. x Tread Wheel
Order No. Mfg. No. W (in) Type
4013.00778 S8022-U 2" x 7/8 Urethane
4013.00779 S8030-U 3" x 1-13/16 –
REPLACE THE “#” IN THE ORDER NUMBER WITH: 1 = SWIVEL CASTERS o r 2 = RIGID CASTERS

THE TORNADO – KINGPINFREE SERIES CASTERS
1,500 LB LOAD CAPACITY
• Zinc finish
• Kingpinfree
• Grease nipple in lower raceway
• 2-3/4" diameter thrust raceway
• 1-3/4" diameter kingpin raceway
• Hardened steel ball bearings
• Roller bearings with drilled hardened steel spanner bushing and steel side washers
Order No. Mfg. No. Wheel Type (in)
4" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#1077 TO43-125-MR-RB Molden rubber
4013.#1080 TO43-125-PRO-RB ProTech
4013.#1083 TO43-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#1086 TO43-125-MPU-RB Moldon polyolefin urethane
4013.#1089 TO43-125-UR-RB Moldon urethane
4013.#1092 TO43-125-ALT-RB ALThane
4013.#1095 TO43-125-U-RB Envirothane
4013.#1098 TO43-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#1101 TO43-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#1104 TO43-125-HTPH-RB Hi-temp. phenolic (475)
4013.#1107 TO43-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#1110 TO43-125-ST-RB Steel
5" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#1113 TO53-125-BARG-RB Balloon cushion rubber gray
4013.#1116 TO53-125-PRO-RB ProTech
4013.#1119 TO53-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#1122 TO53-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#1125 TO53-125-MPU-RB Moldon polyolefin urethane
4013.#1128 TO53-125-ALT-RB Althane
6" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#1131 TO63-125-BARG-RB Balloon cushion rubber gray
4013.#1134 TO63-125-PRO-RB ProTech
4013.#1137 TO63-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#1140 TO63-125-MAR-RB Moldon aluminum rubber
4013.#1143 TO63-125-MAU-RB Moldon aluminum urethane
4013.#1146 TO63-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#1149 TO63-125-MPU-RB Moldon polyolefin urethane
4013.#1152 TO63-125-ALT-RB ALThane
4013.#1155 TO63-125-U-RB Envirothane
CASTERS
Order No. Mfg. No. Wheel Type (in)
4013.#1158 TO63-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#1161 TO63-125-UR-RB Moldon urethane
4013.#1164 TO63-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#1167 TO63-125-ST-RB Steel
4013.#1170 TO63-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#1173 TO63-125-HTPH-RB Hi-temp. phenolic (475)
8" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#1176 TO83-125-BARG-RB Balloon cushion rubber gray
4013.#1179 TO83-125-PRO-RB ProTech
4013.#1182 TO83-125-MAR-RB Moldon aluminum rubber
4013.#1185 TO53-125-U-RB Envirothane
4013.#1188 TO53-125-U-PB Envirothane precision ball
4013.#1191 TO53-125-UR-PB-GT Moldon urethane
4013.#1194 TO53-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#1197 TO53-125-HTPH-RB Hi-temp. phenolic (475)
4013.#1200 TO53-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#1203 TO53-125-ST-RB Steel
4013.#1206 TO53-125-MR-RB Moldon rubber
4013.#1209 TO53-125-MAU-RB Moldon aluminum urethane
4013.#1212 TO53-125-PO-RB Polyolefin
4013.#1215 TO83-125-MPU-RB Moldon polyolefin urethane
4013.#1218 TO83-125-ALT-PB Althane
4013.#1221 TO83-125-UR-RB Moldon urethane
4013.#1224 TO83-125-U-PB-TG Envirothane precision ball
4013.#1227 TO83-125-VG-RB V-Groove
4013.#1230 TO83-125-SS-RB Solid steel (crowned)
4013.#1233 TO83-125-ST-RB Steel
4013.#1236 TO83-125-PH-RB Phenolic
4013.#1239 TO83-HTPH-RB Hi-temp. phenolic (475)
REPLACE THE “#” IN THE ORDER NUMBER WITH: 1 = SWIVEL CASTERS o r 2 = RIGID CASTERS
40
447

40
448
CASTERS
The E-Maxx Casters
• 900 lb load capacity, zinc finish
• 3/4" diameter heavy duty kingpin, 5/16" diameter
upper and lower hardened steel load bearings
• Grease nipple in swivel raceway
• Roller bearings with drilled hardened steel
spanner bushing and plastic side washers
Order No. Mfg. No. Wheel Type
4" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0804 6543-125-ALT-RB-TG Althane
4013.#0807 6543-125-APR-RB-TG Altech
4013.#0810 6543-125-PRO-RGB-TG ProTech
4013.#0813 6543-125-MR-RB-TG Moldon rubber
4013.#0816 6543-125-MPR-RB-TG Moldon envirorubber
4013.#0819 6543-125-PO-RB-TG Polyolefin
4013.#0822 6543-125-MPU-RB-TG Moldon polyolefin urethane
4013.#0825 6543-125-U-RB-TG Envirothane
4013.#0828 6543-125-U-PB-TG Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0831 6543-125-UR-RB-TG Moldon urethane
4013.#0834 6543-125-PH-RB-TG Phenolic
4013.#0837 6543-125-HTPH-RB-TG Hi-temp. phenolic (475°)
4013.#0840 6543-125-VG-RB-TG V-Groove
4013.#0843 6543-125-PRO-RB ProTech
5" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0846 6553-125-ALT-RB-TG Althane
4013.#0849 6553-125-APR-RB-TG Altech
4013.#0852 6553-125-PRO-RB-TG ProTech
4013.#0855 6553-125-MR-RB-TG Moldon rubber
4013.#0858 6553-125-MPR-RB-T Moldon envirorubber
4013.#0861 6553-125-PO-RB-TG Polyolefin
4013.#0864 6553-125-MPU-RB-T Moldon polyolefin urethane
4013.#0867 6553-125-U-RB-TG Envirothane
4013.#0870 6553-125-U-PB-TG Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0873 6553-125-UR-RB-T Moldon urethane
4013.#0876 6553-125-PH-RB-T Phenolic
4013.#0879 6553-125-HTPH-R-TG Hi-temp.phenolic (475°)
4013.#0882 6553-125-VG-RB-G V-Groove
4013.#0885 6553-125-PRO-RB ProTech
6" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0888 6563-125-ALT-RBTG Althane
4013.#0891 6563-125-APR-RB-TG Altech
4013.#0894 6563-125-PRO-RB-TG ProTech
4013.#0897 6563-125-MR-RB-TG Moldon rubber
4013.#0900 6563125-MPR-RB-TG Moldon envirorubber
4013.#0903 6563-125-PO-RB-TG Polyolefin
4013.#0906 6563-125-U-RB-TG Envirothane
4013.#0909 6563-125-U-PB-TG Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0912 6563-125-UR-RB-TG Moldon urethane
4013.#0915 6563-125-PH-RB-TG Penolic
4013.#0918 6563-125-HTPH-RB-TG Hi-temp. phenolic (475°)
4013.#0921 6563-125-VG-RB-TG V-Groove
4013.#0924 6563-125-PRO-RB ProTech
8" DIAMETER x 2" TREAD WIDTH
4013.#0927 6583-125-ALT-RB-TG Althane
4013.#0930 6583-125-APR-RB-TG Altech
4013.#0933 6583-125-PRO-RB-TG ProTech
4013.#0936 6583-125-MR-RB-TG Moldon rubber
4013.#0939 6583-125-MPR-RB-TG Moldon envirorubber
4013.#0942 6583-125-PO-RB-TG Polyolefin
4013.#0945 6583-125-U-RB-TG Envirothane
4013.#0948 6583-125-U-PB-TG Envirothane precision ball
4013.#0951 6583-125-UR-RB-TG Moldon urethane
4013.#0954 6583-125-PH-RB-TG Phenolic
4013.#0957 6583-125-HTPH-RB-TG Hi-temp. phenolic (475°)
4013.#0960 6583-125-VG-RB-TG V-Groove
4013.#0963 E6583-125-PRO-RB ProTech
ALLEVEL CASTERS
This caster was designed to accommodate
uneven floors and various overall heights
where accurate and on-sight levelling are
critical. This caster evolves from our swivel
2000 Series with 5/8" bolt hold and 3/4" x 5"
threaded stem and double locking brake
which locks swivel and wheel.
• Advise wheel type and size
• For more information contact our customer service
GATE SPRING-LOADED CASTERS
Two models are manufactured. Shown
here is the one manufactured with our
2053 and the other one is made with our
7053. The 2053 is the 2000 series with
any of our 5" x 1-1/4" wheels that we offer.
Weight capacity varies from 225 lb to 275
lb The 7053 is the 7000 Series with any of
our 5" x 2" wheels that we offer. Weight
capacity varies fro 400 lb to 800 lb.
• Advise wheel type and size
• For more information contact our customer service
DUAL PNEUMATIC CASTERS
This caster can service many applications
where minimized movement, rigid stability
and accuracy are critical. The pneumatic
wheels allow for excellent floor protection,
shock absorption, quiet and smooth
operation with ease of rolling. The dual
pneumatics are especially suited for
delicate handling on uneven and rough
floor surfaces.
• Advise wheel diameter
• For more information contact our customer service
MARATHON CASTERS
75 LB LOAD CAPACITY
• 5/16" diameter rivet kingpin
• 3/16" raceway and under race
• Sealed high quality ball bearing bushing
• Hardened steel load bearings
T h re a d Swivel
Dia. Width A x l e R a d i u s
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (in) (in) (in)
4013.#0780 M A R AT H O N 2 - 4 3 7 S X 12-1/2 7/8 1/4 2-1/16
4013.#0783 MARATHON2-437 2-1/2 7/8 1/4 2-1/16
4013.#0786 M A R AT H O N 3 - 4 3 7 S X 12-1/2 7/8 1/4 2-1/16
4013.#0789 MARATHON3-437 2-1/2 7/8 1/4 2-1/16
PHANTOM CASTERS
150 LB LOAD CAPACITY
• 7/16" diameter rivet kingpin
• 7/32" diameter upper and lower race
• Bright chrome finish
• Hardened yoke and washers
T h re a d Swivel
Dia. Width A x l e R a d i u s
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (in) (in) (in)
4013.00792 P H A N T O M 2 - 4 3 7 S X 1 3 1 5/16 2-3/4
4013.00795 PHANTOM2-437 3 1 5/16 2-3/4
4013.00798 P H A N T O M 3 - 4 3 7 S X 1 3 1 5/16 2-3/4
4013.00801 PHANTOM3-437 3 1 5/16 2-3/4
REPLACE THE “#” IN THE ORDER NUMBER WITH: 1 = SWIVEL CASTERS o r 2 = RIGID CASTERS

SOFT RUBBER WHEELS
75 LB TO 350 LB LOAD CAPACITY
Soft rubber tread with a hard core for quiet
movement, smooth ride and excellent floor
protection. Used mainly for light loads.
• -30°F to 130°F temperatures
• Non-marking black or gray
• Nylon, steel, ball bearing and roller bearings
HARD RUBBER WHEELS
175 LB TO 300 LB LOAD CAPACITY
Used for higher load capacities than soft
rubber. High resistance to oil, grease and
mild or dilute acids.
• Black, nylon and steel bearings
• -30°F to 130°F temperature
PHENOLIC WHEELS
400 LB TO 4,000 LB LOAD CAPACITY
Made of macerated canvas impregnated
with phenolic resin.
• Plain, ball, tapered, roller
• Regular temp: black; hi-temp: brown
• Regular: -40°F to 300°F
• High: -40°F to 150°F
• Continuously: 525°F intermittently
POLYOLEFIN WHEELS
75 LB TO 1,000 LB LOAD CAPACITY
Light in weight, economical and high in
impact strength. Non-marking and chipping,
oil and chemical resistant.
• Plain, nylon, rubber
• -15°F to 135°F temperature
• Black
ENVIROTHANE WHEELS
75 LB TO 1,600 LB LOAD CAPACITY
Top quality wheel that will not damage your
floors and will not develop flat spots under
standing loads.
• Plain, nylon, ball, precision ball
• -45°F to 230°F temperature
• Black (U), gray (UG), envirothane green (U-PB)
STEEL WHEELS
125 LB TO 15,000 LB LOAD CAPACITY
Cast iron, ductile iron and forged steel
wheels are toughened for strength and
longevity. Used for rugged and concrete
floors. Solid steel crowned wheels are
available (SS).
• Plain, roller, tapered
• Widest range temperature
• Steel gray
V-GROOVE WHEELS
300 LB TO 5,000 LB
LOAD CAPACITY
Operate on inverted angle iron tracks.
• Plain, tapered, roller
• Black
• Widest range temperature
*Replacement wheels available on request
CASTERS
ALTHANE WHEELS
600 LB TO 1,800 LB LOAD CAPACITY
Solid, non-marking wheel. Excellent for
high impact strength requirements.
Non-chipping, oil and chemical resistant.
• Delrin, roller, precision ball
• -25°F to 135°F temperature
• Black
MOLDON ALUMINUM RUBBER WHEELS
225 LB TO 750 LB LOAD CAPACITY
Moldon rubber is secured to aluminum for
full floor protection and quiet movement.
Shock, vibration and rust resistant.
• Plain roller
• -30°F to 135°F temperature
• Black, aluminum core, black tread
MOLDON RUBBER WHEELS
250 LB TO 1,800 LB LOAD CAPAC I T Y
Moldon rubber is secured to semi-steel core
for full floor protection and quiet movement.
• Plain, roller, tapered
• -30°F to 135°F temperature
• Black
MOLDON ENVIRORUBBER WHEELS
250 LB TO 1,000 LB LOAD CAPAC I T Y
Non-marking wheel is securely fastened to
its polyolefin core.
• Plain, delrin, roller bearing
• -15°F to 130°F temperature
• Gray core, gray tread
MOLDON URETHANE WHEELS
900 LB TO 4,800 LB
LOAD CAPACITY
Allows for an easy, smooth, quiet ride.
• Plain, roller, tapered
• -30°F to 135°F temperature
• Black core, red tread and/or black core,
orange rust tread
MOLDON POLYOLEFIN
URETHANE WHEELS
450 LB TO 1,000 LB LOAD CAPACITY
Highly resistant to chemicals and excellent
for all floor surfaces. Provides for high load
capacities and is resistant to rust.
• Plain, delrin, roller bearing
• -30°F to 150°F temperature
• Gray core, gray tread
40
449

40
450
CASTERS
MOLDON ALUMINUM
URETHANE WHEELS
700 LB TO 750 LB LOAD CAPACITY
Easy, smooth and quiet ride provided. Tread
is chemically resistant and rust resistant core.
• Plain, roller
• Aluminum core, red tread
• -30°F to 135°F
PNEUMATIC WHEELS
330 LB TO 520 LB LOAD CAPACITY
Use where floor and equipment protection is
vital. Excellent for delicate materials and
uneven and rough floor surfaces.
• Ball bearings
• -20°F to 130°F temperature
• Steel gray hub, black wheel tread
HEX WASHERS
Dia. Length Wheel For
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (in) Type Series
4013.00966 5/16-18X13/16HW 5/16 13/16 NC
4013.00969 51/6-18X1HW 5/16 1 NC
4013.00972 3/8-16X12HW 3/8 1/2 NC 600
4013.00975 3/8-16X3/4HW 3/8 3/4 NC 700
4013.00978 3/8-16X1HW 3/8 1 NC 800
4013.00981 3/8-16X1-1/2HW 3/8 1-1/2 NC
4013.00984 1/2-13X1HW 1/2 1 NC 900/1000
4013.00987 1/2-13X1-1/2HW 1/2 1-1/2 NC 1900
4013.00990 1/2-13X2-1/4HW 1/2 2-1/2 NC 2000
HEX NUTS
Dia. Length Wheel For
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (in) Type Series
4013.00993 5/16-18X3/4HN 5/16 3/4 NC
4013.00996 5/16-18X1HN 5/16 1 NC 600
4013.00999 3/8-16X5/8HN 3/8 5/8 NC 700
4013.01002 3/8-16X1HN 3/8 1 NC 800
4013.01005 3/8-16X1-1/2HN 3/8 1-1/2 NC
4013.01008 1/2-13X1HN 1/2 1 NC 900,1000
4013.01011 1/2-13X1-7/8HN 1/2 1-7/8 NC 1900
4013.01014 1/2-13X3-1/2HN 1/2 3-1/2 NC 2000
ROUND AND SQUARE STEMS
375 437S
1.050S
3/4/SQ
Dia. Length Wheel For
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (in) Type Series
4013.01017 375 5/16 1-9/16 Grip neck 600/700
4013.01020 375SX1 3/8 1 Friction ring 00/900
4013.01023 437 7/16 1-7/8 Friction ring 600/700
4013.01026 437S 7/16 1-5/16 Friction ring 800/900
4013.01029 437SX1 7/16 1 Friction ring 1000/1900
4013.01032 437XX1-5/8 7/16 1-5/8 Friction ring 2000
4013.01035 625S 5/8 1-5/8 Friction ring
4013.01038 812S 13/16 2 Friction ring 900
4013.01041 862S .862 2 Friction ring 1000
4013.01044 875S 7/8 2 Friction ring 1900
4013.01047 995S .995 2-1/2 Friction ring 2000
4013.01050 1.050S 1-3/63 2-1/2 Friction ring
SQUARE STEMS
4013.01053 3/4SQ 3/4 2 1000/1900
4013.01056 7/8SQ 7/8 2 2000
THREADED STEMS
Order No. Mfg. No. Dia. (in) Threaded Type
4013.01059 6500 3/4-10 x 4 NC
4013.01062 6500 7/8-9 x 4 NC
ROUND STEMS
Order No. Mfg. No. Dia. (in) Threaded Type
4013.01065 S6500-750 3/4 x 4 Plain
4013.01068 S6500-875 7/8 x 4 Plain
4013.01071 S6500-1000 1 x 4 Plain
4013.01074 S6500-1250 1-1/4 x 4 Plain

FURNITURE CASTERS
• 7/16" diameter, 1" long alternate stem (specify 5567-1)
• Hard rubber and polypropylene wheels available
• Friction brake available (SB – 1-5/8", 2", 2-1/2", 3", 4", 5")
• Rollock brake available (RB – 3", 4", 5")
CASTERS
Series EW Stem
Load capacity 70-125 lb each caster. Double ball bearing construction assures easy swivelling for heavy furniture, appliances,
equipment, or point-of-purchase displays. Friction-grip stem can fit directly into cast aluminum, molded plastic, or pressed-steel
chair bases. Also used with EW brackets for angle-iron legs and steel, plastic, and RT sockets for tubular metal legs. Bore
dimensions are 29/64" diameter, 1-9/16" depth. Stem can be used with EW tube sockets or brackets.
Swivel Wheel Tread Wheel Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Dia. (in) Width (in) Material Rating (lb)
4019.00003 EW458R* 1-5/8 47/64 Soft rubber 70
4019.00006 EW459BR* 2 7/8 Soft rubber 80
4019.00009 EW159R* 2 3/4 Dyna-Tred II TPR 80
4019.00012 EW4511R* 2-1/2 13/16 Soft rubber 80
4019.00015 EW1511R* 2-1/2 13/16 Dyna-Tred II TPR 80
4019.00018 EW4520* 3 13/16 Soft rubber 90
4019.00021 EW1520* 3 13/16 Dyna-Tred II TPR 90
4019.00024 EW4521B&N** 4 15/16 Soft rubber 115
4019.00027 EW1521B&N** 4 15/16 Dyna-Tred II TPR 115
4019.00030 EW4522** 5 15/16 Soft rubber 125
4019.00033 EW1522** 5 15/16 Dyna-Tred II TPR 125
*Standard stem: 7/16" diameter, 1-3/8" long (specify 5567-6)
**Standard stem: 7/16" diameter, 1-17/32" long (specify 5567-4)
INSTITUTIONAL CASTERS
Series EY
Load capacity 70-135 lb each caster. Double ball bearing design makes them ideal for metal furniture, carts,
racks, appliances and more. Machine-threaded stems are available in made-to-order custom sizes.
• R – riveted axle
• Brake options available on most items
Swivel Wheel Tread Wheel Wheel Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Dia. (in) Width (in) Material Bearing Rating (lb)
4019.00036 EY458R* 1-5/8 47/64 Soft rubber Plain 70
4019.00039 EY459R* 2 7/8 Soft rubber Plain 80
4019.00042 EY159R* 2 3/4 Dyna-Tred II TPR Plain 80
4019.00045 EY4520* 3 13/16 Soft rubber Plain 90
4019.00048 EY1520* 3 13/16 Dyna-Tred II TPR Plain 90
4019.00051 EY4521** 4 15/16 Soft rubber Plain 115
4019.00054 EY1521** 4 15/16 Dyna-Tred II TPR Plain 115
*Standard stem 3/8 – 16 x 1-1/2"
**Standard stem 1/2 – 13 x 1-1/2"
40
451

40
452
CASTERS
CASTERS
Light Duty – Series EP-RP
Mounting bolt diameter of 5/16".
General Duty – Series 100-500
• RB for rollock brake
• SB for side brake
• TG for thread guard
• TB for dual lock brake – 5" only
• B and N – bolt and nut axle
standard
• R – riveted axle optional
100 Series Swivel: Mounting 500 Series Rigid:
Wheel Size of Top Mounting Hole Bolt Dia. (in) Size of Top Mounting Hole
Dia. (in) Plate (in) Spacing (in) Swivel and Rigid Plate (in) Spacing (in)
2 1-7/8 x 2-9/16 15/16 x 2-1/8 1/4 1-1/2 x 2-21/32 15/16 x 2-1/8
2-1/2 2-3/4 x 3-13/16 1-3/4 x 3 5/16 2-1/4 x 4-7/16 1-1/16 x 3-1/2
3 3-1/8 x 4-1/8 2-3/8 x 3-3/8 to 3-7/16 5/16 2-1/2 x 4-15/16 1-3/16 x 4
4 4 x 5-1/8 3 x 4 3/8 3-1/8 x 6-1/4 1-3/4 x 5
*Dual brake overall
height is 6-1/2"
Swivel Rigid Wheel Tread Wheel Wheel Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Dia. (in) Width (in) Material Bearing Rating (lb)
4019.00057 EP4520 4019.00096 RP4520 3 13/16 Soft rubber Plain 90
4019.00060 EP4520RB — — 3 13/16 Soft rubber Plain 90
4019.00063 EP6520 4019.00099 RP6520 3 13/16 Polypropylene Plain 110
4019.00066 EP1520 4019.00102 RP1520 3 13/16 Dyna-Tred II TPR Plain 90
4019.00069 EP4521 4019.00105 RP4521 4 15/16 Soft rubber Plain 115
4019.00072 EP4521RB — — 4 15/16 Soft rubber Plain 115
4019.00075 EP6521 4019.00108 RP6521 4 15/16 Polypropylene Plain 140
4019.00078 EP1521 4019.00111 RP1521 4 15/16 Dyna-Tred II TPR Plain 115
4019.00081 EP4522 4019.00114 RP4522 5 15/16 Soft rubber Plain 125
4019.00084 EP4522RB — — 5 15/16 Soft rubber Plain 125
4019.00087 EP6522 4019.00117 RP6522 5 15/16 Polypropylene Plain 150
4019.00090 EP1522 4019.00120 RP1522 5 15/16 Dyna-Tred II TPR Plain 125
4019.00093 EP1522TB* — — 5 15/16 Dyna-Tred II TPR Plain 125
Swivel Rigid Wheel Tread Wheel Wheel Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Dia. (in) Width (in) Material Bearing Rating (lb)
4019.00123 108-2R 4019.00216 508-2R 2 1 Sintered iron Plain 150
4019.00126 121-2R 4019.00219 521-2R 2 1 Soft rubber Plain 90
4019.00129 121-2RSB — — 2 1 Soft rubber Plain 90
4019.00132 127-2R 4019.00222 527-2R 2 1 Hard rubber Plain 150
4019.00135 127-2RSB — — 2 1 Hard rubber Plain 150
4019.00138 160-2R 4019.00225 560-2R 2 1 Polypropylene Plain 150
4019.00141 108-2-1/2R 4019.00228 508-2-1/2R 2-1/2 1 Sintered iron Plain 200
4019.00144 121-2-1/2R 4019.00231 521-2-1/2R 2-1/2 1-1/8 Soft rubber Plain 100
4019.00147 121-2-1/2SB B&N — — 2-1/2 1-1/8 Soft rubber Plain 100
4019.00150 127-2-1/2R 4019.00234 527-2-1/2R 2-1/2 1-1/8 Hard rubber Plain 200
4019.00153 127-2-1/2SB B&N — — 2-1/2 1-1/8 Hard rubber Plain 200
4019.00156 160-2-1/2R 4019.00237 560-2-1/2R 2-1/2 1-1/8 Polypropylene Plain 220
4019.00159 190-3R 4019.00240 590-3R 3 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred TPR Delrin 180
4019.00162 190-3SB B&N — — 3 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred TPR Delrin 180
4019.00165 108-3R 4019.00243 508-3R 3 1-3/16 Sintered iron Plain 300
4019.00168 121-3R 4019.00246 521-3R 3 1-1/4 Soft rubber Plain 175
4019.00171 121-3SB B&N — — 3 1-1/4 Soft rubber Plain 175
4019.00174 127-3R 4019.00249 527-3R 3 1-1/4 Hard rubber Plain 270
4019.00177 127-3SB B&N — — 3 1-1/4 Hard rubber Plain 270
4019.00180 130-3 B&N 4019.00252 530-3 B&N 3 1-1/4 Phenolic Plain 300
4019.00183 131-3 B&N 4019.00255 531-3 B&N 3 1-1/4 Phenolic Roller 300
4019.00186 160-3R 4019.00258 560-3R 3 1-1/4 Polypropylene Plain 270
4019.00189 121-4R 4019.00261 521-4R 4 1-5/16 Soft rubber Plain 225
4019.00192 121-4SB B&N — — 4 1-5/16 Soft rubber Plain 225
4019.00195 127-4R 4019.00264 527-4R 4 1-5/16 Hard rubber Plain 350
4019.00198 127-4SB B&N — — 4 1-5/16 Hard rubber Plain 350
4019.00201 160-4R 4019.00267 560-4R 4 1-5/16 Polypropylene Plain 350
4019.00204 108-4R 4019.00270 508-4R 4 1-3/8 Sintered iron Plain 450
4019.00207 121-4BR 4019.00273 521-4BR 4 1-5/8 Soft rubber Plain 240
4019.00210 127-4BR 4019.00276 527-4BR 4 1-5/8 Hard rubber Plain 420
4019.00213 131-4 B&N 4019.00279 531-4 B&N 4 1-5/8 Phenolic Roller 450

Light Medium Duty Casters – Series 400-7700
• Direction lock available
• Other wheel materials available
CASTERS
Swivel Rigid Wheel Tread Wheel Wheel Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Dia. (in) Width (in) Material Bearing Rating (lb)
4019.00282 421-2-1/2 4019.00414 7721-2-1/2 2-1/2 1-1/8 Soft rubber Plain 100
4019.00285 427-2-1/2 4019.00417 7227-2-1/2 2-1/2 1-1/8 Hard rubber Plain 200
4019.00288 460-2-1/2 4019.00420 7760-2-1/2 2-1/2 1-1/8 Polypropylene Plain 220
4019.00291 421-3 4019.00423 7721-3 3 1-1/4 Soft rubber Plain 175
4019.00294 427-3 4019.00426 7727-3 3 1-1/4 Hard rubber Plain 270
4019.00297 442-3 4019.00429 7742-3 3 1-1/4 K-wheel Plain 270
4019.00300 460-3 4019.00432 7760-3 3 1-1/4 Polypropylene Plain 270
4019.00303 490-3 4019.00435 7790-3 3 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred TPR Delrin 180
4019.00306 493-3 TG 4019.00438 7793-3 TG 3 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred TPR Precision 180
4019.00309 496-3 4019.00441 7796-3 3 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred PU Delrin 225
4019.00312 499-3 TG 4019.00444 7799-3 TG 3 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred PU Precision 225
4019.00315 490-3-1/2 4019.00447 7790-3-1/2 3-1/2 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred TPR Delrin 225
4019.00318 493-3-1/2 TG 4019.00450 7793-3-1/2 TG 3-1/2 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred TPR Precision 225
4019.00321 496-3-1/2 4019.00453 7796-3-1/2 3-1/2 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred PU Delrin 250
4019.00324 499-3-1/2 TG 4019.00456 7799-3-1/2 TG 3-1/2 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred PU Delrin 250
4019.00327 421-3-1/2 4019.00459 7721-3-1/2 3-1/2 1-5/16 Soft rubber Plain 200
4019.00330 427-3-1/2 4019.00462 7727-3-1/2 3-1/2 1-5/16 Hard rubber Plain 275
4019.00333 460S-3-1/2 4019.00465 7760S-3-1/2 3-1/2 1-5/16 Polypropylene Plain 275
4019.00336 464W-3-1/2 4019.00468 7764W-3-1/2 3-1/2 1-1/2 RT wheel – standard Plain 400
4019.00339 464W-HT-3-1/2 4019.00471 7764W-HT-3-1/2 3-1/2 1-1/2 RT wheel – high temp Plain 400
4019.00342 421-4 4019.00474 7721-4 4 1-1/4 Soft rubber Plain 200
4019.00345 427-4 4019.00477 7727-4 4 1-1/4 Hard rubber Plain 275
4019.00348 442-4 4019.00480 7742-4 4 1-1/4 K-wheel Plain 275
4019.00351 460S-4 4019.00483 7760S-4 4 1-1/4 Polypropylene Plain 275
4019.00354 490-4 4019.00486 7790-4 4 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred TPR Delrin 250
4019.00357 493-4 TG 4019.00489 7793-4 TG 4 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred TPR Precision 250
4019.00360 496-4 4019.00492 7796-4 4 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred PU Delrin 300
4019.00363 499-4 TG 4019.00495 7799-4 TG 4 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred PU Precision 300
4019.00366 464W-4 4019.00498 7764W-4 4 1-1/2 RT wheel – standard Plain 400
4019.00369 464W-HT-4 4019.00501 7764W-HT-4 4 1-1/2 RT wheel – high temp Plain 400
4019.00372 421-5 4019.00504 7721-5 5 1-1/4 Soft rubber Plain 200
4019.00375 427-5 4019.00507 7727-5 5 1-1/4 Hard rubber Plain 290
4019.00378 442-5 4019.00510 7742-5 5 1-1/4 K-wheel Plain 300
4019.00381 460S-5 4019.00513 7760S-5 5 1-1/4 Polypropylene Plain 290
4019.00384 490-5 4019.00516 7790-5 5 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred TPR Delrin 300
4019.00387 493-5 TG 4019.00519 7793-5 TG 5 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred TPR Precision 300
4019.00390 496-5 4019.00522 7796-5 5 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred PU Delrin 325
4019.00393 499-5 TG 4019.00525 7799-5 TG 5 1-1/4 Dyna-Tred PU Precision 325
4019.00396 464W-5 4019.00528 7764W-5 5 1-1/2 RT wheel – standard Plain 400
4019.00399 464W-HT-5 4019.00531 7764W-HT-5 5 1-1/2 RT wheel – high temp Plain 400
4019.00402 L460-5 4019.00534 L7760-5 5 2 Polypropylene Plain 300
4019.00405 L460-5RB — — 5 2 Polypropylene Plain 300
4019.00408 492-6 4019.00537 4792-6 6 1-3/8 Dyna-Tred TPR Sealed Ball 325
4019.00411 497-6 4019.00540 4797-6 6 1-3/8 Dyna-Tred PU Sealed Ball 350
40
453

40
454
CASTERS
Medium Heavy Duty Casters – Series 1400-3400
Swivel Rigid Wheel Tread Wheel Wheel Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Dia. (in) Width (in) Material Bearing Rating (lb)
4019.00543 1406-4 x 2 4019.00723 3406-4 x 2 4 2 Semi-steel Roller 700
4019.00546 1418-4 x 2 4019.00726 3418-4 x 2 4 2 Mold-on rubber Roller 380
4019.00549 1464W-4 x 2 4019.00729 3464W-4 x 2 4 2 RT wheel – standard Delrin 400
4019.00552 1464W-HT-4 x 2 4019.00732 3464W-HT-4 x 2 4 2 RT wheel – high temp H.T. bushing 400
4019.00555 1465W-4 x 2 4019.00735 3465W-4 x 2 4 2 RT wheel – standard Roller 700
4019.00558 1465W-HT-4 x 2 4019.00738 3465W-HT-4 x 2 4 2 RT wheel – high temp Roller 700
4019.00561 1467W-4 x 2 4019.00741 3467W-4 x 2 4 2 RT wheel – standard Precision 700
4019.00564 1467W-HT-4 x 2 4019.00744 3467W-HT-4 x 2 4 2 RT wheel – high temp Precision 700
4019.00567 1438-4 x 2 4019.00747 3438-4 x 2 4 2 Mold-on polyurethane Roller 700
4019.00570 1440-4 x 2 4019.00750 3440-4 x 2 4 2 K-Wheel Delrin 700
4019.00573 1441-4 x 2 4019.00753 3441-4 x 2 4 2 K-Wheel Roller 700
4019.00576 1443-4 x 2 4019.00756 3443-4 x 2 4 2 K-Wheel Precision 700
4019.00579 1460-4 x 2 4019.00759 3460-4 x 2 4 2 Polypropylene Plain 400
4019.00582 1461-4 x 2 4019.00762 3461-4 x 2 4 2 Polypropylene Roller 400
4019.00585 1490-4 x 2 4019.00765 3490-4 x 2 4 2 Dyna-Tred TPR Delrin 350
4019.00588 1491-4 x 2 4019.00768 3491-4 x 2 4 2 Dyna-Tred TPR Roller 350
4019.00591 1493-4 x 2 4019.00771 3493-4 x 2 4 2 Dyna-Tred TPR Precision 350
4019.00594 1496-4 x 2 4019.00774 3496-4 x 2 4 2 Dyna-Tred PU Delrin 600
4019.00597 1498-4 x 2 4019.00777 3498-4 x 2 4 2 Dyna-Tred PU Roller 600
4019.00600 1499-4 x 2 4019.00780 3499-4 x 2 4 2 Dyna-Tred PU Precision 600
4019.00603 1406-4V x 2 4019.00783 3406-4V x 2 4 2 V-grooved semi-steel Roller 550
4019.00606 1431-4 x 2 4019.00786 3431-4 x 2 4 2 Phenolic Roller 700
4019.00609 1406-5 x 2 4019.00789 3406-5 x 2 5 2 Semi-steel Roller 900
4019.00612 1418-5 x 2 4019.00792 3418-5 x 2 5 2 Mold-on rubber Roller 380
4019.00615 1464W-5 x 2 4019.00795 3464W-5 x 2 5 2 RT wheel – standard Delrin 650
4019.00618 1464W-HT-5 x 2 4019.00798 3464W-HT-5 x 2 5 2 RT wheel – high temp H.T. bushing 650
4019.00621 1465W-5 x 2 4019.00801 3465W-5 x 2 5 2 RT wheel – standard Roller 900
4019.00624 1465W-HT-5 x 2 4019.00804 3465W-HT-5 x 2 5 2 RT wheel – high temp Roller 900
4019.00627 1467W-5 x 2 4019.00807 3467W-5 x 2 5 2 RT wheel – standard Precision 900
4019.00630 1467W-HT-5 x 2 4019.00810 3467W-HT-5 x 2 5 2 RT wheel – high temp Precision 900
4019.00633 1438-5 x 2 4019.00813 3438-5 x 2 5 2 Mold-on polyurethane Roller 900
4019.00636 1440-5 x 2 4019.00816 3440-5 x 2 5 2 K-wheel Delrin 900
4019.00639 1441-5 x 2 4019.00819 3441-5 x 2 5 2 K-wheel Roller 900
4019.00642 1443-5 x 2 4019.00822 3443-5 x 2 5 2 K-wheel Precision 900
4019.00645 1460-5 x 2 4019.00825 3460-5 x 2 5 2 Polypropylene Plain 500
4019.00648 1461-5 x 2 4019.00828 3461-5 x 2 5 2 Polypropylene Roller 500
4019.00651 1490-5 x 2 4019.00831 3490-5 x 2 5 2 Dyna-Tred TPR Delrin 450
4019.00654 1491-5 x 2 4019.00834 3491-5 x 2 5 2 Dyna-Tred TPR Roller 450
4019.00657 1493-5 x 2 4019.00837 3493-5 x 2 5 2 Dyna-Tred TPR Precision 450
4019.00660 1496-5 x 2 4019.00840 3496-5 x 2 5 2 Dyna-Tred PU Delrin 750
4019.00663 1498-5 x 2 4019.00843 3498-5 x 2 5 2 Dyna-Tred PU Roller 750
4019.00666 1499-5 x 2 4019.00846 3499-5 x 2 5 2 Dyna-Tred PU Precision 750
4019.00669 1431-5 x 2 4019.00849 3431-5 x 2 5 2 Phenolic Roller 900
4019.00672 1481-6 x 1-1/2 4019.00852 3481-6 x 1-1/2 6 1-1/2 Duraflex Roller 300
4019.00675 1406-6 x 2 4019.00855 3406-6 x 2 6 2 Semi-steel Roller 900
4019.00678 1418-6 x 2 4019.00858 3418-6 x 2 6 2 Mold-on rubber Roller 420
4019.00681 1464W-6 x 2 4019.00861 3464W-6 x 2 6 2 RT wheel – standard Delrin 650
4019.00684 1464W-HT-6 x 2 4019.00864 3464W-HT-6 x 2 6 2 RT wheel – high temp H.T. Bushing 650
4019.00687 1465W-6 x 2 4019.00867 3465W-6 x 2 6 2 RT wheel – standard Roller 900
4019.00690 1465W-HT-6 x 2 4019.00870 3465W-HT-6 x 2 6 2 RT wheel – high temp Roller 900
4019.00693 1467W-6 x 2 4019.00873 3467W-6 x 2 6 2 RT wheel – standard Precision 900
4019.00696 1467W-HT-6 x 2 4019.00876 3467W-HT-6 x 2 6 2 RT wheel – high temp Precision 900
4019.00699 1438-6 x 2 4019.00879 3438W-6 x 2 6 2 Mold-on polyurethane Roller 900
4019.00702 1440-6 x 2 4019.00882 3440-6 x 2 6 2 K-wheel Delrin 900
4019.00705 1441-6 x 2 4019.00885 3441-6 x 2 6 2 K-wheel Roller 900
4019.00708 1443-6 x 2 4019.00888 3443-6 x 2 6 2 K-wheel Precision 900
4019.00711 1460-6 x 2 4019.00891 3460-6 x 2 6 2 Polypropylene Plain 700
4019.00714 1461-6 x 2 4019.00894 3461-6 x 2 6 2 Polypropylene Roller 700
4019.00717 1490-6 x 2 4019.00897 3490-6 x 2 6 2 Dyna-Tred TPR Delrin 550
4019.00720 1491-6 x 2 4019.00900 3491-6 x 2 6 2 Dyna-Tred TPR Roller 550

Medium - Heavy Duty Casters – Series 1400-3400 (cont’d)
CASTERS
Swivel Rigid Wheel Tread Wheel Wheel Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Dia. (in) Width (in) Material Bearing Rating (lb)
4019.00903 1493-6 x 2 4019.00996 3493-6 x 2 6 2 Dyna-Tred TPR Precision 550
4019.00906 1496-6 x 2 4019.00999 3496-6 x 2 6 2 Dyna-Tred PU Delrin 900
4019.00909 1498-6 x 2 4019.01002 3498-6 x 2 6 2 Dyna-Tred PU Roller 900
4019.00912 1499-6 x 2 4019.01005 3499-6 x 2 6 2 Dyna-Tred PU Precision 900
4019.00915 1406-6V x 2 4019.01008 3406-6V x 2 6 2 V-Grooved semi-steel Roller 850
4019.00918 1431-6 x 2 4019.01011 3431-6 x 2 6 2 Phenolic Roller 900
4019.00921 1416-6 x 2 4019.01014 3416-6 x 2 6 2 Balloon Ball 300
4019.00924 1419-6 x 2 4019.01017 3419-6 x 2 6 2 Pneumatic Ball 275
4019.00927 1406-8 x 2 4019.01020 3406-8 x 2 8 2 Semi-steel Roller 1,050
4019.00930 1418-8 x 2 4019.01023 3418-8 x 2 8 2 Mold-on rubber Roller 500
4019.00933 1464W-8 x 2 4019.01026 3464W-8 x 2 8 2 RT wheel – standard Delrin 675
4019.00936 1464W-HT-8 x 2 4019.01029 3464W-HT-8 x 2 8 2 RT wheel – high temp H.T. bushing 675
4019.00939 1465W-8 x 2 4019.01032 3465W-8 x 2 8 2 RT wheel – standard Roller 1,050
4019.00942 1465W-HT-8 x 2 4019.01035 3465W-HT-8 x 2 8 2 RT wheel – high temp Roller 1,050
4019.00945 1467W-8 x 2 4019.01038 3467W-8 x 2 8 2 RT wheel – standard Precision 1,050
4019.00948 1467W-HT-8 x 2 4019.01041 3467W-HT-8 x 2 8 2 RT wheel – high temp Precision 1,050
4019.00951 1438-8 x 2 4019.01044 3438W-8 x 2 8 2 Mold-on polyurethane Roller 1,050
4019.00954 1440-8 x 2 4019.01047 3440-8 x 2 8 2 K-wheel Delrin 1,050
4019.00957 1441-8 x 2 4019.01050 3441-8 x 2 8 2 K-wheel Roller 1,050
4019.00960 1443-8 x 2 4019.01053 3443-8 x 2 8 2 K-wheel Precision 1,050
4019.00963 1460-8 x 2 4019.01056 3460-8 x 2 8 2 Polypropylene Plain 600
4019.00966 1461-8 x 2 4019.01059 3461-8 x 2 8 2 Polypropylene Roller 600
4019.00969 1481-8 x 2 4019.01062 3481-8 x 2 8 2 Duraflex Roller 500
4019.00972 1490-8 x 2 4019.01065 3490-8 x 2 8 2 Dyna-Tred TPR Delrin 700
4019.00975 1491-8 x 2 4019.01068 3491-8 x 2 8 2 Dyna-Tred TPR Roller 700
4019.00978 1493-8 x 2 4019.01071 3493-8 x 2 8 2 Dyna-Tred TPR Precision 700
4019.00981 1496-8 x 2 4019.01074 3496-8 x 2 8 2 Dyna-Tred PU Delrin 1,000
4019.00984 1498-8 x 2 4019.01077 3498-8 x 2 8 2 Dyna-Tred PU Roller 1,000
4019.00987 1499-8 x 2 4019.01080 3499-8 x 2 8 2 Dyna-Tred PU Precision 1,000
4019.00990 1406-8 x 2 4019.01083 3406-8 x 2 8 2 V-Grooved semi-steel Roller 650
4019.00993 1431-8 x 2 4019.01086 3431-8 x 2 8 2 Phenolic Roller 1,050
Medium - Heavy Duty – Series H1400-H3400
Swivel Rigid Wheel Tread Wheel Wheel Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Dia. (in) Width (in) Material Bearing Rating (lb)
4019.01089 H1406-6 x 2 4019.01170 H3406-6 x 2 6 2 Semi-steel Roller 1,500
4019.01092 H1438-6 x 2 4019.01173 H3438-6 x 2 6 2 Polyurethane Roller 1,250
4019.01095 H1431-6 x 2 4019.01176 H3431-6 x 2 6 2 Phenolic Roller 1,200
4019.01098 H1418-6 x 2 4019.01179 H3418-6 x 2 6 2 Mold-on rubber Roller 420
4019.01101 H1441B-6 x 2 4019.01182 H3441B-6 x 2 6 2 Super K Precision 1,200
4019.01104 H1465W-6 x 2 4019.01185 H3465W-6 x 2 6 2 RT Roller 1,200
4019.01107 H1491-6 x 2 4019.01188 H3491-6 x 2 6 2 Dyna-Tred TPR Roller 550
4019.01110 H1498-6 x 2 4019.01191 H3498-6 x 2 6 2 Dyna-Tred PU Roller 900
4019.01113 H1406-6 x 2-1/2 4019.01194 H3406-6 x 2-1/2 6 2-1/2 Semi-steel Roller 1,600
4019.01116 H1438-6H x 2-1/2 4019.01197 H3438-6H x 2-1/2 6 2-1/2 Mold-on polyurethane Roller 1,600
4019.01119 H1431-6 x 2-1/2 4019.01200 H3431-6 x 2-1/2 6 2-1/2 Phenolic Roller 1,600
4019.01122 H1418-6 x 2-1/2 4019.01203 H3418-6 x 2-1/2 6 2-1/2 Mold-on rubber Roller 600
4019.01125 H1406-8 x 2 4019.01206 H3406-8 x 2 8 2 Semi-steel Roller 1,500
4019.01128 H1438-8 x 2 4019.01209 H3438-8 x 2 8 2 Mold-on polyurethane Roller 1,500
4019.01131 H1431-8 x 2 4019.01212 H3431-8 x 2 8 2 Phenolic Roller 1,400
4019.01134 H1418-8 x 2 4019.01215 H3418-8 x 2 8 2 Mold-on rubber Roller 500
4019.01137 H1441B-8 x 2 4019.01218 H3441B-8 x 2 8 2 Super K Precision 1,500
4019.01140 H1498-8 x 2 4019.01221 H3498-8 x 2 8 2 Dyna-Tred PU Roller 1,000
4019.01143 H1491-8 x 2 4019.01224 H3491-8 x 2 8 2 Dyna-Tred TPR Roller 700
4019.01146 H1465W-8 x 2 4019.01227 H3465W-8 x 2 8 2 RT Roller 1,400
4019.01149 H1406-8 x 2-1/2 4019.01230 H3406-8 x 2-1/2 8 2-1/2 Semi-steel Roller 1,600
4019.01152 H1438-8H x 2-1/2 4019.01233 H3438-8H x 2-1/2 8 2-1/2 Mold-on polyurethane Roller 1,600
4019.01155 H1431-8 x 2-1/2 4019.01236 H3431-8 x 2-1/2 8 2-1/2 Phenolic Roller 1,600
4019.01158 H1418-8 x 2-1/2 4019.01239 H3418-8 x 2-1/2 8 2-1/2 Mold-on rubber Roller 800
4019.01161 H1406-10 x 2-1/2 4019.01242 H3406-10 x 2-1/2 10 2-1/2 Semi-Steel Roller 1,800
4019.01164 H1438-10H x 2-1/2 4019.01245 H3438-10H x 2-1/2 10 2-1/2 Mold-on polyurethane Roller 1,800
4019.01167 H1418-10 x 2-1/2 4019.01248 H3418-10 x 2-1/2 10 2-1/2 Mold-on rubber Roller 800
40
455

40
456
CASTERS
OFFICE CHAIR CASTERS
Carpet Master • 5/16" axle, 7/16" rivet
• 3" wheel diameter, 1" tread width
• 100 and 125 lb load capacity
• 3-1/8" swivel radius
• 3-15/16" overall height
OC-53-XD
• Chrome finish
• Standard thread guards and ball bearings in wheel (double row
ball bearing case hardened swivel, both raceways equal dia.)
• Specially designed removable axle eliminates unsightly nut
NEOPRENE – ERGONOMICALLY DESIGNED FOR EASY ROLLING
Stem Stem Dimension
Order No. Mfg. No. Type Dia. X Length (in)
4019.01251 OA-53-XD Grip ring 3/8 x 1
4019.01254 OB-53-XD Grip ring 7/16 x 13/16
4019.01257 OC-53-XD Grip ring 7/16 x 1-1/4
4019.01260 LA-53-XD T h re a d e d * 5/16–18 x 1
4019.01263 LE-53-XD T h re a d e d * 3/8–16 x 1-1/4
HARD RUBBER – FOR DEEP PILE PLUSH OR SHAG CARPET
Stem Stem Dimension
Order No. Mfg. No. Type Dia. X Length (in)
4019.01266 OA-53-XH Grip ring 3/8 x 1
4019.01269 OB-53-XH Grip ring 7/16 x 13/16
4019.01272 OC-53-XH Grip ring 7/16 x 1-1/4
4019.01275 LA-53-XH T h re a d e d * 5/16–18 x 1
4019.01278 LE-53-XH T h re a d e d * 3/8–16 x 1-1/4
*Optional stems available
Eternity II
• 5/16" axle
• 11/32" rivet
• 2" wheel diameter
• 1" tread width
• 75 lb load capacity
• 2" swivel radius
• 2-3/4" overall height
• Chrome finish
OC-E2-XD
• Standard ball bearings in wheel (double row ball bearing
case hardened swivel, both raceways equal diameter)
• Specially designed removable axle eliminates unsightly nut
NEOPRENE – ERGONOMICALLY DESIGNED FOR EASY ROLLING
Stem Stem Dimension
Order No. Mfg. No. Type Dia. X Length (in)
4019.01281 OA-E2-XD Grip ring 3/8 x 1
4019.01284 OB-E2-XD Grip ring 7/16 x 13/16
4019.01287 OC-E2-XD Grip ring 7/16 x 1-1/4
4019.01290 LA-E2-XD T h re a d e d * 5/16–18 x 1
4019.01293 LE-E2-XD T h re a d e d * 3/8–16 x 1-1/4
HARD RUBBER
Stem Stem Dimension
Order No. Mfg. No. Type Dia. X Length (in)
4019.01296 OA-E2-XH Grip ring 3/8 x 1
4019.01299 OB-E2-XH Grip ring 7/16 x 13/16
4019.01302 OC-E2-XH Grip ring 7/16 x 1-1/4
4019.01305 LA-E2-XH T h re a d e d * 5/16–18 x 1
4019.01308 LE-E2-XH T h re a d e d * 3/8–16 x 1-1/4
*Optional stems available
INDUSTRIAL CASTERS
20 Series
Capacity: 75-125 lb/Caster
• 5/16" axle
• 7/16" rivet
• 1" tread width
• Double row ball bearing swivel, both raceways equal diameter
• Ball bearings standard in wheel
• Bright zinc finish
• Specially designed removable axle eliminates unsightly nut
• All swivel parts are case hardened to Rockwell 62C
• Thread guards standard on sizes larger than 2"
Option:
• Brakes available on 3" and 4" models (add letter ‘B’)
12-24-XD 12-24R-XD 12-24B-XD
Neoprene
• Soft, non-marking and non-staining
• Used on any floor surface
• Ergonomically designed for easy rolling
W h e e l L o a d Swivel O v e r a l l
Dia. Cap. R a d i u s Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01311 1 2 - 2 2 R - X D 2 125 2 3-1/8 Rigid
4019.01314 1 2 - 2 2 R - D * 2 75 2 3-1/8 Rigid
4019.01317 1 2 - 2 3 R - X D 3 125 3 4-1/4 Rigid
4019.01320 1 2 - 2 3 R - D * 3 75 3 4-1/4 Rigid
4019.01323 1 2 - 2 4 R - X D 4 125 3-3/8 5-1/4 Rigid
4019.01326 1 2 - 2 4 R - D * 4 75 3-3/16 5-1/4 Rigid
4019.01329 1 2 - 2 5 R - X D 5 125 3-7/8 6-1/4 Rigid
4019.01332 1 2 - 2 5 R - D * 5 75 3-7/8 6-1/4 Rigid
4019.01335 12-22-XD 2 125 2 3-1/8 Swivel
4019.01338 12-22-D* 2 75 2 3-1/8 Swivel
4019.01341 12-23-XD 3 125 3 4-1/4 Swivel
4019.01344 12-23-D* 3 75 3 4-1/4 Swivel
4019.01347 12-24-XD 4 125 3-3/8 5-1/4 Swivel
4019.01350 12-24-D* 4 75 3-3/16 5-1/4 Swivel
4019.01353 12-25-XD 5 125 3-7/8 6-1/4 Swivel
4019.01356 12-25-D* 5 75 3-7/8 6-1/4 Swivel
*Sleeve bearing

Neoprene Super Roll
• Soft low profile thread for extremely easy rolling and swivelling
• Ergonomically designed for easy rolling
W h e e l L o a d Swivel O v e r a l l
Dia. Cap. R a d i u s Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01359 1 2 - 2 2 . 5 R - X S R 2-1/2 125 2-1/8 3-5/8 Rigid
4019.01362 1 2 - 2 2 . 5 R - S R * 2-1/2 75 2-1/8 3-5/8 Rigid
4019.01365 1 2 - 2 2 . 5 - X S R 2-1/2 125 2-1/8 3-5/8 Swivel
4019.01368 1 2 - 2 2 . 5 - S R * 2-1/2 75 2-1/8 3-5/8 Swivel
*Sleeve bearing
Semi-Steel
• Crowned casting of a close-grained cast iron
• Sleeve type bearing
Wheel Load Swivel Overall
Dia. Cap. Radius Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01371 12-22R-CI 2 100 2 3-1/8 Rigid
4019.01374 12-22.5R-CI 2-1/2 125 2-1/8 3-5/8 Rigid
4019.01377 12-22-CI 2 100 2 3-1/8 Swivel
4019.01380 12-22.5-CI 2-1/2 125 2-1/8 3-5/8 Swivel
Rubber
• Semi-resilient material
• Sleeve type bearing
Wheel Load Swivel Overall
Dia. Cap. Radius Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01383 12-22R-K 2 75 2 3-1/8 Rigid
4019.01386 1 2 - 2 2 . 5 R - K 2-1/2 75 2-1/8 3-5/8 Rigid
4019.01389 12-23R-K 3 75 3 4-1/4 Rigid
4019.01392 12-24R-K 4 75 3-3/8 5-1/4 Rigid
4019.01395 12-22-K 2 75 2 3-1/8 Swivel
4019.01398 12-22.5-K 2-1/2 75 2-1/8 3-5/8 Swivel
4019.01401 12-23-K 3 75 3 4-1/4 Swivel
4019.01404 12-24-K 4 75 3-3/8 5-1/4 Swivel
Hard Rubber
• Hard synthetic rubber material not affected by oil or grease
Wheel Load Swivel Overall
Dia. Cap. Radius Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01407 12-22R-XH 2 100 2 3-1/8 Rigid
4019.01410 12-22R-H* 2 100 2 3-1/8 Rigid
4019.01413 1 2 - 2 2 . 5 R - H * 2-1/2 125 2-1/8 3-5/8 Rigid
4019.01416 12-23R-H* 3 125 3 4-1/4 Rigid
4019.01419 12-24R-H* 4 125 3-3/8 5-1/4 Rigid
4019.01422 12-22-XH 2 100 2 3-1/8 Swivel
4019.01425 12-22-H* 2 100 2 3-1/8 Swivel
4019.01428 12-22.5-H* 2-1/2 125 2-1/8 3-5/8 Swivel
4019.01431 12-23-H* 3 125 3 4-1/4 Swivel
4019.01434 12-24-H* 4 125 3-3/8 5-1/4 Swivel
*Sleeve bearing
CASTERS
INDUSTRIAL CASTERS
60 Series
Capacity: 150-400 lb/Caster
• 3/8" axle
• 1/2" rivet
• Double row ball bearing swivel – both raceways equal diameter
• Bright zinc finish
• All swivel parts case hardened to Rockwell 62C
• Thread guards standard on wheels
• Brakes available, 3", 3.5", 4", and 5" models
Option:
• Four position swivel locks available
16-65-XD 16-65R-XD
16-65B-XSR
Neoprene – Ball Type Bearing
• Non marking and non staining
• Used on any floor surface
• Ergonomically designed for easy rolling
• 1-3/8" tread width
W h e e l L o a d Swivel O v e r a l l
Dia. Cap. R a d i u s Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01437 16-63R-XD 3 200 2-3/4 4-5/16 Rigid
4019.01440 1 6 - 6 3 . 5 R - X D 3-1/2 200 3 4-3/4 Rigid
4019.01443 16-64R-XD 4 225 3-1/4 5-5/16 Rigid
4019.01446 16-65R-XD 5 250 4 6-5/16 Rigid
4019.01449 16-63-XD 3 200 2-3/4 4-5/16 S w i v e l
4019.01452 16-63.5-XD 3-1/2 200 3 4-3/4 S w i v e l
4019.01455 16-64-XD 4 225 3-1/4 5-5/16 S w i v e l
4019.01458 16-65-XD 5 250 4 6-5/16 S w i v e l
Neoprene Super Roll
• Soft low profile thread for extremely easy rolling and swiveling
• Ergonomically designed for easy rolling
• 1-3/8" tread width
W h e e l L o a d Swivel O v e r a l l
Dia. Cap. R a d i u s Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01461 1 6 - 6 2 . 5 R - X S R 2-1/2 200 2-1/2 3-13/16 Rigid
4019.01464 1 6 - 6 3 . 5 R - X S R 3-1/2 225 3 4-3/4 Rigid
4019.01467 16-64R-XSR 4 275 3-1/4 5-5/16 Rigid
4019.01470 16-65R-XSR 5 325 4 6-5/16 Rigid
4019.01473 16-62.5-XSR 2-1/2 200 2-1/2 3-13/16 S w i v e l
4019.01476 16-63.5-XSR 3-1/2 225 3 4-3/4 S w i v e l
4019.01479 16-64-XSR 4 275 3-1/4 5-5/16 S w i v e l
4019.01482 16-65-XSR 5 325 4 6-5/16 S w i v e l
Solid Elastomer
• Very low starting and rolling resistance
• Ergonomically designed for easy rolling
• 1-1/4" tread width
W h e e l L o a d Swivel O v e r a l l
Dia. Cap. R a d i u s Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01485 1 6 - 6 2 . 5 R - X S E2-1/2 300 2-1/2 3-13/16 Rigid
4019.01488 1 6 - 6 3 . 5 R - X S E3-1/2 350 3 4-3/4 Rigid
4019.01491 16-62.5-XSE 2-1/2 300 2-1/2 3-13/16 S w i v e l
4019.01494 16-63.5-XSE 3-1/2 350 3 4-3/4 S w i v e l
40
457

40
458
CASTERS
Semi-Steel
• Crowned semi-steel casting
• Sleeve type bearing
• 400 lb load capacity
W h e e l Tre a d Swivel O v e r a l l
Dia. Width R a d i u s Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01497 1 6 - 6 2 . 5 R - C I 2-1/2 1-1/4 2-1/2 3-13/16 Rigid
4019.01500 16-63R-CI 3 1-3/8 2-3/4 4-5/16 Rigid
4019.01503 1 6 - 6 3 . 5 R - C I 3-1/2 1-1/4 3 4-3/4 Rigid
4019.01506 16-64R-CI 4 1-3/8 3-1/4 5-5/16 Rigid
4019.01509 16-65R-CI 5 1-3/8 4 6-5/16 Rigid
4019.01512 16-62.5-CI 2-1/2 1-1/4 2-1/2 3-13/16 S w i v e l
4019.01515 16-63-CI 3 1-3/8 2-3/4 4-5/16 S w i v e l
4019.01518 16-63.5-CI 3-1/2 1-1/4 3 4-3/4 S w i v e l
4019.01521 16-64-CI 4 1-3/8 3-1/4 5-5/16 S w i v e l
4019.01524 16-65-CI 5 1-3/8 4 6-5/16 S w i v e l
V-Grooved
• Economical handling of heavy loads on angle track
• Sleeve type bearing
• 1-1/4" tread width
W h e e l L o a d Swivel O v e r a l l
Dia. Cap. R a d i u s Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01527 16-63R-CV 3 300 2-3/4 4-5/16 Rigid
4019.01530 16-63-CV 3 300 2-3/4 4-5/16 S w i v e l
Rubber
• Semi-resilient material
• Sleeve type bearing
• 1-3/8" tread width
W h e e l L o a d Swivel O v e r a l l
Dia. Cap. R a d i u s Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01533 16-63.5R-K 3-1/2 150 3 4-3/4 Rigid
4019.01536 16-64R-K 4 175 3-1/4 5-5/16 Rigid
4019.01539 16-65R-K 5 175 4 6-5/16 Rigid
4019.01542 16-63.5-K 3-1/2 150 3 4-3/4 S w i v e l
4019.01545 16-64-K 4 175 3-1/4 5-5/16 S w i v e l
4019.01548 16-65-K 5 175 4 6-5/16 S w i v e l
Hard Rubber
• Hard synthetic rubber material not affected by oil or grease
• Sleeve type bearing
• 1-3/8" tread width
W h e e l L o a d Swivel O v e r a l l
Dia. Cap. R a d i u s Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01551 16-63R-H 3 350 2-3/4 4-5/16 Rigid
4019.01554 16-63.5R-H 3-1/2 375 3 4-3/4 Rigid
4019.01557 16-64R-H 4 400 3-1/4 5-5/16 Rigid
4019.01560 16-65R-H 5 400 4 6-5/16 Rigid
4019.01563 16-63-H 3 350 2-3/4 4-5/16 S w i v e l
4019.01566 16-63.5-H 3-1/2 375 3 4-3/4 S w i v e l
4019.01569 16-64-H 4 400 3-1/4 5-5/16 S w i v e l
4019.01572 16-65-H 5 400 4 6-5/16 S w i v e l
400 Series
Capacity: 400-1000 lb/Caster
• 1/2" axle, 3/4" rivet
• Double row ball bearing swivel – both
raceways equal diameter
• Standard with swivel seals and
grease fittings in swivel and axle
• Bright zinc finish
• All swivel parts case hardened to
Rockwell 62C
• Thread guards standard on wheels
31-406-PSE 31-406R-PD
• Four position swivel locks (add
letter ‘F’)
31-406B-TD 31-406F-PSE
• Brakes and swivel locks cannot be combined on the same caster
Option:
• Brakes, locks wheel and swivel – available on 5", 6" and
8" models (add letter ‘B’)
Neoprene
• Non marking and non staining
• Used on any floor surface
• Ergonomically designed for easy rolling
• 2" tread width
• Roller type bearing (Precision Ball where indicated*)
• D e l r i n bearings available – substitute letter ‘M’ for letter ‘P’
W h e e l L o a d S w i v e l O v e r a l l
Dia. Cap. R a d i u s Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01575 31-404R-TD 4 400 3-5/8 5-5/8 Rigid
4019.01578 3 1 - 4 0 4 R - P D * 4 500 3-5/8 5-5/8 Rigid
4019.01581 31-405R-TD 5 450 4-1/4 6 - 1 1 / 1 6 Rigid
4019.01584 3 1 - 4 0 5 R - P D * 5 550 4-1/4 6 - 1 1 / 1 6 Rigid
4019.01587 31-406R-TD 6 500 4-5/8 7 - 1 1 / 1 6 Rigid
4019.01590 3 1 - 4 0 6 R - P D * 6 600 4-5/8 7 - 1 1 / 1 6 Rigid
4019.01593 31-408R-TD 8 500 5-3/4 9-3/4 Rigid
4019.01596 3 1 - 4 0 8 R - P D * 8 600 5-3/4 9-3/4 Rigid
4019.01599 31-404-TD 4 400 3-5/8 5-5/8 Swivel
4019.01602 31-404-PD* 4 500 3-5/8 5-5/8 Swivel
4019.01605 31-405-TD 5 450 4-1/4 6 - 1 1 / 1 6 Swivel
4019.01608 31-405-PD* 5 550 4-1/4 6 - 1 1 / 1 6 Swivel
4019.01611 31-406-TD 6 500 4-5/8 7 - 1 1 / 1 6 Swivel
4019.01614 31-406-PD* 6 600 4-5/8 7 - 1 1 / 1 6 Swivel
4019.01617 31-408-TD 8 500 5-3/4 9-3/4 Swivel
4019.01620 31-408-PD* 8 600 5-3/4 9-3/4 Swivel
Semi-Steel
• Crowned semi-steel casting
• 1-7/8" tread width
• Roller type bearing
W h e e l L o a d S w i v e l O v e r a l l
Dia. Cap. R a d i u s Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01623 3 1 - 4 0 3 R - T C I 3 900 3-1/4 4-3/4 Rigid
4019.01626 3 1 - 4 0 4 R - T C I 4 1000 3-5/8 5-5/8 Rigid
4019.01629 3 1 - 4 0 5 R - T C I 5 1000 4-1/4 6 - 1 1 / 1 6 Rigid
4019.01632 3 1 - 4 0 6 R - T C I 6 1000 4-5/8 7 - 1 1 / 1 6 Rigid
4019.01635 3 1 - 4 0 8 R - T C I 8 1000 5-3/4 9-3/4 Rigid
4019.01638 31-403-TCI 3 900 3-1/4 4-3/4 Swivel
4019.01641 31-404-TCI 4 1000 3-5/8 5-5/8 Swivel
4019.01644 31-405-TCI 5 1000 4-1/4 6 - 1 1 / 1 6 Swivel
4019.01647 31-406-TCI 6 1000 4-5/8 7 - 1 1 / 1 6 Swivel
4019.01650 31-408-TCI 8 1000 5-3/4 9-3/4 Swivel

Solid Elastomer
• Very low starting and rolling resistance
• Ergonomically designed for easy rolling
• 2" tread width
• Precision ball type bearing
• D e l r i n bearings available – substitute letter ‘M’ for letter ‘P’
W h e e l L o a d S w i v e l O v e r a l l
Dia. Cap. R a d i u s Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01653 3 1 - 4 0 3 R - P S E 3 900 3-1/4 4-3/4 Rigid
4019.01656 3 1 - 4 0 4 R - P S E 4 900 3-5/8 5-5/8 Rigid
4019.01659 3 1 - 4 0 5 R - P S E 5 1000 4-1/4 6 - 1 1 / 1 6 Rigid
4019.01662 3 1 - 4 0 6 R - P S E 6 1000 4-5/8 7 - 1 1 / 1 6 Rigid
4019.01665 3 1 - 4 0 8 R - P S E 8 1000 5-3/4 9-3/4 Rigid
4019.01668 31-403-PSE 3 900 3-1/4 4-3/4 Swivel
4019.01671 31-404-PSE 4 900 3-5/8 5-5/8 Swivel
4019.01674 31-405-PSE 5 1000 4-1/4 6 - 1 1 / 1 6 Swivel
4019.01677 31-406-PSE 6 1000 4-5/8 7 - 1 1 / 1 6 Swivel
4019.01680 31-408-PSE 8 1000 5-3/4 9-3/4 Swivel
Urethane
• For heavy loads and rough floor conditions
• Ergonomically designed for easy rolling
• 2" tread width
• Roller type bearing
W h e e l L o a d S w i v e l O v e r a l l
Dia. Cap. R a d i u s Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01683 3 1 - 4 0 3 . 5 R - T U 3-1/2 800 3-1/2 5-1/16 Rigid
4019.01686 31-404R-TU 4 900 3-5/8 5-5/8 Rigid
4019.01689 31-405R-TU 5 1000 4-1/4 6 - 1 1 / 1 6 Rigid
4019.01692 31-406R-TU 6 1000 4-5/8 7 - 1 1 / 1 6 Rigid
4019.01695 31-408R-TU 8 1000 5-3/4 9-3/4 Rigid
4019.01698 31-403.5-TU 3-1/2 800 3-1/2 5-1/16 Swivel
4019.01701 31-404-TU 4 900 3-5/8 5-5/8 Swivel
4019.01704 31-405-TU 5 1000 4-1/4 6 - 1 1 / 1 6 Swivel
4019.01707 31-406-TU 6 1000 4-5/8 7 - 1 1 / 1 6 Swivel
4019.01710 31-408-TU 8 1000 5-3/4 9-3/4 Swivel
V-Grooved
• Economical handling of heavy loads on angle track
• 2" tread width
• Roller type bearing
W h e e l L o a d S w i v e l O v e r a l l
Dia. Cap. R a d i u s Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) (in) Type
4019.01713 3 1 - 4 0 4 R - T C V 4 800 3-5/8 5-5/8 Rigid
4019.01716 3 1 - 4 0 5 R - T C V 5 1000 4-1/4 6 - 1 1 / 1 6 Rigid
4019.01719 31-404-TCV 4 800 3-5/8 5-5/8 Swivel
4019.01722 31-405-TCV 5 1000 4-1/4 6 - 1 1 / 1 6 Swivel
CASTERS
Spring Loaded Casters
31-SL 400 Series
• 2" tread width
• Oil impregnated permanently lubricated
sintered bearings for all moving parts
• Sealed precision ball bearings in the
wheel permanently lubricated
• Sealed swivel assembly with grease
fitting for ease of access
31-SL404-PSE
• Load rating 1000 lb at maximum spring deflection
• Ergonomically designed for easy rolling
Wheel Load Swivel Overall Overall
Dia. Cap. Radius Ht. – No Ht. – Max.
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) Load (in) Load (in)
SOLID ELASTOMER – VERY LOW STARTING AND ROLLING RESISTANCE
4 0 1 9 . 0 1 7 2 5 3 1 - S L 4 0 3 - P S E3 900 3.50 7.00 6.00
4 0 1 9 . 0 1 7 2 8 3 1 - S L 4 0 4 - P S E4 900 4.00 7.50 6.50
4 0 1 9 . 0 1 7 3 1 3 1 - S L 4 0 5 - P S E5 1 0 0 0 4.85 9.00 8.00
4 0 1 9 . 0 1 7 3 4 3 1 - S L 4 0 6 - P S E6 1 0 0 0 5.30 9.50 8.50
4 0 1 9 . 0 1 7 3 7 3 1 - S L 4 0 8 - P S E8 800 7.30 1 1 . 5 0 1 0 . 0 0
NEOPRENE – NON MARKING, NON STAINING, USED ON ANY FLOOR SURF A C E
4 0 1 9 . 0 1 7 4 0 3 1 - S L 4 0 4 - P D4 450 4.00 7.50 6.50
4 0 1 9 . 0 1 7 4 3 3 1 - S L 4 0 5 - P D5 500 4.85 9.00 8.00
4 0 1 9 . 0 1 7 4 6 3 1 - S L 4 0 6 - P D6 550 5.30 9.50 8.50
4 0 1 9 . 0 1 7 4 9 3 1 - S L 4 0 8 - P D8 550 7.30 11.50 10.00
Lift Truck
Applications
‘SE’ solid elastomer
wheels are chemical
resistant and show
minimal wear or heat
buildup in extended use.
• Spring loaded casters
equipped with SE
wheels feature precision
sealed ball bearings
and require little
maintenance
• 2-1/2" tread width
(2" on LT2)
W h e e l L o a d Swivel Overall Overall
Dia. Cap. R a d i u s Ht. – No Ht. – Max.
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (in) Load (in) Load (in)
4019.01752 LT1 4 1200 5 8.66 7.66
4019.01755 LT2 4 800 4.125 7.375 6.375
4019.01758 LT3 4 1000 4 7.56 6.56
4019.01761 LT 4 6 1000 5 11.4 10.4
CREEPERS
LT1 LT2
LT3 LT4
Order No. Mfg. No. Description Length (in)
4029.00003 639-136 Solid hardwood, 4 cross members 36
4029.00006 639-301 Tubular steel frame, upholstery pad 40
40
459

40
460
TRUCKS & CARTS
Four Way Hand Pallet
Trucks With Pallet Stops
Operator can handle pallets easily
in all four directions. Maximizes
trailer load density while restricting
fork entry in adjoining pallets.
Frame Fork Fork
Capacity Width Length Width Weight
Order No. Mfg. No. (lb) (in) (in) (in) (lb)
4029.00009 L50M-4WAY* 5000 33 48 6 205
4029.00012 L50MU-4WAY* 5000 33 48 6 205
*Pallet stops are standard feature of the L50MU-4WAY only and must be
ordered as an option with the L50M-4WAY.
Hand Pallet Trucks
• Ergonomic handle
• 5,500 lb capacity
• Articulating steer wheels
• Effortless pallet entry and exit
• Exclusive 2-year hydraulic
pump warranty
• 3" fork lowered height
Frame Fork Fork
Cap. Width Length Width Weight
Order No. Mfg. No. (lb) (in) (in) (in) (lb)
4029.00015 LR2055-A36 5,500 27 36 7 149
4029.00018 LR2055-A42 5,500 27 42 7 158
4029.00021 LR2055-A48 5,500 27 48 7 167
4029.00024 LR2055-A54 5,500 27 54* 7 194
4029.00027 LR2055-A60 5,500 27 60* 7 221
4029.00030 LR2055-A72 5,500 27 72* 7 248
*Solid push rods and reinforced frame structure
Low Profile Hand
Pallet Trucks
• 2" fork lowered height
• Durable steel rollers
• Adjustable push bars
• Effortless pallet entry and exit
• Exclusive 2 year hydraulic
pump warranty
Frame Fork Fork
Capacity Width (A) Length(L) Width Weight
Order No. Mfg. No. (lb) (in) (in) (in) (lb)
4029.00033 L50M-1 5,000 27 36 6 155
4029.00036 L50M-2 5,000 27 42 6 166
4029.00039 L50M-3 5,000 27 48 6 175
4029.00042 L50M-10 5,000 20.5 36 6 150
4029.00045 L50M-11 5,000 20.5 42 6 155
4029.00048 L50M-12 5,000 20.5 48 6 160
*Low profile models feature heavy wall tubular push bars
Freezer Special Hand Pallet Trucks
• Freezer pump unit external
components are cadmium
plated to protect from
condensation and low
temperature hydraulic fluid
prevents freezing
• Hot dipped galvanized frame
has durable corrosion protection that stands up to the
constant abrasion of pallet entry and exit
• Nylon wheels and rollers with shielded ball bearings provide
a durable rolling surface that will not wear prematurely in
applications with extreme temperature changes
• The pump pistons and fork pins are critical components
that require the full corrosion resistance of high quality
stainless steel
Frame Fork Fork
Capacity Width (A) Length(L) Width Weight
Order No. Mfg. No. (lb) (in) (in) (in) (lb)
4029.00051 L55F-A36 5,500 27 36 7 149
4029.00054 L55F-A42 5,500 27 42 7 158
4029.00057 L55F-A48 5,500 27 48 7 167
4029.00060 L55F-B36 5,500 20.5 36 7 141
4029.00063 L55F-B42 5,500 20.5 42 7 150
4029.00066 L55F-B48 5,500 20.5 48 7 159
E rgonomic 3000
Electric Or Manual Lift
• The portable lift table features manual
Quik-Lift with ease positioning for a
wide variety of applications
• The electric model has a
manual-operated, electric-powered
scissor life table designed for
applications where raising and
lowering are more frequent
• Lowered height is 3-1/4" and raised
height is 31-1/2"
• Overall width is 20-1/2" x 27" and
overall length is 64-1/2"
• Electric model includes 12 volt battery
and built-in charger (110/1/60)
• Various lengths and widths are available on request
• Electric upgrade on manual units available
• 3000 lb capacity
Fork Fork Load
Length Width Centre Weight
Order No. Mfg. No. Type (in) (in) (in) (lb)
4029.00069 RGER30MA48 Manual 48 7 24 340
4029.00072 RGERMAB48 Manual 48 7 24 340
4029.00075 RGER30EA48 Electric 48 7 24 440
4029.00078 RGER30EB48 Electric 48 7 24 440

Transporter – LRT
• Easy access battery
compartment with flip down lid
• Reinforced fork tips, forks and cross
member for powered pallet entry
• Compact drive unit with Bolt-on
polyurethane drive tire
• Electronic programmable speed
controller and throttle
• Built-in cordless automatic battery charger with battery fuel gauge
• Travel speed 3 mph empty and 1-1/2 mph loaded
• Key switch with power saver
• Slide entry fork rollers
• Adjustable solid push bars and load stabilizers
Fork Fork
Capacity Length Width
Order No. Mfg. No. (lb) (in) (in)
4029.00081 LRT3000-1 3,000 27 36
4029.00084 LRT3000-2 3,000 27 42
4029.00087 LRT3000-3 3,000 27 48
Single Stage Stackers
• 3/8" thick formed steel mast channels
• Automatic built-in battery charger
• LED battery charge indicator
• Solid steel adjustable forks
• Mechanical stacker positioners
• Equipped with fork pockets for quick fit
to your Lift-Rite stackers
• Remote control with coil cord for work
platform applications
• Slip on platform provides a work surface
that can be raised or lowered
• Standard12 volt DC battery with LED
battery indicator
Raised Load Straddle Straddle Straddle
Mfg. Height Centre I.D. O.D. Length Weight
Order No. No. (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (lb)
4029.00090 LL68 68 24 26-50 32-56 30-1/2 640-870
4029.00093 LL90 90 24 26-50 32-56 30-1/2 700-750
Easy Lifts
• Utilize for load lifting, work positioning and
moving.
• Increases productivity
• An affordable solution to your load handing
requirements
• 20" x 20" platform
• Wheels are 6" in diameter
• Swivel casters are 3" in diameter
Load Lift Overall Lowered
Cap. Centre Height Height Height Weight
Order No. Mfg. No. (lb) (in) (in) (in) (in) (lb)
4029.00096 EREasy 500 10 52 60 4-1/2 98
TRUCKS & CARTS
Our Membership
In IDI,
Is Win-Win-Win
Customers, suppliers and distributor
members alike reap the benefits of
this unique organization
Benefits to customers:
• Complete inventories throughout Canada
• Technical service expertise
• Access to over 500,000 different SKUs
• 24-hour-a-day, seven-day-a-week service
• Sales specialists on call
• Top quality distributor network
• Flexibility to meet customer needs
• Strong national capabilities coupled with local
expertise and flexibility
• Over 160 locations coast-to-coast
• Over 1,800 worldwide suppliers
• Central warehouse facility to reduce delivery
times and provide competitive prices
• Core competencies in Power Transmission,
Bearings and Industrial Supplies
Benefits to suppliers:
• Commitment to integrated supply
• Member purchase support and loyalty
• National contract opportunities
• Network of key distributors
• Preservation of brand identity
It truly is a
win-win-win situation.
40
461

40
462
TRUCKS & CARTS
SHOP LIFTERS
Model No.
MA479
WINCH OPERATED
Two swivel casters under forks allow the shop
lifter to do a 360° turn on twice the length of the
base.
Ideal for use in the factory, office or shipping department. This
versatile unit can perform numerous functions from lifting
objects up to machines and positioning production at the best
working height, to moving light loads without tying up heavy
equipment. Manoeuvres easily in areas too narrow for a lift
truck.
Specifications
Capacity:....................................500 lbs. at 10" load centre
Overall height:.............................................................60.5"
Platform size: ........................................................20" x 20"
Lowered platform height:...........................................4 1/2"
Lift above floor:.........................................................52.75"
Wheels: .............................................................6" diameter
Casters: .............................................................3" diameter
Weight:.....................................................................85 lbs.
Model No. MA479
MAGNESIUM HYDRAULIC
FOOT OPERATED
Superlight magnesium/aluminum construction. Ideal for
deliveries - easy to lift on and off trucks.
These foot operated hydraulic lifters are comprised of a lightweight magnesium
frame and a heavy gauge aluminum platform. The tip platform
touches the ground for easy loading. Rear lowers to 2 1/4".
Model No.
MA478
HYDRAULIC OPERATED
This rugged 1000 lbs. capacity unit is ideal for
those heavier lifting applications.
Raise and lower the platform by simply pumping the lift
handle. This handle also lowers for easy pulling and
manoeuvrability.
Specifications
Capacity: .................................1000 lbs. at 12" load centre
Overall height: ...........................................................71.75"
Platform size: ........................................................24" x 24"
Lowered platform height: ...........................................4 1/4"
Lift above floor: ...........................................................58.5"
Wheels: ...................................................6" swivel phenolic
Casters:..............................................................4" phenolic
Weight: ...................................................................300 lbs.
Model No. MA478
Specifications
Capacity:.............................................. 400 lbs.
Platform size: ..................................... 20" x 22"
Wheels: ............................................ 8" x 1 5/8"
Model Overall Overall Lift Wt.
No. Height" Width" Above Floor" lbs.
MA468 48 1/2 22 40 59
MA469 63 22 54 66
Model No.
MA429
HYDRAULIC FOOT
OPERATED
Front swivel casters eliminate the need to break
the load, making handling and load positioning
easier.
Easily manoeuvrable, ideal for narrow aisles. Each downstroke
lifts up 1" with only 60 lbs. of effort needed to lift 750
lbs. Foot pedal folds safely out of the way with magnetic
retention.
Specifications
Capacity:.................................................................750 lbs.
Overall height: .............................................................60.5"
Platform size: ........................................................22" x 22"
Lowered platform height: ............................................5.75"
Lift above floor: ..............................................................54"
Wheels:.................................................8" mould-on rubber
Casters:.................................... polyurethane 3.5" diameter
Weight: ...................................................................162 lbs.
Model No. MA429

HAND TRUCKS
TRUCKS & CARTS
A. B. C. D. E. F.
G. H.
Model Overall Nose Wheel Wheel Cap. Wt.
No. Height" Width" Plate" Type Size" lbs. lbs.
A. MA326 44 1/2 21 1/2 8 x 14 Pneumatic 10 x 3 1/2 500 28
B. MA334 45 1/2 21 1/2 8 x 14 Pneumatic 10 x 3 1/2 500 28
C. MA337 46 19 1/2 8 x 14 Rubber 8 x 2 600 29
D. MA323 45 19 1/2 8 x 14 Rubber 8 x 2 600 29
E. MA338 51 21 1/2 8 x 14 Pneumatic 10 x 3 1/2 500 28
F. MA286 (Alum. frame) 48 17 8 x 14 Rubber 8 x 1 5/8 500 24
G. MA324 46 20 8 x 14 Rubber 8 x 2 1000 40
H. MA376 48 20 - 23 8 x 12 Rubber 10 x 2 1000 40
HAND TRUCK
ATTACHMENTS
These easy to install attachments give you the extra
versatility to adapt to your changing material handling
requirements without the extra cost of different, rarely
used hand trucks.
Two different attachments available: chair mover and
table mover attachment.
Designed to fit Model No. MA324 (above)
hand truck and/or most hand trucks with a
14" frame width.
Model No. MA378 Chair Mover Attachment
Model No. MA385 Table Mover Attachment
NYLON FRAME HAND TRUCKS
Strong as steel, lighter than aluminum. These nylon frame trucks are 20% lighter than aluminum models, while being as strong as their steel counterparts. Long
fibre nylon frame will not mar products or damage goods. Choice of two frame styles (flat or curved back), three handle styles (single loop, dual handle, or continuous
handle), and two wheel types (10" x 2" solid rubber or 10" x 3 1/2" pneumatic). Aluminum handles and 8" x 14" nose plate. 12" frame width. Stair glides
integrated into frame. 500 lbs. capacity.
LOOP HANDLE DUAL HANDLE CONTINUOUS HANDLE
NYLON LITE
HAND TRUCK
20% lighter than aluminum trucks. Glass filled nylon frame
will not mar products or damage goods. Steel handle and 7"
x 14" steel base plate. 10" x 3 1/2" pneumatic tires. 12" frame
width. 48" overall height. 500 lbs. load capacity. Weight: 22
lbs.
Model No.
MD642
CHAIR MOVER
ATTACHMENT
Model No. MA378
Wheel Model Overall Wt. Model Overall Wt. Model Overall Wt.
Type No. Height" lbs. No. Height" lbs. No. Height" lbs.
FLAT BACK FRAME
10" Rubber MD630 52 21 MD634 49 20 MD638 48 20
10" Pneumatic MD631 52 19 MD635 49 18 MD639 48 18
CURVED BACK FRAME*
10" Rubber MD632 52 21 MD636 49 20 MD640 48 20
10" Pneumatic MD633 52 19 MD637 49 18 MD641 48 18
*Handles cylindrical or flat loads.
CONVERTIBLE
NYLON LITE TRUCK
Glass filled nylon frame with steel handle and 7"
x 14" steel base plate. 20% lighter than equivalent
aluminum trucks. Converts in seconds from a
two wheel hand truck to a four wheel platform
truck. 5" swivel casters, 10" x 3.5" pneumatic
wheels. 12" frame width, 20.5" overall width.
Model No.
MD631
Model Hand Truck Platform/Truck Wt.
No. Cap. lbs. Ht" Cap. lbs. Ht" Lgth" lbs.
MD643 600 49 1/2 600 36 37 25
40
463

40
464
TRUCKS & CARTS
HAND TRUCKS
HAND TRUCK
WITH SWIVEL CASTERS
Rear 4" poly casters allow small diameter turns in tight working
areas. Casters also support load weight, reducing the
effort to keep load balanced. Combination two handle and
utility bar design reduces strain of lifting, lowering and
transporting. 8" deep nose plate. 10" x 2.75" semi-pneumatic
front wheels. Measures 47.5" H x 20.5" W. 650 lbs.
capacity. Wt. 53 lbs.
Model No. MD758
HEAVY-DUTY SHOVEL
NOSE TRUCK
The ultimate warehouse truck. Five year weld guarantee.
13" deep x 17.5" x .25" thick tapered nose plate. 1" heavy
duty schedule 40 pipe frame. Easy grip continuous handle
frame design. 8" x 2" cast iron center moldon rubber
wheels with 3/4" axle. Wheel guards. Measures: 53" H x
20.5" W.
900 lbs. capacity. Wt. 60 lbs.
Model No. MD760
PAIL TRUCK
Handles up to four standard steel or plastic 5 gallon pails.
Ergonomic design eliminates the need to stack pails on a
noseplate. 10" semi-pneumatic wheels. Welded steel construction.
Measures: 55" H x 20.5" W. 500 lbs. capacity.
Wt. 40 lbs.
Model No. MD759
8-IN-1
CONVERTA TRUCK
• Constructed of 16 gauge steel tubing
• Baked-on Tropic Sand enamel finish
• 300 lbs. capacity as a two wheeler,
400 lbs. as a 4 wheeler,
200 lbs. tabletop capacity
• Frame adjusts to eight different positions to
handle virtually any office material handling
need
• 20" x 24" wood laminate platform is
ideal for transporting PC's or other business
machines
• Weight: 48 lbs.
Model No. OA309
FILE CABINET TRUCK
Move two, three or four drawer legal or letter size file
cabinets quickly and safely.
Truck height adjusts from 33" to 62". Adjustable arm with rubber coated
gripper plate extends over the top and grips the back of cabinets
up to 30" deep. Felt lined rails prevent scratching. Overall dimensions:
16 1/2" W x 13" D. Nose plate 14 1/2" x 4". 6" poly wheels provide a
smooth ride on almost any surface. 400 lbs. capacity. Weight: 32 lbs.
Model No. OA950
DESK MOVER
COLLAPSIBLE HAND TRUCKS
Ideal for sales representatives and general deliveries. 200 lbs.
capacity trucks fold down for convenient storage and portability.
All welded steel. 6" x 14" noseplate. Folding nose extension
increases nose length to 12". 12" overall width, 43.75" overall
height. Stair glides. 5" polyolefin wheels.
Model Nose Storage Size Wt.
No. Type Plate H" x D" lbs.
MA379 Steel Fixed 24 x 12 17
MA380 Steel Folding 24 x 7 18
STEEL CONVERTIBLE TRUCKS
Quickly converts from a 450 lbs. capacity hand truck to a 600
lbs. capacity platform truck. 55 1/2" high hand truck with 8" x
14" nose plate, comes with stair glides. 14" x 45 1/2" platform
truck deck. 3" bolted on polyolefin
casters. 14 gauge tube frame. Economy
Model MA339 has a capacity of 600 lbs.
48" high, with 2" hard rubber casters and
a 16 gauge tube frame.
Model No. Wheels Wt. lbs.
MA332 10" Semi-Pneumatic 52
MA333 10" Full Pneumatic 50
MA339 8" Rubber 32
Extended twowheeler
Extended tiltback
four-wheeler
Office
machine truck
Tilt-back four
wheeler
Move desks without emptying drawers,
or even clearing the top. One easy push on the
handle raises the desk and automatically
locks the mover in the raised position. The
mover also features four 3" swivel casters for
easy moving
and positioning up to 600 lbs. capacity. The
lift rack is vinyl coated to prevent furniture
damage or slippage. Shipped knocked down.
Overall height: 35 1/2".
Lowered platform height: 4 3/4".
Raised platform height: 10 1/4".
Weight: 45 lbs.
Model No. OA311
Wood-deck
platform truck
Steerable fourwheel
dolly
Standard twowheeler
Standard
plaform truck

ALUMINUM HAND TRUCKS
ALUMINUM HAND TRUCKS
Strength, durability and versatility in a lightweight truck. Totally modular trucks have no
welds to break. 500 lbs. capacity on all models. Shipped knocked down.
GEMINI ® CONVERTIBLE
ALUMINUM TRUCKS
Converts in seconds from a two-wheel hand truck
to a four wheel platform truck. Lightweight, high
strength aluminum construction is balanced to
assure easier wheeling and positive load control.
Two sizes to choose from. Both feature an 18"
wide x 7 1/2" deep rugged cast aluminum
noseplate, 5" swivel casters, and 10" x 3.5" full
pneumatic wheels. 16 5/8" frame width,
20 1/2" O.A.
width on
both models.
Shipped
knocked down.
Model Hand Truck Platform Truck Wt.
No. Cap. Ht." Cap. Ht." Lgth." lbs.
MA319 500 lbs. 51 1000 lbs. 40 38 44
MA320 500 lbs. 61 1000 lbs. 45 1/8 51 45
OPTIONAL SNAP-ON DECK
MB198 43 1/4" For Gemini Jr. Wt.: 5 lbs.
MB197 56" For Gemini Sr. Wt.: 6 lbs.
DURA-LITE ALUMINUM
FRAME HAND TRUCKS
Design your own truck. Choose
from 4 handle styles and 3 wheel
types to fit your specific needs and
preferences. 15" W x 51" H
aluminum bolted frame. Rugged 8"
x 15" steel nose plate. 29" L x 12" W
tubular nose extension folds down
to handle oversized loads up to 200
lbs. Truck capacities range from
300-600 lbs. depending on wheel
type.
Shipped knocked down.
Big Foot
Truck Model
No. MA312
TRUCKS & CARTS
A. B. C. D.
E. F. G. H.
Model No. Nose Plate" Overall Ht." Wheels Wt. lbs.
A. MA250 7 1/2 x 14 48 8" Mold-On 18
B. MA269 7 1/2 x 18 48 8" Mold-On 19
C. MA275* 7 1/2 x 14 48 10" Pneumatic 21
D. MA258 7 1/2 x 14 52 8" Mold-on 19
D. MA255 7 1/2 x 14 52 10" Pneumatic 21
E. MA263 7 1/2 x 14 48 8" Mold-on 21
E. MA261 7 1/2 x 14 48 10" Pneumatic 24
F. MA271 9 x 18 48 8" Mold-On 19
F. MA270 9 x 18 48 10"Pneumatic 22
G. MA266 7 1/2 x 18 52 8" Mold-on 19
G. MA265 7 1/2 x 18 52 10" Pneumatic 22
H. MA268 7 1/2 x 18 52 8" Mold-On 19
H. MA267 7 1/2 x 18 52 10" Pneumatic 22
*Frame has a curved back for cylindrical or flat loads.
Valley
Craft ®
Gemini Jr.
Triple-
Truck TM
Model No.
MA313
Gemini Sr.
Model No.
MA308
ACCESSORIES
FRAME EXTENSIONS
32" Hi-U frame
extension. MD437
23" Hi-U frame
extension. MD438
16" Hi-U frame
extension. MD439
STAIR CLIMBERS
Cast aluminum with
replaceable skid bars
of low-friction polymer.
MA315
Heavy duty cast
aluminum sliders help
loads slide up and down
stairs. MA314
SERIES ALUMINUM (2 IN 1 TRUCK)
Hand truck converts almost instantly into a 4 wheel platform truck.
Shipped assembled.
COBRA JR. COBRA SR.
Features
Handle: Dual Grip Continuous
Frame Cross Braces: 3 4
Nose Plate: 18" wide 18" wide
Overall Height: 51.75" 61.75"
Hand Truck Capacity: 500 lbs. 500 lbs.
Platform Truck Capacity: 650 lbs. 800 lbs.
Frame Bed: 12" x 38" 12" x 50.75"
Swivel Casters: 5" x 1.25" 5" x 1.25"
Pneumatic Wheels: 10" x 3.5" 10" x 3.5"
Weight: 39 lbs. 42.5 lbs.
Model No. MD464 MD754
Optional removable aluminum decks
Model No. Description
MD755 12" W x 42" L for Cobra Jr.
MD756 12" W x 55" L for Cobra Sr.
FOLDING EXTENSIONS
20" extruded channel nose
extension. XZ273
30" extruded channel nose
extension. MA317
24" formed plate extension. Low
plate profile for sliding under loads. XZ272
RETRACTABLE
4TH WHEEL
Retractable 5" caster wheels
support load in inclined position.
Folds flush against frame
when not in use. XZ687
CAREFREE ® TIRE
Micro-cellular foam tire that will
never go flat. 10" x 3 1/2". Ball
bearings. MD445
BIG FOOT 2 WHEEL TRUCKSContinuous Twin Loop Pin
Handle Handle Handle Handle
Cap. Wt. Model Model Model Model
Wheel Type lbs. lbs. No. No. No. No.
8" Rubber 500 33 MA299 MA302 MA305 MA308
8" Semi-Pneumatic 300 33 MA300 MA303 MA306 MA309
10" Full Pneumatic 600 37 MA301 MA304 MA307 MA310
TRIPLE TRUCK TM 3 WAY CONVERTIBLE
5" casters convert the truck to a 4 wheel platform truck.
Hand Truck Platform Cap. Wheel Wt. Loop Handle
Cap. lbs. lbs. Type lbs. Model No.
500 600 Mold-on Rubber 38 MA311
300 400 Semi-Pneumatic 38 MA312
600 700 Pneumatic 42 MA313
40
465

40
466
TRUCKS & CARTS
MOVING & APPLIANCE TRUCKS
MINI-PALLET TRUCKS
Ideal for bagged materials such as feed, cement and fertilizer, as well as bricks, shingles,
parts and tires. Trucks offer versatile, economical mobility for materials that are moved and
stored in stacks. Unique 4" wide forks can be used with plastic mini-pallets (see below). 48"
H x 14 1/2" W welded steel frames. Choice of 12" x 3.5" pneumatic or 10" x 2.5" solid rubber
tires. Available with or without hand operated brake. 1000 lbs. capacity.
Model Hand Shoe Wt.
No. Brake Length" Tires lbs.
MA343 11 1/2 Pneumatic 76
MA344 14 1/2 Pneumatic 78
MA357 X 11 1/2 Pneumatic 82
MA358 X 14 1/2 Pneumatic 84
MA348 11 1/2 Solid Rubber 72
MA349 14 1/2 Solid Rubber 74
MA360 X 11 1/2 Solid Rubber 78
MA361 X 14 1/2 Solid Rubber 85
Other frame styles available
PLASTIC PALLETS
Model Deck Stringer Cap. Wt.
No. Size" Height" lbs. lbs.
MA372 12 x 24 1 1/2 800 1
MA374 15 x 24 1 1/2 800 1 1/4
Note: Pallets should be 1/2" larger than shoe length.
STEEL APPLIANCE TRUCKS
Large appliances are easily moved with these lightweight steel trucks. Heavy duty all welded
industrial construction using 1", 16 gauge tubular steel. Vinyl bumpers on the face of the
truck prevents damage to appliances. Balanced, 60" H frame provides added leverage for
better mobility (vending machine mover models MA004 & MF120 are 72" H for added control).
24" overall width, 5 1/2" x 24" nose plate on all units. Heavy duty continuous stair
climbers on all models for easy climbing or descending of stairs or curbs. Model MF118
features an eccentric ratchet with two piece belt and clasp. Models MF119 & MF120 feature
an auto-rewind ratchet with two piece belt and clasp. Models MA002 & MA004 feature a
standard ratchet and a 14 foot belt. All models come with 8" solid rubber wheels (models
MA004 & MF120 have fold out rear legs with two 3" swivel casters).
800 lbs. capacity.
Model Wt.
No. Ratchet lbs.
MF118 Eccentric 49
MA002 Standard 49
MF119 Auto Rewind 49
MA004 Standard 58
MF120 Auto Rewind 58
Model No.
MF118
MAGNESIUM APPLIANCE TRUCKS
These magnesium trucks do it all, moving the really big loads easily with such labour-saving features as automatic
strap recoil, the famous patented roller bearing crawlers and ratchet strap tightener.
Specifications:
• 60" or 66" high, 17" wide
• Load capacity: 500 lbs.
• 5" x 24" nose plate
• One 3 ply, 2 piece 14' web strap with improved
ratchet strap tightener and automatic strap recoil
• Padded with non-marking vinyl and soft, protective felt
• Bronze self-lubricating bushings in
6" x 2" cushion tread rubber wheels
• Famous roller bearing crawler treads
Models MF575 and MF576 include retractable 3 1/2"
swivel casters to support loads during operation.
Model Retractable Wt.
No. Height" Load Support lbs.
MA008 60 No 41
MA009 66 No 48
MF575 60 Yes 57
MF576 66 Yes 58
Model No.
MA008
Model No.
MF575
Model No.
MA357
Model No.
MA374
Model No.
MA002
Model No.
MA004
MOVING STRAPS
Allows for the safe movement of appliances and larger
items. Movers can constantly stay in an upright position
during the move, reducing the risk of back injuries. Nylon
(5000 lbs. test). Includes: 2 transport straps, 2 adjustable
straps.
Model No.
MD223

LIFT TABLES
DANDY LIFT
Carefully planned geometry provides tremendous stability even
under heavy loads. For ruggedness, stability, high quality components
and thorough pre-engineering, Dandy Lift offers the ideal
solution to reliable, economic lifting for years to come.
All pivot points have hardened pins which operate in lifetime lubricated
bearings. Bearing maintenance is all but eliminated ... still
another reason why Dandy Lift is your best choice for trouble-free
service.
Simple, grouped controls make these lift tables easy to operate. They are
also easy to position accurately. Smooth, even rise and pinpoint level control provide fast,
precise positioning at any desired height. Hydraulic systems in Dandy Lift are expressly
designed for dependability and long life. Low operating pressure extends the life of hydraulic
components and enhances safety. Hard chrome-plated piston rods resist rust and corrosion.
Honed, heavy-walled cylinders improve seal performance and life.
Model No.
MA431
Model No.
MA421
Model No.
MA422
TRUCKS & CARTS
Built to last, all Dandy Lift tables are designed using heavy steel structural
components.
Model No.
MA432
Model No.
MA423
LOW PROFILE
DANDY LIFT
With a fully lowered height of only
3 1/8" and the ability to lift loads of
1100 lbs. up to 29 1/2", the low
profile Dandy Lift is ideal for use in
factories, warehouses and repair
shops. The platform fits easily
under most skids and wire baskets,
even those with unusually low
clearance. Comes with 2 rigid and 2
swivel rubber casters. Floor lock
brake is standard.
Model No.
MA464
Model Cap. Platform Platform Overall Foot pedal Wt.
No. lbs. Lowered" Raised" W" x L" W" x L" Strokes to Max. lbs.
MA431 330 8.3 29.0 17.7 x 28.0 17.7 x 37.7 14 82
MA432 550 9.5 31.8 19.7 x 31.5 19.7 x 38.2 20 115
MA421 770 13.6 49.8 23.6 x 35.8 23.6 x 42.1 45 229
MA422 1100 11.8 36.6 23.6 x 35.8 23.6 x 42.1 45 194
MA423 1760 13.0 40.2 23.6 x 39.4 23.6 x 45.9 56 275
MA464 1100 3.0 29.5 19.7 x 37.1 19.7 x 55.4 15 174
SELF-LEVELLING LIFT TABLE
Provides automatic load levelling for feeding and off loading.
A practical approach to faster, easier and safer feeding of blanks or parts in tote boxes. As material is
transferred from the feed side to the off-loading side, these transporters with spring actuated platforms
adjust in height for level feeding and off-loading with minimum bending, reaching and lifting. A simple
change in the position on the spring pin allows the user to adjust the maximum load weight. Equipped with
caster lock.
LOAD SETTINGS
MA427: 110 lbs, 160 lbs., 220 lbs., 330 lbs.
MA428: 220 lbs., 440 lbs., 660 lbs., 880 lbs., 1100 lbs.
Model Maximum Overall Dimensions Platform Size Low Vertical Raised Wt.
No. Capacity lbs. Width" Length" Height" Length" Width" Height" Travel" Height" lbs.
MA427 330 18.0 33.2 31.6 28.4 18.0 11.0 15.6 26.6 100
MA428 1100 24.0 42.8 38.0 36.4 24.0 15.2 16.8 32.0 210
40
467

40
468
A.
TRUCKS & CARTS
LIFT TABLES & SKID LIFTS
Model No. MA433 Model No. MA435
B.
Model No. MA434 Model No. MA440
HIGH-LIFT SKID TRUCKS
Choice of hydraulic or electric-lift skid lifters.
Position, lift and transport single-sided skids, containers and wire baskets to a comfortable
working height. Fork height ranges from 3 1/2" to 31", fork dimensions: 27" x 48". 2200
lbs. capacity on both models. Overall dimensions of hydraulic model: 57 1/2" L x 38" W;
requires approximately 53 strokes to maximum height. Electric-lift truck is 68" L x 38" W;
comes with 12 volt electro-hydraulic power pack, automatic battery charger and push button
remote control. 3" polyurethane load rollers, 4" phenolic swivel casters in rear for both
models.
Model No.
MA465
Model No.
MA471
Model Cap. Wt.
No. Description lbs. lbs.
MA465 Hydraulic Maglift 2200 325
MA471 Electric Power Mag 2200 490
C.
D.
HYDRAULIC LIFT TABLES
These foot operated hydraulic lift tables are ideal for a wide variety of shop functions. Lifting
dies, transporting heavy parts and positioning materials are all possible with these rugged
units. Reinforced for maximum strength. Foot operated hydraulic jack raises platform with
each pump of the pedal. Hand operated lever lowers the table level and controls the rate of
descent. All models supplied with casters for easy manoeuvrability.
A. Light Duty
200 lbs. capacity. This light duty lift table has a 16" x 16", 7 gauge steel top that rotates 360°
to help position loads accurately. Comes with four 3" polyolefin swivel casters. Shipped
knocked down.
B. & C. Medium Duty
500 or 1000 lbs. capacity. Both models have two telescoping posts which help stabilize and
support loads. Rugged, 7 gauge steel top and base. Comes with push bar handle and two
rigid/two swivel 4" phenolic resin casters. Foot operated floor lock.
D. Heavy Duty
2000 to 6000 lbs. capacity. All models come with four telescoping posts to help stabilize and
support heavier loads. Extra heavy 1/4" thick steel top and base. Push bar handle and two
rigid/two swivel 6" phenolic resin casters are standard. Foot operated floor models.
Model Cap. Table Height Table Size Wt.
No. lbs. Lowered" Raised" Width" x Depth" lbs.
A MA433 200 28 1/2 47 16 x 16 48
B MA434 500 30 1/2 48 1/2 18 x 18 114
C MA435 1000 30 1/2 48 1/2 18 x 36 158
D MA442* 2000 30 1/2 48 1/2 24 x 36 225
D MA443* 2000 30 1/2 48 1/2 32 x 48 350
D MA436 2000 37 60 24 x 36 320
D MA437 2000 37 60 32 x 48 465
D MA438 4000 37 60 24 x 36 325
D MA439 4000 37 60 32 x 48 475
D MA440 6000 37 60 24 x 36 330
D MA441 6000 37 60 32 x 48 495
*Models MA442 and MA443 come with 4" casters.
HYDRAULIC SKID LIFTS/TABLES
These multi-purpose trucks lift, transport and position skids, wire baskets and containers to
comfortable working heights - or add the optional slip-on table top to create a mobile, variable
height work table.
Choice of 1000 lbs.
capacity series or
2200 lbs. capacity series.
Lifting range is
from 3 1/4" to
32 3/4". Heavy gauge
Model No. MA446
steel construction,
6" polyurethane swivel
casters in the rear,
3" x 4" load wheels
on legs. Locking foot
break standard on all
models. Double roller
chain lifts forks
evenly and smoothly.
Lifting for 1000 lbs.
capacity is
accomplished with a
hydraulic foot pedal.
The 2200 lbs. capacity
comes with an off-set steering wheel
Model No. MA444
and control (pump) handle that elevates forks.
Approximately 50 pumps are required to reach maximum height. Release knob on handle
lowers forks; 62" truck length.
Not designed for lifting double-sided pallets.
1000 lbs. Capacity 2200 lbs. Capacity
Fork Model Fork Wt. Model Fork Wt.
Width" No. Length" lbs. No. Length" lbs.
20 1/2 MA444 44 3/8 226 MA445 42 1/2 323
20 1/2 MA449* 44 3/8 261 MA446* 42 1/2 358
27 MA450 44 3/8 238 MA447 42 1/2 334
27 MA451* 44 3/8 282 MA448* 42 1/2 378
*With table

PLATFORM TRUCKS
STEEL DECK
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Choose from a large selection of deck sizes and casters to suit
any institutional and/or industrial application.
• Made of strong 14 gauge steel deck with a
2" folded bottom lip for extra strength
• 1 1/4" tubular chrome handle can be
inserted at either end of platform
• 2 swivel and 2 rigid casters
(assembly required, hardware
is included)
CASTER WHEEL TYPES
Phenolic: Solid black phenolic resin/canvas duck wheel. Will
not crush under heavy loads. Good for all types of surfaces
from wood to concrete. Not affected by most corrosive
chemicals. Will tolerate temperatures from a low -28°C to a
high of 120°C.
Full Pneumatic: Air filled black rubber tire offers excellent
shock absorbing properties. Smooth, quiet rolling over
rough, uneven surfaces and outdoor terrain. Not
recommended on floors with metal shavings or corrosive
chemicals.
Mold-On Rubber: Moulded rubber wheel bonded to a
spoked cast iron core. The iron core gives it strength while
the moulded rubber provides easy, smooth and quiet rolling
over rough terrain.
Resilex: Elastic rubber non-marking wheel. Used for uneven
surfaces and carpet areas. It’s quiet rolling feature make it
ideal for both institutional and industrial applications. Will
resist wet conditions and corrosive chemicals.
Polyolefin: Plastic wheel with high impact strength and nonchipping
properties. Oil, grease and chemical resistant.
HEAVY DUTY PLATFORM TRUCKS
WOOD DECK PLATFORM
Sturdy 2" x 2" angle iron frame, with hardwood maple decking. Ideal
for carrying objects that could be scuffed by metal to metal contact.
Steel frame absorbs shocks and handles uneven or heavy loads.
ALL-STEEL PLATFORM
Heavy 11 gauge, reinforced channel formed deck
arc welded for maximum strength and long
lasting rigidity. Ideal for heavy loads up to 2000
lbs.
CASTER PLACEMENT
Available in standard-corner or diamond-tilt pattern.
Diamond tilt pattern allows the truck to tilt-balance
slightly on the center side casters, allowing the
truck to turn on its own length.
Standard Corner
Placement
Diamond Tilt
Placement
INSTITUTIONAL PLATFORM TRUCKS
®
Wood Deck
All Steel
Model No. Size" Wt. lbs.
1000 lbs. capacity. The ideal truck for institutional applications such as in hospitals and
restaurants as well as shopping centres, offices, industry and anywhere else a quiet ride and
professional appearance is required. 14 gauge steel deck with 2" lip underneath. Non-skid
rubber surface means no product shifting during use. Rubber corner bumpers protect walls
and furniture. 1 1/4" tubular chrome handle with end panel contains small packages. 5" nonmarking
rubber casters for a smooth, quiet ride; 2 rigid, 2 double raceway swivel. Shipped
MB190
MB208
MB207
MB209
24 x 36
24 x 48
30 x 48
30 x 60
64
70
88
100
knocked down. ®
TRUCKS & CARTS
CASTER SELECTION:
To select the correct caster that is required for a specific application determine:
1) the platform size needed
2) the maximum load capacity it will carry
3) the type of floor surface it will roll on i.e., concrete, wood, tile etc...
4) the floor condition i.e., smooth, uneven, wet, chemicals, metal shavings,
temperature etc.
Model Wheel Wheel Load Wt.
No. Dia." Type Capacity lbs. lbs.
24" x 36" PLATFORM TRUCKS
MB232 6 Phenolic 900 77
MB233 8 Phenolic 1000 87
MB234 8 Pneumatic 800 79
MB235 6 Mold-On Rubber 900 88
MB236 8 Mold-On Rubber 1000 96
MB237 5 Resilex 1000 63
MB238 5 Polyolefin 900 61
24" x 48" PLATFORM TRUCKS
MB240 6 Phenolic 900 90
MB241 8 Phenolic 1000 100
MB242 8 Pneumatic 800 92
MB243 6 Mold-On Rubber 900 101
MB244 8 Mold-On Rubber 1000 109
MB245 5 Resilex 1000 76
MB246 5 Polyolefin 900 74
30" x 48" PLATFORM TRUCKS
MD421 6 Phenolic 900 96
MD422 8 Phenolic 1000 106
MD423 8 Pneumatic 800 98
MD424 6 Mold-On Rubber 900 107
MD425 8 Mold-On Rubber 1000 115
MD426 5 Resilex 1000 82
MD427 5 Polyolefin 900 80
30" x 60" PLATFORM TRUCKS
MB248 6 Phenolic 900 110
MB249 8 Phenolic 1000 120
MB250 8 Pneumatic 800 112
MB251 6 Mold-On Rubber 900 121
MB252 8 Mold-On Rubber 1000 129
MB253 5 Resilex 1000 96
MB254 5 Polyolefin 900 94
10" Pneumatic Wheels 8" Rubber Wheels 8" Phenolic Wheels
Platform* Wt. 1000 lbs. Cap. 1800 lbs. Cap. 2000 lbs. Cap.
Size" lbs. Model No. Model No. Model No.
WOOD DECK
24 x 48-C 115 MB256 MB296 MB130
24 x 48-T 120 MB258 MB298 MB133
30 x 48-C 135 MB264 MB304 MB138
30 x 48-T 140 MB266 MB306 MB141
30 x 60-C 145 MB267 MB308 MB142
30 x 60-T 150 MB270 MD332 MB145
36 x 72-C 180 MB279 MB320 MB155
36 x 72-T 190 MB282 MB322 MB157
48 x 96-C 280 MB284 MB324 MB166
48 x 96-T 300 MB286 MB326 MB169
STEEL DECK
24 x 48-C 110 MB255 MB295 MB131
24 x 48-T 115 MB257 MB297 MB132
30 x 48-C 130 MB263 MB303 MB139
30 x 48-T 135 MB265 MD331 MB140
30 x 60-C 140 MB268 MB307 MB143
30 x 60-T 145 MB269 MB309 MB144
36 x 72-C 175 MB280 MB319 MB154
36 x 72-T 185 MB281 MB321 MB156
48 x 96-C 240 MB283 MB323 MB167
48 x 96-T 265 MB285 MB325 MB168
*Suffix C after platform size signifies corner caster placement. T is diamond tilt.
40
469

40
470
TRUCKS & CARTS
PLATFORM TRUCKS
HEAVY DUTY PLATFORM TRUCKS
3000 lbs. capacity. Solid hardwood deck makes this the ideal truck
for heavy loads. Easy to manoeuvre on 12" phenolic load wheels and 6"
swivel casters. 1 1/4" tubular chrome handle.
®
Model Platform Wt.
No. Size" lbs.
MB122 24 x 48 150
MB123 30 x 48 170
MB124 30 x 60 195
MB125 36 x 60 210
MB126 36 x 72 230
HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC PLATFORM TRUCKS
Tough, honeycombed, heavy duty plastic construction is virtually maintenance
free. Will not rust, dent, crack or splinter. Ideal for maintenance and food service
applications. Impact resistant structural foam body. Comes with crossbar handle.
Model Platform Wt.
No. Size" lbs.
500 LB CAPACITY. 5" X 1 1/4" RUBBER CASTERS
MB158 24 x 36 51
MB160 24 x 48 68
MB163 30 x 60 84
1000 LB CAPACITY. 6" X 2" RUBBER CASTERS
MB159 24 x 36 66
MB161 24 x 48 78
MB164 30 x 60 94
2000 LB CAPACITY. 8" X 2" POLYOLEFIN CASTERS
MB162 24 x 48 76
MB165 30 x 60 107
USDA approved trucks available. Please inquire.
SEMI-LIVE SKIDS
Ideal for temporary storage of materials. 52" Jack Handle (sold separately) quickly
engages skid and turns it into a portable truck that manoeuvres easily in
confined areas. Skids and handle come with 8" rubber wheels, 1800 lbs. capacity.
Available in steel or wood deck.
Platform Steel Deck Wood Deck
Size" Model No. Wt. lbs. Model No. Wt. lbs.
24 x 48 MB327 110 MB328 115
30 x 48 MB329 130 MB330 135
30 x 60 MB331 140 MB332 145
36 x 72 MB337 175 MB338 180
MB348 JACK HANDLE Weight 30 lbs.
FOLDING HANDLE
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Move supplies, forms and light equipment around the shop
or office. Quick-release handle folds flat for easy storage.
Heavy gauge steel construction; non-skid vinyl coated deck.
33 1/2" handle height. Vinyl, wrap around bumper protects
walls and furniture.
Rubber casters.
Model Platform Cap. Caster Wt.
No. Size" lbs. Size" lbs.
MB228 19 x 29 440 4 25
MB229 23 x 35 660 5 41
®
WAGON TRUCKS
Fifth wheel steering makes these trucks easy to manoeuvre under
full loads. Choice of steel frame with wood deck or all steel frame
and deck construction. 10" pneumatic wheels; 1000
lbs. capacity.
®
Platform Wood Deck Steel Deck
Size" Model No. Wt. lbs. Model No. Wt. lbs.
24 x 48 MD186 120 MD187 130
30 x 60 MD188 150 MD189 170
36 x 72 MD192 190 MD193 210
ALUMINUM PLATFORM TRUCKS
Magliner ® platform trucks are 40% lighter on average
than steel or wood-and-steel trucks. Unitized box type
frame is high strength all-welded aluminum
channel. Corner sockets are integral with frame.
Removable handle fits at either end of truck. 8"
Moldon rubber tires with aluminum core offer
good floor protection, quiet operation. 2000
lbs. capacity. Choice of smooth deck or treadplate
deck surface.
Shipped knocked down.
Smooth Deck Treadplate Deck
Platform Model Wt. Model Wt.
Size" No. lbs. No. lbs.
24 x 36 MB287 68 MB288 69
24 x 48 MB289 73 MB290 74
30 x 60 MB291 86 MB292 88
36 x 72 MB293 103 MB294 105
RUBBERMAID ® TRIPLE TM TROLLEY
Rubbermaid ® Triple Trolley offers three ways to keep your work moving. Three position
handle lets users push, pull or fold flat for space efficient storage. Non-skid surface helps
prevent load shifting. Durable, structural foam deck won’t rust, dent or bend; and mark
resistant casters give stability over rough surfaces.
Model Mfg. Size" Cap. Wt.
No. No. Description W x L x H lbs. lbs.
MF584 4400 Utility Trolley 20 1/2 x 32 1/2 x 33 1/2 250 20
MF585 4401 Standard Trolley 20 1/2 x 32 1/2 x 37 3/4 400 25
FOLDABLE
PLATFORM TRUCK
Ideal when a solid, portable platform truck is required.
Interlocking aluminum frame has a dual length platform: 16"
x 20" or 16" x 28"; handle height is 32". Comes standard with
vinyl corner bumpers. Folds down to a compact 9 1/2" x 16"
x 20". Rolls easily on 4" rubber casters, 300 lb. capacity.
Model Wt.
No. lbs.
MB230 19

WAREHOUSE TRUCKS & CARTS
A FRAME
SHEET/PANEL TRUCKS
Ideal for handling long, flat, awkward loads. Truck frame is
48" high. Comes standard with four 4" phenolic swivel casters.
1200 lbs. capacity.
Model No. Dimensions" Wt. lbs.
MD216 24 x 36 50
MD217 30 x 42 60
MD218 36 x 72 85
SECURITY CARTS
Security carts are ideal for safely storing and transporting valuable materials. 2" x 2" heavy
gauge open wire construction allows for visibility into the unit so items can be checked at
any time. Nickel chrome finish. Front doors have lockable handle. Heavy duty dolly base with
6" casters. Shipped assembled, ready to use.
Note: When calculating the desired number of shelves, you must consider the top and the
bottom of the cart as shelves. Example: Model No. RD481 has four shelves, three are for
usable storage and the fourth is the top of the cart.
SIZE 3 SHELVES Wt. 4 SHELVES Wt. 5 SHELVES Wt.
W" x L" x H" Model No. lbs. Model No. lbs. Model No. lbs.
24x30x68 RD477 275 RD478 235 RD479 245
24x36x68 RD480 284 RD481 298 RD482 314
24x48x68 RD483 339 RD484 355 RD485 371
24x60x68 RD486 387 RD487 407 RD488 427
3 SIDED STOCK TRUCKS
These trucks from KLETON ® are designed for efficient loading/unloading and transportation
of merchandise. Standard features include: 48" height above platform; push handle; solid allwelded
steel construction; 2 rigid and 2 swivel 5" rubber casters; 1000 lbs. capacity; blue
enamel finish.
STEEL BOX TRUCKS
Steel Box Trucks will contain and transport small bulk parts or materials in your plant or
warehouse. Heavy-duty 1000 lbs. capacity. Standard features include: 24" height above platform;
push handle; solid all-welded steel construction; 2 rigid and 2 swivel 5" rubber casters;
blue enamel finish.
MESH TYPE SOLID TYPE
Truck Dimensions Model Wt. Model Wt.
Type W" x L" No. lbs. No. lbs.
3 sided 24 x 48 MB697 102 MB715 123
3 sided 30 x 60 MB703 120 MB721 150
3 sided 30 x 72 MB705 135 MB723 165
3 sided 36 x 60 MB707 145 MB725 180
3 sided 36 x 72 MB709 155 MB727 195
Box 24 x 36 MB672 62 MB683 82
Box 30 x 60 MB680 95 MB691 130
® ®
DRYWALL CART
This multi-purpose cart is ideal for transporting large sheets
of drywall, wood and metal. Extra strong 1 1/4" tubular rail
handle. 8" phenolic heavy duty casters.
24" W x 44" L x 43.5" H overall dimensions.
3500 lbs. capacity.
Wt: 90 lbs.
Model No. MD214
®
TRUCKS & CARTS
LUMBER CART
Keep long, bulky material such as lumber, plywood, pipe
and plasterboard secure and easy to transport. Rolls
smoothly on non-marking 5" rubber casters.
24" W x 36" L x 38" H overall dimensions.
800 lbs. capacity.
Wt: 80 lbs.
Model No. MB729
3 Sided Stock Trucks
Box Trucks
®
40
471

40
472
TRUCKS & CARTS
WIRE SHELF CARTS
WIRE SHELF CARTS
Mobile wire shelf carts will provide a
convenient method of transporting goods and
materials from site to site. They also offer excellent
visibility, maximizes air circulation,
minimizes dust accumulation and increases
sprinkler effectiveness. Shelves are available in
different coating finishes. Stem and dolly base
carts are shipped knocked down.
THREE TYPES OF FINISH
CHROME FINISH: Bright shiny finish and more
durable than zinc. Impervious to the accumulation
of dust. Used widely in assembly line areas,
manufacturing, electronics industry, offices and
storage rooms.
TECH-SEAL FINISH: A new state of the art
process to prevent corrosion. Zinc is applied to
the entire wire shelf followed by a chrome sealer,
a cathodic primer and a final powder coating of
heavy duty polyester which is baked on to assure
resistance to water, humidity, salt and UV.
Guaranteed for 10 years against rust formation.
ZINC FINISH: Most economical coating for a
shelf. It is used mainly for dry storage of boxed
goods or paper products.
TWO TYPES OF CARTS
STEM CASTER CARTS include 5" poly swivel
stem casters and donut bumpers.
DOLLY BASE CARTS include chrome dolly
base w/wrap-around bumper and 6" poly swivel
plate casters.
Casters with brakes are available
on both carts.
Stainless steel carts also available.
WIRE SHELF UTILITY CARTS
Strong, economical and versatile, these carts are ideal for office
or warehouse use. Utility carts come with 2 or 3 wire shelves with
a standard chrome finish. Includes donut bumpers, 5" x 1" poly
swivel casters and push handle.
Overall height 35". Shipped knocked down.
Stem Caster Cart
Dolly Base Cart
2 shelf cart 3 shelf cart
Chrome 2 Wire Shelf Cart 3 Wire Shelf Cart
Shelf Size Model Wt. Model Wt.
D" x W" No. lbs. No. lbs.
18 x 24 RF893 40 RF918 47
18 x 30 RD279 43 RD287 51
18 x 36 RD280 48 RD288 58
18 x 42 RD281 52 RD289 63
18 x 48 RD282 54 RD290 67
24 x 24 RF895 58 RF920 69
24 x 30 RD271 60 RD283 72
24 x 36 RD273 63 RD284 75
24 x 42 RD275 65 RD285 79
24 x 48 RD276 67 RD286 83
The unique ADAPTA-PLUS design allows you to add or remove an
individual shelf without having to move other shelves.
Shelf Size No. O.A. Wt. Chrome Tech-Seal TM Zinc
D" x W" Shelves HT" lbs. Model No. Model No. Model No.
STEM CASTER CARTS
18 x 36 4 65 72 RD179 RD183 RD184
18 x 48 4 65 84 RD185 RD189 RD190
18 x 60 4 65 96 RD191 RD195 RD196
18 x 72 4 65 108 RD197 RD201 RD202
24 x 36 4 65 80 RD153 RD157 RD158
24 x 48 4 65 96 RD159 RD163 RD164
24 x 60 4 65 110 RD165 RD169 RD171
24 x 72 4 65 126 RD172 RD176 RD178
18 x 36 5 77 87 RD227 RD231 RD232
18 x 48 5 77 102 RD233 RD237 RD238
18 x 60 5 77 117 RD239 RD243 RD244
18 x 72 5 77 132 RD245 RD249 RD250
24 x 36 5 77 97 RD203 RD207 RD208
24 x 48 5 77 117 RD209 RD213 RD214
24 x 60 5 77 135 RD215 RD219 RD220
24 x 72 5 77 155 RD221 RD225 RD226
DOLLY BASE CARTS
18 x 36 4 68 108 RD180 RD181 RD182
18 x 48 4 68 127 RD186 RD187 RD188
18 x 60 4 68 144 RD192 RD193 RD194
18 x 72 4 68 162 RD198 RD199 RD200
24 x 36 4 68 121 RD154 RD155 RD156
24 x 48 4 68 141 RD160 RD161 RD162
24 x 60 4 68 162 RD166 RD167 RD168
24 x 72 4 68 184 RD173 RD174 RD175
18 x 36 5 80 117 RD228 RD229 RD230
18 x 48 5 80 151 RD234 RD235 RD236
18 x 60 5 80 172 RD240 RD241 RD242
18 x 72 5 80 194 RD246 RD247 RD248
24 x 36 5 80 142 RD204 RD205 RD206
24 x 48 5 80 171 RD210 RD211 RD212
24 x 60 5 80 195 RD216 RD217 RD218
24 x 72 5 80 222 RD222 RD223 RD224
* Zinc carts use zinc shelves and chrome posts.
ENCLOSED STEM
CASTER CARTS
Closed on 3 sides with a 3" x 3" chrome mesh
screen. Includes 4 chrome finish shelves, 4
posts 60" high, side and back enclosures, 4-5"
poly swivel casters and donut bumpers.
Shipped assembled.
Model Shelf Size Wt.
No. D" x W" lbs.
RD151 21 x 60 146
RD152 21 x 72 166
RD170 24 x 60 162
RD177 24 x 72 184
MAIL CART
Designed to efficiently handle office mail distribution.
Durable and manoeuvrable, the mail cart is made of 7/8"
thick tubular frame. Includes 2 removable baskets. The
top basket has file retainers and is 25" D x 18" W x 11" H
and the bottom basket is
25" D x 18" W x 7" H. 2 swivel and 2 rigid casters. Overall
dimensions 20" W x 32" D x 37" H.
Weight: 42 lbs. Nickel chrome finish.
Shipped assembled.
Model No. RD340

SHELF TRUCKS
HI-BOY SHELF TRUCKS
Available in 4 or 5 shelf versions, these 1,000 lbs. capacity all welded 14 gauge steel hi-boy shelf trucks allow
for storage of a large capacity of small items. Shelves may be ordered with lip up or down. Complete with heavy
duty 5" rubber casters. Colour: Blue. Overall height: 61" each.
4 SHELF 5 SHELF
Shelf Model Model Wt. Model Model Wt.
Size" Edge up Edge down lbs. Edge up Edge down lbs.
18 x 30 MB468 MB467 115 MB474 MB473 125
24 x 36 MB470 MB469 140 MB476 MB475 155
24 x 48 MB472 MB471 165 MB478 MB477 184
SHELF/PLATFORM TRUCK
A robust 750 lbs. capacity 2
in 1 shelf truck featuring a
removable top shelf and post
assembly that converts the
unit into a platform truck
when removed. Standard features
include: front corner
rubber bum-pers, four 5" rubber
tired casters, two
crossbars on the push handle,
all welded heavy gauge
steel assembly. Colour: Blue.
Model Dimensions Cap. Wt.
No. W" x L" x H" lbs. lbs.
MB391 24 x 36 x 40 750 105
STOCK PICKING TRUCKS
Pick and transport out of reach stock without the need
for a separate ladder. All models are 36" high to top
shelf with 13" clearance between shelves. Overall
height of 3 step models is 63"; 5 step height is 78".
Slip resistant steps; positive locking engagement. 5" x
1 1/4" rubber casters, 1000 lbs. capacity. Colour:
Blue.
®
Model Shelf No. of Wt.
No. Size" Steps lbs.
MB507 24 x 48 3 140
MB508 24 x 48 5 150
MD441 24 x 36 3 135
MD442 24 x 36 5 145
Model No.
MB470
ORDER PICKING
TRUCKS
The picking list holder on these trucks eliminates
the inconvenience of handling loose
papers. These solid welded units are all 36"
high; 2 shelf models have a 27 1/2" clearance
between shelves, 3 shelf models have 13"
clearance. 5" x 1 1/4" rubber casters, 1000 lbs.
capacity. Colour: Blue.
LOW PROFILE
SHOP TRUCKS
Low top shelf means less distance to
lift heavy objects. All welded units constructed
of reinforced 14 gauge steel.
Layback handle model is 25" high to
top shelf with 16" shelf clearance.
Shelf trucks are equipped with either 5"
x 1 1/4" resilex casters with a capacity
of 1000 lbs. or 6" x 2" phenolic casters
with a capacity of 2000 lbs.
TRUCKS & CARTS
Model No.
MB476
BC UTILITY/LAB CARTS
Smooth, injection-moulded shelves are specially designed to resist staining and wipe clean easily, 4 chrome-plated posts. Available in 4 different styles: 2 shelf, 3 shelf, 3 shelf enclosed end and 3
shelf/3 sided enclosed units. Centre shelf on 3 shelf carts is adjustable on 1" centres. Capacity of 150 lbs. per shelf, 400 lbs. per cart, 4" rubber swivel stem casters. Shelf colour: grey.
Model Dimensions Shelf Size Wt.
No. Description W" x L" x H" W" x L" lbs.
MB370 2 shelf unit 18 x 28 x 33 1/4 16 x 27 27 1/2
MB371 3 shelf unit 18 x 28 x 33 1/4 16 x 27 33
RG430 3 shelf enclosed end unit 18 x 28 x 33 1/4 16 x 27 39
RG431 3 shelf, 3 sided enclosed unit 18 x 28 x 33 1/4 16 x 27 42 1/2
MB372 2 shelf unit 21 1/2 x 33 3/4 x 33 1/4 20 x 30 34 1/2
MB373 3 shelf unit 21 1/2 x 33 3/4 x 33 1/4 20 x 30 43
RG432 3 shelf enclosed end unit 21 1/2 x 33 3/4 x 33 1/4 20 x 30 49 3/4
RG433 3 shelf, 3 sided enclosed unit 21 1/2 x 33 3/4 x 33 1/4 20 x 30 50 1/2
MB374 2 shelf unit 27 x 39 1/2 x 33 1/4 26 x 36 40 1/2
MD434 3 shelf unit 27 x 39 1/2 x 33 1/4 26 x 36 52
RG434 3 shelf enclosed end unit 27 x 39 1/2 x 33 1/4 26 x 36 50
RG435 3 shelf, 3 sided enclosed unit 27 x 39 1/2 x 33 1/4 26 x 36 53 1/2
®
Model Number Tray Overall Wt.
No. of Trays Size" Length" lbs.
MB440 2 18 x 30 45 70
MB441 2 24 x 36 51 80
MB442 3 18 x 30 45 85
MB443 3 24 x 36 51 100
5" RESILEX 6" PHENOLIC
Shelf Model Wt. Model Wt.
Size" No. lbs. No. lbs.
18 x 30 MB421 90 MB422 100
24 x 36 MB425 110 MB426 130
24 x 48 MB429 125 MB430 145
30 x 60 MB434 145 MB435 160
®
®
®
40
473

40
474
TRUCKS & CARTS
SHELF TRUCKS
The Kleton ® line of shelf trucks are the toughest and most economical in the industry. The shelves are made of 16 gauge steel and
posts are 12 gauge. Guaranteed to outlast all other similar shelf trucks. These shelf trucks are shipped knocked down to minimize
freight charges.
®
®
®
®
Model No.
MB486
Model No.
MB495
Model No.
MB491
Model No.
MB461
COMMERCIAL DUTY
• 500 lbs. total capacity
• Four 5" D x 2" W polyolefin casters, 2 swivel and 2 rigid
• 1 1/4" dia. tubular steel handle
• Available in 2 or 3 shelf models
• 36" Overall height
• Top & middle shelf can be installed with the edge up or down,
depending on your application
• Shipped knocked down
• Colour: Blue
2 SHELF 3 SHELF
Shelf Model Wt. Model Wt.
Size" No. lbs. No. lbs.
18 x 30 MB482 43 MB485 54
24 x 36 MB483 54 MB486 70
24 x 48 MB484 69 MB487 93
STANDARD DUTY
• 750 lbs. total capacity
• Four 5" D x 1 1/2" W resilex casters, 2 swivel and 2 rigid
• Quiet rolling, non marking casters
• 1 1/4" dia. tubular steel handle
• Available in 2 or 3 shelf models
• 36" overall height
• Top & middle shelf can be installed with the edge up or down
• Shipped knocked down
• Colour: Blue
2 SHELF 3 SHELF
Shelf Model Wt. Model Wt.
Size" No. lbs. No. lbs.
18 x 30 MB492 43 MB495 54
24 x 36 MB493 54 MB496 70
24 x 48 MB494 69 MB497 93
PNEUMATIC WHEEL SHELF TRUCKS
• 750 lbs. capacity
• Easy rolling 8" pneumatic casters enable this shelf truck to ride over cables, debris etc.
• Shipped knocked down
• Colour: Blue
Model Shelf No. of Wt.
No. Size" Shelves lbs.
MB488 24 x 36 2 60
MB489 24 x 48 2 75
MB490 24 x 36 3 90
MB491 24 x 48 3 100
HEAVY DUTY SHELF TRUCKS
These heavy duty shelf trucks feature all welded 14 gauge steel shelves and
1/8" thick x 1 1/2" angle post.
• 1000 lbs. total capacity
• Four 5" D resilex casters, 2 swivel and 2 rigid
• Quiet rolling, non-marking casters
• 1" dia. tubular steel handle
• 36" overall height
• Shelves are available with the edge up or down
• Colour: Blue
2 SHELF 3 SHELF
Shelf Model Model Wt. Model Model Wt.
Size" Edge Up Edge Down lbs. Edge Up Edge Down lbs.
18 x 30 MB445 MB444 60 MB456 MB455 75
24 x 36 MB447 MB446 65 MB459 MB458 85
24 x 48 MB449 MB448 100 MB461 MB460 100

SERVICE & UTILITY CARTS
HEAVY-DUTY
SERVICE CARTS
Rubbermaid ® Service Carts are light and easy to
manoeuvre, easy to clean, and offer plenty of shelf
space for any job. Heavy-duty Service Carts are
available in Grey or Beige. Made of tough structural
foam construction, and will accept an
optional middle shelf.
Model No. Mfg. Shelf Size Wt.
Beige Grey No. Description W" x L" x H" lbs.
MB352 MB353 4500 400 lbs. cap. 16 x 30 x 32 1/4 36
MB365 MB366 4597 Middle shelf 16 x 30 x 3 11
MB356 MB357 4520 400 lbs. cap. 24 x 36 x 32 1/4 47
MB367 MB368 4598 Middle shelf 24 x 36 x 3 16
TRADES CARTS
A mobile workbench, this cart is sized to hold large
tools and supplies, and yet fits in tight spaces, such
as through doors and elevators. It is specifically
designed for daily light duty maintenance, it has
four compartmentalized parts box and two versatile
storage bins that lets you carry whatever you'll
need, wherever the job takes you. It also has a
mounting bracket to serve as an electrical cord wrap
and a convenient handle bin to keep small tools and
parts at hand. Constructed of grey plastic for light- MD355
ness and durability, it has 6" casters (2 with
brakes). Also available with a fully enclosed, lockable
storage compartment that helps keep tools and
materials secure.
Dimensions: 19 1/4" W x 38" L x 33 3/8" H
Capacity: 150 lbs. (top shelf),
200 lbs. (bottom shelf)
Model No. MD355 Wt.: 50 lbs
Trades Cart Mfg. No. 6180
Model No. MF873 Wt.: 68 lbs
Trades Cart w/Lockable Cabinet Mfg. No. 6180-88
SUPPLY CARTS
Increase your productivity by avoiding multiple trips to the
parts counter and the parts washer. Constructed of highdensity
non-conductive polyethylene, these carts are
unaffected by acids, solvents and petroleum. Complete
with 4" heavy-duty ball bearing casters, two with locking
break. Push handle moulded into top shelf. Units include
top storage tray (Model MD656 includes top and middle
storage trays) and 6 tray dividers. Dimensions: 24" L x 15
3/4" W x 34" H.
200 lbs. capacity. Lid and 3 outlet, 15 foot electric assembly
(CSA Approved) available as options.
Colour: Black
STAINLESS STEEL
CARTS
These carts feature stain and scratch
resistant, soundproofed shelves.
Designed to move quietly and easily
over any surface on rugged swivel
casters. Four models are available,
each featuring 3 shelves, a push handle,
and front corner bumpers.
MF873
Model No. of Wt.
No. Includes Shelves lbs.
MD654 Top storage tray 2 25
MD655 Top storage tray 3 31
MD656 Top/middle storage tray 3 30
MD658 Optional Lid 3
MF117 Optional 3 outlet, 15’ electric assembly 3
TRUCKS & CARTS
FLAT SHELF
UTILITY CARTS
Flat design makes loading and unloading of heavy
boxes and parts easier. Top shelf moat around
entire shelf catches small parts and liquids. Handle
bin holds tools, parts. Durable structural foam
construction won't dent, rust or bend. Non-marking
5" casters. Optional middle shelf available. 400
lbs. capacity. (133 lbs. per shelf when used with
three shelves, 200 lbs. per shelf with two shelf
models).
Model No. Mfg. Shelf Size Wt.
Beige Grey No. Description W" x L" x H" lbs.
MB354 MB355 4505 400 lbs. cap. 19 x 38 x 33 33
MB361 MB362 4594 Middle shelf 19 x 38 x 3 10
MB359 MB360 4525 400 lbs. cap. 25.6 x 44 x 33 44
MB363 MB364 4595 Middle shelf 25.6 x 44 x 3 20
LIGHT-DUTY
UTILITY CARTS
Made of durable plastic construction.
Comes with a standard
middle shelf and two convenient
handles. Shelves are flat with retaining
beaded edges.
Colour: Beige.
Model No.
MB351
Model Mfg. Capacity Shelf Size Wt.
No. No. lbs. W" x L" x H" lbs.
MB351 3424 200 16 1/4 x 31 1/2 x 36 30
CART W/ENCLOSED END PANELS
MH211 3355 300 18 x 31 x 37 1/2 37
UTILITY
SHELF CARTS
Moulded polyethylene shelves and legs. Won’t
stain, scratch, dent or rust. Strong, heavy duty,
high density construction. Complete with integral
push handle. Quiet easy-rolling 4" casters,
two with locking brakes. 200 lbs. capacity.
Colour: Black.
Model No.
MH211
Model Dimensions Shelf Wt.
No. W" x L" x H" Clearance" lbs.
TWO SHELF UTILITY CARTS
MF110 18 x 24 x 33 26 24
MF111 24 x 32 x 33 25 37
THREE SHELF UTILITY CARTS
MF112 18 x 24 x 34 12 27
MF113 18 x 24 x 40 16 1/4 28
MF114 24 x 32 x 33 11 42
FOUR SHELF UTILITY CART
MF115 18 x 24 x 46 1/2 12 36
FIVE SHELF UTILITY CART
MF116 24 x 32 x 60 11 1/2 77
Model Overall Dimensions Caster Cap. Wt.
No. W" x L" x H" Dia." lbs. lbs.
MB387 15 1/2 x 24 x 31 7/8 3 200 28
MB388 17 3/4 x 30 x 31 7/8 3 200 36
MB389 17 3/4 x 30 x 33 1/4 4 400 45
MB390 20 3/4 x 35 x 37 1/8 5 500 60
40
475

40
476
TRUCKS & CARTS
DOLLIES
WOOD DOLLIES
MEDIUM DUTY
900 lbs. capacity.
3/4" wood top; counter-sunk bolts. 3"
nylon casters. Carpet dolly will
prevent marks and scratches on
the equipment
that is being moved. Shipped knocked
down.
Model Platform Wt.
No. Dim." Type lbs.
MA186 18 x 24 Standard 26
MA187 18 x 24 Carpeted 28
MD515 18 x 30 Standard 32
MD516 18 x 30 Carpeted 34
ANGLE FRAME
DOLLIES
1200 lbs. capacity.
1 1/2" x 1 1/2" angle construction.
4" phenolic casters.
®
Model No. Dim." Wt. lbs.
MA190 18 x 18 23
MA191 18 x 24 25
MA192 24 x 24 27
MA193 24 x 36 30
LIGHTWEIGHT ALUMINUM
DOLLIES 840 LBS.
CAPACITY
Low profile design with
swivel casters and 3" diameter
polyoefin wheels. Riveted,
aluminum construction. Lightweight.
Pierced rim for attaching hook,
rope or chain.
Model Wt.
No. Dim." lbs.
MD519 18 x 24 12
MD520 21 x 30 14
ALUMINUM PALLET DOLLIES
Used in manufacturing, processing or distribution, these
lightweight dollies are cost effective alternatives to expensive
fork lift trucks. Tough aluminum channel frame
construction is compatible for use with wood, metal and
plastic pallets, as well as with slip sheets.
W" x L"*
36 x 36
36 x 42
36 x 48
42 x 36
42 x 42
42 x 48
48 x 48
* Length is direction of roll.
4000 LBS. CAPACITY
6 Roller, 2 Centre Rollers
Model No. Wt.
Non-Tilt Swivel lbs.
MA201 MA222 31
MA204 MA225 33
MA207 MA228 35
MA210 MA231 34
MA213 MA234 35
MA216 MA237 37
MA219 MA240 38
STEEL DRUM DOLLIES
The welded frames on these dollies are built to withstand constant
use. 24" inside diameter handles 45 gallon drums.
Shipped knocked down.
Model Frame Approx. Wheel Cap. Wt.
No. Style Height" Type lbs. lbs.
DA583 X-Frame 5 1/2 2 1/2" Polyolefin 750 22
DA602 Round 5 1/2 2 1/2" Polyolefin 750 22
®
HEAVY-DUTY
1200 lbs. capacity.
2 1/8" wood top (2 x 1 1/16"
pieces); countersunk bolts.
4" phenolic casters. Carpet dolly
will prevent marks and scratches
on the equipment
that is being moved.
Shipped knocked down.
Model Platform Wt.
No. Dim." Type lbs.
MA188 18 x 24 Standard 30
MA189 18 x 24 Carpeted 32
MD517 18 x 30 Standard 38
MD518 18 x 30 Carpeted 40
STEEL DECK DOLLIES
1200 lbs. capacity. 14 gauge steel deck.
4" phenolic casters. Optional 34" long
steel rod Model MA199
for ease of movement
under full loads.
®
Model No. Dim." Wt. lbs.
MA242 18 x 18 23
MA243 18 x 24 25
MA244 24 x 24 27
MA199 34" handle 2
HEAVY-DUTY ALUMINUM
DOLLIES 2000 LBS.
CAPACITY
Light, tough and highly
manoeuvrable. High
strength, all welded extruded
aluminum construction. 5" phenolic
swivel casters, roller bearing
mounted.
Model Wt.
No. Dim." lbs.
MD521 21 x 36 36
MD522 24 x 42 42
Transforms non-movable floor stock into a live storage system
where pallets can be easily moved to provide quick
access to any load. 3 1/2" diameter non-marking phenolic
rollers with shielded ball bearings. Capacities to 8000 lbs.
6000 LBS. CAPACITY
8 Roller, 4 Centre Rollers
Model No. Wt.
Non-Tilt Swivel lbs.
MA202 MA223 38
MA205 MA226 40
MA208 MA229 42
MA211 MA232 39
MA214 MA235 41
MA217 MA238 44
MA220 MA241 45
®
®
WOOD
DOLLY RACKS
Convert your
basic wood dolly
into a multi-purpose
caddy. Tubular steel
rack is padded to
protect the goods
being transported.
Rack only, dolly
sold separately.
Model For Wood Wt.
No. Dolly Model lbs.
MD549 MA186 12
MD550 MD515 15
POLYETHYLENE DOLLIES
900 lbs. capacity. Modular,
high-impact polyethylene
design. Won't splinter, swell or
rot. Dolly has round corners and
edges with channel steel rein-
Model No.
forced sides. Rolls easily on 4"
MA195
rubber swivel casters. Choice of flush deck or slip-resistant,
padded rubber deck models.
Model Platform Wt.
No. Dim." Type lbs.
MA194 18 x 30 Flush Deck 21
MA195 18 x 30 Padded Rubber Deck 23
ALUMINUM DECK
DOLLIES
1200 lbs. capacity.
3/8" aluminum treadplate
construction;
countersunk bolts.
4" phenolic casters.
Model No. Dim." Wt. lbs.
MA196 18 x 18 25
MA197 18 x 24 27
MA198 24 x 24 30
8000 LBS. CAPACITY
10 Roller, 6 Centre Rollers
Model No. Wt.
Non-Tilt Swivel lbs.
MA200 MA221 43
MA203 MA224 44
MA206 MA227 46
MA209 MA230 44
MA212 MA233 46
MA215 MA236 48
MA218 MA239 49
PRY DOLLIES
This pry dolly will help move heavy boxes, die blocks and machinery. Heavy duty nose
plate gets under the load and the 6' steel or wooden handle gives tremendous leverage.
Both models come with 5" x 2" polyurethane casters. Use in pairs to move large objects
without the need of a separate dolly.
Model No. Handle Cap. lbs. Nose Plate" Wt. lbs.
MF870 Wood 4250 6 x 3 34
MF871 Steel 5000 6 x 3 3/8 35
®
®

TRUCKS & CARTS
MACHINERY MOVERS & ROLLERS
LIGHT DUTY SERIES ROLLERS
Featuring an endless chain action design, these light duty
rollers come in either rigid or swivel type. Both versions are
available topped with rough, rugged no-slip pads. They are
additionally available in a smooth top style, ideal for permanent
mounting applications. The light duty series rollers are
low in height and high in capacity, combining the advantages
of minimal lifting with controlled moving.
Model No.
MD553
Model No.
MA825
Model Cap. Dimensions Wt.
No. Tons Top Style L" x W" x H" lbs.
MA802 3/4 Swivel Padded 6 1/2 x 3 5/8 x 3 5/16 9
MA825 2 Swivel Padded 6 1/2 x 4 1/8 x 3 15/16 15
MD551 3/4 Swivel Smooth 6 1/2 x 3 5/8 x 3 9
MD552 2 Swivel Smooth 6 1/2 x 4 1/8 x 3 9/16 15
MA801 3/4 Rigid Padded 6 1/2 x 3 5/8 x 3 9
MA824 2 Rigid Padded 6 1/2 x 4 1/8 x 3 9/16 15
MD553 3/4 Rigid Smooth 6 1/2 x 3 5/8 x 2 3/4 9
MD554 2 Rigid Smooth 6 1/2 x 4 1/8 x 3 1/4 15
MD555 36" handle for swivel rollers
LIGHT DUTY RIGGER KITS 3 tons to 8 tons
Rigger kits provide the ability to move up to 8 tons.
Kits contain 2 steering handles and 4 padded rollers,
which are offered with 4 swivel tops or 2 swivel and 2
rigid tops. Sturdy steel carrying case stores all items.
Handles for kits knock down to fit in the case. Handles
are 36" long.
DELUXE KITS 15 tons to 60 tons
Everything required to make heavy moves up to 60 tons
is included in these deluxe kits. Kits include 4 locking
rollers with either padded or diamond steel tops and 2
steering handles. Four preload pads are included with
diamond top kits. Kit cases are lockable and have sturdy
lifting grips for easy handling.
Model No.
MA879
Model Kit Cap. Wt.
No. Tons Kit Contents* lbs.
MA879 3 4 x MA802 swivel 55
MA875 3 2 x MA802 swivel, 2 x MA801 rigid 43
MA887 8 4 x MA825 swivel 85
MA876 8 2 x MA825 swivel, 2 x MA824 rigid 83
*Each kit includes 2 steering handles and case.
BOLT-ON ROLLERS
Oversized tops on these rollers enable them to be bolted
or welded to a heavy load. They work equally upside
down or right side up and are ideal for applications requiring
permanent or semi-permanent mounting, such as linear
motion, bearing slides, heavy casters, or conveyors. Optional
turntables, available for 5 - 75 ton capacities, allow freedom of lateral
motion. Elastomeric preload pads are available for all sizes.
Model No. MA878
Model Kit Cap. Wt.
No. Tons Kit Contents* lbs.
MA878 15 4 x MA839 padded 196
MA877 15 4 x MA838 diamond, 4 x preload pad 196
MA881 30 4 x MA863 padded 208
MA880 30 4 x MA862 diamond, 4 x preload pad 208
MA883 40 4 x MA805 padded 212
MA882 40 4 x MA804 diamond, 4 x preload pad 212
MA885 60 4 x MA812 padded 248
MA884 60 4 x MA811 diamond, 4 x preload pad 252
*Each kit includes 2 steering handles and steel case.
DELUXE ROLLERS 3 3/4 to 50 tons
Move massive machines and equipment with minimum effort
and maximum safety right on ordinary concrete floors.
Rollers operate with a continuous chain of linked rolls recirculating
around a hardened steel load plate. Three moving
types available (rigid, swivel, swivel lock). Choose rigid rollers
for straight line moves. For turns, swivel rollers position the
RAIS-N-ROLL TWIN LIFT MACHINERY MOVERS
The most economical way to lift and move large bulky loads that fork trucks and cranes can't access. Also suitable for moving fragile loads like computers, electrical panels and plate glass.
Hand operated hydraulic jack allows for easy lifting and controlled lowering without jarring the load. Swivel casters allow movement in any direction. All-welded steel construction with steel
casters (2000 lbs. capacity model has phenolic casters). 6" long forks (2000 lbs. model has 5" forks). Used and sold in pairs. All models supplied with hooks for recommended load binder.
Optional Load Binder: Highly recommended for stabilizing large loads. 2 nylon belts, 12' long, attach to unit. Includes heavy duty ratchet tighteners. Model No. MA888
Model Cap/ Fork Height Fork Overall Size Wt.
No. Pair Lowered" Raised" Span" D" x W" x H" lbs.
MA892 2000 3/4 5 1/8 7 1/4 - 17 1/2 48 x 22 x 12 1/2 160
MA893 4000 1 1/8 12 5 - 19 1/2 3 1/23 x 23 x 16 1/2 15
MA894 6000 1 1/8 6 6 - 19 1/2 42 1/23 x 23 x 16 3/4 25
MA895 8000 1 1/8 6 7 1/4 - 19 1/2 45 1/2 x 23 x 17 1/2 390
MA891 10000 1 1/8 6 9 1/4 - 19 1/2 45 1/2 x 24 x 18 480
Model No.
MA839
load in tight quarters. Swivel lock combines swivel and rigid designs with spring-loaded
locks that can engage every 45˚. Choice of padded or diamond steel grid tops. Diamond
steel is best for moving crated or palletized equipment. No slip padded tops are ideal for
metal based machines, or for moving equipment on less than perfect floor surfaces.
Steering handles available in three lengths.
Model Cap. Tons Dimensions Wt.
No. Top Each L" x W" x H" lbs.
SWIVEL
MA841 Padded 3 3/4 10 1/2 x 5 3/5 x 5 33
MA837 Diamond 3 3/4 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 4 3/4 33
MA865 Padded 7 1/2 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 5 1/4 37
MA861 Diamond 7 1/2 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 5 3/4 36
MD556 Padded 10 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 5 1/4 37
MD557 Diamond 10 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 5 37
MA822 Padded 15 12 3/4 x 6 1/8 x 5 1/8 47
MA821 Diamond 15 12 3/4 x 6 1/2 x 4 3/4 46
MD558 Padded 30 15 x 8 x 7 15/16 119
MD559 Diamond 30 15 x 8 x 7 1/8 120
MD560 Padded 50 21 x 8 x 8 15/16 197
MD561 Diamond 50 21 x 8 x 8 1/8 196
SWIVEL LOCK
MA839 Padded 3 3/4 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 5 34
MA838 Diamond 3 3/4 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 4 3/4 33
MA863 Padded 7 1/2 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 5 1/4 37
MA862 Diamond 7 1/2 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 5 36
MA805 Padded 10 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 5 1/4 38
MA804 Diamond 10 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 5 37
MA812 Padded 15 12 3/4 x 6 1/2 x 5 1/8 47
MA811 Diamond 15 12 3/4 x 6 1/2 x 4 3/4 47
MA845 Padded 30 15 x 8 x 8 123
MA844 Diamond 30 15 x 8 x 7 1/8 120
MA853 Padded 50 21 x 8 x 9 15/16 196
MA852 Diamond 50 21 x 8 x 8 1/8 197
RIGID
MA835 Padded 3 3/4 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 4 3/16 29
MA834 Diamond 3 3/4 10 1/2 x 5 1/2 x 4 28
MA859 Padded 7 1/2 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 4 7/16 32
MA858 Diamond 7 1/2 10 1/2 x 5 1/2 x 4 3/8 32
MD562 Padded 10 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 4 7/19 33
MD563 Diamond 10 10 1/2 x 5 1/2 x 4 3/8 33
MA819 Padded 15 12 3/4 x 6 1/2 x 4 5/16 42
MA818 Diamond 15 12 3/4 x 6 1/2 x 3 7/8 41
MD564 Padded 30 15 x 8 x 6 3/4 106
MA843 Diamond 30 15 x 8 x 6 1/8 104
MD565 Padded 50 21 x 8 x 7 3/4 182
MD566 Diamond 50 21 x 8 x 7 1/8 182
STEERING HANDLES FOR SWIVEL AND SWIVEL LOCK ROLLERS
Model No. Length" Wt. lbs.
MA870 36 9
MA872 42 11
MA874 60 25
Model Cap. Dimensions Wt.
No. Tons L" x W" x H" lbs.
MA800 .75 6 1/2 x 7 x 3 1/4 12
MA826 2.5 6 1/2 x 7 x 3 5/8 20
MA850 5 8 x 8 x 3 1/8 24
MA810 15 10 5/8 x 10 x 3 7/8 38
MA827 20 10 5/8 x 10 x 3 7/8 45
MA849 37.5 15 x 12 x 5 1/2 108
MA867 75 21 x 14 x 6 3/4 239
40
477

40
478
TRUCKS & CARTS
DRUM LIFTERS & HANDLERS
Controlled pouring up to
2000 lbs.
DRUM LIFTERS
Safely transport, position and drain open and closed head steel drums. Simply attach the lifter on hook of chain block, monorail
or crane, cinch saddle around drum, and then raise to the required height and position. Ratchet mechanism securely
tightens saddle to drum. Choice of Manual or Geared models.
A. MANUAL TILT
These models are ideal for low level pouring and dumping operations. 800 lbs. full drum capacity, 500 lbs. half drum capacity.
A tilt lock on each side of hanger frame is used to secure the drum in a vertical or horizontal position. When the lock is
released the operator manually tilts the drum to control pouring or dumping.
Model No. Drum Size Wt. lbs.
DA199 45 gallon steel; 22 1/2" dia. 46
DA200 25 gallon steel; 19" dia. 46
DA201 21" - 23" dia. fibre or steel 46
DA202 19" - 20 1/2" dia. fibre or steel 46
B. GEARED TILT
These models allow accurate pouring from any height. Handles up to 2000 lb. full drum capacity. Rotating of drum is controlled by 6
ft. chain loop. On models DA121 and DA124, chains can be guided into locking slots to hold the drum’s position, allowing the operator
to let go. Worm gear speed reducer on DA123 tends to let drum stay where it is stopped.
Model Drum Full Drum Half Full Wt.
No. Size Cap. lbs. Cap. lbs. lbs.
DA121 45 gallon steel; 22 1/2" dia. 800 500 71
DA124 45 gallon steel; 22 1/2" 1500 800 85
DA123 45 gallon steel; 22 1/2" 2000 1000 170
DA122 45 gallon plastic; 22 1/2"-24" 900 500 121
DA125 25 gallon steel; 19" dia. 800 500 71
DA126 25 gallon steel; 19" dia. 1500 800 90
DA127 21" - 23" dia.; fibre or steel 800 500 71
DA128 21" - 23" dia.; fibre or steel 1500 800 91
DA129 19" - 20 1/2" dia.; fibre or steel 800 500 71
DA130 19" - 20 1/2" dia.; fibre or steel 1500 800 90
360° ROTATION ON
A VERTICAL OR
HORIZONTAL AXIS;
125° FORWARD
TILT.
Available for
45 gallon steel or
plastic/fibre drums.
FORK MOUNTED
DRUM LIFTERS
This drum handler lets the fork truck operator raise, transport, tip and drain
loaded drums without leaving his seat. Manually cinch saddle to drum and proceed
with lift truck. Geared design and pull chain with 10 ft. drop allows for
controlled dispensing of open and closed head steel drums up to 2000 lbs.
Manipulation of pull chain allows for 360° rotation. Attaches easily to truck by
sliding handler onto forks and tightening 2 screw locks. No electrical or
hydraulic connections required. 6 1/2" W x 2 1/2" H x 30" D fork pockets; inside
width between truck forks must be at least 24 1/2".
Model Drum Full Drum Half Wt.
No. Size Cap. lbs. Full lbs. lbs.
DA133 45 gallon* 800 500 169
DA135 45 gallon 1500 800 178
DA134 45 gallon 2000 1000 361
DA136 25 gallon** 800 500 169
DA137 25 gallon 1500 800 178
* 22 1/2" diameter ** 19 1/2" diameter
A. MANUAL TILT
B. GEARED TILT
ULTRA GRIP DRUM HANDLERS
This self-powered, hydraulic unit is the most versatile drum handler available.
Ideal for loading, stacking, inverting and controlled dumping of 45 gallon steel,
plastic or fibre drums. This three function machine. GRIPS, TILTS forward up to
125°, and ROTATES left or right a full 360° while on either a horizontal or a vertical
axis. Bonded rubber-lined jaws match the contour of the open-top plastic,
fibre or steel drums, allowing them to be safely lifted and dumped.
Hydraulic power pack runs on two 12 volt batteries (not included), and comes
standard with a built-in charging system. No modifications to truck are necessary.
The unit is controlled by pressing rocker switches on a control module that
can be hand held or attached magnetically next to the driver. Module is connected
to unit with a coil spring type electric cord. Four separate rocker switches
turn unit on, open and close jaws, control left/right rotation, and tilt unit forward
and backward.
Inquire about our demonstration video.
Model No. Drum Type Jaw Size" Lifting Cap. lbs. Wt. lbs.
DA171 Steel 9 x 20 2000 672
DA172 Plastic/Fibre/Steel 9 x 30 2000 701

DRUM LIFTERS & HANDLERS
TRUCK OR SELF-POWERED
DRUM TILTER
Ideal for the measured pouring of chemicals and raw materials, or for dumping waste and
scrap. Both truck-powered and self-powered versions allow for controlled tilting up to 125°.
Can also be used for horizontal stacking or positioning of drums. Bonded rubber lined jaws
grip securely; adjust hydraulically from 13" to 24" diameter. LIFT TRUCK POWERED unit
requires the truck to be equipped with an auxiliary valve control and hydraulic quickcouplers
(see modification kit below). Connects into lift truck's hydraulic system. SELF
POWERED unit runs on two 12 volt batteries (not included), and comes standard with a
built-in charging system. No modifications to truck are necessary. The unit is controlled by
pressing rocker switches on a control module that can be hand held or attached
magnetically next to the driver. Module is connected to unit with a coil-spring type electric
cord. 3 separate rocker switches turn unit on, open and close jaws, and tilt unit forward
and backward.
Model No. Power Cap. lbs. Fork Tube Size"Wt. lbs.
DA173 Lift Truck 2000 1 1/2 x 6 x 22 342
DA174 Battery 2000 2 x 6 x 42 514
DA178 Modification kit. 9' hose, auxiliary valve control, quick
control, quick couplers. For single-stage mast. 35 lbs.
STEEL DRUM GRABBER
Lift and transport one or two 45 gallon steel drums
without the fork truck driver leaving his seat. Will not slip
since handler grips under rim of drum. Heavy gauge
grabber slides onto truck forks and is locked with 2 turn
down screws.
Model Cap. Wt.
No. Description lbs. lbs.
DA219 Single drum grabber 1000 112
DA218 Double drum grabber 2000 175
Model No.
DA183
TRUCKS & CARTS
SELF-POWERED MAXI-GRIP TM
DRUM LIFTER
Wrap-around jaws handle plastic, fibre and steel drums.
The Maxi-Grip is a single function hydraulic drum grip made exclusively for moving and
stacking drums vertically. The wrap-around clamping action of the rubber lined over-sized
jaws securely grip 45 gallon plastic, fibre or steel drums. Can also be used to safely
transport open top drums; the wrap-around design will not allow soft-sided plastic or fibre
open top drums to deform and fall out of grip. Hydraulic power pack runs on two 12 volt
batteries (not included), and comes standard with a built- in charging system. No
modifications to truck are necessary. The unit is controlled by pressing rocker switches on
a control module that can be hand held or attached magnetically next to the driver. Module
is connected to unit with a coil-spring type electric cord. 2 separate rocker switches turn
unit on, and open and close jaws. 2000 lbs. capacity. Weight: 400 lbs.
Inquire about our demonstration video.
ADJUSTABLE STEEL DRUM
HANDLER AUTO-GRIP TM
This adjustable steel drum handler is a heavy duty gravity-actuated mechanical
drum grip ideal for moving, stacking and palletizing drums. Works
faster than hydraulic models if all drums to be moved are the same size. 6"
x 15" jaws manually adjust to fit 30, 55, or 85 gallon overpack drums. 18"
to 28" dia. jaws have a bonded rubber liner that provides a positive grip
without marring. Jaws grab automatically as they engage drum. Weight of
the drum maintains a constant grip until it is set down. A safety chain is provided
to secure grip to the mast. OSHA safety green. Dimensions: 33" W x
34" L. Distance between forks: 19 1/2". Capacity: 1500 lbs. Weight: 126 lbs.
Model No. DA175
Model No.
DA174
Valley
Craft ®
POLY DRUM LIFTER
Patented fork truck attachment for handling most 55 and 30 gallon (US) poly drums. Fork truck
driver does not have to leave cab to engage or disengage drum. Works on poly drums that have
at least a 0.1875" top lip (chime). 1,000 lbs. capacity. Fork pocket size: inside 1.5" x 5.375".
Shipped knocked down.
Model No. DA932
Inquire about our
demonstration video.
40
479

40
480
TRUCKS & CARTS
DRUM HANDLERS & RACKS
OMNI-LIFT DRUM HANDLER
Ideal for placing drums on storage racks. This versatile handler is
capable of picking up a drum from either a vertical or horizontal
position and placing it in virtually any position up to 72" high. Also
capable of tipping drum 360° in either direction for controlled
pouring or dumping. Manual control; pump-handle lifts drum,
hand crank controls tilt. 800 lbs. capacity when used with full 45
gallon drums, 500 lbs. with half full drums. Rugged heavy duty
welded frame; 8" polyolefin wheels and 4" swivel casters. Power lift
and power tilt with a choice of motors is optional.
Shipped set-up, partially disassembled.
Dispensing Height: 72". Wt.: 353 lbs.
Overall Dimensions: 49 5/8" W x 71" L x 53" H.
Model No. DA162
DRUM
STACKING RACK
This drum rack saves time and floor
space. Designed to give maximum flexibility,
this sturdy, lightweight rack
provides 4 way fork truck or pallet truck
entry allowing for easy drum relocation.
Each rack holds two 45 gallon drums
and is stackable up to 4 high. 54 1/2" x
29 1/2" overall dimensions.
Shipped knocked down. Wt.: 38 lbs. .
H
Tilt Control
62.8
cm
24 3/4"
L
R
Dispensing Height
ID OD
Model No. DA537
DRUM
STORAGE RACKS
This heavy duty rack is ideal for high
capacity storage of drums; saves floor
space. 12 drum capacity with a total
load rating of 12,000 lbs. Add-on unit
locks into common upright on starter
allowing for higher capacity storage.
Drums are supported full length by individual,
removable 12" x 35 1/4" drum
cradles that allow for fork truck access.
Remove cradles to use as standard,
structural pallet racking. Starter unit
dimensions: 36" D x 112" W x 96" H.
HYDRA-LIFT DRUM HANDLERS
A sure, safe way to lift, move, tilt and drain 45 gallon drums. To
load, push handler against drum and cinch saddle. Manual control;
pump-handle lifts drum, maximum extension in 45 strokes. Hand
crank controls tilt angle of drum up to 360° in either direction for
controlled pouring of contents, chain wheel controls tilt for 72" and
higher lift models. 800 lbs. full drum capacity; 500 lbs. half-full.
Screw-down floor lock. Rugged, heavy duty welded frame; 8" polyolefin
wheels and 4" swivel casters. Power lift and power tilt with a
choice of motors is optional. Shipped partially disassembled.
Powered models eliminate the manual effort of drum raising and
tilting; increases productivity and safety.
MANUAL LIFT - For the 60" dispensing height unit the tilt function
is controlled by a hand crank. The 72", 84" and 96" tilt
control is with a chain wheel.
POWER LIFT - Moving valve handle to up, down or hold position
controls drum height. 25 second lifting time.
POWER LIFT & TILT - One valve controls lifting, another controls
tilt angle. Ideal when hand crank or chain drop is out of
reach.
Dispensing
Height" R" H" L" O.D" I.D"
60 8 55 60 44 37
72 6 55 60 44 37
84 -3 61 72 1/2 49 42
96 -4 69 76 1/2 50 43
Dispensing Height
60" 72" 84" 96"
Model No. Model No. Model No. Model No. Description
DA138 DA143 DA148 DA153 Manual hydra lift
DA139 DA144 DA149 DA154 Hydra lift c/w air power lift & power tilt
DA140 DA145 DA150 DA155 Hydra lift c/w 12V DC power lift & power tilt
DA141 DA146 DA151 DA156 Hydra lift c/w air power lift only*
DA142 DA147 DA152 DA157 Hydra lift c/w 12V DC power lift only**
* Filter, regulator, lubricator and valve not included
** Battery & charger included
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
DA541 Starter Unit 560
DA542* Add-On 505
* Add-on unit includes one upright only

TRUCKS & CARTS
DRUM TRUCKS & HANDLERS
MOBILE DRUM KARRIERS
These versatile handlers can transport, rotate, tilt and drain fully loaded drums up to 800
lbs. Models available to handle steel, plastic or fibre drums. Easy to operate. Cinch saddle
around drum. Lowering handle from vertical to horizontal position raises drum to a
floor clearance of 5 1/8" to 11 1/2", automatically sets lock which prevents unintentional
lowering. Tilt lock on each side of unit keeps drum in desired position; when released, the
drum can be rotated 360° to agitate contents or tilted to any angle for draining. All steel
welded construction; 8" polyolefin wheels, 4" swivel caster for easy manoeuvrability in
tight areas.
Weight: 106 lbs.
Model No. Drum Size
DA189 45 gallon steel; 22 1/2" dia.
DA190 45 gallon plastic; 22 1/2" - 24" dia., 34" - 36" H.
DA191 25 gallon steel; 19" dia.
DA192 21" - 23" dia. fibre and steel
DA193 19" - 20 1/2" dia. fibre and steel
DRUM ROCKERS
These rockers provide a safe method of upending up to 45 gallon drums for moving, draining
or storing. No lifting, straining, or danger of drum tipping backwards.
Load a drum into the draining position in seconds. Rest the rocker against the drum, engage
the hook of the sliding loading bar over the top rim of drum, and pull back on the bar. Toes
of the rocker automatically go under the drum as the operator draws back. Constructed of
all welded heavy gauge steel tubing. Swivel casters are 2 1/2" nylon, wheels are 3" polyolefin.
1000 lbs. capacity.
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
DA592 Two swivel casters, two 3" wheels 38
DA591 Four 3" wheels 35
DA589 Frame only 31
A. LIL’DOLLY PAIL DOLLY
The Lil’Dolly provides easy handling for cleaning agents, paints, construction compounds,
lubricants, office plants and trees and many other materials. Designed for use in
hospitals, food processing plants, manufacturing locations, hotels, restaurants - anywhere
5, 6 & 15 gallon pails are used. 5 dual wheel swivel stem casters, 11" inside diameter, 75
lbs. capacity. Colour Beige. Wt.: 2 lbs.
Model No. MD527
B. & C. STEEL DRUM DOLLIES
The welded frames on these dollies are built to withstand constant use.
24" inside diameter handles 45 gallon drums.
Model Frame Approx. Wheel Cap. Wt.
No. Style Height" Type lbs. lbs.
DA602 Round 5 1/2 2 1/2" Polyolefin 750 22
DA583 X-Frame 5 1/2 2 1/2" Polyolefin 750 22
D. LOW PROFILE DRUM TRUCK
Ideal for moving full, open top 45 gallon drums without spilling contents. With a lowlevel
frame only 1" from the ground, this truck allows for easy loading of drums up to
1000 lbs. Hinged handle moves forward and backward for easy pushing or pulling of
truck. All welded steel construction with 8" x 2" rubber wheels and 4" phenolic swivel
caster for smooth movement and easy manoeuvrability. Weight: 35 lbs.
Model No. DA579
E. DRUM UPENDER
This 40" long upender provides the necessary leverage for moving horizontal drums to
a standing position. 2 1/2" wide toe plate prevents denting of drum;
1 1/2" hook fits over most drum heads. Weight: 10 lbs
Model No. DA653
B.
D.
A.
®
C.
®
E.
®
40
481

40
482
TRUCKS & CARTS
DRUM TRUCKS & HANDLERS
DRUM TRUCKS
The safest way to move full barrels and drums with a minimal effort.
All welded tubular steel frame has an adjustable, self-storing chime hook designed to handle
containers from as small as 18" in diameter to large 45 gallon steel drums. 1000 lbs.
capacity.
A. Auxiliary rear wheels make this the ideal truck for loading drums onto pallets, or for
going over curbs or uneven docks. Free standing when loaded. Rolls on 10" front and
6" rear rubber-tired wheels. Weight: 50 lbs.
Model No. DA594
B. Manoeuvres easily in tight areas. 10" rubber-tired wheels.
Weight: 44 lbs.
Model No. DA593
MULTI PURPOSE DRUM TRUCK
This versatile truck handles heavy drums, loads and unloads pallets,
and functions as a high capacity drum dispenser.
Handles 70 IMP. gallon Salvage or Overpack drums, 25 and 45 gallon steel drums and most
25 and 45 gallon plastic drums. Extra long U-shaped handle provides added leverage when
loading and moving heavy drums. 63" long x 19 1/2" wide frame allows easy access through
narrow aisles. Support prop makes truck self-standing for upright storage, and self-supporting
for draining. Four equal size
8" Mortuf wheels with roller bearings enable truck to travel a straight line and
permit easy steering around corners with minimal effort. All welded, steel pipe
construction. 1000 lbs. capacity. Weight: 63 lbs.
Model No. DA580
DRUM TRUCK FOR PLASTIC
AND FIBRE DRUMS
This truck is specially designed to handle plastic and fibre drums
from 18" to 25" in diameter and 24" to 41" in height.
Simply stand truck in upright position. Place adjustable loading bar over the top of drum head
and tighten clamp until drum is secure. Once tilted back on the auxiliary rear wheels, the truck
can load drum onto pallets or be left free standing without fear of it tipping over. All welded,
tubular steel construction.10" front and 6" rear rubber-tired wheels. 800 lbs. capacity. Weight:
80 lbs.
Model No. DA595
ALUMINUM FRAME DRUM TRUCK
WITH HAND BRAKE
Static free for use around volatile materials.
This lightweight truck is ideal when the truck itself must be lifted or transported. Rear wheels
act as a pivot to raise truck onto curbs or pallets. Automatic, spring-loaded chime hook
engages the rim of 45 or 25 gallon steel drums quickly and safely.
10" x 2 1/2" solid rubber tires. 1000 lbs. capacity.
Hand brake on Model No. DA586 is designed to slow or stop both load carrying wheels
whenever necessary. Gives operator complete control of truck, even on ramps or inclines.
Model No. DA586 - with hand brake - Weight: 52 lbs.
Model No. DA582 - without brake - Weight: 48 lbs.
A.
Lightweight aluminum
frame with hand brake.
Model No. DA586
®
For use with plastic
or fibre drums.
®
B.
Positions Drum
for Dispensing

DRUM TRUCKS
SPILL CONTAINMENT
TRUCKS
ERGONOMIC
DRUM TRUCK
WITH SWIVEL
CASTERS
SINGLE BAR
DRUM TRUCKS
Heavy duty 1" structural pipe frames with double welded joints. Machined steel load
wheels behind nose prongs help ease the lifting of the drum. Classic single bar frame
design. Kickstand and vinyl handle grips included. Choice of cast iron centre Mold-on
rubber wheels with 1" (ID) roller bearings or polyolefin wheels resistant to environments
that damage rubber wheels. 24" wide at handle, 16.25" wide at nose. Handles
45 gal (55 gal US) steel drums.
1000 lbs. capacity.
Model No. Wheel Type Wt. lbs.
DA883 Polyolefin 50
DA882 Moldon Rubber 64
POLY DRUM TRUCKS
Model No.
DA590
Model No.
DA596
TRUCKS & CARTS
Both a fully functional drum truck and a secondary containment system.
Superior ergonomic design makes breaking the load easier than with typical
all plastic containment trucks. Less effort means less chance of back
injury or muscle strain. Four wheel support for easy transport. Captures
spills and holds 5 gallon pail. Sump holds up to 12 gallons to contain
most spills. Hidden bladder deploys to contain large spills up to 66 gallons
of containment. Polyolefin rollers allow drum to be properly
positioned for dispensing.
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
DA865 Moldon Rubber Casters 102
DA866 Polyolefin Casters 86
DA867 Replacement Bladder
Rear swivel casters permit much greater lateral manoeuvrability, allowing
the truck to pivot about its axis. Especially useful in a res-tricted
space as might be encountered when unloading drums from a truck or
in a crowded warehouse. Provides four wheel support while transporting
drums and steering truck. Unnecessary for operator to balance heavy
drum. 10" Moldon rubber main wheels, 6" Moldon rubber swivel casters.
1000 lbs. capacity.
Wt.: 79 lbs.
Model No. DA864
Easy-to-use belt systems keep 45 gallon drums and overpaks secure.
Unique nose pads pick up drums without the fear of puncturing. 10"
Moldon rubber wheels with roller bearings.
1000 lbs. capacity for all models.
Standard Truck handles all steel, plastic and fibre drums (except
overpaks). 61" H x 23 1/2" W x 23 1/2" D.
Overpak Truck features an extra-long belt that can handle overpak
drums. 61" H x 23 1/2" W x 23 1/2" D.
Drum Truck/Drain Stand can be used as a drum truck and drain stand.
Handles all drums except overpaks. 16 1/2" drain height. 57" H x 23 3/4"
W x 24 5/8" D.
Model Truck Wt.
No. Type lbs.
DA588 Standard 83
DA590 Overpak 83
DA596 Drum/Drain 83
40
483

40
484
TRUCKS & CARTS
SELF-DUMPING HOPPERS
STEEL SELF-DUMPING HOPPERS
Fork lift operated self-dumping hoppers are designed specifically for clean, efficient handling of scrap metal, raw materials,
and other bulk materials. Self dumping hoppers are available in capacities ranging from 1/2 cubic yard to 4 cubic yards, and
may be fitted with casters for better mobility. Each size hopper is available in standard 10 gauge thickness, heavy duty 3/16"
thickness or extra heavy duty 1/4" steel construction. Containers are painted with epoxy primer and blue enamel finish.
All prices F.O.B. Laval, Québec.
STANDARD 10 GA. HEAVY DUTY 3/16" EXTRA H.D. 1/4"
Cap. Dimensions Model Wt. Model Wt. Model Wt.
Cu. Yards* L" x W" x H" No. lbs. No. lbs. No. lbs.
1/2 36 x 42 1/4 x 29 1/8 NB949 438 NB950 597 NB948 796
3/4 57 9/16 x 42 1/4 x 36 1/4 NB955 468 NB956 638 NB954 850
1 63 1/8 x 42 1/2 x 40 1/4 NB967 495 NB968 675 NB966 898
1 1/2 62 3/8 x 54 1/2 x 43 1/4 NB961 563 NB962 767 NB960 1022
2 62 5/8 x 67 x 43 5/8 NB973 603 NB974 821 NB972 1095
3 63 5/8 x 67 x 55 5/8 NB979 696 NB980 948 NB978 1264
4 63 5/8 x 87 x 55 5/8 NB985 825 NB986 1150 NB984 1575
5 63 5/8 x 107 x 55 5/8 NH094 980 NH095 1350 NH096 1850
* Measured with overfill capacity
POLYETHYLENE
SELF-DUMPING
HOPPERS
Model Mfg. Capacity Dimensions With Wt.
No. No. Cu. Yds. lbs. L" x W" x H" Casters lbs.
NB933 1054 1/2 750 55 x 26 1/4 x 40 - 173
NB934 1054-43 1/2 750 55 x 26 1/4 x 47 5/8 Yes 202
NB935 1059 1 1000 71 1/2 x 31 1/4 x 44 7/8 - 224
NB936 1059-43 1 1000 71 1/2 x 31 1/4 x 52 1/2 Yes 251
NB937 1064 1 1/2 1000 83 5/8 x 42 7/8 x 49 1/8 - 307
NB938 1064-43 1 1/2 1000 83 5/8 x 42 7/8 x 56 1/4 Yes 361
NB939 1069 2 1000 83 7/8 x 46 x 49 1/2 - 303
NB940 1069-43 2 1000 83 7/8 x 46 x 57 5/8 Yes 344
NB941 1074 2 1/2 1000 83 1/2 x 55 x 49 1/2 - 305
NB942 1074-43 2 1/2 1000 83 1/2 x 55 x 56 5/8 Yes 36
®
APPLICATION GUIDELINE
Standard General use, factory waste
10 gauge: and small metal parts.
Heavy Duty Rugged use, heavy duty
3/16": metals in construction field.
Extra For extreme conditions,
Heavy Duty 1/4": heavy material dropped in
container. Handling of hot
materials, in refineries.
Hoppers roll forward when unlatched
for easy dumping.
Hoppers can be used with
casters, a forklift truck, or both.
Caster sets for hoppers
2 rigid, 2 swivel casters
Model Wheel Wt.
No. Type lbs.
NB987 6" Phenolic 8
NB988 6" Rubber 11
NB989 6" Steel 24
NB990 8" Phenolic 16
NB991 8" Rubber 20
NB992 8" Steel 48
These polyethylene hoppers tilt for easy dumping. Can be
used on a fork lift truck for elevated dumping or with polyolefin
casters. It’s smooth interior will not support bacteria
growth and can be cleaned by steam or pressure washer.
The grey body will not rust, corrode or pit. The weight is
1/3 that of steel. Ideal for compounding chemical powders,
resins and granular materials. Also ideal for the bulk handling
of refuse. Four 6" polyolefin casters available for all
sizes.

MANUAL DUMP TRUCKS
POLYETHYLENE DUMP TRUCKS
Model No. NA980
These dump trucks are extremely manoeuvrable, and easy
to load and dump. They will speed the handling of waste,
scrap, shavings, or any other bulk materials that require
efficient disposal. Light duty Model NA980 (5/8 cu.yard) is
mounted on a steel dolly. All standard and heavy duty units
are contained in an all-welded steel chassis. All units feature
2 large fixed front wheels, and smaller swivel casters
at the rear. Hinged covers are available for all models
except Model NA988. Body colour: Black.
STEEL DUMP TRUCKS
Model No. NA993
Available in cubic capacities of 1/2 cubic yard to 2 cubic
yards, steel dump trucks provide long lasting durability in a
hopper type waste and bulk handling truck. All trucks are
finished in blue enamel, and mounted on 2 rigid, and one
swivel 6" rubber casters.
®
Model No. NA982
TRUCKS & CARTS
Model No. NA984
Model No. NA986
Hinged Covers are Optional
Model Capacities Dimensions Wt.
No. Description Cu.Yds. Lbs. L" x W" x H" lbs.
NA980 Light Duty Truck 5/8 500 54 x 26 x 38 61
NA981 Hinged Cover - - 54 x 26 x 2 1/2 13
NA982 Standard Truck 5/8 850 54 x 26 x 38 97
NA983 Hinged Cover - - 54 x 26 x 2 1/2 13
NA984 Standard Truck 1.1 1250 67 x 32 x 40 162
NA985 Hinged Cover - - 67 x 32 x 2 1/2 20
NA986 Heavy Duty Truck 1.1 2000 67 x 32 x 40 180
NA987 Hinged Cover - - 67 x 32 x 2 1/2 20
NA988 Standard Truck 2.0 2000 84 x 51 x 54 303
®
Model No. NA991
Model Capacity Outside DimensionsSteel Wt.
No. Cu.Yds. L" x W" x H" Gauge lbs.
NA991 1/2 50 x 30 x 36 12 150
NA993 1 66 x 30 x 42 12 250
NA992 1 1/2 66 x 30 x 48 12 320
NA994 2 78 x 38 x 48 12 400
40
485

40
486
TRUCKS & CARTS
POLYETHYLENE BOX TRUCKS
TAPERED WALL POLY BOX TRUCKS
Type A -
General Purpose
Multiple tapered wall trucks may be
nested together for storage, when not in
use. Leak-proof and easy to clean, they
provide years of service. Type A general
purpose trucks are supported by a
treated plywood base mounted on four
casters. Type B heavy-duty trucks are
supported by a tubular steel chassis
with four 4" casters, ideal for liquid
loads. Body colour: Food approved
Natural White.
Tapered Wall Model Cap. O. A. Dimensions Caster Load Wt.
Box Truck Type No. Cu. ft. L" x W" x D" Rating lbs. lbs.
A - Gen. Purpose NA039 7 33 x 21 x 24 250 28
A - Gen. Purpose NA040 9 36 x 25 x 29 400 38
A - Gen. Purpose NA041 11 39 x 27 x 31 400 42
A - Gen. Purpose NA042 14 39 x 29 x 34 600 57
A - Gen. Purpose NA043 16 43 x 31 x 34 650 61
B - Heavy Duty NA056 11 39 x 27 x 31 1200 55
Type A general purpose trucks are supported
by a treated plywood base
mounted on four casters. Type B heavyduty
trucks are supported by a tubular
steel chassis mounted on four casters,
ideal for liquid loads. Body colour: Food
approved Natural White. Covers available
for most units.
Type B -
Heavy Duty
Type B -
Heavy Duty
STRAIGHT WALL POLY BOX TRUCKS
Type A -
General Purpose
Straight Wall Model Cap. O.A. Dimensions Caster Load Wt.
Box Truck Type No. Cu. ft. L" x W" x D" Rating lbs. lbs.
A- Gen. Purpose NA023 8 28 x 28 x 32 300 45
A- Gen. Purpose NA044 11 39 x 27 x 29 400 57
A- Gen. Purpose NA027 14 46 x 29 x 31 500 64
A- Gen. Purpose NA047 16 41 x 31 x 37 650 77
A- Gen. Purpose NA030 22 58 x 34 x 32 900 102
A- Gen. Purpose NA025 25 51 x 34 x 37 1000 109
A- Gen. Purpose NA050 30 66 x 36 x 37 1200 114
A- Gen. Purpose NA034 45 77 x 40 x 42 1900 165
B- Heavy Duty NA058 14 46 x 29 x 31 1200 74
B- Heavy Duty NA051 30 66 x 36 x 37 1900 129
ELEVATED POLY BOX TRUCKS
These units feature a rotationally moulded
polyethylene box, mounted on a
raised steel chassis that elevates contents
to working level. Ideal for any
application where constant loading and
unloading operations are performed.
Body Colour: Food approved Natural
White. Covers available.
Model Cap. O.A. Dimensions Box Dimensions Wt.
No. Cu. ft. L" x W" x D" L" x W" x D" lbs.
NA038 5 35 x 27 x 29 35 x 23 x 10 60
NA055 8 48 x 24 x 34 45 x 22 x 15 72
POLY FLARE TRUCK
Extra heavy duty, jumbo, sturdy
and easy to
manoeuvre blue cart.
Dimensions:
64.5" x 41" x 32".
24 bushel cart with
6" casters.
Weight: 100 lbs.
Model No. NH028
POLY BOX TRUCKS
Dandux Poly Box Trucks provide the optimum
in usable cube compared to any other
mobile truck of comparable size. The rectangular
shape allows for easy storage of soft
goods as well as boxes and packages. These
trucks are used for everything from textile
piece goods storage to waste paper collection.
The unique Dandux double wall flange provides
extra strength, rigidity, and impact
resistance. The double wall flange, large round
corners and deep design provide impact
strength and load distribution and secure
stacking ledge, while preventing damage to
walls and other contact surfaces. The poly
truck body, made from high quality polyethylene resin rotationally moulded, is durable and
tough. The body is seamless, smooth surface. The casters are heavy duty 5" quiet rolling,
top quality rubber. The poly body is bolted to a rust resistant steel base.
Model Capacity Dimensions Swivel Wt.
No. bu. Colour L" x W" x H" Caster" lbs.
NH024 12 Blue 36 x 24 x 34 5 70
NH025 16 Blue 42 x 29 x 34 5 95
NH026 18 Blue 53 x 28 x 34 5 100
NH027 24 Blue 58 x 32 x 36 5 110
DOUBLE WALLED
POLY BOX TRUCK
• 5" swivel casters
• Double walled cart is easy to clean
• Two way forklift entry
• Dimensions: 53" x 28 1/4" x 37" H
• Capacity: 18 Bushel
• Colour: Blue
Model No. NH023
®

POLYETHYLENE BOX TRUCKS
ECONOCARTS
ECONOMY GRADE BOX TRUCKS OF RECYCLED PLASTIC
The Econocart is a 200 lbs. capacity light duty box truck rotationally moulded from recycled
polyethylene. Model NA005 features four swivel 3" threadguard casters mounted on a treated plywood
base (corner placement). Body colour is black. Model NG697 has a new ribbed design, is moulded
from black recycled plastic and has 3" all swivel casters.
Model Capacity O.A. Dimensions Wt.
No. Cu. ft. lbs. L" x W" x H" lbs.
NA005 12 200 39 x 27 x 29 30
NG697 9 175 36 1/2 x 24 1/2 x 27 23
MINI STARCARTS
Designed to take the punishment of industrial and institutional applications at an economical price.
Polyethylene construction. Plated steel undercarriage. 3" all swivel threadguard casters, corner
placement. Body colour is grey.
Model Capacity O.A. Dimensions Wt.
No. Cu. ft. lbs. L" x W" x H" lbs.
NC460 5 200 21 x 21 x 27 20
NC461 6 200 33 x 19 x 28 25
NC462 7 200 33 x 23 x 24 25
NC463 7 200 24 x 24 x 38 30
NA001 8 300 35 x 25 x 24 30
NC464 9 300 48 x 19 x 28 40
STARCARTS
Heavy-duty polyethylene carts can handle loads up to 800 lbs. Choice of 3" or 4" threadguard casters
depending on model. Corner or diamond caster placement. Treated plywood undercarriage. Body
colour is grey.
Model Capacity O.A. Dimensions CasterCaster Wt.
No. Cu. ft. lbs. L" x W" x H" Dia." Placement lbs.
NA002 12 400 39 x 27 x 29 3 Diamond 40
NA004 12 800 39 x 27 x 31 4 Corner 50
NA003 12 800 39 x 27 x 31 4 Diamond 50
NC465 15 400 41 x 29 x 31 3 Diamond 45
NC466 15 800 41 x 29 x 32 4 Corner 55
NC467 15 800 41 x 29 x 32 4 Diamond 55
NA006 16 400 43 x 31 x 33 3 Diamond 50
NA007 16 800 43 x 31 x 34 4 Corner 60
NA008 16 800 43 x 31 x 34 4 Diamond 60
NC468 19 800 43 x 31 x 37 4 Corner 65
NC469 19 800 43 x 31 x 37 4 Diamond 65
EASY-ACCESS STARCARTS
Drop-style sidewall allows cart to be loaded and unloaded easily. Treated plywood undercarriage. 5"
threadguard casters available in corner or diamond pattern.
Body colour is grey.
Model Capacity O.A. Dimensions Caster Wt.
No. Cu. ft. lbs. L" x W" x H" Placement lbs.
NA009 21 900 46 x 31 x 39 Corner 75
NA010 21 900 46 x 31 x 39 Diamond 75
NA011 24 900 63 x 31 x 39 Corner 100
NA012 24 900 63 x 31 x 39 Diamond 100
HEAVY DUTY STARCARTS
The Next Generation of Starcarts was designed to offer increased load capacity while maintaining easy
mobility. Rotationally moulded 100% polyethylene body has a doublewall box style lip for greater
resistance to impact. Steel undercarriage. Moulded handle. 12" diameter semi-pneumatic wheels are
made of durable hard rubber. 5" swivel rubber or 6" swivel phenolic casters depending on capacity.
Body colour is blue.
Model Capacity O.A. Dimensions Caster Wt.
No. Cu. ft. lbs. L" x W" x H" Dia." lbs.
NG033 16 1000 48 x 31 x 33 5 80
NA052 24 1000 60 x 31 1/2 x 35 1/2 5 100
NA053 39 1500 72 x 35 1/2 x 40 6 130
TRUCKS & CARTS
Model No. NA005 Model No. NG697
Model No.
NC460
Model No.
NA009
Model No.
NA004
Other Colours Available
Model No. NA052
40
487

40
488
TRUCKS & CARTS
POLYETHYLENE CARTS
TILT TRUCK
Features:
• Designed for table high/
conveyor applications
• Tubular steel collar c/w handle
• Rolls for easy dumping
• Moulded handles in strategic areas
• Bottom lip is 29" high to easily fit
under most work surfaces
• Colour: Grey
Model Volume Outside DimensionsMax. Wt.
No. Cu. yds. L" x W" x H" load lbs. lbs.
NG952 1.1 47 x 45 x 41 1000 135
Model No. NA017
BIG WHEEL ® CART
Used in commercial, industrial and foodservice
applications. Solid, one piece
construction with smooth, seamless body
prevents leaks and cleans easily.
Structural foam construction will not rust,
dent or peel. 7 1/2" cu. ft. volume with 300
lbs. capacity. Overall dimensions: 58" L x
33" W x 28 1/2" H. Large 20" x 2 1/4"
pneumatic wheels roll easily over rough
surfaces. Colour: Brown with tan wheels.
Wt. 49 lbs.
Mfg. No. 5642
Sturdy, rotationally-moulded plastic construction
ensures easy manoeuvrability and
dumping. Smooth surface is easy to clean and
resists pitting and corroding. Body colour:
grey with black metal frame. Inset wheel and
axle design helps prevent damage to surfaces
and equipment.
DURACARTS
Tapered design for economical
shipping and storage. Rounded
corners absorb impact.
Model No. ND153
POLYETHYLENE TILT TRUCKS
Model Mfg. Capacity Dimensions Wt.
No. No. Cu. yds. lbs. L" x W" x H" lbs.
NC458 1305 1/2 750 60 1/2 x 29 x 38 1/2 77
NC459 1315 1 1000 72 1/4 x 34 x 44 103
NG949 1025 1 1/2 1800 81 1/2 x 43 x 49 1/2 212
NG950 1035 2 1800 81 1/2 x 46 3/4 x 50 215
NG951 1045 2 1/2 1800 81 1/2 x 55 1/2 x 50 233
Model No. Model No.
Capacity O.A. Dimensions Wt. Reprocessed Natural
Cu. ft. lbs. L" x W" x H" lbs. Black White
11 200 Dry 42 x 26 x 30 24 NA013 NA014
11 400 Dry 42 x 26 x 30 37 NA015 NA016
16 400 Dry 45 x 29 x 36 51 NA017 NA018
16 800 Dry 45 x 29 x 37 58 NA019 NA020
STRUCTURAL FOAM TILT TRUCKS
The size and shape is designed to fit through commercial doorways & elevators.
Available in 400 lbs. and 800 lbs. capacity. The ergonomically designed steering handle provides
excellent manoeuvring and dumping capabilities. A secondary handle, at the base,
helps maintain control of the truck while finishing dumping action. Utility Model NA977 features
quiet rolling non-marking grey casters and 12" wheels. Model NA978 has 12" black
rubber wheels. Both models are 64 1/2" D x 30 1/4" W x 38" H. Colour: Grey.
Model Capacity Wt.
No. Cu. yds. lbs. lbs.
NA977 3/4 400 90
NA978 3/4 800 99
NA979 Domed lid for both trucks 25
STEEL WHEELBARROW
This ruggedly built steel wheelbarrow is
designed to last. Resistant to rusting, corrosion,
splitting or leaking. The one piece
seamless tray makes it easy to unload and
clean and the non-sliding nose guard is added
security when dumping.
• Heavy duty
• Steel handles
• Steel construction, orange tray
• 300 lbs. capacity
• 4 ply wheels
Mfg. No. 1015
Model No. NC458
Recessed support base extends cart life and protects treated plywood.
Moulded-in handles protect hands and provide easier steering. Available in
reprocessed black or food approved Natural White.
Model No. ND149

MAINTENANCE & LINEN CARTS
CONVERTIBLE
LINEN TRUCK
Removable reinforced plastic shelves drop down to create a secure
gate; 6" heavy duty Althane casters provide 1500 lbs. load capacity;
heavy duty ribbing ensures maximum durability; smooth plastic
design eliminates chance of linen snags; there is no exposed metal
to rust; seamless plastic provides a sanitary easy to clean surface;
equipped with moulded-in handles for easy, controlled movement.
Grey.
Model Cu. Cu. Dimensions Wt.
No. Bu. ft. yds. L" x W" x H" lbs.
NG958 37 46 1.75 48 x 28 x 73.5 120
ELEVATED
STARCARTS
Available with or without scale.
Raised chassis elevates contents to working
level. Removable container. Chrome
steel base. 3" all swivel threadguard casters.
Scale Carts come with 250 lbs. scale
with tare weight adjustment.
Model Capacity O.A. Dimensions Wt.
No. Cu. ft. lbs. L" x W" x H" lbs.
ELEVATED STARCARTS
NC470 5 200 33 x 19 x 28 25
NC471 7 200 33 x 23 x 29 35
SCALE CARTS
NC472 5 250 33 x 19 x 29 35
NC473 7 250 33 x 23 x 33 45
TRUCKS & CARTS
BULK LAUNDRY TRUCK
Ideal for bulk products, linen or laundry. Side cut out for easy
access to contents. Heavy ribbed polyethylene construction for
maximum durability. Steel base. 6" neoprene casters. Body colour
is blue.
CANVAS AND VINYL COVER TRUCKS A. Model No. NB130
B. Model No. NG527
BASKETS AND HAMPER TRUCKS
These heavy duty baskets and trucks are constructed of electro-plated steel for superior rust
protection. Bottom welded steel is bolted to kiln dried hardwood runners and caster boards.
Industrial rubber casters give efficient, quiet mobility. Available with either a white canvas or a vinyl
Glosstex material.
Model Cap. Dimensions Caster Wt.
No. Bushels L" x W" x D" Size" Casters Material lbs.
A NB130 12 36 x 26 x 27 1/2 3 2 swivel, 2 fixed Glosstex 35
A NB123 16 40 x 28 x 30 3 2 swivel, 2 fixed Canvas 35
A NB124 20 48 x 32 x 36 3 4 swivel Canvas 35
B NG527 12 36 x 26 x 27 1/2 - - Canvas 45
C NB121 6 30 x 20 x 20 1/2 2 1/2 4 swivel Canvas 31
FLATWORK IRONER TRUCKS
The Flatwork Ironer Truck has a spring platform lift to feed bulky items like sheets and linens into
laundries. All three trucks have an overall height of 31". Swivel 4" casters and a vinyl Glosstex
bag included.
Model Dimensions Caster Wt.
No. L" x W" x D" Size" Material lbs.
D NB127 44 x 23 x 23 4 Glosstex 54
D NB128 50 x 23 x 23 4 Glosstex 54
D NB129 56 x 23 x 23 4 Glosstex 54
Model Capacity O.A. Dimensions Wt.
No. Cu. ft. lbs. L" x W" x H" lbs.
NC474 39 1000 48 x 29 x 55 120
LAUNDRY CARTS
Ideal for use in hospitals, institutions, office buildings,
restaurants and hotels. Frame is made of sturdy 1"
chrome-plated tubular steel with or without stainless
steel platform. Available with a 6 bushel, grommeted
white, 10 oz. cotton duck bag with draw string. 3" nonmarring
casters.
C. Model No. NB121
KNOCK DOWN TRUCKS
The knock-down (K.D. Series) hampers save space and dollars. Our modular knock-down design allows for lower cost shipping, makes part
replacement fast and economical and provides flexibility in liner colour and sizes. With a strong rust resistant powder coated frame, heavy duty
Glosstex ® or white canvas fabric body and top quality casters, these Dandux trucks do the job. Ideal for clean or dirty linen collection and for
use in dry cleaning, laundries and hotels/motels.
Model Volume Dimensions Caster Overall
No. Liner Bu. L" (Top) W" (Top) D" Size" Height"
NH017 Yellow Glosstex ® 8 35 23 22 2.5 25
NH018 Canvas 8 35 23 22 2.5 25
NH019 Yellow Glosstex ® 12 36 26 22 3 29
NH020 Canvas 12 36 26 25 3 29
NH021 Yellow Glosstex ® 16 40 28 25 3 29
NH022 Canvas 16 40 28 25 3 29
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. Description Bag L" x W" x H" lbs.
NC475 Standard Cart No 21 1/4 x 24 1/2 x 35 12
NG210 Standard Cart Yes 21 1/4 x 24 1/2 x 35 14
NC476 Cart w/Platform No 21 1/4 x 24 1/2 x 35 18
NG211 Cart w/Platform Yes 21 1/4 x 24 1/2 x 35 20
NC477 Extra Bag - - 3
LAUNDRY BAGS
Constructed with durable 8 oz. cotton canvas.
Drawcord top closure.
Size: 25" x 32".
Model No. NG947 Natural
Model No. NG948 Olive
D. Model No. NB127
Model No. NH017
40
489

40
490
CHAIN & FITTINGS
System 3, Proof Coil Chain (Grade 30)
• Excellent general-purpose chain of standard
commercial quality
• Frequently used for fabricating tow chains,
binding or tie down chains and logging chains
• Standard material: low carbon steel
• Standard finish: self coloured
• Also available – galvanized
• Proof tested
• Do not use for overhead lifting
• Cut lengths available for all chain
FULL DRUMS
Trade Working Load Length/ft
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Per Drum
4049.00003 0120202 1/8 400 1000
4049.00006 0120302 3/16 800 1000
4049.00009 0120402 1/4 1300 800
4049.00012 0120502 5/16 1900 550
4049.00015 0120602 3/8 2650 400
4049.00018 0120702 7/16 3700 300
4049.00021 0120802 1/2 4500 200
4049.00024 0121002 5/8 6900 150
4049.00027 0121202 3/4 10,600* 100
*Galvanized available on request
HALF DRUMS
Trade Working Load Ft/Half
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Drum
4049.00030 0120300 3/16 800 500
4049.00033 0120400 1/4 1300 400
4049.00036 0120500 5/16 1900 275
4049.00039 0120600 3/8 2650 200
ROUND PAILS
Trade Working Load Feet/±
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Pail
4049.00042 — 1/8 400 400
4049.00045 0140303 3/16 800 250
4049.00048 0140403 1/4 1300 141
4049.00051 0140503 5/16 1900 92
4049.00054 0140603 3/8 2650 63
4049.00057 — 1/2 4500 40
/± Approximate
System 7, Transport Chain (Grade 70)
• For use in load binding, towing and logging
• Can be used in accordance with department
of transportation regulations
• Standard material: head treated carbon steel
• Standard finish: zinc electroplate with
yellow chromate conversion coating
• Hallmarking: 'C7' or 'M7' and date code
• Proof tested
• Do not use for overhead lifting
FULL DRUMS
Trade Working Load Feet Per
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Drum
4049.00060 0510412 1/4 3150 800
4049.00063 0510512 5/16 4700 550
4049.00066 0510612 3/8 6600 400
4049.00069 0510712 7/16 8750 300
4049.00072 0510812 1/2 11,300* 200
*Galvanized available on request
HALF DRUMS
Trade Working Load Feet Per
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Drum
4049.00075 0510410 1/4 3150 400
4049.00078 0510510 5/16 4700 275
4049.00081 0510610 3/8 6600 200
4049.00084 0510710 7/16 8750 150
4049.00087 0510810 1/2 11,300* 100
*Galvanized available on request
ROUND DRUMS
Trade Working Load Feet Per
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Drum
4049.00090 0510413 1/4 3150 150
4049.00093 0540513 5/16 4700 100
4049.00096 0510613 3/8 6600 75

System 3, Proof Coil Chain (Grade 30)
• General-purpose use
• Standard material: low carbon steel
• Standard finish: galvanized (GALV)
• Hallmarking: 'C8' or 'M3' and date code
• Proof tested
• Do not use for
overhead lifting
Trade Working Load Feet
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Per Pail
4049.00099 0140233 1/8 375 400
4049.00102 0140333 3/16 800 250
4049.00105 0140433 1/4 1300 141
4049.00108 0140533 5/16 1900 92
4049.00111 0140633 3/8 2650 63
System 8, Cam-Alloy Chain (Grade 80)
• Specifically recommended for overhead lifting
• Standard material: alloy steel, heat treated
• Standard finish: shot peened (S.P.)
• Hallmarking: 'C8' or 'CA8' and date code
• Proof tested
Trade Working Load Feet Per
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Drum
4049.00114 0400312 7/32 2100 800
4049.00117 0400412 9/32 3500 500
4049.00120 0400512 5/16* 4500 500
4049.00123 0400612 3/8 7100 500
4049.00126 0400812 1/2 12,000 300
4049.00129 0401012 5/8 18,100 200
4049.00132 0401212 3/4 28,300 100
4049.00135 0401412 7/8 34,200 100
4049.00138 0401612 1 47,700 100
4049.00141 0402012 1-1/4 72,300 60
4049.00144 0402412 1-1/2 80,000 45
*Not to be used in the manufacture of chain slings
System 10, Cam-Alloy Chain (Grade 100)
• Specifically recommended for overhead lifting
• 25% stronger than System 8
• Enables you to perform some lifts with lighter
weight chain
• Standard material: alloy steel, heat treated
• Standard finish: shot peened (S.P.)
• Proof tested
• Hallmarking: C10
and date code
Trade Working Load Feet Per
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Drum
4049.00147 0405212 9/32 4300 500
4049.00150 0405412 3/8 8800 500
4049.00153 0405512 1/2 15,000 300
4049.00156 0400612 5/8 22,600 200
4049.00159 0405612 3/4 35,300 100
CHAIN & FITTINGS
Straight Link Machine Chain
• General utility; farm and animal
• Standard material: low carbon steel
• Standard finish: Bright (BRT), Blu-Krome
(B.K.) and Galvanized (GALV)
• Proof tested
• Packaging: 100 ft
cartons (order unit
is 'feet'), refill reels to fit Campbell merchandisers (order
unit is 'each')
• Do not use for overhead lifting
Trade Working Load Length
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Carton/ft
4049.00162 0310414 1/4 215 100
4049.00165 0310314 5/16 270 100
4049.00168 0310214 3/8 325 100
4049.00171 0310114 7/16 390 100
4049.00174 0311014 1/2 465 100
Cartons – Twist Link Machine Chain
• General utility
• Standard material: low carbon steel
• Standard finish: bright
• Do not use for overhead lifting
Trade Working Load Feet Per
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Drum
4049.00177 0320414 4 205 100
4049.00180 0320314 3 255 100
4049.00183 0320214 2 310 100
4049.00186 0320114 1 370 100
4049.00189 0321014 1/0 440 100
4049.00192 0322014 2/0 520 100
4049.00195 0323014 3/0 605 100
4049.00198 0324014 4/0 670 100
4049.00201 0325014 5/0 880 100
Cartons – Twist Link Coil Chain
• General utility
• Standard material: low carbon steel
• Standard finish: bright
• Do not use for
overhead lifting
Trade Working Load Length
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Ft/Carton
4049.00204 0340414 4 195 100
4049.00207 0340314 3 240 100
4049.00210 0340214 2 295 100
4049.00213 0340114 1 350 100
4049.00216 0341014 1/0 415 100
4049.00219 0342014 2/0 495 100
4049.00222 0343014 3/0 575 100
4049.00225 0344014 4/0 635 100
4049.00228 0345014 5/0 835 100
40
491

40
492
CHAIN & FITTINGS
Lock Link, Single Loop Chain
• Ideal for sprocket wheel, overhead door
chains, general utility use
• Standard material: low carbon steel, also
available in brass on special order
• Standard finish: Blu-Krome
• Do not use for
overhead lifting
Trade Working Load Length
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Ft/Carton
4049.00231 0740224 2 155 100
4049.00234 0741024 1/0 265 100
4049.00237 0742024 2/0 340 100
4049.00240 0743024 3/0 405 100
4049.00243 0744024 4/0 485 100
4049.00246 0745024 5/0 580 100
Cartons – Single Jack Chain
• Fixture and novelty suspension, general utility
use not requiring high strength
• Standard material: low carbon steel
• Standard finish: Blu-Krome
• Do not use for
overhead lifting
Trade Working Load Length
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Ft/Carton
4049.00249 0802024 20 3 100
4049.00252 0801824 18 5 100
4049.00255 0801624 16 10 100
4049.00258 0801424 14 16 100
4049.00261 0801224 12 29 100
4049.00264 0801024 10 43 100
4049.00267 0800824 8 60 100
4049.00270 0800624 6 80 100
Brass Safety (Plumber’s) Chain
• Plumbing fixtures, and other applications
requiring light flat metal chain
• Standard finish: bright
• Do not use for
overhead lifting
Trade Working Load Length
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Ft/Carton
4049.00273 0872014 2/0 23 100
4049.00276 0871014 1/0 35 100
4049.00279 0870114 1 45 100
Sash Chain
• Finish: brass plated
Order No. Mfg. No. Reels Trade Size (in) Feet/Reel
4049.00282 0710217 2 164
Cartons – Sash Chain
• Counter-balance chain for double hung window
sashes, arc lamp chain, animal chain
• Standard material: low carbon steel or bronze;
also available in stainless steel
• Standard finish: plated steel
• Do not use for overhead lifting
Trade Working Load Feet Per
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb) Carton
4049.00285 0893524 35 106 100
4049.00288 0894024 40 131 100
Eye Slip Hooks
• Standard material: drop-forged carbon steel
• Standard finish: self-colored
• Available in Blu-Krome finish
Chain Working Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb)
4049.00291 4200404 1/4 1300
4049.00294 4200504 5/16 1900
4049.00297 4200604 3/8 2650
4049.00300 4200704 7/16 3500
4049.00303 4200804 1/2 4500
4049.00306 4201005 5/8 6900
Eye Grab Hooks
• Standard material: drop-forged carbon steel
• Standard finish: carbon steel hooks available
system – self-coloured
• Available in Blu-Krome finish
Chain Working Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb)
4049.00309 4000404 1/4 1300
4049.00312 4000504 5/16 1900
4049.00315 4000604 3/8 2650
4049.00318 4000804 1/2 4500
4049.00321 4001005 5/8 6900
Clevis Slip Hooks
• Standard material: drop-forged carbon steel
• Standard finish: self-coloured
• Available in Blu-Krome finish
• Design factor: carbon steel hooks is
4 to 1 – alloy steel hooks is 3-1/3 to 1
Chain Working Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb)
4049.00324 4400404 *1/4 2600
4049.00327 4400504 *5/16 3900
4049.00330 4400604 *3/8 5400
4049.00333 4400804 1/2 9200
4049.00336 4401005 5/8 11,500
*Hooks have drilled hole for latch kit

Clevis Grab Hooks
• Standard material: drop-forged carbon steel
• Standard finish: self-coloured
• Available in Blu-Krome finish
Chain Working Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Limit (lb)
4049.00339 4500404 1/4 2600
4049.00342 4500504 5/16 3900
4049.00345 4500604 3/8 5400
4049.00348 4500804 1/2 9200
4049.00351 4501005 5/8 11,500
Anchor Shackles – Screw Pin
• Standard material: drop-forged carbon steel
• Standard finish: self-colored
• Working load limit permanently shown on
every shackle
• Design factor: 5 to 1
Size Working Load
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) Limit (ton)
4049.00354 5410405 1/4 1/2
4049.00357 5410505 5/16 3/4
4049.00360 5410605 3/8 1
4049.00363 5410705 7/16 1-1/2
4049.00366 5410905 1/2 2
4049.00369 5411005 5/8 3-1/4
4049.00372 5411205 3/4 4-3/4
Connecting Links, Carbon Steel
• Standard material: forged carbon steel
• Standard finish: self-coloured
• Design factor: 4 to 1
• For effective closure peen to fill eye of
mating half as much as possible
Size Working Load
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) Limit (lb) Links/Box
4049.00375 5200404 1/4 1400 10
4049.00378 5200504 5/16 2000 10
4049.00381 5200604 3/8 2800 10
4049.00384 5200804 1/2 4750 10
Repair and Lap Links
• Temporary chain repair and coupling of
attachments – chain is inserted, then link is
hammered closed
• Standard material: low carbon steel
• Standard finish: bright
• Do not use for overhead lifting
Size Working Load
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) Limit (lb) L i n k s / B o x
4049.00387 5800114 3/16 x 1 240 100
4049.00390 5800514 1/4 x 1-1/2 400 50
4049.00393 5800714 5/16 x 1-1/2 950 50
4049.00396 5800914 3/8 x 1-5/8 1250 50
CHAIN & FITTINGS
Eye Swivels
• Standard material: drop-forged carbon steel
• Standard finish: galvanized to
ASTM A-153 specification
• Design factor: 5 to 1
• Other features: meets federal specification
TR-C-271 Type VII, Class 2
Size Working Load
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) Limit (lb)
4049.00399 3630435 1/4 850
4049.00402 3630535 5/16 1250
4049.00405 3630635 3/8 2250
4049.00408 3630835 1/2 3600
4049.00411 3631235 3/4 7200
Weldless Sling Links
• Standard material: drop-forged carbon steel,
heat treated
• Design factor: 6 to 1
Size Working Load
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) Limit (lb)
4049.00414 3625115 3/8 1,600
4049.00417 3625215 1/2 2,900
4049.00420 3625315 5/8 4,200
4049.00423 3625415 3/4 6,000
4049.00426 3625515 7/8 8,300
4049.00429 3625615 1 10,800
‘S’ Hooks
• Standard material: low carbon steel
• Standard finish: bright
• Packaged 50 per carton
• Do not use for overhead lifting
Trade Wire
Order No. Mfg. No. Size No. Size (in)
4049.00432 6102014 20 .080
4049.00435 6104014 40 .134
4049.00438 6106014 60 .187
4049.00441 6106114 61 .204
4049.00444 6106214 62 .175
4049.00447 6107014 70 .219
4049.00450 6107214 72 .225
4049.00453 6108014 80 .250
4049.00456 6108114 81 .250
4049.00459 6101014 100 .312
4049.00462 6101214 120 .375
Welded Rings
• Made of low carbon material for general
chain attachment
• May also be used with cable or rope
• Order unit is 'each'
• Do not use for overhead lifting
Wire Inside
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Dia. (in)
4049.00465 6050314 3/16 1-1/4
4049.00468 6052314 3/16 2
4049.00471 6050414 1/4 1-1/2
4049.00474 6052414 1/4 2
4049.00477 6050514 5/16 2
4049.00480 6050614 3/8 2
4049.00483 6052814 1/2 2-1/2
4049.00486 6051014 5/8 4
40
493

40
494
CHAIN & FITTINGS
Hitch Pins Clips
• Zinc electroplated for corrosion resistance
• Order unit is 'carton'
Trade Wire Pieces
Order No. Mfg. No. No. Size in. Per Carton
4049.00489 3899609 #3 .093 100
4049.00492 3899618 #6 .177 20
4049.00495 3899642 #8 .177 20
4049.00498 3899654 #9 .148 30
4049.00501 3899666 #11 .125 50
4049.00504 3899678 #19 .243 15
Wire Rope Clips
• Standard material: base is drop-forged carbon
steel, with heavy hex nuts
• Standard finish: galvanized to
ASTM A-153 specification
• Other features: meets specification FF-C-450,
Type 1, Class 1
For Rope Clips
Order No. Mfg. No. Dia. (in) Per Box
4049.00507 6990234 1/8 100
4049.00510 6990334 3/16 100
4049.00513 6990434 1/4 100
4049.00516 6990534 5/16 100
4049.00519 6990634 3/8 100
4049.00522 6990734 7/16 50
4049.00525 6990834 1/2 50
4049.00528 6990934 9/16 50
4049.00531 6991034 5/8 50
4049.00534 6991234 3/4 25
4049.00537 6991434 7/8 25
4049.00540 6991634 1 25
4049.00543 6991834 1-1/8 10
4049.00546 6992034 1-1/4 10
4049.00549 6992434 1-1/2 10
Regular Wire Rope Thimbles
• Standard material: hot rolled, mild steel
• Standard finish: galvanized to
ASTM A-153 specification
• Other features: meets design requirements
of Federal Specification FF-T-276B, Type II
Order No. Mfg. No. For Rope Dia. (in)
4049.00552 6260101 1/8
4049.00555 6260102 3/16
4049.00558 6260103 1/4
4049.00561 6260104 5/16
4049.00564 6260105 3/8
4049.00567 6260107 1/2
4049.00570 6260109 3/4
Double
Round Eye
Swivel Snaps
2225 2225Z
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Figure No. Finish
4049.00573 764-0101 3/4 2225 Zinc
4049.00576 764-0302 5/8 2225Z Nickel
4049.00579 764-0312 3/4 2225Z Nickel
4049.00582 764-0322 1 2225Z Nickel
Spring Link Snaps
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Figure No. Finish
4049.00585 764-0406 1/4 2450 Zinc
4049.00591 764-0416 5/16 2450 Zinc
4049.00597 764-0426 3/8 2450 Zinc
4049.00603 764-0436 7/16 2450 Zinc
4049.00609 764-0446 1/2 2450 Zinc
4049.00615 764-0456 5/8 2450 Zinc
4049.00621 764-0466 3/4 2450 Zinc
4049.00627 764-0474 1 2450 Zinc
Quick Link Snaps
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Figure No. Finish
4049.00633 764-0506 1/8 7350 Zinc
4049.00639 764-0515 5/32 7350 Zinc
4049.00642 764-0526 3/16 7350 Zinc
4049.00648 764-0536 1/4 7350 Zinc
4049.00654 764-0546 5/16 7350 Zinc
4049.00660 764-0556 3/8 7350 Zinc
4049.00666 764-0566 7/16 7350 Zinc
4049.00672 764-0576 1/2 7350 Zinc
Rope Cleat Snaps
2450
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Figure No. Finish
4049.00693 765-0809 6 401 Nickel
4049.00696 765-0819 — 401 Galv.
4049.00699 767-9034 — — Zinc
4049.00702 765-9035 — — Zinc
7350
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Figure No. Finish
4049.00678 765-0502 2-1/2 4015 Nickel
4049.00681 765-5402 2-1/2 4015 Nickel
4049.00684 765-0512 4-1/2 4015 Nickel
4049.00687 765-5412 4-1/2 4015 Nickel
4049.00690 765-0522 4-1/2 4015 Nickel
Deck Cleat, Open Base Snaps
4015
401 767-9034 767-9035

Rigid Strap Eye Bolt Snaps
Malleable Iron and Steel
• Zinc finish
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Figure No. Shelf Pack
4049.00705 7600201 3/4 25 10
4049.00708 7600221 1 25 10
4049.00711 7600231 1-1/8 25 10
4049.00714 7600251 1-1/2 25 10
4049.00717 7600261 2 25 10
Rigid Round Eye Bolt Snaps
Malleable Iron and Steel
• Zinc finish 125
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Figure No. Shelf Pack
4049.00720 7600301 1/2 125 10
4049.00723 7600311 5/8 125 10
4049.00726 7600321 3/4 125 10
Double Ended Bolt Snaps
Malleable Iron and Steel
• Zinc finish 161
Order No. Mfg. No. Figure No. Shelf Pack
4049.00729 7600401 161 10
4049.00732 7600411 162 10
4049.00735 7600421 163 10
Rigid Round Eye Spring Snap
Malleable Iron and Steel
• Zinc finish 202
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Figure No. Shelf Pack
4049.00738 7600701 5/8 202 10
Rigid Open Eye Spring Snap
Malleable Iron and Steel
• Zinc finish 203
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Figure No. Shelf Pack
4049.00741 7600801 1/2 203 10
Swiveling Round Eye Bolt Snap
Malleable Iron and Steel
• Zinc finish
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Figure No. Shelf Pack
4049.00744 7601201 1/2 225 10
4049.00747 7601211 5/8 225 10
4049.00750 7601221 3/4 225 10
4049.00753 7601231 7/8 225 10
4049.00756 7601241 1 225 10
4049.00759 7601251 1-1/8 225 10
4049.00762 7601261 1-1/4 225 10
Swiveling Open Eye Bolt Snap
Malleable Iron and Steel
• Zinc finish
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Figure No. Shelf Pack
4049.00765 7601301 3/4 226 10
4049.00768 7601311 1 226 10
25
225
226
CHAIN & FITTINGS
WIRE ROPE CLIPS
G-450 Genuine Red U-Bolt
• Forged steel
• Hot dip galvanized
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in)
4049.00771 1010015 1/8
4049.00774 1010033 3/16
4049.00777 1010051 1/4
4049.00780 1010079 5/16
4049.00783 1010097 3/8
4049.00786 1010113 7/16
4049.00789 1010131 1/2
4049.00792 1010159 9/16
4049.00795 1010177 5/8
4049.00798 1010195 3/4
4049.00801 1010211 7/8
4049.00804 1010239 1
G-335 The
‘Missing Link’ ®
Replacement Link
• Galvanized
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in)
4049.00807 1013094 3/16
4049.00810 1013110 1/4
4049.00813 1013138 5/16
4049.00816 1013156 3/8
4049.00819 1013174 7/16
4049.00822 1013192 1/2
4049.00825 1013236 5/8
S-335 The ‘Missing Link’ ®
Replacement Link
• Self colour
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in)
4049.00828 1013101 3/16
4049.00831 1013129 1/4
4049.00834 1013147 5/16
4049.00837 1013165 3/8
4049.00840 1013183 7/16
4049.00843 1013209 1/2
4049.00846 1013245 5/8
G-340
Weldless End Link
• Galvanized
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in)
4049.00849 1014057 5/16
4049.00852 1014075 3/8
4049.00855 1014093 1/2
4049.00858 1014119 5/8
4049.00861 1014137 3/4
4049.00864 1014155 7/8
4049.00867 1014173 1
4049.00870 1014191 1-1/4
4049.00873 1014217 1-3/8
40
495

40
496
CHAIN & FITTINGS
S-340 Weldless End Link
• Self colour
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in)
4049.00876 1014066 5/16
4049.00879 1014084 3/8
4049.00882 1014100 1/2
4049.00885 1014128 5/8
4049.00888 1014146 3/4
4049.00891 1014164 7/8
4049.00894 1014182 1
4049.00897 1014208 1-1/4
4049.00900 1014226 1-3/8
S-341 Weldless Sling Link
• Self colour
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in)
4049.00903 1013904 3/8
4049.00906 1013922 1/2
4049.00909 1013940 5/8
4049.00912 1013968 3/4
4049.00915 1013986 7/8
4049.00918 1014002 1
4049.00921 1014020 1-1/4
4049.00924 1014048 1-3/8
G-341
Weldless Sling Link
• Galvanized
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in)
4049.00927 1013897 3/8
4049.00930 1013913 1/2
4049.00933 1013931 5/8
4049.00936 1013959 3/4
4049.00939 1013977 7/8
4049.00942 1013995 1
4049.00945 1014011 1-1/4
4049.00948 1014039 1-3/8
G-209 A
Alloy Screw Pin Anchor
Shackles
• Galvanized
Working Load Nominal
Order No. Mfg. No. Limit (tons) Size (in)
4049.00951 1017450 2 3/8
4049.00954 1017472 2.6 7/16
4049.00957 1017494 3.3 1/2
4049.00960 1017516 5 5/8
4049.00963 1017538 7 3/4
4049.00966 1017560 9.5 7/8
4049.00969 1017582 12.5 1
4049.00972 1017604 15 1-1/8
4049.00975 1017626 18 1-1/4
4049.00978 1017648 21 1-3/8
G-2130
Forged Bolt Type Anchor
Shackles
• Galvanized
Working Load Nominal
Order No. Mfg. No. Limit (tons) Size (in)
4049.00981 1019464 1/3 3/16
4049.00984 1019466 1/2 1/4
4049.00987 1019468 3/4 5/16
4049.00990 1019470 1 3/8
4049.00993 1019471 1-1/2 7/16
4049.00996 1019472 2 1/2
4049.00999 1019490 3-1/4 5/8
4049.01002 1019515 4-3/4 3/4
4049.01005 1019533 6-1/2 7/8
4049.01008 1019551 8-1/2 1
4049.01011 1019579 9-1/2 1-1/8
4049.01014 1019597 12 1-1/4
4049.01017 1019613 13-1/2 1-3/8
4049.01020 1019631 17 1-1/2
4049.01023 1019659 25 1-3/4
4049.01026 1019677 35 2
G-209
Forged Anchor Shackles
Screw Pin
• Galvanized
Working Load Nominal
Order No. Mfg. No. Limit (tons) Size (in)
4049.01029 1018357 1/3 3/16
4049.01032 1018375 1/2 1/4
4049.01035 1018393 3/4 5/16
4049.01038 1018419 1 3/8
4049.01041 1018437 1-1/2 7/16
4049.01044 1018455 2 1/2
4049.01047 1018473 3-1/4 5/8
4049.01050 1018491 4-3/4 3/4
4049.01053 1018516 6-1/2 7/8
4049.01056 1018534 8-1/2 1
4049.01059 1018552 9-1/2 1-1/8
4049.01062 1018570 12 1-1/4
4049.01065 1018598 13-1/2 1-3/8
4049.01068 1018614 17 1-1/2
4049.01071 1018632 25 1-3/4
4049.01074 1018650 35 2
4049.01077 1018678 55 2-1/2

S-209 Forged Anchor Shackles
Screw Pin
• Self colour
Working Load Nominal
Order No. Mfg. No. Limit (tons) Size (in)
4049.01080 1018384 1/2 1/4
4049.01083 1018400 3/4 5/16
4049.01086 1018428 1 3/8
4049.01089 1018446 1-1/2 7/16
4049.01092 1018464 2 1/2
4049.01095 1018482 3-1/4 5/8
4049.01098 1018507 4-3/4 3/4
4049.01101 1018525 6-1/2 7/8
4049.01104 1018543 8-1/2 1
4049.01107 1018561 9-1/2 1-1/8
4049.01110 1018589 12 1-1/4
4049.01113 1018605 13-1/2 1-3/8
4049.01116 1018623 17 1-1/2
4049.01119 1018641 25 1-3/4
4049.01122 1018669 35 2
4049.01125 1018687 55 2-1/2
S-320 AN Alloy Eye Hook
Quenched and Tempered
Working Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Limit (tons)
4049.01128 1022375 1
4049.01131 1022386 1-1/2
4049.01134 1022397 2
4049.01137 1022406 3
4049.01140 1022419 5
4049.01143 1022430 7
4049.01146 1022441 11
4049.01149 1022452 15
S-320 CN Carbon Eye Hook
Quenched and Tempered
Working Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Limit (tons)
4049.01152 1022200 3/4
4049.01155 1022211 1
4049.01158 1022222 1-1/2
4049.01161 1022233 2
4049.01164 1022244 3
4049.01167 1022255 5
4049.01170 1022264 7-1/2
4049.01173 1022277 10
4049.01176 1022288 15
G-3315
Snap Hook
Quenched and Tempered
• Galvanized
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in)
4049.01179 1023056 7/16
4049.01182 1023074 9/16
CHAIN & FITTINGS
S-322 AN
Alloy Swivel Hook
Quenched and Tempered
Order No. Mfg. No. Working Load Limit (tons)
4049.01185 1048600 3/4
4049.01188 1048609 1
4049.01191 1048618 1-1/2
4049.01194 1048627 2
4049.01197 1048636 3
4049.01200 1048645 5
4049.01203 1048654 7-1/2
4049.01206 1048663 10
S-322 AN
Alloy Eye Hook
Quenched & Tempered
Order No. Mfg. No. Working Load Limit (tons)
4049.01209 1048804 1
4049.01212 1048813 1-1/2
4049.01215 1048822 2
4049.01218 1048831 3
4049.01221 1048837 5
4049.01224 1048854 7
4049.01227 1048865 11
4049.01230 1048877 15
S-4320
Replacement
Latch Kit
For new 319N, 320N,
322N, and 339N Hooks
Hook ID Working Load
Order No. Mfg. No. Code Type Limit (tons)
4049.01233 1096325 DC Carbon 3/4
4049.01236 1096325 DA Alloy 1
4049.01239 1096325 DB Bronze .5
4049.01242 1096374 FC Carbon 1
4049.01245 1096374 FA Alloy 1-1/2
4049.01248 1096374 FB Bronze .6
4049.01251 1096421 GC Carbon 1-1/2
4049.01254 1096421 GA Alloy 2
4049.01257 1096421 GB Bronze 1.0
4049.01260 1096468 HC Carbon 2
4049.01263 1096468 HA Alloy 3
4049.01266 1096468 HB Bronze 1.4
4049.01269 1096515 IC Carbon 3
4049.01272 1096515 IA Alloy 5
4049.01275 1096515 IB Bronze 2.0
4049.01278 1096562 JC Carbon 5
4049.01281 1096562 JA Alloy 7
4049.01284 1096562 JB Bronze 3.5
4049.01287 1096609 KC Carbon 7-1/2
4049.01290 1096609 KA Alloy 11
4049.01293 1096609 KB Bronze 5.0
4049.01296 1096657 LC Carbon 10
4049.01299 1096657 LA Alloy 15
4049.01302 1096657 LB Bronze 6.5
4049.01305 1096704 NC Carbon 15
4049.01308 1096704 NA Alloy 22
4049.01311 1096704 NB Bronze 10.0
40
497

40
498
CHAIN & FITTINGS
SS-4055
Hook Latch Kit
•For old style safety hooks
Order No. Mfg. No. Type For Hook (tons)
4049.01314 1090027 Carbon 3/4
4049.01317 1090027 Alloy steel 1
4049.01320 1090027 Bronze .5
4049.01323 1090045 Carbon 1
4049.01326 1090045 Alloy steel 1-1/2
4049.01329 1090045 Bronze .6
4049.01332 1090063 Carbon 1-1/2 - 2
4049.01335 1090063 Alloy steel 2-3
4049.01338 1090063 Bronze 1.0-1.4
4049.01341 1090081 Carbon 3
4049.01344 1090081 Alloy steel 4-1/2
4049.01347 1090081 Bronze 2.0
4049.01350 1090107 Carbon 5
4049.01353 1090107 Alloy steel 7
4049.01356 1090107 Bronze 3.5
4049.01359 1090125 Carbon 7-1/2 - 10
4049.01362 1090125 Alloy steel 11-15
4049.01365 1090125 Bronze 5.0-6.5
4049.01368 1090143 Carbon 15
4049.01371 1090143 Alloy steel 22
4049.01374 1090143 Bronze 10.0
4049.01377 1090161 Carbon 20
4049.01380 1090161 Alloy steel 30
4049.01383 1090189 Carbon 25-30
4049.01386 1090189 Alloy steel 37-34
4049.01389 1090205 Carbon 40
4049.01392 1090205 Alloy Steel 60
S-3316 Replacement Hook
Order No. Mfg. No. Tons
4049.01395 1023029 1/2
4049.01398 1023047 1
H-324 Eye Slip Hook
Order No. Mfg. No. Chain Size (in)
4049.01401 1026749 1/4
4049.01404 1026767 5/16
4049.01407 1026785 3/8
4049.01410 1026801 7/16
4049.01413 1026829 1/2
4049.01416 1026847 5/8
4049.01419 1026865 3/4
H-331 Carbon Clevis
Slip Hook
Order No. Mfg. No. Chain Size (in)
4049.01422 1027383 1/4
4049.01425 1027409 5/16
4049.01428 1027427 3/8
4049.01431 1027445 7/16
4049.01434 1027463 1/2
4049.01437 1027481 5/8
A-331 Alloy Clevis Slip Hook
Order No. Mfg. No. Chain Size (in)
4049.01440 1027524 1/4
4049.01443 1027542 5/16
4049.01446 1027560 3/8
4049.01449 1027588 7/16
4049.01452 1027604 1/2
4049.01455 1027622 5/8
4049.01458 1027640 3/4
H-323 Carbon Eye Grab Hook
Order No. Mfg. No. Chain Size (in)
4049.01461 1026204 1/4
4049.01464 1026222 5/16
4049.01467 1026240 3/8
4049.01470 1026286 1/2
4049.01473 1026302 5/8
4049.01476 1026320 3/4
A-323 Alloy Eye Grab Hook
Order No. Mfg. No. Chain Size (in)
4049.01479 1026384 1/4
4049.01482 1026400 5/16
4049.01485 1026428 3/8
4049.01488 1026464 1/2
4049.01491 1026482 5/8
4049.01494 1026507 3/4
H-330 Carbon Clevis Grab Hook
Order No. Mfg. No. Chain Size (in)
4049.01497 1027105 1/4
4049.01500 1027123 5/16
4049.01503 1027141 3/8
4049.01506 1027169 7/16
4049.01509 1027187 1/2
4049.01512 1027203 5/8
4049.01515 1027221 3/4

A-331 Alloy Clevis Grab Hook
Order No. Mfg. No. Chain Size (in)
4049.01518 1027249 1/4
4049.01521 1027267 5/16
4049.01524 1027285 3/8
4049.01527 1027301 7/16
4049.01530 1027329 1/2
4049.01533 1027347 5/8
4049.01536 1027365 3/4
HG-223 Hook
And Hook
Galvanized Turnbuckle
Order No. Mfg. No. Diameter (in) Take-Up (in)
4049.01539 1030011 1/4 4
4049.01542 1030039 5/16 4-1/2
4049.01545 1030057 3/8 6
4049.01548 1030075 1/2 6
4049.01551 1030093 1/2 9
4049.01554 1030119 1/2 12
4049.01557 1030137 5/8 6
4049.01560 1030155 5/8 9
4049.01563 1030173 5/8 12
4049.01566 1030191 3/4 6
4049.01569 1030217 3/4 9
4049.01572 1030235 3/4 12
4049.01575 1030253 3/4 18
4049.01578 1030271 7/8 12
4049.01581 1030299 7/8 18
4049.01584 1030315 1 6
4049.01587 1030333 1 12
4049.01590 1030351 1 18
4049.01593 1030379 1 24
4049.01596 1030397 1-1/4 12
4049.01599 1030413 1-1/4 18
4049.01602 1030431 1-1/4 24
4049.01605 1030459 1-1/2 12
4049.01608 1030477 1-1/2 18
4049.01611 1030495 1-1/2 24
CHAIN & FITTINGS
HG-226 Eye And Eye
Galvanized Turnbuckle
Order No. Mfg. No. Diameter (in) Take-Up (in)
4049.01614 1031252 1/4 4
4049.01617 1031270 5/16 4-1/2
4049.01620 1031298 3/8 6
4049.01623 1031314 1/2 6
4049.01626 1031332 1/2 9
4049.01629 1031350 1/2 12
4049.01632 1031378 5/8 6
4049.01635 1031396 5/8 9
4049.01638 1031412 5/8 12
4049.01641 1031430 3/4 6
4049.01644 1031458 3/4 9
4049.01647 1031476 3/4 12
4049.01650 1031494 3/4 18
4049.01653 1031519 7/8 12
4049.01656 1031537 7/8 18
4049.01659 1031555 1 6
4049.01662 1031573 1 12
4049.01665 1031591 1 18
4049.01668 1031617 1 24
4049.01671 1031635 1-1/4 12
4049.01674 1031653 1-1/4 18
4049.01677 1031671 1-1/4 24
4049.01680 1031699 1-1/2 12
4049.01683 1031715 1-1/2 18
4049.01686 1031733 1-1/2 24
HG-225
Hook And Eye
Galvanized Turnbuckle
Order No. Mfg. No. Diameter (in) Take-Up (in)
4049.01689 1030636 1/4 4
4049.01692 1030654 5/16 4-1/2
4049.01695 1030672 3/8 6
4049.01698 1030690 1/2 6
4049.01701 1030716 1/2 9
4049.01704 1030734 1/2 12
4049.01707 1030752 5/8 6
4049.01710 1030770 5/8 9
4049.01713 1030798 5/8 12
4049.01716 1030814 3/4 6
4049.01719 1030832 3/4 9
4049.01722 1030850 3/4 12
4049.01725 1030878 3/4 18
4049.01728 1030896 7/8 12
4049.01731 1030912 7/8 18
4049.01734 1030930 1 6
4049.01737 1030958 1 12
4049.01740 1030976 1 18
4049.01743 1030994 1 24
4049.01746 1031010 1-1/4 12
4049.01749 1031038 1-1/4 18
4049.01752 1031056 1-1/4 24
4049.01755 1031074 1-1/2 12
4049.01758 1031092 1-1/2 18
4049.01761 1031118 1-1/2 24
40
499

40
500
CHAIN & FITTINGS
HG-227 Jaw and Eye
Galvanized Turnbuckle
Order No. Mfg. No. Diameter (in) Take-Up (in)
4049.01764 1031877 1/4 4
4049.01767 1031895 5/16 4-1/2
4049.01770 1031911 3/8 6
4049.01773 1031939 1/2 6
4049.01776 1031957 1/2 9
4049.01779 1031975 1/2 12
4049.01782 1031993 5/8 6
4049.01785 1032019 5/8 9
4049.01788 1032037 5/8 12
4049.01791 1032055 3/4 6
4049.01794 1032073 3/4 9
4049.01797 1032091 3/4 12
4049.01800 1032117 3/4 18
4049.01803 1032135 7/8 12
4049.01806 1032153 7/8 18
4049.01809 1032171 1 6
4049.01812 1032199 1 12
4049.01815 1032215 1 18
4049.01818 1032233 1 24
4049.01821 1032251 1-1/4 12
4049.01824 1032279 1-1/4 18
4049.01827 1032297 1-1/4 24
4049.01830 1032313 1-1/2 12
4049.01833 1032331 1-1/2 18
4049.01836 1032359 1-1/2 24
HG-228 Eye And Eye
Galvanized Turnbuckle
Order No. Mfg. No. Diameter (in) Take-Up (in)
4049.01839 1032493 1/4 4
4049.01842 1032518 5/16 4-1/2
4049.01845 1032536 3/8 6
4049.01848 1032554 1/2 6
4049.01851 1032572 1/2 9
4049.01854 1032590 1/2 12
4049.01857 1032616 5/8 6
4049.01860 1032634 5/8 9
4049.01863 1032652 5/8 12
4049.01866 1032670 3/4 6
4049.01869 1032698 3/4 9
4049.01872 1032714 3/4 12
4049.01875 1032732 3/4 18
4049.01878 1032750 7/8 12
4049.01881 1032778 7/8 18
4049.01884 1032796 1 6
4049.01887 1032812 1 12
4049.01890 1032830 1 18
4049.01893 1032858 1 24
4049.01896 1032876 1-1/4 12
4049.01899 1032894 1-1/4 18
4049.01902 1032910 1-1/4 24
4049.01905 1032938 1-1/2 12
4049.01908 1032956 1-1/2 18
4049.01911 1032974 1-1/2 24
S-421T
Terminator Sockets
(Complete)
Cast Steel
Order No. Mfg. No. Rope Size (in)
4049.01914 1035000 3/8
4049.01917 1035009 1/2
4049.01920 1035018 5/8
4049.01923 1035027 3/4
4049.01926 1035036 7/8
4049.01929 1035045 1
4049.01932 1035054 1-1/8
4049.01935 1040448* 1-1/4*
*Not Terminator style
S-421TW Terminator Sockets
Wedge Only
Order No. Mfg. No. Rope Size (in)
4049.01938 1035555 3/8
4049.01941 1035564 1/2
4049.01944 1035573 5/8
4049.01947 1035582 3/4
4049.01950 1035591 7/8
4049.01953 1035600 1
4049.01956 1035609 1-1/8
4049.01959 1040607* 1-1/4*
*Not Terminator style
G-400 Eye Nuts
Galvanized Forged Fittings
Size Size Std. Tap
Order No. Mfg. No. No. (in) (in)
4049.01962 1090438 1 1/4 1/4
4049.01965 1090474 2 5/16 3/8
4049.01968 1090517 3A 3/8 1/2
4049.01971 1090535 4 1/2 5/8
4049.01974 1090553 5 5/8 3/4
4049.01977 1090571 6 3/4 7/8
4049.01980 1090599 7 7/8 1
4049.01983 1090633 8 1 1-1/4
4049.01986 1090651 9 1-1/8 1-3/8
4049.01989 1090679 10 1-1/4 1-1/2
4049.01992 1090697 11 1-1/2 2

G-291 Regular Nut
Eye Bolts
Galvanized Forged Fittings
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in)
4049.01995 1043230 1/4 x 2
4049.01998 1043258 1/4 x 4
4049.02001 1043276 5/16 x 2-1/4
4049.02004 1043294 5/16 x 4-1/4
4049.02007 1043310 3/8 x 2-1/2
4049.02010 1043338 3/8 x 4-1/2
4049.02013 1043356 3/8 x 6
4049.02016 1043374 1/2 x 3-1/4
4049.02019 1043392 1/2 x 6
4049.02022 1043418 1/2 x 8
4049.02025 1043436 1/2 x 10
4049.02028 1043454 1/2 x 12
4049.02031 1043472 5/8 x 4
4049.02034 1043490 5/8 x 6
4049.02037 1043515 5/8 x 8
4049.02040 1043533 5/8 x 10
4049.02043 1043551 5/8 x 12
4049.02046 1043579 3/4 x 4-1/2
4049.02049 1043597 3/4 x 6
4049.02052 1043613 3/4 x 8
4049.02055 1043631 3/4 x 10
4049.02058 1043659 3/4 x 12
4049.02061 1043677 3/4 x 15
4049.02064 1043695 7/8 x 5
4049.02067 1043711 7/8 x 8
4049.02070 1043739 7/8 x 12
4049.02073 1043757 1 x 6
4049.02076 1043775 1 x 9
4049.02079 1043793 1 x 12
4049.02082 1043819 1 x 18
4049.02085 1043837 1-1/4 x 8
4049.02088 1043855 1-1/4 x 12
4049.02091 1043873 1-1/4 x 20
S-264 Pad Eyes
Galvanized Forged Fittings
Order No. Mfg. No. Size No.
4049.02094 1090722 0
4049.02097 1090740 1
4049.02100 1090768 1-1/2
4049.02103 1090786 2
4049.02106 1090802 4
4049.02109 1090820 5
G-277 Shoulder
Nut Eye Bolts
Galvanized
Forged Fittings
CHAIN & FITTINGS
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in)
4049.02112 1045014 1/4 x 2
4049.02115 1045032 1/4 x 4
4049.02118 1045050 5/16 x 2-1/4
4049.02121 1045078 5/16 x 4-1/4
4049.02124 1045096 3/8 x 2-1/2
4049.02127 1045112 3/8 x 4-1/2
4049.02130 1045130 1/2 x 3-1/4
4049.02133 1045158 1/2 x 6
4049.02136 1045176 5/8 x 4
4049.02139 1045194 5/8 x 6
4049.02142 1045210 3/4 x 4-1/2
4049.02145 1045238 3/4 x 6
4049.02148 1045256 7/8 x 5
4049.02151 1045292 1 x 6
4049.02154 1045318 1 x 9
4049.02157 1045336 1-1/4 x 8
4049.02160 1045354 1-1/4 x 12
4049.02163 1045372 1-1/2 x 15
HR-125 UNC Threads
Swivel Hoist Rings
Working Load Bolt
Order No. Mfg. No. Limit (lb) Size (in)
4049.02166 1016887 800 5/16 - 18 x 1.50
4049.02169 1016898 1000 3/8 - 16 x 1.50
4049.02172 1016909 2500 1/2 - 13 x 2.00
4049.02175 1016912 2500 1/2 - 13 x 2.50
4049.02178 1016920 4000 5/8 - 11 x 2.00
4049.02181 1016924 4000 5/8 - 11 x 2.75
4049.02184 1016931 5000 3/4 - 10 x 2.25
4049.02187 1016935 5000 3/4 - 10 x 2.75
4049.02190 1016942 7000 3/4 - 10 x 2.75
4049.02193 1016946 7000 3/4 - 10 x 3.50
4049.02196 1016953 8000 7/8 - 9 x 2.75
4049.02199 1016957 8000 7/8 - 9 x 3.50
4049.02202 1016964 10000 1 - 8 x 3.00
4049.02205 1016969 10000 1 - 8 x 4.00
4049.02208 1016975 15000 1-1/4 - 7 x 4.50
4049.02211 1016986 24000 1-1/2 - 6 x 6.50
4049.02214 1016997 30000 2 - 4-1/2 x 6.50
40
501

40
502
CHAIN & FITTINGS
Grade 8 Alloy Fittings
A-337 Lok-A-Loy ® 8 Alloy
Connecting Link
Grade 8 Alloy Fittings
Order No. Mfg. No. Chain Size (in)
4049.02217 1014720 9/32 (1/4)
4049.02220 1014584 5/16
4049.02223 1014721 3/8
4049.02226 1014722 1/2
4049.02229 1014723 5/8
4049.02232 1014724 3/4
4049.02235 1014725 7/8
4049.02238 1014727 1
4049.02241 1014728 1-1/4
A-328 Eye Grab Hook
Grade 8 Alloy Fittings
Order No. Mfg. No. Chain Size (in)
4049.02244 1026017 9/32 (1/4)
4049.02247 1026035 3/8
4049.02250 1026053 1/2
4049.02253 1026099 3/4
4049.02256 1026115 7/8
A-338 Clevis Grab Hook
Grade 8 Alloy Fittings
Order No. Mfg. No. Chain Size (in)
4049.02259 1027659 9/32 (1/4)
4049.02262 1027677 3/8
4049.02265 1027686 1/2
4049.02268 1027695 5/8
4049.02271 1027702 3/4
4049.02274 1027711 7/8
A-342 Weldless Alloy
Master Links
• For use with Crosby Spectrum 8 alloy chain or
its equivalent
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in)
4049.02277 1014262 1/2
4049.02280 1014280 5/8
4049.02283 1014306 3/4
4049.02286 1014315 7/8
4049.02289 1014324 1
4049.02292 1014342 1-1/4
4049.02295 1014360 1-1/2
4049.02298 1014388 1-3/4
4049.02301 1014404 2
A-327 Eye Sling Hook
Order No. Mfg. No. Chain Size (in)
4049.02304 1003764 9/32 (1/4)
4049.02307 1003773 3/8
4049.02310 1003782 1/2
4049.02313 1003791 5/8
4049.02316 1003808 3/4
4049.02319 1003817 7/8
S-4088 Alloy Hook Latch Kit
Order No. Mfg. No. Chain Size (in)
4049.02322 1090250 9/32 (1/4)
4049.02325 1090251 3/8
4049.02328 1090252 1/2
4049.02331 1090253 5/8
4049.02334 1090254 3/4
4049.02337 1090255 7/8
A-339N Clevis Sling Hook
Order No. Mfg. No. Chain Size
4049.02340 1027910 6 mm
4049.02343 1027914 9/32" (1/4)
4049.02346 1027923 3/8"
4049.02349 1027932 1/2"
4049.02352 1027941 5/8"
4049.02355 1027793 3/4"
4049.02358 1028000 7/8"
A-336 Lok-A-Loy ® 6 Alloy
Connecting Links
• Proof tested
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in)
4049.02361 1014397 9/32 (1/4)
4049.02364 1014413 3/8
4049.02367 1014431 1/2
4049.02370 1014459 5/8
4049.02373 1014477 3/4
4049.02376 1014495 7/8

S-311A Chain Shortener Link
Grade 8 Alloy Fittings
Chain Size: Chain WLL
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (mm) (lb) 4:1
4049.02379 1098051 — 6 2500
4049.02382 1098062 1/4 – 5/16 7-8 4500
4049.02385 1098084 3/8 10 7100
4049.02388 1098095 1/2 13 12000
4049.02391 1098106 5/8 16 18100
S-314A
Clevis Chain Hook
Chain Size: Chain WLL
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (mm) (lb) 4:1
4049.02394 1225020 — 6 2500
4049.02397 1225021 1/4 – 5/16 7–8 4500
4049.02400 1225091 3/8 10 7100
4049.02403 1225161 1/2 13 12000
4049.02406 1225162 5/8 16 18100
S-315A
Eye Chain Hook
Chain Size: Chain WLL
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (mm) (lb) 4:1
4049.02409 1029820 — 6 2500
4049.02412 1029825 1/4 – 5/16 7 – 8 4500
4049.02415 1029830 3/8 10 7100
4049.02418 1029835 1/2 13 12000
4049.02421 1029840 5/8 16 18100
S320 Eye Hook ‘E’
Overhead Balls
Working Load Weight
Order No. Mfg. No. Model No. Limit (tons) Each (lb)
4049.02424 1036000 MB4T35 4 58
4049.02427 1036009 MB4T85 4 92
4049.02430 1036027 MB4T150 4 149
4049.02433 1036036 MB4T200 4 185
4049.02436 1036045 MB7T85 7 115
4049.02439 1036054 MB7T150 7 170
4049.02442 1036072 MB7T200 7 205
4049.02445 1036081 MB7T285 7 321
4049.02448 1036090 MB10T150 10 216
4049.02451 1036099 MB10T200 10 260
4049.02454 1036117 MB10T285 10 365
4049.02457 1036126 MB10T350 10 403
4049.02460 1036135 MB10T650 10 718
CHAIN & FITTINGS
L-150
With Standard Hooks
Load Binders
Chain Sizes:
Order No. Mfg. No. Size No. Min. (in) Max. (in)
4049.02463 1048128 7-1 5/16 3/8
4049.02466 1048137 A-1 3/8 1/2
4049.02469 1048191 C-1 1/2 5/8
L-150
With Spring Snubber
Load Binders
Chain Sizes:
Order No. Mfg. No. Size No. Min. (in) Max. (in)
4049.02472 1048280 7-12 5/16 3/8
4049.02475 1048306 A-12 3/8 1/2
L-130
Midget All Steel
For 1/4" chain
Chain Sizes:
Order No. Mfg. No. Size No. Min. (in) Max. (in)
4049.02478 1048100 W-1 3/16 1/4
L-140
Ratchet Type
Chain Sizes:
Order No. Mfg. No. Size No. Min. (in) Max. (in)
4049.02481 1048404 R-7 5/16 3/8
4049.02484 1048413 R-7 QL 5/16 3/8
4049.02487 1048422 R-A 3/8 1/2
4049.02490 1048440 R-C 1/2 5/8
Less Links and Hooks
Chain Size
Order No. Mfg. No. Size No. Maximum (in)
4049.02493 1048468 R-10 5/8
40
503

40
504
HOISTS / CRANES
IPZ Lifting Clamps
Vertical
Suitable for the lifting, turning (180˚) and
vertical transfer of steel plates and constructions.
All IPZ clamps are built with a latch that
locks in both the open and closed position.
Mfg. Lift W.L.L We i g h t
Order No. No. Capacity (ppn) Jaw (in) (lb)
4059.01062 1620 1 1.0 0 - 3/4 4
4059.01065 5380 1.5 1.5 0 - 3-1/8 33
4059.01068 1621 2 2.0 0 - 1-3/8 15
4059.01071 5005 3 3.0 0 - 1 33
4059.01074 5006 3 3.0 1 - 2 33
4059.01077 5149 3.75 3.75 0 - 3-1/2 63
4059.01080 5007 4.5 4.5 0 - 1 33
4059.01083 5008 4.5 4.5 1 - 2 34
4059.01086 5185 6 6.0 0 - 1-1/4 46
4059.01089 5186 6 6.0 1-1/4 - 2-1/2 47
4059.01092 5189 9 9.0 0 - 1/5/8 57
4059.01095 5190 9 9.0 1-5/8 - 3-1/8 60
IPBC Lifting Clamps
Horizontal
Suitable for the lifting and transfer of steel
beams, plates and sagging plates. Can
also be used for turning beams from the
horizontal and vertical position. Fitted with
a pretension on the material, causing the
clamp to remain on the plate after it is
placed, even in unloaded position.
Mfg. Lift W.L.L We i g h t
Order No. No. Capacity (ppn) Jaw (in) (lb)
4059.01098 0410 1 1.0 0 - 3/4 8
4059.01101 0411 2 2.0 0 - 1 14
Hydraulic
Toe Jacks
Mfg. Cap. Toe Min. Toe Max. Handle
Order No. No. ( To n s ) Height (in) Height (in) E ff o rt (lb)
4059.01104 TJH5 5 1 5-5/8 33
4059.01107 TJH10 10 1-1/4 7-1/8 38
4059.01110 TJH109 10 2-1/4 22 90
4059.01113 TJA25 25 2-1/4 13-3/4 100
Superjacks ®
Mfg. Cap. Stroke Closed Lever Bar
Order No. No. (tons) (in) Ht. (in) Item#
4059.01116 2510C 25 5 10-1/4 10640
4059.01119 3510D 35 5 10-1/4 10640
4059.01122 5010B 50 4 10-5/16 10660
Solid Plunger
Hand Jacks
Load Return
Mfg. Cap. Stroke Closed Extended
Order No. No. (tons) (in) Ht. (in) Ht. (in)
4059.01125 HJ2 2 4-1/2 7-1/8 13-5/8
4059.01128 HJ5 5 4-3/4 7-7/8 15-3/8
4059.01131 HJ12 12 5-7/8 9-1/2 18-1/2
4059.01134 HJ22 22 6-3/8 10-5/8 17
4059.01137 HJ35 35 6-3/8 11 17-3/8
Ratchet Jacks
Mfg. Cap. Stroke Closed Lever Bar
Order No. No. (tons) (in) Ht. (in) Item#
4059.01140 84A 5 7 14 10640
4059.01143 85A 5 10 17 10640
4059.01146 1017 10 9-1/2 17-1/4 10665
4059.01149 A1022 10 12 20-1/2 10665
4059.01152 2029 20 18 28-1/4 10675
Maxiforce Air Bags
• All Maxiforce Air Bags have a maximum
working pressure of 118 psi
• Optional components and accessories are
available for all Maxiforce Air Bags
Mfg. Cap. Lifting Air Req. @ Maximum
Order No. No. ( t o n s ) Ht. (in) 118 psi (ft 3 ) Burst (psi)
4059.01155 B1 1.5 3.4 .14 700
4059.01158 B3 3.2 3.9 .35 700
4059.01161 B5 4.8 5.6 .77 700
4059.01164 B8 7.6 7 1.8 700
4059.01167 B10 11.4 7 2.5 700
4059.01170 B12 12 8.2 3.0 700
4059.01173 B17 17 9.2 4.9 700
4059.01176 B22 21.8 11.1 7.3 700
4059.01179 B28 27.6 12 11 600
4059.01182 B32 31.8 13.2 13.8 600
4059.01185 B35 34.7 9.8 11.7 600
4059.01188 B44 43.8 15.5 21.6 475
4059.01191 B55 55 17.2 34 475
4059.01194 B74 72.3 20 47 475

Yarding Blocks
• Strong, all steel construction
• Ball bearing, high carbon steel
sheave
Size Capacity Rope
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (ton) Diameter (in)
4059.00645 131104 4 1 3/8
4059.00648 131105 5 1-1/2 1/2
4059.00651 131106 6 2 9/16
4059.00654 131108 8 4 5/8
4059.00657 131110 10 5 5/8
Jet Industrial Hydraulic Bottle Jacks
• Tested to over 150% of rated capacities
• Electrically welded base and cylinder assures strength and eliminates leaks
• Rigidly adheres to JIS standards
• Not affected by temperature extremes
• All models work in upright, angle or horizontal positions
• Equipped with convenient extension screw for low pick up height adjustment
• Cleated steel lift saddle for safest operator conditions
Snatch Blocks
• Cast iron sheave
• Available with single sheave
• Powder metallurgy bushings for improved
oil retention
Rated Closed Piston Head Screw Maximum Base
Order No. Mfg. No. Capacity (ton) Height (in) Height (in) Height (in) Height (in) Size (in)
4059.00618 140101 2 7-1/8 4-1/2 2 13-9/16 4-5/16 x 2-9/16
4059.00621 140102 3 7-1/2 4-1/2 2-3/8 14-3/8 4-1/2 x 2-13/16
4059.00624 140103 5 7-7/8 4-3/4 2-3/4 15-3/8 5-3/16 x 15/16
4059.00627 140104 8 7-7/8 4-3/4 2-3/4 15-3/8 6 x 3-1/2
4059.00630 140105 12-1/2 9-1/2 5-7/8 3-1/8 18-1/2 6-1/2 x 4-3/16
4059.00633 140107 17-1/2 10-7/16 6-1/2 3-1/8 20-1/16 7-1/8 x 4-5/8
4059.00636 140109 22-1/2 10-5/8 6-1/4 — 16-5/16 7-3/16 x 5-1/16
4059.00639 104111 35 11 6-1/4 — 17-5/16 7-9/16 x 5-9/16
4059.00642 104112 60 12 6-3/4 — 18-11/16 9-5/16 x 7-3/8
Membership Benefits
our Customers
• Complete inventories throughout Canada
• Over 160 locations coast-to-coast
• Technical service expertise
• Access to over 500,000 different SKUs
• 24-hour-a-day, seven-day-a-week service
• Sales specialists on call
• Top quality distributor network
• Flexibility to meet customer needs
• Strong national capabilities coupled with local
expertise and flexibility
• Over 1,800 worldwide suppliers
• Central warehouse facility to reduce delivery
times and provide competitive prices
HOISTS / CRANES
Size Capacity Rope
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (ton) Diameter (in)
4059.00660 130103 3 single 1/2 3/8
4059.00663 130104 4 single 1 7/16
4059.00666 130105 5 single 1-1/2 1/2
4059.00669 130106 6 single 2 5/8
4059.00672 130108 8 single 4 3/4
4059.00675 130110 10 single 5 7/8
40
505

40
506
HOISTS / CRANES
Hydraulic Bottle Jacks
Offers excellent quality construction, practical design and high precision.
They are light and durable. Used in a wide variety of industrial environments
both indoor and outdoor. All models have common release stem and valve
assemblies. Many additional parts are interchangeable between models.
Ext. Screw Max. Head Base Lever Oil
Capacity Closed Hydraulic Adj. Height Size Size Length Vol. Weight
Order No. Mfg. No. US tons Height (in) Travel (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (lb)
STANDARD TYPE
4059.00321 HJ0206 2 5.9 3.3 2.0 11.2 ø.98 4.3 x 2.6 ø.75 x 15.0 2.4 6
4059.00324 HJ0207 2 7.1 4.5 2.0 13.6 ø.98 4.3 x 2.6 ø.75 x 15.0 3.1 6
4059.00327 HJ0508 5 7.9 4.7 2.8 15.4 1.38 x 1.44 5.6 x 3.2 ø.75 x 15.0 9.1 10
4059.00330 HJ1009 10 9.5 5.9 3.1 18.5 1.77 x 1.85 6.5 x 4.2 ø.85 x 16.3 21 18
4059.00333 HJ1510 15 10.4 6.5 3.1 20.1 2.00 x 2.09 7.1 x 4.6 ø.85 x 16.3 33 23
4059.00336 HJ2011 20 10.6 6.3 — 16.9 ø2.05 7.2 x 5.0 ø1.07 x 21.6 30 27
4059.00339 HJ5012 50 12.0 6.7 — 18.7 ø3.15 9.3 x 7.4 ø1.07 x 39.4 82 82
4059.00342 HJ10012 100 12.0 5.7 — 17.7 ø4.92 12.5 x 10.4 ø1.07 x 39.4 179 200
SHORT TYPE
4059.00345 HJ1007 10 6.7 3.7 3.0 13.4 1.77 x 1.85 6.5 x 4.2 ø.85 x 16.3 14 14
4059.00348 HJ1507 15 6.7 3.5 2.8 13.0 2.00 x 2.09 7.1 x 4.6 ø.85 x 16.3 20 18
4059.00351 HJ2007 20 7.1 3.3 1.6 12.0 2.22 x 2.28 7.2 x 5.0 ø1.07 x 21.6 15 22
4059.00354 HJ3007 30 7.1 3.1 — 10.2 ø2.40 7.6 x 5.6 ø1.07 x 21.6 23 31
4059.00357 HJ3011 10 11.0 6.3 — 17.3 ø2.40 7.9 x 5.6 ø1.07 x 21.6 41 42
Hydraulic Mini Jacks
Duff-Norton Mini Jacks are compact, powerful jacks designed to be used in low-height
applications. Hydraulically actuated, they are used for fine adjustment and centering.
• Hydraulic Travel: 1.2"
Capacity Closed Maximum Head Base Lever Oil Weight
Order No. Mfg. No. US tons Height (in) Height (in) Dia. (in) Dia. (in) Length (in) Vol. (in 3 ) (lb)
4059.00360 HJ1005 10 4.7 5.9 1.65 4.3 ø.71 x 17.3 4.7 12
4059.00363 HJ2005 20 5.1 6.3 2.09 4.7 ø.85 x 21.6 6.7 19
4059.00366 HJ5006 50 5.5 6.7 3.15 7.0 ø.85 x 39.4 23 42
Hydraulic Toe Jacks
Used in plant maintenance, shipbuilding, mining and railroad applications.
• Heavy-duty welded steel construction
• Height of tow allows easier access to low height applications
• Internal springs allow for self-retracting of jack under no-load conditions
(5 and 10 ton models)
• Light weight, ergonomic handle design allows for ease of transport
• Safety relief valve prevents over-pressure in the cylinder
Order No. Mfg. No. Capacity (US tons) Min. Toe Height (in) Hydraulic Travel (in) Max. Toe Height (in) Toe Length x Width (in)
4059.00369 HTJ0209 2 0.63 4.4 5.1 2.0 x 2.0
4059.00372 HTJ512 5 0.98 4.7 5.7 2.2 x 3.0
4059.00375 HTJ1013 10 1.10 5.7 6.8 2.4 x 3.3
SPECIFICATIONS
Min. Head Max. Head Head Length Base Size Lever Oil Weight
Mfg. No. Height (in) Height (in) x Width (in) Width x Length (in) Length (in) Vol. (in 3 ) (lb)
HTJ0209 9.3 13.7 3.3 x 2.0 4.9 x 7.0 ø.75 x 15.0 17 18
HTJ512 11.5 16.3 4.6 x 3.0 7.2 x 10.6 ø.85 x 16.3 21 52
HTJ1013 12.8 18.5 5.7 x 3.3 8.9 x 11.3 ø1.07 x 21.6 31 73

20 Ton Capacity Low Profile
Portable Hydraulic Jacks
This low-profile unit is ideal for jobs
requiring power at a low pick-up point.
• Designed for use on large industrial
and heavy equipment applications
• Can operate in horizontal position
• Centered pump and ram for balance
and easy positioning
• Ribbed base adds extra strength
• Pre-tapped bases accept pressure gauges
• Hydraulic bypass circuit prevents ram over-travel
• Base size: 5-1/2" x 7"
Cap. Low Maximum Power
Order No. Mfg. No. (ton) Height (in) Height (in) Raise (in)
4059.00003 W93233 20 10-3/4 18-1/2 15-3/4
2 Ton Capacity Hydraulic Service Jack
• Removable handle for easy transportation and
compact storage
• Flanged sideplates increase strength and
resist twisting
• Long, one-piece handle for less lifting effort
and easy positioning under overhangs
• Hydraulic unit is sealed to keep out grit,
grime and moisture
• Universal joint type release mechanism
for ease of operation
• Cast iron bell crank assembly
• Automatic valve
prevents overloading
• Fully repairable and replaceable
• In-line pump assembly and
cast-iron handle socket permits direct alignment of pump
with handle – no off-centre forces
• Chassis length: 26-3/4"; chassis height: 6-3/4"
• Front wheel diameter: 3-3/4"; caster wheel diameter: 2-1/2"
Low High Power Cap H a n d l e
H e i g h t Lift Point Raise D i a . Length
Order No. Mfg No. (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
4059.00006 W 9 3 6 4 0 4-1/4 20 15-3/4 6 49
20-Ton Capacity
Hydraulic Shop Press
• Dual return springs retract ram
• Steel cross brace prevents spreading of
frame under load
• Adjustable press bed
• Comes complete with arbor plate and
bearing shield
• Jacks pre-tapped for optional pressure
gauges
• 4-1/2" hole spacing
Cap. Bed Bed Working
Order No. Mfg. No. ( t o n ) Width (in) Depth (in) Range (in)
4059.00009 W93612 20 20 8 0 (min.) – 35 (max.)
HOISTS / CRANES
10-Ton Master Kit
Designed for general repair and maintenance projects where 10 ton
pushing, pulling or clamping force makes the difference between
getting it done fast or tying up an operator and heavy equipment.
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4059.00012 B65006 10 Ton Master Kit
Heavy-Duty Power Puller
• Hardened stress points
• Heavy gauge steel and cable
• Drop forged, heat treated hooks
• Automatic let down safety catch
• Cable length = 12 ft./3.66 m
Lifting
Order No. Mfg. No. Max. Lift Capacity
4059.00015 647-900 5 ft. 6.000 lb
7700 Series Air Hoists
With Plain Trolley
Pressure pendant control. Systems provide
the operator with total hoist control and the
ability to confidently inch loads into place.
Pendant controls, when ordered with power
trolley systems, control both hoist operation
and trolley movement. Because of their
operating characteristics, air hoists are
generally considered spark resistant.
Standards come with steel snap-hooks
and load chain and are regarded as safe
for Division 2 applications. Spark resistant
models offer even more protection in the
form of stainless steel link load chain and
bronze snap-hooks, and are the only A R O
hoists suitable for Division 1 applications.
• 10 ft standard lift
• 6 ft standard control length
Order No. Mfg. No. Capacity
4059.00018 7718E2C10C6U 1/4 ton
4059.00021 7756E2C10C6U 1/2 ton
4059.00024 7776E2C1066U 1 ton
Above units come with canvas chain container
Other sizes and options available on request
40
507

40
508
CM
HOISTS / CRANES
Pullers
Designed for heavy-duty construction and industrial
applications. Used to pull, lift, drag or stretch, it features:
• Tough aluminum alloy construction and powder
coat finish
• Weatherproof for outdoor service
• Simple construction with fewer parts for ease
of maintenance
• Hoist alloy hardened steel link type load chain for strength,
long wear life and flexibility
• Weatherized Weston-type automatic braking system for
positive load control
• Easy, one hand operation and control-only 58 pounds of
pull required for 3/4 ton model capacity
1 1/2 ton 3 ton 6 ton
Puller Specifications-Standard Unit
• Forged upper and lower hooks with latches standard
• Free wheeling for fast and easy attachment to load
• Upper and lower Latchlok hooks available for
all capacities
• Optional Load Limiter protection device stops
transmission of lever forces protecting against
dangerous overload
• Optional anchor sling simplifies attachment to allow anchor
hook to swivel in tight space applications
(3/4 and 1 1/2 ton units only)
• Optional Load Sentry warns of overload condition
• Optional shorter lever for 3/4 and 1-1/2 ton units available
• Optional zinc-plated
• Unlimited lift
• Lifetime Warranty
Optional Load Limiter Optional Anchor Sling
(3/4 and 1-1/2 ton)
3/4 ton
Optional
Load Sentry
Latchlok Type Hook
Pull to Minimum Hook Approx.
Rated Standard Lift Full Distance Lever Throat Shipping
Order Mfg. Capacity Lift* Loads Between Length Openings Weight
No. No. (tons) (ft) (lb) Hooks (in) (in) Reeving (in) (lb)
4059.00027 4113 3/4 5 58 10-3/4 21-1/4 1 1-1/32 16
4059.00030 4115 1-1/2 5 89 14-1/4 21-1/4 1 1-1/8 26
4059.00033 4117 3 5 95 16-15/16 21-1/4 2 1-7/32 38
4059.00036 4120 6 5 96 21-3/8 21-1/4 4 1-3/4 73
*Can be supplied with lifts longer than 5 feet
Optional Kits
Rated Load Limiter Load Sentry Kit Lever Anchor Sling Kit
Capacity Length
(tons) Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. (in) Order No. Mfg. No.
3/4 4059.00039 4190 4059.00051 4096 23-3/4 4059.00055 4071
1-1/2 4059.00042 4191 4059.00054 4098 23-3/4 4059.00058 4072
3 4059.00045 4191 4059.00057 4098 23-3/4 — —
6 4059.00048 4191 4059.00060 4098 23-3/4 — —

CM
HOISTS / CRANES
HAND CHAIN HOISTS
One of the most popular and reliable hoists ever designed, the CM Cyclone combines superior engineering, efficiency and
durability. Available in a variety of capacities from 1/4 ton to 10 tons.
1/4 to a 2 ton capacity 3 and 4 ton capacity 8 ton capacity 10 ton capacity
5 and 6 ton capacity
CM Cyclone Features:
• Most interchangeability of parts in the industry
• Standard Load Limiter for simple, automatic
overload protection
• Enclosed contoured Weston-type automatic brake for
positive load control
• High efficiency spur gearing for greater lift with
minimum effort
• Rugged Cm Hoist alloy chain for added strength
and durability
• Fully machined, forged liftwheel pockets for easier lifting
and smooth-free chaining
Specifications
• High-strength aluminum alloy castings in frame and covers
• Inspected over 75 times to meet or exceed HMI and
ASME/ANSI performance and safety standards
• Standard hand chain drop is 2 feet less than lift,
(example: 8 foot lift hoist 6 foot hand drop)
• Chain containers, zinc-plated load, and hand chain,
aluminum hand unwelded hand chain, Latchlok hooks,
bronze hooks and units without Load Limiter optional,
depending on capacity
• Lifetime warranty
Rated Standard Min. Distance Chain Overhauled Chain Pull Shipping
Capacity Lift* Between Hooks to Lift Load One Foot to Lift Full Wt
Order No. Mfg. No. (tons) (ft) Reeving (in) (lb) Load (lb) (lb)
4059.00063 5000 1/4 8 1 12-7/8 22-1/2 23 37
4059.00066 5002 1/2 8 1 12-7/8 22-1/2 46 37
4059.00069 5004 1 8 1 14 30 69 40
4059.00072 5005 1-1/2 8 1 17-5/16 40-1/2 80 65
4059.00075 5006 2 8 1 17-5/16 52 83 64
4059.00078 5007 3 8 2 21-1/2 81 85 96
4059.00081 5008 4 8 3 21-1/2 104 88 96
4059.00084 5009 5 8 3 24-1/4 156 75 128
4059.00087 5010 6 8 3 25-1/4 156 90 132
4059.00090 5011 8 8 4 34-1/2 208 89 235
4059.00093 5012 10 8 5 35-1/2 260 95 249
*Can be supplied with longer lifts
40
509

40
510
CM
HOISTS / CRANES
Electric Chain Hoists
• Up to 3 ton capacities for heavy-duty applications
• Gear train lifetime lubricated with non-oxidizing grease
• Precision and hardened liftwheel with hardened chain
guides for precise chain liftwheel fit
• Gearing designed for exceptionally long life and quiet operation
• Rugged control station (NEMA 4)
• Hoist duty motor, standard Protector overload device and
standard screw type limit switches
• Hardened, forged steel, latch type hooks and Hoist alloy
load chain for long, dependable service
• Easy to install and maintain
• No special tools to disassemble
• High reliability and long life
• Lifetime warranty
• Each hoist thoroughly inspected and tested to over 125%
of rated load
• Meets ASME B30.16
• C.S.A. approved
Specifications - Two Speed
*Specify voltage 230 or 460 or 575
Specifications - Single Speed
*Single speed hoist factory wired 460V, convertible to 230V
Special applications
• Harsh environment hoists available
for severe duty of plating, galvanizing
and
washdown applications
• Hoists with climbing capability
available for temporary rigging or
lifting applications – must be used
in inverted position only
• Hoists with creep control allow precise
positioning through field adjustment
within the range of approximately
1/16" to 1/2"
Double Reeved
Rated Standard Lift
Mfg. No. Less suspension Capacity Lift * Speed Motor
Order No. 230-3-60 Order No. 575-3-60 (tons) (ft) (F.P.M.) (HP) Model Reeving
4059.00096 9362 4059.00141 9366 1/8 10 10/32 1/4 A2 1
4059.00099 — 4059.00144 — 1/8 10 20/60 1/2 AA2 1
4059.00102 9398 4059.00147 9402 1/4 10 5/16 1/4 B2 1
4059.00105 9416 4059.00150 9420 1/4 10 10/32 1/2 C2 1
4059.00108 9434 4059.00153 9438 1/2 10 2-5/8 1/4 E2 2
4059.00111 9452 4059.00156 9456 1/2 10 5/16 1/2 F2 1
4059.00114 9212 4059.00159 9216 1/2 10 10/32 1 J2 1
4059.00117 — 4059.00162 — 1/2 10 21/64 2 JJ2 1
4059.00120 9470 4059.00165 9474 1 10 2-5/8 1/2 H2 2
4059.00123 9242 4059.00168 9246 1 10 5/16 1 L2 1
4059.00126 9254 4059.00171 9258 1 10 10/32 2 LL2 1
4059.00129 9272 4059.00174 9276 2 10 2-5/8 1 R2 2
4059.00132 9284 4059.00177 9288 2 10 5/16 2 RR2 2
4059.00135 9548 4059.00180 9536 3 10 1.75/5.5 1 RT2 3
4059.00138 9555 4059.00183 9542 3 10 3-5/11 2 RRT2 3
Less suspension Rated Standard Lift
115-1-60 230/460-3-60 575-3-60 Capacity Lift * Speed Motor
Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. (tons) (ft) (F.P.M.) H.P. Model Reeving
4059.00186 9350 4059.00231 9356 4059.00276 9358 1/8 10 32 1/4 A 1
4059.00189 — 4059.00234 — 4059.00279 — 1/8 10 60 1/2 AA 1
4059.00192 9386 4059.00237 9392 4059.00282 9394 1/4 10 16 1/4 B 1
4059.00195 9404 4059.00240 9410 4059.00285 9412 1/4 10 32 1/2 C 1
4059.00198 9422 4059.00243 9428 4059.00288 9430 1/2 10 8 1/4 E 2
4059.00201 9440 4059.00246 9446 4059.00291 9448 1/2 10 16 1/2 F 1
4059.00204 9200 4059.00249 9210 4059.00294 9206 1/2 10 32 1 J 1
4059.00207 — 4059.00252 — 4059.00297 — 1/2 10 64 2 JJ 1
4059.00210 9458 4059.00255 9464 4059.00300 9466 1 10 8 1/2 H 2
4059.00213 9230 4059.00258 9240 4059.00303 9236 1 10 16 1 L 1
4059.00216 — 4059.00261 9248 4059.00306 9250 1 10 32 2 LL 1
4059.00219 9260 4059.00264 9270 4059.00309 9266 2 10 8 1 R 2
4059.00222 — 4059.00267 9278 4059.00312 9280 2 10 16 2 RR 2
4059.00225 9527 4059.00270 9544 4059.00315 9533 3 10 5.5 1 RT 3
4059.00228 — 4059.00273 9546 4059.00318 9538 3 10 11 2 RRT 3

Jet Mini-Mite Series Lever Pullers
• Lightweight industrial puller
• Electrostatic powder painted before assembly to protect against rust and corrosion
• Reinforced gear cover protects pivotal gear block
• Extra strong handle
• Double action ratchet works even without a load
• Quick release lever for free-wheeling operation
• Super hardened chain
• No special tools needed for routine maintenance
• Tested to 150% rated capacity
• Meets ANSI B30.21 specifications
HOISTS / CRANES
Rated Dist. Min. Dist Lever
Capacity Per Handle Between Standard Pull (lb) T o Length
Order No. Mfg. No. Type (ton) Pull (in) Hooks (in) Lift Lift Capacity (in)
4059.00378 110903 Steel body 1/4 2 9-1/4 3'3" 61 6-1/8
4059.00381 110904 Steel body 1/2 1-3/64 10-1/4 5' 75 11-1/4
4059.00384 110502 Steel body 3/4 1-3/16 9-1/2 5' 48-1/2 10-7/8
4059.00387 110503 Steel body 1-1/2 1 13 5' 51 16-1/8
4059.00390 110504 Steel body 3 1/2 15-3/4 5' 75 16-1/8
Jet Alsafe Series Lever Pullers
• Built-in overload protection. Torque controller mechanism disengages handle in the event of an overload. For
optimum safety and lower maintenance costs
• Lightweight industrial puller
• Electrostatic powder painted before assembly to protect against rust and corrosion
• Reinforced gear cover protects pivotal gear block
• Extra strong handle
• Double action ratchet works even without a load
• Surface treated white load chain resists rust
• Excellent for marine applications
• Brake mechanism designed to avoid seizing
• Tested to 150% of rated capacity
• Meets ANSI B30.21 specifications
Rated Dist. Min. Dist Lever
Capacity Per Handle Between Standard Pull (lb) T o Length
Order No. Mfg. No. Type (ton) Pull (in) Hooks (in) Lift Lift Capacity (in)
4059.00393 110602 Steel body 3/4 1 11-1/2 5' 66 10-1/2
4059.00396 110603 Steel body 1-1/2 1/2 13-3/4 5' 66 15
4059.00399 110604 Steel body 3 3/8 16-1/2 5' 81 15
Sumo SLP Series Lever Pullers
• Load tested to 150% of rated capacity
• Meets ANSI B30.21 standard
• Stamped steel housing protects gears and brake mechanism from damage
• Completely repairable with easy access for maintenance. Parts and service readily available
• High quality load chain meets all international safety standards
• All hooks have safety latches as an additional safety feature and are designed to bend slowly rather than
fracture under overload conditions
• Two coats of high visibility safety yellow protective coating
• Short lever length allows for easier access into confined work areas
Rated Dist. Min. Dist Lever
Capacity Per Handle Between Standar d Pull (lb) To Length
Order No. Mfg. No. Type (ton) Pull (in) Hooks (in) Lift Lift Capacity (in)
4059.00402 E06951 Steel body 3/4 1 12-19/32 5' 39 11
4059.00405 EO6952 Steel body 1-1/2 3/4 14-11/64 5' 48 16-9/64
4059.00408 EO6953 Steel body 3 11/16 17-33/64 5' 70 16-9/64
Custom lifts are available in any length desired
40
511

40
512
HOISTS / CRANES
Jet 10-2 Series Lever Pullers
• Direction of pull controlled with one flip of the self-locking thumb lever
• Brake discs use a high quality, low abrasion aramid fibre material
• Free wheeling feature with automatic return is incorporated into the tool. The puller will return to the hoisting mode
automatically when a load is applied to the tool
• High grade low-wear chain is strong and smooth finished to prevent snagging or jamming
• Chain gauge included to check for chain elongation
• Drop forged hooks are designed to bend slowly to warn of overloads
• Top and bottom safety hooks are standard
• Each unit is tested to 150% of rated capacity
Rated Minimum Distance Distance Per Pull (lb) T o Lever
Order No. Mfg. No. Capacity (tons) Between Hooks (in) Handle Pull (in) Lift Capacity Length (in)
4059.00411 110241 3/4 12-3/8 1-1/16 66 10-1/2
4059.00414 110242 1-1/2 14-15/16 1-1/8 66 16-1/16
4059.00417 110243 3 18-7/8 3/4 84 16-1/16
4059.00420 110244 6 23-7/8 3/8 84 16-1/16
Jet L-90 Series Chain Hoists
• Housing, sheaves and frame are all steel
• A rolled edge on the cover acts as a chain guide and allows smooth operation even when pulling the hand
chain at an angle
• Handwheel cover prevents dirt and dust from hampering operation
• Electrostatic powder painted before assembly to protect against rust and corrosion
• Gears are chrome molybdenum steel
• Equipped with anchor plate to avoid over lifting/lowering
• Positive ratchet, screw and disc brake are completely enclosed to protect the brake mechanism
• Chain is heat-treated, low wear hoisting chain, surpassing ISO T-class
• Meets OSHA and ANSI B30.16 standards
• Less distance between hooks makes it ideal for hoisting in close quarters and low ceiling applications
Size Capacity Standard Headroom No. of Load Chain Pull (lb) T o
Order No. Mfg. No. (ton) (lb) Lift (ft) (in) Falls Diameter (in) Lift Capacity
4059.00423 101202 1/2 1,100 10 10-3/4 1 3/16 59
4059.00426 101204 1/2 1,100 15 10-3/4 1 3/16 59
4059.00429 101206 1/2 1,100 20 10-3/4 1 3/16 59
4059.00432 101212 1 2,200 10 11-3/4 1 1/4 69
4059.00435 101214 1 2,200 15 11-3/4 1 1/4 69
4059.00438 101216 1 2,200 20 11-3/4 1 1/4 69
4059.00441 101222 1-1/2 3,520 10 13-1/4 1 9/32 91
4059.00444 101224 1-1/2 3,520 15 13-1/4 1 9/32 91
4059.00447 101226 1-1/2 3,520 20 13-1/4 1 9/32 91
4059.00450 101232 2 4,400 10 14-3/4 1 5/16 88
4059.00453 101234 2 4,400 15 14-3/4 1 5/16 88
4059.00456 101236 2 4,400 20 14-3/4 1 5/16 88
4059.00459 101252 3 6,820 10 20-7/8 2 9/32 104
4059.00462 101254 3 6,820 15 20-7/8 2 9/32 104
4059.00465 101256 3 6,820 20 20-7/8 2 9/32 104
4059.00468 101262 5 11,000 10 24-1/2 2 23/64 106
4059.00471 101264 5 11,000 15 24-1/2 2 23/64 106
4059.00474 101266 5 11,000 20 24-1/2 2 23/64 106
4059.00477 101283 10 22,000 11-1/2 30-1/2 4 23/64 116

SUMO SCH Series Chain Hoists
• Spur gear chain hoist designed for efficiency, portability and economy
• Load tested to 150% of rated capacity
• Meets ANSI B30.16 standard
• ISO certified factory
• Rugged steel housing protects gears and bearings from damage
• Equipped with a mechanical brake for load control in lifting and spotting
• Completely repairable, parts and service readily available
• High visibility safety yellow protective coating
• For safety, hooks are forged and designed to bend slowly, warning the operator of overloads
HOISTS / CRANES
Size Capacity Standard Headroom No. of Load Chain Pull (lb) T o
Order No. Mfg. No. (ton) (lb) Lift (ft) (in) Falls Diameter (mm) Lift Capacity
4059.00480 EO6913 1/2 1,100 10 10 1 6.0 49
4059.00483 EO6915 1/2 1,100 20 10 1 6.0 49
4059.00486 EO6918 1 2,200 10 12 1 6.0 68
4059.00489 EO6920 1 2,200 20 12 1 6.0 68
4059.00492 EO6928 2 4,400 10 17-1/2 2 6.0 70
4059.00495 EO6930 2 4,400 20 17-1/2 2 6.0 70
4059.00498 EO6933 3 6,600 10 19-1/8 2 8.0 77
4059.00501 EO6935 3 6,600 20 19-1/8 2 8.0 77
4059.00504 EO6938 5 11,000 10 24-1/2 2 10.0 86
4059.00507 EO6940 5 11,000 20 24-1/2 2 10.0 86
Jet L-95 Series Chain Hoists
• Overload protection is pre-set at 120% of rated capacity. This device is adjustable prior to delivery to a maximum
of 150% of rated capacity, on request
• Housing, sheaves and frame are all steel
• A rolled edge on the cover acts as a chain guide and allows smooth operation even when pulling the hand chain
at an angle
• Handwheel cover prevents dirt and dust from hampering operation
• Electrostatic powder paint before assembly to protect against rust and corrosion
• Equipped with anchor plate to avoid over lifting/lowering
• Gears are chrome molybdenum steel
• Positive ratchet, screw and disc brake are completely enclosed to protect the brake mechanism
• Load sheave is designed for long wear with uniform pockets to give uniform chain contact and avoid abrasion
• Chain is strong and well-finished for safe, jerk-free operation
• Chain is heat treated, low wear hoisting chain, surpassing ISO T-class
• Top and bottom safety hooks are standard
• Drop forged hooks are designed to bend slowly to warn of overloads
• Meets OSHA and ANSI B30.16 standards
• Less distance between hooks makes it ideal for hoisting in close quarters and low ceiling applications
Size Capacity Standard Headroom No. of Load Chain Pull (lb) T o
Order No. Mfg. No. (ton) (lb) Lift (ft) (in) Falls Diameter (in) Lift Capacity
4059.00510 101402 1/2 1,100 10 10-3/4 1 3/16 49
4059.00513 101406 1/2 1,100 20 10-3/4 1 3/16 49
4059.00516 101412 1 2,200 10 11-3/4 1 1/4 56
4059.00519 101416 1 2,200 20 11-3/4 1 1/4 56
4059.00522 101422 1-1/2 3,520 10 13-1/4 1 9/32 75
4059.00525 101426 1-1/2 3,520 20 13-1/4 1 9/32 75
4059.00528 101432 2 4,400 10 14-3/4 1 5/16 73
4059.00531 101436 2 4,400 20 14-3/4 1 5/16 73
4059.00534 101452 3 6,820 10 20-7/8 2 9/32 77
4059.00537 101456 3 6,820 20 20-7/8 2 9/32 77
4059.00540 101462 5 11,000 10 24-1/2 2 23/64 77
4059.00543 101466 5 11,000 20 24-1/2 2 23/64 77
40
513

40
514
HOISTS / CRANES
MANUAL ADJUSTABLE TROLLEYS
Jet SBT Series Ball Bearing
• New SBT series features double
sealed ball bearings
• Use on straight or curved track
• Safety lugs provide insurance
against falling
• Can be installed or removed at any
point along the track
• Adjustable to fit various sizes of flange and I-beams
• Built-in bumper guards
• Meets ANSI and EEC specifications
Capacity I-Beam Flange Min. Radius
Order No. Mfg. No. (lb) Width (in) Curve (in)
4059.00546 120251 1,100 3-1/4 – 5-1/2 36
4059.00549 120252 2,200 4 – 5-1/2 40
4059.00552 120253 3,300 4 – 5-1/2 40
4059.00555 120254 4,400 4 – 6 43
4059.00558 120255 6,600 4 – 6 51
4059.00561 120256 11,000 4-1/4 – 8-1/32 55
4059.00564 120257 22,000 4-5/8 – 8-1/32 67
GRIP PULLERS
Jet Wire Rope Pulling Hoists
• Used in any position to lift, pull,
lower or stretch heavy loads
• Operated manually by engaging
clutch and working the handle
• Additional wire rope may be
used with pulley blocks
• Shear pins in the handle will break under severe overload
• Extra pins are provided and are easily installed
• Safety latches are standard
• Standard wire rope diameter of 5/16 (111122), 7/16
(111123) and 5/8" (111124)
• Speed per minute is 10 (fpm)
Pulling Lifting Handle
Mfg. Cap. Cap. Length
Order No. No. (lb) (lb) (in) Dimensions (in)
4059.00567 111122 2,750 1,650 29-1/2 18-3/16 x 7-5/8 x 4-3/8
4059.00570 111123 5,500 3,300 41 23-5/8 x 9-3/8 x 5-5/8
4059.00573 111124 11,000 6,600 46-1/2 27-3/4 x 9 x 6
Optional Accessories for Grip Pullers
• Wire rope for grip pullers
• Safety hook included
Order No. Mfg. No. Diameter (in) Length (ft)
4059.00576 111152 5/16 66
4059.00579 111153 7/16 66
4059.00582 111154 5/8 66
4059.00585 111162 5/16 100
4059.00588 111163 7/16 100
4059.00591 111164 5/8 100
Cable Pullers
• Heavy-duty double pawl
ratcheting system for optimum
safety and efficiency
• 3-piece ratchet wheels are
welded together to form one
strong plate
• All steel construction
• Concealed spring-lever control prevents accidental release
• Safety latches are standard on both hooks
Capacity Maximum Wire Rope
Order No. Mfg. No. (tons) Lift (ft) Dia. (in)
4059.00594 111215 2 12 @ 1 ton 3/16
5 @ 2 tons
Beam Clamps
• Beam clamps range in capacity
from 1 to 5 tons
• Clamp jaw design reduces flange
stress by distributing load away
from flange edge
• Threaded handle allows for ease
of installation and portability
• Can be adjusted to fit securely on a wide range of flange
widths and beam
• Built in suspension bar provides for a low headroom design
• Flanges produced to equal length ensuring best possible stability
• Special locking screw mechanism ensures the unit stays
tight, increasing safety
• Meets ANSI B30.11 specifications
Order No. Mfg. No. Capacity (lb) Flange Width (in)
4059.00597 120603 2,000 2.95 - 8.66
4059.00600 120605 4,000 2.95 - 8.66
4059.00603 120606 6,000 3.94 - 9.84
4059.00606 120607 10,000 4.92 - 10.63
Sumo Series Vertical Plate Clamps
• Heavy-duty industrial plate clamps
safely lift various sizes and
weights of steel plates
• A must for all steel fabrication
plants
• Vertical type with safety lock
• Meets ANSI B30.20 specifications
• Specially hardened jaw for long life and safe gripping power
• Tested to 150% of rated capacity
Jaw Suspension
Capacity Opening Eye Opening
Order No. Mfg. No. (ton) (in) (in)
4059.00609 109302 1 0-.79 2
4059.00612 109304 2 0-1.18 2-1/4
4059.00615 109305 3 0-1.38 2-3/8

Electric Chain Hoists
Standard Models
• Capacities 1/4 through 3 tons, standard lift 10'
• Man-Guard ® overload protection, pushbutton control
• Link or roller type load chain, hook or lug suspension
Two-Speed Models
• Capacities: 1/4 through 3 tons, standard lift 10'
• Same features as standard model plus the precision load spotting capabilities of two speed
• Pushbutton control contains two speeds in each button
• Fully depressed, the hoist runs at normal speeds
• Second position – 1/3 normal speed for more accurate spotting control
• Motors are two-winding, totally enclosed squirrel cage
HOISTS / CRANES
Order No. Mfg. No. Capacity (tons) Lift Speed (fpm) Electric Motor (hp) Electric Cur rent Phase Parts Of Chain
4059.00678 BEH2516 1/4 16 1/4* Single 1
4059.00681 BEH2516 1/4 16 1/4* Three 1
4059.00684 BEH2532 1/4 32 1/2 Single 1
4059.00687 BEH2532 1/4 32 1/2 Three 1
4059.00690 BEH2564 1/4 64 1 — 1
4059.00693 BEH2564 1/4 64 1 Three 1
4059.00696 BEH5016 1/2 16 1/2 Single 1
4059.00699 BEH5016 1/2 16 1/2 Three 1
4059.00702 BEH5032 1/2 32 1 Single 1
4059.00705 BEH5032 1/2 32 1 Three 1
4059.00708 BEH0108 1 8 1/2 Single 1
4059.00711 BEH0108 1 8 1/2 Three 1
4059.00714 BEH0116 1 16 1 Single 1
4059.00717 BEH0116 1 16 1 Three 1
4059.00720 BEH0132 1 32 2-1/2 — 1
4059.00723 BEH0132 1 32 2-1/2 Three 1
4059.00726 BEH0204 2 4 1/2 Single 2
4059.00729 BEH0204 2 4 1/2 Three 2
4059.00732 BEH0208 2 8 1 Single 2
4059.00735 BEH0208 2 8 1 Three 2
4059.00738 BEH0216 2 16 2-1/2 — 2
4059.00741 BEH0216 2 16 2-1/2 Three 2
4059.00744 BEH0305 3 5 1 Single 3
4059.00747 BEH0305 3 5 1 Three 3
4059.00750 BEH0310 3 10 2-1/2 — 3
4059.00753 BEH0310 3 10 2-1/2 Three 3
*Two speed hoist has a 1/2 hp motor
Accessories
Chain Container
• Holds slack chain (roller or link) during operations
requiring extra long lift or when chain must be kept away
from other obstacles during normal operations
• Resists chain being twisted or kinked
Order No. Description
4059.00756 Chain Container
Available Option
Corrosion Resistant
• Capacities: 1/4 through 2 tons
• Standard lift 10'
• Same basic features as standard models plus the extra
capacity for high-duty cycling and frequent starts
• Water-tight NEMA4 pushbutton station with 115-volt control
• Zinc chromate undercoating
• Zinc-plated chain and hook latches on all hooks
• Ideal for plating services
40
515

40
516
HOISTS / CRANES
Series 2200 Air Hoist
Pull Cord or Pendant Throttle Control
• Capacities: 1/4, 1/2 and 1 ton
• Standard lift 10'
• Pull cord control provides lightweight, economical hoist for accurate control of loads
• Pendant throttle control hoists off ergonomic one-handed control for ease of operation
• Inlet air swivel with built-in strainer provides free hoist movement
• Lightweight aluminum frame and end cover is easily portable yet rugged
• Heavy-duty shoe type brake for stopping and holding loads in heavy-duty applications
• External adjustment screws for decreased lift and lower speeds
• External brake adjustment
• Limit stops prevent over-travel in upper and lowering directions Pendant throttle control
HOOK MOUNTED
Lifting Lowering
Parts Speed Speed
Capacity Pull Cord Control Pendant Throttle Control* of Load Max** Max**
Type (tons) Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Chain (fpm) (fpm)
STANDARD MODELS
Roller Chain 1/4 4059.00762 2201 4059.00780 2202 1 65 95
Roller Chain 1/2 4059.00765 2203 4059.00783 2204 1 45 120
Roller Chain 1 4059.00768 2205 4059.00786 2206 2 23 60
Link Chain 1/4 4059.00771 2211 4059.00789 2212 1 65 95
Link Chain 1/2 4059.00774 2215 4059.00792 2216 1 45 120
Link Chain 1 4059.00777 2219 4059.00795 2200 2 23 60
SPARK RESISTANT MODELS
Link Chain 3/8 4059.00798 2241 4059.00804 2242 1 60 100
Link Chain 3/4 4059.00801 2243 4059.00807 2244 2 29 52
LUG MOUNTED
Lifting Lowering
Parts Speed Speed
Capacity Pull Cord Control Pendant Throttle Control* of Load Max** Max**
Type (tons) Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Chain (fpm) (fpm)
STANDARD MODELS
Link Chain 1/4 4059.00810 2251 4059.00819 2252 1 65 95
Link Chain 1/2 4059.00813 2255 4059.00822 2256 1 45 120
Link Chain 1 4059.00816 2259 4059.00825 2260 2 23 60
SPARK RESISTANT MODELS
Link Chain 3/8 4059.00828 2281 4059.00834 2282 1 60 100
Link Chain 3/4 4059.00831 2283 4059.00837 2284 1 29 52
*Equipped with 6' pendant control
**Speeds based on 90 psi line pressure and with full rated hoist load. Hoist speeds are adjustable and can be reduced to 50% of
full rated speed. Shipped from factory with hoisting speed set at maximum rated speed; lowering speed set at reduced speed.
Series 600
Pendant T h rottle Contro l
• Rated loads: 1, 2 and 3 tons
• Combination of precision cut, heat-treated helical and spur gears for quiet, efficient operation
• Positive action, spring biased Weston type load brake hold the load and provides exacting load spotting and control
• M a n - G u a r d ® overload device protects against excessive overloads. Clutch also acts at upper and lower limits
• Multi-vane rotary air motor with eight vanes provides high torque, smooth operation, positive starting and excellent control
HOOK SUSPENSION Full Load Full Load
Capacity Parts of Hoist Speed Lowering
Order No. Mfg. No. (tons) Load Chain (fpm) Speed (fpm)
STANDARD MODELS
4059.00840 911644 1 1 13 18
4059.00843 911641 1 1 30 42
4059.00846 911645 2 2 6 9
4059.00849 911643 2 2 15 21
4059.00852 911646 3 3 4 6
4059.00855 911643 3 3 10 14
SPARK RESISTANT MODELS
4059.00858 911683 1/2 1 16 22
4059.00861 911684 1 2 8 11
4059.00864 911685 2 3 5 7
LUG SUSPENSION Full Load Full Load
Capacity Parts of Hoist Speed Lowering
Order No. Mfg. No. (tons) Load Chain (fpm) Speed (fpm)
STANDARD MODELS
4059.00867 911654 1 1 13 18
4059.00870 911651 1 1 30 42
4059.00873 911655 2 2 6 9
4059.00876 911652 2 2 15 21
4059.00879 911656 3 3 4 6
4059.00882 911653 3 3 10 14
SPARK RESISTANT MODELS
4059.00885 911693 1/2 1 16 22
4059.00888 911694 1 2 8 11
4059.00891 911695 2 3 5 7

Push Type Or Hand Geared I-Beam Trolleys
• Available for either hook or lug suspended hoists
• Lug suspension offers tighter headroom for longer lift advantage
• Hook suspension provides greater hoist location flexibility
• Hand-geared trolleys allow accurate positioning of hoist load for controlled spotting or
where the operator cannot be near load
HOISTS / CRANES
HOOK SUSPENSION TROLLEYS FOR HOOK MOUNTED HOISTS
Capacity Push Trolley Hand Geared T rolley Min Beam Adjustable for Min Radius Curve
(tons) Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Depth (in) Flange Widths (in) Trolley will Negotiate
1/4 4059.00894 80 — — 4 2-5/8 to 4-5/8 2'-6"
1/4 4059.00897 80SR — — 4 2-5/8 to 4-5/8 2'-6"
1/4 4059.00900 80WFA — — 4 5 to 7 2'-6"
1/2 4059.00903 81 — — 4 2-5/8 to 4-5/8 2'-6"
1/2 4059.00906 81SR — — 4 2-5/8 to 4-5/8 2'-6'
1/2 4059.00909 82WFA — — 4 5 to 7 2'-6"
1 4059.00912 82 4059.00945 82G 5 3 to 5 3'-0"
1 4059.00915 82SR 4059.00948 82GSR 5 3 to 5 3'-0"
1 4059.00918 82WFA 4059.00951 82GWFA 5 5 to 7 3'-0"
1 4059.00921 82WFB 4059.00954 82GWFB 5 7 to 9 3'-0"
2 4059.00924 83 4059.00957 83G 6 3-3/8 to 6 4'-0"
2 4059.00927 83SR 4059.00960 83GSR 6 3-5/8 to 6 4'-0"
2 4059.00930 83WFA 4059.00963 83GWFA 6 6 to 8 4'-0"
2 4059.00933 83WFB 4059.00966 83GWFB 6 8 to 10 4'-0"
3 4059.00936 905480 4059.00969 905490 6 3-3/8 to 6 4'-0"
3 4059.00939 904481 4059.00972 905491 6 6-1/8 to 8-7/8 4'-0"
3 4059.00942 905482 4059.00975 905492 6 9 to 11 4'-0"
RIGID MOUNT TROLLEYS FOR LUG MOUNTED HOISTS
Capacity Push Trolley Hand Geared T rolley Min Beam Adjustable for Min Radius Curve
(tons) Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Depth (in) Flange Widths (in) Trolley will Negotiate
STANDARD MODELS
1/2 4059.00978 905401 — — 4 2-5/8 to 4-5/8 2'-6"
1 4059.00981 905402 4059.01002 905411 5 3 to 5 3'-6"
1 4059.00984 905405 4059.01005 905413 5 5-1/4 to 7-3/8 3'-6"
2 4059.00987 905403 4059.01008 905412 6 3-3/8 to 6 4'-0"
2 4059.00990 905406 4059.01011 905414 6 6-1/8 to 8-7/8 4'-0"
3 4059.00993 905404 4059.01014 905417 6 3-3/8 to 6 4'-0"
3 4059.00996 905407 4059.01017 905418 6 6-1/8 to 8-7/8 4'-0"
3 4059.00999 905408 4059.01020 905419 6 9 to 11 4'-0"
SPARK RESISTANT MODELS
3/8 4059.01023 905461 — — 4 2-5/8 to 4-5/8 2'-6"
1/2, 3/4 4059.01026 905462 4059.01032 905471 5 3 to 5 3'-6"
1 4059.01029 905463 4059.01035 905472 6 3-3/8 to 6 4'-0"
Air Motor Driven*
• Designed to operate with air chain hoists to provide powered traverse for lug suspended hoists
• Pendant throttle control delivers bare creep to full 75 fmp traverse speed and everything in between
*Available for all hoists. Each is adjustable to fit a wide range of beam flange widths. Adapting to American standard wide flange beams
or patented track.
Flange Width
Order No. Mfg. No. Capacity (tons) Adjustment (in) Traverse Speed (fpm)
STANDARD TROLLEYS
4059.01032 911706 1/4, 1/2, 1 3 to 5 50
4059.01035 911707 2 3-5/8 – 6 60
4059.01038 911708 3 4 – 6-1/4 60
SPARK RESISTANT TROLLEYS
4059.01041 911710 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 3 – 5 50
4059.01044 911711 1 3-5/8 – 6 60
4059.01047 911712 2 4 – 6-1/4 60
40
517

40
518
TRUCKS & CARTS
DRUM LIFTERS
DRUM/OVERPACK LIFTERS
A sure, safe method of moving 45 gallon steel drums or
loading badly damaged, leaking drums into 70 imp gallon
overpack salvage drums. Can also lift complete overpacks.
Design allows for quick, gentle loading; drum
stays upright during lift. Low-profile clamp design on 45
gallon lifter lowers open (lid must be on) or closed head
steel drums all the way to bottom of overpack. 70 gallon
overpack lifter picks up both 70 gallon steel overpack
drums and 45 gallon steel drums. 1000 lbs. capacity on
both models. Universal model DA876 handles many
lever-lock closure fibre drums, typical steel drums and 45
gallon rimmed plastic drums.
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
DA224 45 Gal. Lifter 21
DA225 70 Gal. Overpack/45 Gal. Lifter 22
DA876 Universal Lifter 25
REINFORCED NYLON
DRUM SLING
Securely and economically lifts steel, plastic and fibre
drums from 12" to 24" in diameter. Ideal for use with a
forklift truck. The compact size of the sling allows it to be
stored in the truck until it's needed. Also reduces the
scratching and puncturing of drums that can occur when
using steel handlers. The steel ratchet tightens the reinforced
nylon lifting belt around the body of the barrel
holding it securely in place. 4" wide, double stitched carrying
strap on the belt slips easily over the truck forks.
1000 lbs. capacity. Weight: 5 lbs. Note: Open ratchet fully
when installing sling on 45 gal. drums.
Model No. DA208
AUTO-GRIP
DRUM LIFTER
Easy, no-tilt lifting of rimmed steel drums. Selfenergizing,
the heavier the load, the tighter the grip.
Attaches to any hoist, crane or fork lift using single fork
hook attachment. Heavy duty, annealed, ductile iron construction.
Large curved foot at bottom of stabilizing arm
prevents drum damage. 3000 lbs. capacity.
Weight: 31 lbs.
Model No. DA226
MANUAL VERTICAL DRUM
LIFTER
Allows raising and moving of closed-head 45 gallon steel
drums. 1 1/2" diameter lifting eye is mounted on top of
four hot rolled steel supports. Safety lock pin prevents
accidental opening. Attaches to overhead crane or hoist.
Dim.: 13 1/2" H x 23" W x 28 1/4" D. 700 lbs. capacity.
Weight: 15 lbs.
Model No. DA228
FORK LIFT
ATTACHMENT
Convert your lift truck to a below-thehook
carrier with this slide-on fork
attachment. 360° rotation safety hook
for safe, easy lifting. All steel construction.
14" L x 31" W x 7" H.
3000 lbs. capacity.
Weight: 42 lbs.
Model No. DA231
HORIZONTAL DRUM
LIFTING HOOKS
1000 lbs. capacity drum hook horizontally lifts 45 gal. steel
drums, 34"- 36" long. Alloy steel lifting ring, steel rods,
malleable iron hooks.
Weight: 5 lbs.
Model No. DA164
Spark Resistant lifting hook is
made of bronze and copper for
safe handling. 750 lbs.
capacity. Weight: 5 lbs.
Model No. DA163
AUTOMATIC VERTICAL
DRUM LIFTER
Allows raising and moving of closed 45 gallon steel
drums. Attach lifter to hoist, move to drum, and lift. Unit
grips automatically; releases only when drum is set
down. Operator does not have to be at pick up or drop
points. 1000 lbs. capacity. Weight: 50 lbs.
Model No. DA203
BARREL HAWK TM
RAPTOR DRUM
HANDLER
Reduce the risk of back and muscle injury with this
ergonomic drum handler. Jaw clamp attaches securely to
rimmed steel and fibre drums while hand operated
hydraulic pump lifts a 45-gallon drum up to 19" off the
floor. It is easy to pick a drum from any pallet, skid or
containment basin location because handler legs
fit right into corner. Rolls smoothly on one rear
swivel caster (w/brake) and two front fixed
wheels. Overall dimensions: 49.5" W (Outside)/43"
W (Inside) x 40" D x 60.5" H. Capacity: 800 lbs. Wt.
232 lbs.
Model No. DA809
DRUM TOP HANDLER
Grab, lift and move virtually any open or closed head
rimmed steel drum without leaving the fork truck seat.
Raise and lower forks to activate the positive grab and
hold action. Adjustable to various drum heights. Bronze
(Sparkproof) lifting jaws.
Capacity: 2000 lbs.
Weight.: 150 lbs.
Model No. DA221
SINGLE FORK HOOKS
Converts forklift to a hoist in seconds. Hooks have a safety latch
and all-welded steel frame. Slide hook frame over fork and handtighten
the retaining screw. High visibility safety yellow. Available
with fixed or swivel hook.
Fixed Hook Swivel Hook Work Load Fork Pocket Hook Wt.
Model No. Model No. Limit, lbs. W" x H" Opening" lbs.
DA167 DA688 3000 4 3/8 x 2 3/8 27/32 13
DA168 DA689 3000 5 3/8 x 2 3/8 27/32 15
DA169 DA690 3000 6 3/8 x 2 3/8 27/32 16

CHAIN HOISTS
A. CHAIN HOISTS
Easy to use and lightweight, these chain hoists can be used anywhere. Triple spur gearing
makes lifting easier and provides increased durability. Mechanical load brake assures safety
and positive load control. Equipped with top and bottom swivel hooks with safety latches.
Available with 10 or 20 feet of lift.
Model Cap. Lift Wt. Model Lift Wt.
No. lbs. ft. lbs. No. ft. lbs.
LA306 1000 10 26 LA307 20 38
LA308 2000 10 28 LA309 20 40
LA310 3000 10 40 LA311 20 53
LA312 4000 10 47 LA313 20 64
LA314 6000 10 55 LA315 20 77
LA316 10000 10 89 LA317 20 122
B. LEVER HOISTS
Compact and portable these lightweight all steel body hoists feature a short 360°
rotating handle. Hoist includes high tensile 5' alloy link chain and swivel safety hooks.
Model Cap. Lift Wt.
No. lbs. ft. lbs.
LA318 1500 5 18
LA319 2000 5 19
LA320 3000 5 25
LA321 6000 5 42
LA322 12000 5 64
C. ADJUSTABLE TROLLEYS
Adjustable trolleys offer from 500 lbs. to 10,000 lbs. capacity and can be adjusted for various
I-Beam widths merely by changing the number of adjusting spacers. Trolley wheels are
made of high quality cast iron having deep wide flanges to guarantee perfect contact with
beam configuration. Geared trolleys have 2 plain and 2 geared wheels operated by a hand
chain. Safety stops included.
Fits Cap. Plain Wt. Geared Wt.
I beams" lbs. Model No. lbs. Model No. lbs.
2 - 5 1000 LA324 25 LA302 25
2 1/3 - 5 2000 LA323 25 LA301 33
2 3/4 - 6 4000 LA325 42 LA303 54
3 1/2 - 6 1/3 6000 LA326 66 LA304 81
4 - 7 1/2 10000 LA327 108 LA305 121
D. LIFTING CLAMPS
Vertical lifting clamps are constructed from quality tempered heat treated forged steel,
equipped with safety latches for extra security, available in standard or universal hoist eyes.
2:1 Safety factor.
VERTICAL LIFT
Model No. Cap. Tons* Jaw Opening" Wt. lbs.
LA544 2000 0 - 3/4 4
LA545 4000 0 - 1 3/8 15
LA172 6000 0 - 1 33
UNIVERSAL EYE
Model No. Cap. Tons* Jaw Opening" Wt. lbs.
LA232 2000 0 - 3/4 4
LA546 4000 0 - 1 3/8 17
LA176 6000 0 - 1 35
E. BEAM CLAMPS
Beam clamps lift, transfer and position beams from 3" to 10" flange widths using a rapid
adjustment screw spindle. Widely used as portable quick attachments for hoisting and rigging
equipment. 3" diameter eye has a cross loading capacity of 15° off centre.
Manufactured and tested to exceed national and international standards. 2:1 Safety factor.
Model No. Cap. Tons* Jaw Opening" Wt. lbs.
LA178 2 3 - 7 1/2 13
LA179 3 3 - 7 1/2 15
LA180 4 6 - 10 19
* (SWL) Safe Working Loads
A.
C.
D.
HOISTS / CRANES
Safety
Drop
Plate
Plain Trolley Geared Trolley
E.
B.
40
519

40
520
CRANES
CRANES
PORTABLE
FLOOR CRANES
Lifts, lowers, positions and moves up to 2,000 lbs.
with ease. Hand operated hydraulic pump lifts fully
extended boom over 8'. Crane moves easily with
smooth rolling casters. Fully collapsible, knocks down
in seconds for easy storage. Each crane supplied with
30" adjustable chain and hook. Shipped knocked
down.
Folded
for Storage
Model Cap. Overall Overall Overall Caster Wt.
No. lbs. Height" Length" Width" Type lbs.
LA572 1000 69 1/4 63 1/2 31 Phenolic 260
LA567 2000 69 1/4 63 1/2 37 Cast Iron 275
Boom Capacity
Model Boom Reach"/Capacity lbs.
No. 1st position 2nd position 3rd position 4th position
LA572 56 1/2/1000 63 1/2/770 70 1/2/320 N/A
LA567 52 1/2/2000 62 1/2/1280 72 1/2/520 82 1/2/380
REPLACEMENT PUMP & REPAIR KIT
LA838 Replacement hydraulic pump
LA839 Pump (seals) repair kit
FLOOR CRANES
REVERSE BOOM
Counterweight design allows you to place the crane close to the item being lifted without obstruction
by the legs on regular floor crane models. Reaches over machinery or loading
docks easily. Useful for supplying materials to production areas that are not serviced by
overhead cranes. This crane is equipped with roller bearing wheels, swivel wheel foot brakes,
manual pump, adjustable chain and hook, safety pins, push handle and counterweight.
Compact unit folds in minutes, ideal for transport and storage. Shipped knocked down.
Boom
Model Capacity lbs. Couterweight Wt.
No. A B C lbs. Width" lbs.
LA793 1000 770 650 650 30 1050
LA794 2000 1280 1000 1300 30 1750
LA795 3000 2000 1500 1950 30 2450
REPLACEMENT PUMP & REPAIR KIT FOR LA793 & LA794
LA838 Replacement hydraulic pump
LA839 Pump (seals) repair kit
REPLACEMENT PUMP & REPAIR KIT FOR LA795
LA840 Replacement hydraulic pump
LA873 Pump (seals) repair kit
Dimensions
Boom Reach Lift Clearance
A" B" C" Min" Max"
36 43 50 32 105
®
PORTABLE SHOP CRANE
This versatile crane provides lifting power to any job site. Fast
and easy assembly/disassembly. Disassembled unit fits
easily into the trunk of a car. Heaviest piece weighs 40
lbs. This crane is equipped with heavy duty cast
iron wheels, manual pump, safety hook and
push handle. Ship-ped knocked down.
Boom Reach"/ Lift Width
Model Capacity lbs. ClearanceInside Wt.
No. A B Min" Max" Legs" lbs.
LA791 30/1500 43 1/2/1000 31 91 1/2 30 3/4 230
REPLACEMENT PUMP & REPAIR KIT
LA838 Replacement hydraulic pump
LA839 Pump (seals) repair kit
Adjustable stabilizer
locates on either side for
right or left operation
ROTATING
Move your load to either side quickly and safely. Adjustable outrigger provides stability for
side loading. Allows you to swing the boom 200° to either side while holding a full load.
Useful in tight work spaces where the crane itself cannot be turned. Note: Outrigger extends
to one side at a time. Do not swing the boom to the opposite side of the outrigger. This crane
is equipped with heavy duty roller bearing wheels, manual pump, adjustable chain and hook,
safety pins and guide handle.
Boom
Model Capacity lbs. Width" Wheel Dia." Wt.
No. A B C D Front Rear lbs.
LA796 1000 770 320 36 5 4 450
LA797 2000 1280 520 36 5 4 550
LA798 3000 1500 800 40 8 6 690
REPLACEMENT PUMP & REPAIR KIT FOR LA796 & LA797
LA838 Replacement hydraulic pump
LA839 Pump (seals) repair kit
REPLACEMENT PUMP & REPAIR KIT FOR LA798
LA840 Replacement hydraulic pump
LA873 Pump (seals) repair kit
Dimensions
Boom Reach Lift Clearance
A" B" C" Min" Max"
59 69 79 68 92

CRANES
ADJUSTABLE
GANTRY CRANES
Adjustable gantry cranes move and lift heavy
equipment with ease. Height adjustable bet-ween
8 and 14 feet, equipped with 4 heavy duty swivel
casters with wheel brakes.
H-Beams use flat-wheel trolleys;
I-Beams use taper-wheel trolleys.
Shipped knocked down.
CRANES
Lifting Overall Clear Approx. Lift Overall Wheel Unit
Model Cap. Span Span Clearance Height Spread E Beam Beam Wt.
No. lbs. A' B Min/Max C Min/Max D Min/Max E Width" Type lbs.
LA189 2000 10 4'7" 6'8"/11'6" 8'9"/14'7" 4'7"/7' 3 3/8 I 885
LA190 2000 15 9'7" 6'6"/11'10" 8'9"/14'7" 4'7"/7' 5 1/4 H 1050
LA191 4000 10 4'7" 6'2"/11'10" 8'9"/14'7" 4'7"/7' 4 I 1175
LA192 4000 15 9'7" 6'/11'8" 8'9"/14'7" 4'7"/7' 5 3/4 H 1370
LA193 6000 10 4'7" 5'/11'1" 8'9"/14'9" 4'10"/7'3" 4 5/8 I 1615
LA194 6000 15 9'7" 5'/11'1" 8'9"/14'9" 4'10"/7'3" 5 3/4 H 1675
PALLET LIFTERS
Ideal for use with a crane system or with truck
cranes. Economical pallet lifters are available in 4
capacities with 3 adjustable or non-adjustable
fork lengths to choose from.
A - Throat height (clear) 48"
B - Fork length 36”, 42" or 48"
C - Width (O.D.) 27"
Model No.
LA195
TRUCK MOUNT CRANES
Portable lifting power. Mounted on your truck frame, these cranes provide fast loading and
unloading with minimal effort. Its versatility makes it useful in other areas such as work station
loading docks or beside machinery. The telescoping extension boom swings 360° when
mounted on a truck frame. This crane comes equipped with a base, manual pump,
adjustable chain and hook, safety pins, handle and mounting hardware. Extra pedestals are
also available.
Shipped knocked down.
Boom Reach"/ Lift
Model Capacity lbs. Clearance" Wt.
No. A B C Min Max lbs.
LA568 30/500 43/320 - 30 90 220
LA792 36/1500 43/1000 63/800 24 98 240
REPLACEMENT PUMP & REPAIR KIT
LA838 Replacement hydraulic pump
LA839 Pump (seals) repair kit
C
A
B
Cap Fork Standard Wt. Adj. Wt.
lbs. Length" Model No. lbs. Model No. lbs.
1000 36 LA195 190 LA207 270
42 LA196 230 LA208 295
48 LA197 255 LA209 325
2000 36 LA198 195 LA210 280
42 LA199 233 LA211 305
48 LA200 260 LA212 335
4000 36 LA201 310 LA213 380
42 LA202 337 LA214 430
48 LA203 370 LA215 475
6000 36 LA204 522 LA216 575
42 LA205 662 LA217 560
48 LA206 602 LA218 612
®
40
521

40
522
TRUCKS & CARTS
LIFTING EQUIPMENT
WALL JIBS
STYLE 100 AND 200
Mount at any height on a wall, column or building support. Wall mounting gives 180° rotation,
column mounting provides 220° of rotation. Equipped with end stops to limit trolley
travel. H-Beams use flat-wheel trolleys; I-Beams use taper-wheel trolleys.
STYLE 100
Cantilever design is ideally suited for mounting applications where headroom
is limited.
STYLE 200
Easily adjustable tie rod jibs are designed to mount within inches of any
overhead obstruction.
C (c/c)
Style 200
B
A
JIB BOOMS
Instantly converts fork lift trucks into mobile jib cranes for an infinite variety of uses. Fully
adjustable booms reach out, pick-up, and move heavy long loads making your fork lift more
versatile. Boom slips onto the forks and anchors to the truck with a safety chain. Includes
two adjustable hooks.
12 ft.
Style 100
8 ft. 4 ft.
Model Boom Fork Lift Boom Cap. lbs. (Reach ft.) Wt.
No. Type Cap. lbs. 0-7 8 9 10 11 12 S" lbs.
LA188 Fixed 3,000 1000 800 725 650 600 500 10 255
LA187 Elevating 3,000 10 285
LA186 Fixed 8,000 3000 2700 2400 2200 2000 1900 12 438
LA185 Elevating 8,000 12 483
HAND WINCHES
A
B
®
C (c/c)
AUTOMATIC BRAKE WINCHES
Zinc plated winches feature self-activating automatic brake systems to prevent heavy loads
from falling when handle is released. Positive holding action of the brake system while raising
and lowering loads provides the needed control for safety. Comfort grip handle for a
positive hold while cranking. Double disc brake system on Models LA692 and LA693. Load-
Lok automatic disc brake system on Models LB257 and LA691. Cable pays out after load has
been lowered, continued cranking on the winch will allow cable remaining on drum to feed
out automatically.
WORM GEAR WINCHES (LA694, LA695)
The self-activated brake mechanism holds the load safely in place when the cranking stops.
Double mesh worm gear train for quiet operation and optimum wear. Bronze bushings on
the worm gear shaft extend life by reducing friction and wear. Rear frame reinforcing bar
keeps the frame straight under heavy loads. Large diameter drum hubs protect steel cable
from damage. High carbon steel on drum gears lasts longer than soft gears. Large handle
grip for easy cranking. Model LA695 includes drive ring and 10" handle.
Model Cap. Gear Hub Reel Cap. Handle Wt.
No. lbs. Ratio Dia." Ft x dia." Length" lbs.
LB257 600 1:1 1 1/4 85 x 1/8 11 7.5
LA691 1,000 4.1:1 2 1/4 60 x 7/32 11 8
LA692 1,500 5.1:1 2 1/2 88 x 1/4 11 15
LA693 2,500 15.8:1 3 1/8 75 x 5/16 11 24
LA694 2,000 4.1:1 1 1/2 100 x 3/16 8 11
LA695 3,000 5.1:1 3 1/3 90 x 1/4 10 31
®
STYLE 100
Model Cap. Dimensions Flange Beam Wt.
No. lbs. A' B" C" Width" Type lbs.
LA221 1000 8 6 32 3 I 192
LA219 1000 10 8 36 4 I 300
LA220 1000 12 8 1/8 45 5 1/4 H 295
LA224 2000 8 8 32 4 I 265
LA222 2000 10 10 36 4 5/8 I 390
LA223 2000 12 10 3/8 45 5 3/4 H 435
LA779 4000 8 12 36 5 I 450
LA780 4000 10 12 48 5 I 550
LA781 4000 12 12 60 5 I 650
STYLE 200
LA227 1000 8 6 32 3 3/8 I 163
LA225 1000 10 6 36 3 3/8 I 190
LA226 1000 12 6 45 3 3/8 I 233
LA782 1000 14 8 1/8 54 5 1/4 H 340
LA783 1000 16 8 1/8 66 5 1/4 H 375
LA230 2000 8 6 32 3 3/8 I 180
LA228 2000 10 6 36 3 3/8 I 220
LA229 2000 12 6 45 3 3/8 I 243
LA784 2000 14 8 1/8 54 5 1/4 H 350
LA785 2000 16 8 1/8 66 5 1/4 H 385
LA786 4000 8 10 36 4 5/8 I 395
LA787 4000 10 10 38 4 5/8 I 445
LA788 4000 12 10 51 4 5/8 I 495
LA789 4000 14 10 3/8 58 5 3/4 H 545
LA790 4000 16 10 3/8 68 5 3/4 H 595
Model No.
LA691
Model No.
LA692
S
Model No.
LA693
Model No.
LA694/LA695
Worm gear
winch

Pallet Racking Uprights
UPRIGHT FRAMES
• One piece all welded construction, complete with all necessary diagonal and
horizontal bracing
• Tapered slots are punched on 4" centers for complete height adjustment
• Face width of 3-1/4" x 1-5/8" depth x 5/8" return
LOCKING PINS
• To protect against accidental dislodging of stringers two safety locking pins per
beam are supplied for installation of one per connector
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
UPRIGHTS – MEDIUM DUTY (20,000 LB CAPACITY):
Ht. 24" Depth: 30" Depth: 36" Depth: 42" Depth: 48" Depth: 60” Depth:
(ft) Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No.
6 4069.00003 CUM-624 4069.00036 CUM-630 4069.00069 CUM-636 4069.00102 CUM-642 4069.00135 CUM-648 4069.00168 CUM-660
7 4069.00006 CUM-724 4069.00039 CUM-730 4069.00072 CUM-736 4069.00105 CUM-742 4069.00138 CUM-748 4069.00171 CUM-760
8 4069.00009 CUM-824 4069.00042 CUM-830 4069.00075 CUM-836 4069.00108 CUM-842 4069.00141 CUM-848 4069.00174 CUM-860
9 4069.00012 CUM-924 4069.00045 CUM-930 4069.00078 CUM-936 4069.00111 CUM-942 4069.00144 CUM-948 4069.00177 CUM-960
10 4069.00015 CUM-1024 4069.00048 CUM-1030 4069.00081 CUM-1036 4069.00114 CUM-1042 4069.00147 CUM-1048 4069.00180 C U M - 1 0 6 0
11 4069.00018 CUM-1124 4069.00051 CUM-1130 4069.00084 CUM-1136 4069.00117 CUM-1142 4069.00150 CUM-1148 4069.00183 C U M - 1 1 6 0
12 4069.00021 CUM-1224 4069.00054 CUM-1230 4069.00087 CUM-1236 4069.00120 CUM-1242 4069.00153 CUM-1248 4069.00186 C U M - 1 2 6 0
13 4069.00024 CUM-1324 4069.00057 CUM-1330 4069.00090 CUM-1336 4069.00123 CUM-1342 4069.00156 CUM-1348 4069.00189 C U M - 1 3 6 0
14 4069.00027 CUM-1424 4069.00060 CUM-1430 4069.00093 CUM-1436 4069.00126 CUM-1442 4069.00159 CUM-1448 4069.00192 C U M - 1 4 6 0
15 4069.00030 CUM-1524 4069.00063 CUM-1530 4069.00096 CUM-1536 4069.00129 CUM-1542 4069.00162 CUM-1548 4069.00195 C U M - 1 5 6 0
16 4069.00033 CUM-1624 4069.00066 CUM-1630 4069.00099 CUM-1636 4069.00132 CUM-1642 4069.00165 CUM-1648 4069.00198 C U M - 1 6 6 0
UPRIGHTS – HEAVY DUTY (27,000 LB CAPACITY):
Ht. 24" Depth: 30" Depth: 36" Depth: 42" Depth: 48" Depth: 60” Depth:
(ft) Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No.
6 4069.00201 CUH-624 4069.00258 CUH-630 4069.00315 CUH-636 4069.00372 CUH-642 4069.00429 CUH-648 4069.00486 CUH-660
7 4069.00204 CUH-724 4069.00261 CUH-730 4069.00318 CUH-736 4069.00375 CUH-742 4069.00432 CUH-748 4069.00489 CUH-760
8 4069.00207 CUH-824 4069.00264 CUH-830 4069.00321 CUH-836 4069.00378 CUH-842 4069.00435 CUH-848 4069.00492 CUH-860
9 4069.00210 CUH-924 4069.00267 CUH-930 4069.00324 CUH-936 4069.00381 CUH-942 4069.00438 CUH-948 4069.00495 CUH-960
10 4069.00213 CUH-1024 4069.00270 CUH-1030 4069.00327 CUH-1036 4069.00384 CUH-1042 4069.00441 CUH-1048 4069.00498 CUH-1060
11 4069.00216 CUH-1124 4069.00273 CUH-1130 4069.00330 CUH-1136 4069.00387 CUH-1142 4069.00444 CUH-1148 4069.00501 CUH-1160
12 4069.00219 CUH-1224 4069.00276 CUH-1230 4069.00333 CUH-1236 4069.00390 CUH-1242 4069.00447 CUH-1248 4069.00504 CUH-1260
13 4069.00222 CUH-1324 4069.00279 CUH-1330 4069.00336 CUH-1336 4069.00393 CUH-1342 4069.00450 CUH-1348 4069.00507 CUH-1360
14 4069.00225 CUH-1424 4069.00282 CUH-1430 4069.00339 CUH-1436 4069.00396 CUH-1442 4069.00453 CUH-1448 4069.00510 CUH-1460
15 4069.00228 CUH-1524 4069.00285 CUH-1530 4069.00342 CUH-1536 4069.00399 CUH-1542 4069.00456 CUH-1548 4069.00513 CUH-1560
16 4069.00231 CUH-1624 4069.00288 CUH-1630 4069.00345 CUH-1636 4069.00402 CUH-1642 4069.00459 CUH-1648 4069.00516 CUH-1660
17 4069.00234 CUH-1724 4069.00291 CUH-1730 4069.00348 CUH-1736 4069.00405 CUH-1742 4069.00462 CUH-1748 4069.00519 CUH-1760
18 4069.00237 CUH-1824 4069.00294 CUH-1830 4069.00351 CUH-1836 4069.00408 CUH-1842 4069.00465 CUH-1848 4069.00522 CUH-1860
19 4069.00240 CUH-1924 4069.00297 CUH-1930 4069.00354 CUH-1936 4069.00411 CUH-1942 4069.00468 CUH-1948 4069.00525 CUH-1960
20 4069.00243 CUH-2024 4069.00300 CUH-2030 4069.00357 CUH-2036 4069.00414 CUH-2042 4069.00471 CUH-2048 4069.00528 CUH-2060
21 4069.00246 CUH-2124 4069.00303 CUH-2130 4069.00360 CUH-2136 4069.00417 CUH-2142 4069.00474 CUH-2148 4069.00531 CUH-2160
22 4069.00249 CUH-2224 4069.00306 CUH-2230 4069.00363 CUH-2236 4069.00420 CUH-2242 4069.00477 CUH-2248 4069.00534 CUH-2260
23 4069.00252 CUH-2324 4069.00309 CUH-2330 4069.00366 CUH-2336 4069.00423 CUH-2342 4069.00480 CUH-2348 4069.00537 CUH-2360
24 4069.00255 CUH-2424 4069.00312 CUH-2430 4069.00369 CUH-2436 4069.00426 CUH-2442 4069.00483 CUH-2448 4069.00540 CUH-2460
Accessories For Pallet Racking Upright Protector
Protects industrial racking from
those damaging impacts that
can cause unsafe conditions.
Made from 1/4" thick steel with
a 90˚ bend. Overall height 18-1/4",
inside depth 4-3/4", overall
depth 7". The sides are 5"
wide. Weight: 12 lb. Colour is
a highly visible safety yellow.
4 pre-drilled holes made for
1/2" anchors (not included).
40
523

40
524
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Pallet Racking Stringers – Interlock Box
Storing of skids and pallets are the primary use of box stringers, standard depth is 1-5/8", height and length
to be determined by size and weight of product.
48" Length: 60" Length: 72" Length: 84" Length:
Height Load Capacity Load Capacity Load Capacity Load Capacity
(in) Order No. Per Pair (UDL) Order No. Per Pair (UDL) Order No. Per Pair (UDL) Order No. Per Pair (UDL)
2 4069.00543 5340 4069.00552 3551 4069.00564 2466 4069.00582 1812
2-1/2 4069.00546 7821 4069.00555 6078 4069.00567 4221 4069.00585 3120
3 4069.00549 9379 4069.00558 7518 4069.00570 6265 4069.00588 4855
3-1/2 — — 4069.00561 9389 4069.00573 7824 4069.00591 6706
4 — — — — 4069.00576 9181 4069.00594 7870
4-1/2 — — — — 4069.00579 10806 4069.00597 9262
5 — — — — — — 4069.00600 10727
96" Length: 108" Length: 120" Length: 144" Length:
Height Load Capacity Load Capacity Load Capacity Load Capacity
(in) Order No. Per Pair (UDL) Order No. Per Pair (UDL) Order No. Per Pair (UDL) Order No. Per Pair (UDL)
2 4069.00603 1388 4069.00624 1096 4069.00651 888 4069.00678 616
2-1/2 4069.00606 2374 4069.00627 1876 4069.00654 1520 4069.00681 1055
3 4069.00609 3716 4069.00630 2937 4069.00657 2379 4069.00684 1650
3-1/2 4069.00612 5438 4069.00633 4296 4069.00660 3481 4069.00687 2417
4 4069.00615 6886 4069.00636 5775 4069.00663 4678 4069.00690 3249
4-1/2 4069.00618 8105 4069.00639 7204 4069.00666 6207 4069.00693 4310
5 4069.00621 9386 4069.00642 8344 4069.00669 7509 4069.00696 5557
5-1/2 — — 4069.00645 9540 4069.00672 8585 4069.00699 6998
6 — — 4069.00648 10338 4069.00675 9304 4069.00702 7757
6-1/2 — — — — — — 4069.00705 9076
Pallet Racking Stringers – Recess
Unskidded inventory and loose products are the normal application for recess stringers used with
steel or plywood decking. Standard depth is 2-1/2", height and length is determined by size and
weight of product. Optional recess of 7/8" or 1-5/8".
48" Length: 60" Length: 72" Length: 84" Length:
Height Load Capacity Load Capacity Load Capacity Load Capacity
(in) Order No. Per Pair (UDL) Order No. Per Pair (UDL) Order No. Per Pair (UDL) Order No. Per Pair (UDL)
2 4069.00708 5500 4069.00717 3523 4069.00732 2447 4069.00750 1798
2-1/2 4069.00711 7143 4069.00720 5714 4069.00735 4041 4069.00753 2970
3 4069.00714 9115 4069.00723 7292 4069.00738 6077 4069.00756 4625
3-1/2 — — 4069.00726 9310 4069.00741 7758 4069.00759 6650
4 — — 4069.00729 10886 4069.00744 9272 4069.00762 7776
4-1/2 — — — — 4069.00747 10710 4069.00765 9187
5 — — — — — — 4069.00768 10325
96" Length: 108" Length: 120" Length: 144" Length:
Height Load Capacity Load Capacity Load Capacity Load Capacity
(in) Order No. Per Pair (UDL) Order No. Per Pair (UDL) Order No. Per Pair (UDL) Order No. Per Pair (UDL)
2 4069.00771 1376 4069.00795 1080 4069.00822 837 4069.00852 612
2-1/2 4069.00774 2273 4069.00798 1796 4069.00825 1455 4069.00855 1010
3 4069.00777 3540 4069.00801 2798 4069.00828 2266 4069.00858 1574
3-1/2 4069.00780 5333 4069.00804 4214 4069.00831 3414 4069.00861 2371
4 4069.00783 6804 4069.00807 5652 4069.00834 4578 4069.00864 3179
4-1/2 4069.00786 8039 4069.00810 7146 4069.00837 6140 4069.00867 4264
5 4069.00789 9035 4069.00813 8030 4069.00840 7277 4069.00870 5343
5-1/2 4069.00792 10382 4069.00816 9229 4069.00843 8306 4069.00873 6786
6 — — 4069.00819 9838 4069.00846 8853 4069.00876 7378
6-1/2 — — — — 4069.00849 10593 4069.00879 8827

Kwikerect Steel
Shelving Components
Angle Post 1" x 2"
Vertical adjustment is 2" for boltless clips and 1" for
bolted construction.
Order No. Mfg. No. Length (in)
4069.00882 6014 76
4069.00885 6015 88
4069.00888 6016 100
Back & Side Sway Braces
Use crossed sway braces on backs and sides of
open type shelving. Material is 7/8" x 14 ga. bars
supplied in pairs. When ordering specify by shelf
depth and width.
Order No. Mfg. No. Shelf Depth (in)
4069.00891 6200 12
4069.00894 6202 18
4069.00897 6203 24
4069.00900 6205 36
4069.00903 6207 48
Gussets
Gussets 3" are used in place of sway braces.
Each unit requires 8 gussets.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4069.00906 6220
Side Panels
Use combination of these heights for 2 piece sides over
52". Allow for 4" overlap.
Order No. Mfg. No. Width x Height (in)
4069.00909 6111 12 x 40
4069.00912 6112 12 x 52
4069.00915 6121 18 x 40
4069.00918 6122 18 x 52
4069.00921 6126 24 x 40
4069.00924 6127 24 x 52
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Back Panels
Use combination of these heights for 2 piece backs
over 52". Allow for 4" overlap.
Order No. Mfg. No. Width x Height (in)
4069.00927 6136 36 x 40
4069.00930 6137 36 x 52
4069.00933 6146 48 x 40
4069.00936 6147 48 x 52
Shelves
Front and back edges are channel
formed with an additional return
bend for maximum strength; sides are angle formed. Bolt
through two holes at each corner or install on boltless clips
(four per shelf). Divider holes pierced on 3" centres for easy
horizontal adjustment of dividers.
Order No. Mfg. No. Depth x Width (in)
4069.00939 6023 12 x 36
4069.00942 6025 12 x 48
4069.00945 6043 18 x 36
4069.00948 6045 18 x 48
4069.00951 6053 24 x 36
4069.00954 6055 24 x 48
Angle Reinforcement
Angle bolts to inside and/or back
edge of shelf depending on load
requirements (see shelf table for
load capacities.)
Order No. Mfg. No. Length (in)
4069.00957 6263 36
4069.00960 6265 48
Shelving Clips
Four required per shelf on intermediate levels.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4069.00963 6223
40
525

40
526
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Easy-Up 5000 Shelving
Posts
Slots on 1" centres, covering 3 sides. Marked on 6"
centres for quick beam installation.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4069.00966 UP74
4069.00969 UP86
4069.00972 UP98
Easy-Up 5000 Shelving
Frame Connectors
Frame connectors and uprights form a
rigid endframe. Connectors are designed
with a patented locking tab to be turned
into the upright for safety and rigidity.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4069.00975 FC12
4069.00978 FC18
4069.00981 FC24
Easy-Up 5000 Shelving
Standard Beam
Double locking clip V-type design to
support board shelf. Steel shelf locks over
beam. Two beams required per shelf.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4069.00984 SB36
4069.00987 SB48
Easy-Up 5000 Shelving
Baseplate or Heavy-Duty Beam
Used as kickplate, but may also be
used as heavy-duty beam if
increased, load capacity is required.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4069.00990 BP36
4069.00993 BP48
Easy-Up 5000 Shelving
Particleboard Shelves
Industrial grade 5/8" particleboard,
with 45 lb. density guarantees a
strong and smooth uniform surface.
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in)
4069.00996 7150 12 x 36
4069.00999 7151 12 x 48
4069.01002 7163 18 x 36
4069.01005 7164 18 x 48
4069.01008 7174 24 x 36
4069.01011 7176 24 x 48
Easy-Up 5000 Shelving
Steel Shelves
Full panel steel shelf with
U-shaped front edge and full
length beam offers strength
and durability.
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in)
4069.01014 5241 18 x 36
4069.01017 5242 18 x 48
4069.01020 5251 24 x 36
4069.01023 5252 24 x 48
Easy-Up 5000 Shelving
Beam Safety Clip
Spring clip locks beam securely to post.
Clips can be removed easily.
Order No.
4069.01026
Easy-Up 5000 Shelving
Foot Plates
Foot plates clip into tube section of post to
distribute weight on tile or wood floors.
Order No.
4069.01029

Easy-Up 7000 Shelving
Posts
Slots on 2" centres, covering 3 sides. Half slot on top
for flush mounted top shelf.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4069.01032 P72
4069.01035 P84
4069.01038 P96
4069.01041 P108
Easy-Up 7000 Shelving
Cross Members
Cross members and posts form a rigid
endframe. Cross members are designed with
a patented locking tab to be turned into the
post for safety and rigidity.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4069.01044 CM12
4069.01047 CM18
4069.01050 CM24
4069.01053 CM36
Easy-Up 7000 Shelving
Light Duty Beams
Single locking clip. V-type design to support
shelf. 1-1/4" front face.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4069.01056 LD36
4069.01059 LD48
Easy-Up 7000 Shelving
Medium Duty Beams
Double locking clip. 90° return bend to
support the shelf. 2" front face.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4069.01062 MD36
4069.01065 MD48
4069.01068 MD60
4069.01071 MD72
Easy-Up 7000 Shelving
Heavy Duty Beams
Double locking clip. 90° return bend to
support the shelf. 2-1/2" front face.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4069.01074 HD96
Easy-Up 7000 Shelving
Shelf Supports For MD Beams
Designed to support shelves at any point
locking into upper lip of beam.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4069.01077 MSS24
4069.01080 MSS36
4069.01083 MSS48
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Easy-Up 7000 Shelving
Supports For HD And XHD Beams
Shelf supports lock into the upper lip of a
pair of beams.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4069.01086 HSS36
4069.01089 HSS48
Easy-Up 7000 Shelving
Tie Bars
Clip into the bottom lip of a pair of
beams, preventing beams from ‘bowing
out’ under load.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4069.01092 TB24
4069.01095 TB36
4069.01098 TB48
Easy-Up 7000 Shelving Accessories
Safety Clips
Spring clip locks beam into the post slots for safety.
Can be removed easily. Recommended for uneven
floors and mezzanine applications on bottom and
top beams of lower units.
Order No.
4069.01101
Easy-Up 7000 Shelving Accessories
Foot Plates
Foot plates clip into tube section of post to disperse
weight on tile or wood floors, etc. Foot plates are
punched for lagging to floor, if required.
Order No.
4069.01104
Easy-Up 7000 Shelving Accessories
Post Splicers
Steel splice (2 per joint) are used to extend height of
posts. Splicers are designed to force-fit into the hollow
sections of the upright.
Order No.
406.01107
Easy-Up 7000 Shelving Accessories
Joining Bolts
Joining bolts are for back to back bays.
Order No.
4069.01110
40
527

40
528
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Work Benches
Rugged steel construction for
heavy-duty use. All models feature
heavy gauge channel formed
steel legs with wide foot plate
for stability, and for easy lagging
to floor. Stringers provide
greater bench rigidity, and
become a convenient back
stop on models with shelves.
Height Depth Length
Order No. (in) (in) (in)
4069.01113 33-5/8 24 60
4069.01116 33-5/8 24 72
4069.01119 33-5/8 30 60
4069.01122 33-5/8 30 72
Open Style Benches
A
• Basic style
B
• Bench with storage shelf
• Steel tops 12 gauge
• Legs 12 gauge
• Lower shelves 16 gauge
AVAILABLE SIZES
Steel Steel/Wood Filled Laminated Wood Top Width x
Order No. Order No. Order No. Depth (in)
‘A’ BENCH
4069.01125 4069.01146 4069.01167 24 x 48
4069.01128 4069.01149 4069.01170 24 x 60
4069.01131 4069.01152 4069.01173 24 x 72
4069.01134 4069.01155 4069.01176 30 x 60
4069.01137 4069.01158 4069.01179 30 x 72
4069.01140 4069.01161 4069.01182 36 x 60
4069.01143 4069.01164 4069.01185 36 x 72
‘B’ BENCH
4069.01188 4069.01209 4069.01230 24 x 48
4069.01191 4069.01212 4069.01233 24 x 60
4069.01194 4069.01215 4069.01236 24 x 72
4069.01197 4069.01218 4069.01239 30 x 60
4069.01200 4069.01221 4069.01242 30 x 72
4069.01203 4069.01224 4069.01245 36 x 60
4069.01206 4069.01227 4069.01248 36 x 72
‘E’ BENCH
4069.01251 4069.01272 4069.01293 24 x 48
4069.01254 4069.01275 4069.01296 24 x 60
4069.01257 4069.01278 4069.01299 24 x 72
4069.01260 4069.01281 4069.01302 30 x 60
4069.01263 4069.01284 4069.01305 30 x 72
4069.01266 4069.01287 4069.01308 36 x 60
4069.01269 4069.01290 4069.01311 36 x 72
Pedestal Benches
E
• Single leg and single
door pedestal
F
• Single leg and double
door pedestal
I
• Two single door pedestals
O
• Single door and four
drawer pedestal
AVAILABLE SIZES
Steel Steel/Wood Filled Laminated Wood Top Width x
Order No. Order No. Order No. Depth (in)
‘F’ BENCH
4069.01314 4069.01335 4069.01356 24 x 48
4069.01317 4069.01338 4069.01359 24 x 60
4069.01320 4069.01341 4069.01362 24 x 72
4069.01323 4069.01344 4069.01365 30 x 60
4069.01326 4069.01347 4069.01368 30 x 72
4069.01329 4069.01350 4069.01371 36 x 60
4069.01332 4069.01353 4069.01374 36 x 72
‘I’ BENCH
4069.01377 4069.01398 4069.01419 24 x 48
4069.01380 4069.01401 4069.01422 24 x 60
4069.01383 4069.01404 4069.01425 24 x 72
4069.01386 4069.01407 4069.01428 30 x 60
4069.01389 4069.01410 4069.01431 30 x 72
4069.01392 4069.01413 4069.01434 36 x 60
4069.01395 4069.01416 4069.01437 36 x 72
‘O’ BENCH
4069.01440 4069.01461 4069.01482 24 x 48
4069.01443 4069.01464 4069.01485 24 x 60
4069.01446 4069.01467 4069.01488 24 x 72
4069.01449 4069.01470 4069.01491 30 x 60
4069.01452 4069.01473 4069.01494 30 x 72
4069.01455 4069.01476 4069.01497 36 x 60
4069.01458 4069.01479 4069.01500 36 x 72

Modular
Drawer Systems
Drawer Cabinet Bodies
OVERALL OPENING FOR DRAWERS
Order No. Mfg. No. W x D x H (in) Height (in)
4069.01503 8022 36 x 22 x 36 39
4069.01506 8024 36 x 22 x 54 57
4069.01509 8032 48 x 22 x 36 39
Modular
Drawer Systems
Easyup Shelving Cabinet
Bodies
May be grouped for greater than
36" height.
7000 SERIES
Drawer Shelv. Drawer Shelv. Storage
Width Width Depth Depth Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
4069.01512 8072 32 36 22 24 24
4069.01515 8073 32 36 22 24 36
4069.01518 8083 44 48 22 24 36
5000 SERIES
Drawer Shelv. Drawer Shelv. Storage
Width Width Depth Depth Height
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
4069.01521 8052 32 36 22 24 24
4069.01524 8053 32 36 22 24 36
4069.01527 8063 44 48 22 24 36
Modular
Drawer Systems
Kwikerect Shelving Rails
May be grouped for greater than
36" height.
RAILS – Set of 4
Order No. Mfg. No. Storage Height (in)
4069.01530 8091 12
4069.01533 8092 24
4069.01536 8093 36
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Modular
Drawer Systems
Drawers
All walls are slotted on 2" centres
for installation of partitions.
Weight Capacity:
The full extension drawer
300 lb. UDL using
reinforced partitions.
Order No. Mfg. No. W x D x H (in) Height (in)
36" NOMINAL WIDTH
4069.01539 8203 32 x 22 x 2 3
4069.01542 8204 32 x 22 x 2 4
4069.01545 8206 32 x 22 x 4 6
4069.01548 8208 32 x 22 x 6 8
48" NOMINAL WIDTH
4069.01551 8303 44 x 22 x 2 3
4069.01554 8304 44 x 22 x 2 4
4069.01557 8306 44 x 22 x 4 6
4069.01560 8308 44 x 22 x 6 8
Modular Drawer Systems
Standard Drawer Layout
D-36-48 D-36-24
D-36-12 D-48-66
D-48-45
D-48-18
D-48-24
40
529

40
530
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
PLASTIC BINS
PLASTIC BINS
Plastic bins are the versatile components that
can help you develop your own customized
storage system. Designed to hang from bin
racks, panels, rails, and carts, these bins enable
you to meet the specific storage requirements
of your workplace In almost any application,
these bins reduce and control inventories,
shorten assembly times and minimize parts
handling.
Nine sizes of bins stack with each other, sit on
shelving, or hang from bin hanging systems.
Red, yellow, blue, green and stone bins give
you the option to colour code. They also let you
carry parts or tools directly to work areas for
assembly operations. Dividers are available.
Full width
hanger-lip
Finger grips
Model No.
CB122
Reinforcing ribs
CB664
CB098
CB100
Divider slots for partitioning
Extra-wide stacking
ledge
Model No.
CB123
Anti-slide stop
Large label slot
Curved bottom at front
H.
W.
X.
1800 SERIES AKRO-BINS
Extra large and extra strong for heavier, bulkier parts and components, 1800 Series Akro-
Bins are designed to fit standard 18" deep shelving. They are stackable, with reinforcing ribs
to prevent spreading under big loads. Front and back finger grips make handling easy. The
colour is light beige. One black cross-wise divider per bin is provided.
Model Inside Dimensions Outside Dimensions Wt. Qty/
No. L" x W" x H" L" x W" x H" lbs. Pkg.
CB122 20 x 7 3/8 x 6 1/2 20 1/2 x 8 1/4 x 7 3.5 6
CB123 20 x 10 1/8 x 6 1/2 20 1/2 x 11 x 7 4.0 6
Available in light beige only.
L.
BIN DIMENSIONS
Bin Load Dividers
Bin Model No. Mfg. Outside Dimensions Inside Dimensions Cap.** Wt Qty/ Model
Blue Red Yellow Green Stone No. L" x W" x H" L" x W" x H " x X " lbs. lbs. Ctn. No.
CB093 CB094 CB095 CB663 CB664 30-210 5 3/8 x 4 1/8 x 3 4 3/4 x 3 7/16 x 2 13/16 x 4 10 0.2 24 CB124
CB096 CB097 CB098 CB665 CB666 30-220 7 3/8 x 4 1/8 x 3 6 3/4 x 3 7/16 x 2 13/16 x 6 10 0.3 24 CB125
CB099 CB100 CB101 CB667 CB668 30-230 10 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 5 10 1/4 x 4 3/8 x 4 3/4 x 9 30 0.8 12 CB127
CB102 CB103 CB104 CB669 CB670 30-235 10 7/8 x 11 x 5 10 1/4 x 10 x 4 3/4 x 9 60 1.5 6 CB127
CB105 CB106 CB107 CB671 CB672 30-239 10 3/4 x 8 1/4 x 7 10 x 6 9/16 x 6 3/4 x 8 50 1.5 6 CB128
CB108 CB109 CB110 CB673 CB674 30-240 14 3/4 x 8 1/4 x 7 14 x 6 9/16 x 6 3/4 x 12 60 2.0 12 CB129
CB111 CB112 CB113 CB675 CB676 30-250 14 3/4 x 16 1/2 x 7 14 x 14 3/4 x 6 3/4 x 12 75 3.5 6 CB130
**CB114 **CB115 **CB116 N/A N/A 30-265 18 x 8 1/4 x 9 17 1/8 x 6 1/2 x 8 1/4 x 14 1/2 - 3.5 6 CB131
**CB117 **CB118 **CB119 N/A N/A 30-270 18 x 16 1/2 x 11 17 1/8 x 14 7/8 x 10 1/2 x 13 3/4 - 4.3 3 CB132
**When attached to panels 30-265 and 30-270 may be too large to hang in certain applications.
CB669
CB107
CB109
CB111

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
PLASTIC BIN SUPPORT RACKS
Locate louvered panels with plastic bins anywhere for easy access to small parts.
Available in two sizes, louvered bin panels can be wall-mounted, attached to the back of
shelving, mounted on benches, carts, inside cabinets, fastened to slotted angle components,
or used for service truck interiors.
Bins are easily removed, refilled, and replaced. Each heavy-duty panel is 16 gauge cold-rolled
steel. Slotted holes 3/4" L x 3/8" W at 6" centres simplify installation. Grey baked enamel.
Installation Note: Panels must be securely fastened to materials of adequate load bearing
strength. Each panel must be secured vertically at the centre.
BIN QUANTITY TABLE
Quantity of identical plastic bins that fit Model CB362 Panel
Combined
Panel Height Bin Bin Bin Bin Bin Bin Bin
35 3/4" Wide CB093 CB096 CB099 CB102 CB105 CB108 CB111
1 Panel = 19" H 32 32 18 9 8 8 4
2 Panels = 37" H 72 72 36 18 18 16 8
3 Panels = 55" H 104 104 54 27 28 28 14
4 Panels = 73" H 144 144 72 36 36 36 18
For CB361 Panel, use 1/2 of bin quantities shown above.
MOBILE
BIN RACKS
Two mobile bin racks are available,
a single sided unit (Model
CB359, incorporating two Model
CB362 panels) and a double
sided unit (Model CB649, incorporating
six panels). These units
are ideal for transportation of
small parts and are shipped allwelded.
Model CB090 (shown)
includes 96 plastic bins of various
sizes.
Model Rack Dimensions Wt.
No. Type W" x H" x D" lbs.
CB359 Single 36 x 46 x 16 60
CB649 Double 36 x 63 x 24 120
Blue Red Yellow Green Stone
CB650 CB651 CB652 CB681 CB682 Single 36 x 52 x 16 83
CB089 CB090 CB091 CB683 CB684 Double 36 x 63 x 24 187
STATIONARY BIN
RACKS
The Model CB373 stationary single-sided bin
rack (shown) is made of 1 1/4" square tube
frame, and 16 gauge heavy duty steel panels.
The unit incorporates three Model CB362
panels, see chart above for bin unit capacities.
The Model CB653 double sided bin rack
incorporates 6 panels. Both shipped all welded.
Model No. CB656 (shown) includes 28
Model CB110 bins.
®
Model Rack Dimensions Wt.
No. Type W" x H" x D" lbs.
CB373 Single 36 x 61 x 12 60
CB653 Double 36 x 61 x 24 100
Blue Red Yellow Green Stone
CB654 CB655 CB656 CB685 CB686 Single 36 x 61 x 12 107
CB370 CB371 CB372 CB687 CB688 Double 36 x 61 x 24 194
Model No. CB362
Panel Only
Model Panel Size Wt.
No. W" x H" lbs.
CB361 18 x 19 6
CB362 36 x 19 12
BENCH RACK
The Model CB363 (shown) all
welded bench rack is a self- supporting
work station organizer,
which incorporates one Model
CB362 panel, see chart above for
bin unit capacities. This unit may
be placed on any flat surface near
a work area without any bolts or
fasteners. The Model CB364 all
welded bench rack is a larger
capacity unit incorporating four
Model CB362 panels, designed
for permanent installation on a 72"
workbench. Blue enamel finish.
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. Rack Type W" x H" lbs.
CB363 Free standing 36 x 22 22
CB364 Bolt-on 72 x 40 95
ACCESSORIES FOR PLASTIC
BIN SUPPORT AND BENCH RACKS
Round and square hooks are constructed in sturdy steel and
come in two sizes: 6" and 12". These hooks can be mounted on
louvered panels. Model No. CC165
FOR LOUVERED PANEL
Model No. Description Std. Pkg.
CC165 Round Hook, 6" 4
CC166 Round Hook, 12" 4
CC167 Square Hook, 6" 4
CC168 Square Hook, 12" 4
BIN CARTS
The Model CB365 mobile bin cart has a work surface of 14
gauge steel. Bin cart measures 38 1/2" L x 24" W x 37 1/2"
H and features 5" rubber casters. Shipped all-welded. It
incorporates two CB362 panels (one each side) and will
accommodate various bin quantities, see chart above.
Model CB366 (shown) includes 16 Model CB110 and 4
Model CB112 bins.
RACK TYPES
Model No. CB365 - double sided
Model No. CB366 - double sided c/w bins
Model No. CC167
Model DimensionsWt.
No. W" x H" x D" lbs.
CB365 24 x 36 1/2 x 38 1/2 95
Blue Red Yellow Green Stone
CB366 CB367 CB368 CB689 CB690 24 x 36 1/2 x 38 1/2 133
®
®
40
531

40
532
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
SECURITY STORAGE CABINETS
HI-DENSITY SECURITY BIN CABINET
This Deep-Door bin cabinet provides secure storage for valuable parts, precision tools,
and other inventories, using a unique shielded padlock hasp.
The model CB441 all-welded heavy duty 16 gauge steel cabinet measures 38" W x 24" D x
72" H and incorporates louvered hanging panels welded to the cabinet's back panel and on
its 4" deep hinged doors for added storage capacity.
Colour is grey.
The model CB443 cabinet includes the following plastic bins:
42 Model CB093, 42 Model CB096, 18 Model CB099, 12 Model CB108
and 6 Model CB111. (Bins are on page B1).
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
CB441 Cabinet Only 316
Cabinet w/bins Wt.
Blue Red Yellow Green Stone Description lbs.
CB443 CB444 CB445 CB691 CB692 Cabinet c/w 120 385
Plastic Bins
HEAVY-DUTY DEEP
DOOR STORAGE CABINET
The specially designed padlock hasp (cannot be accessed by bolt cutters, etc.)
help secure the contents of this deep door hi-density storage cabinet. Four (4) reinforced
adjustable main shelves are complemented by 6 adjustable mini shelves in each 4" deep
hinged door for a capacity unmatched by any other cabinet. Cabinet dimensions are 38" W
x 24" D x 72" H and colour is grey. Extra shelves can be ordered as required.
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
FB024 Cabinet 315
FB025 Extra Shelf (Cabinet) 18
FB026 Extra Shelf (Door) 12
COMBINATION BIN/SHELF
SECURITY CABINET
The versatile deep-door combination bin/shelf cabinet is the most outstanding high density
storage system available to keep your precision tools, valuable parts and small assemblies
secure, using an innovative padlock hasp/handle design.
The Model CB442 all-welded heavy duty 16 gauge cabinet measures 38" W x 24 D" x 72" H,
and incorporates louvered bin hanging panels welded into the cabinet's 4" deep hinged doors.
The cabinet itself includes four adjustable heavy gauge shelves. Colour is grey.
The Model CB446 cabinet (shown) includes 84 Model CB093 plastic bins.
(Bins are on page B1).
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
CB442 Cabinet Only 324
FB025 Extra Shelf 18
Cabinet w/bins Wt.
Blue Red Yellow Green Stone Description lbs.
CB446 CB477 CB448 CB693 CB694 Cabinet c/w Plastic Bins 341
Model No.
FB024

PLASTIC SHELF BINS
The economical way to store and display parts and components, these durable polypropylene
bins are designed for use on 12", 18" and 24" deep shelving, or vertical storage and
retrieval units. Choose from thirteen different sizes to suit your particular needs. Shelf Bins
"nest" when empty to save space. Bin colours are red, yellow, blue and green. 4 sizes of bin
cups are available for easy parts removal.
CB398
CC415
Reinforcing
Steps for
Strength
Hang-Lock
prevents spills
CB396
CB385
Dividers
Hopper
Front
CB392
Bin Cups
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
CC399 CC403
CB698
Wide Label
Holder
Bin Model No. Mfg. Outside Dimensions Inside Dimensions Qty./ Dividers Bin Cups Per Bin
Blue Red Yellow Green No. D" W" H" D" W" H" Ctn. Up to 7 per bin CB379 CB380 CC417 CC418
CB381 CB382 CB383 CB696 30-110 11 5/8 2 3/4 4 10 1/4 1 5/8 4 24 N/A 3 N/A N/A N/A
CB384* CB385* CB386* CB697* 30-120 11 5/8 4 1/8 4 10 1/4 3 4 24 CB420 5 2 N/A N/A
CB393* CB394* CB395* CB698* 30-130 11 5/8 6 5/8 4 10 1/4 5 1/2 4 12 CB421 9 4 N/A N/A
CC393 CC394 CC395 N/A QSB107 11 7/8 8 1/8 4 10 3/4 7 1/2 3 7/8 20 CC419 N/A N/A 12 4
CC396 CC397 CC398 N/A QSB109 11 7/8 11 1/8 4 10 3/4 10 3/8 3 7/8 8 CC424 N/A N/A 18 6
CB390* CB391* CB392* CB699* 30-128 17 7/8 4 1/8 4 16 1/2 3 4 12 CB420 8 3 N/A N/A
CB396* CB397* CB398* CB700* 30-138 17 7/8 6 5/8 4 16 1/2 5 1/2 4 12 CB421 15 6 N/A N/A
CC399 CC400 CC401 N/A QSB108 17 7/8 8 1/8 4 16 3/8 7 1/2 3 7/8 10 CC419 N/A N/A 19 6
CC402 CC403 CC404 N/A QSB110 17 7/8 11 1/8 4 16 3/8 10 3/8 3 7/8 8 CC424 N/A N/A 29 9
CC405 CC406 CC407 N/A QSB105 23 7/8 4 1/8 4 22 1/4 3 1/4 3 7/8 16 CC421 N/A N/A 13 4
CC408 CC409 CC423 N/A QSB106 23 7/8 6 5/8 4 22 1/4 5 1/2 3 7/8 8 CC422 N/A N/A 21 8
CC411 CC412 CC413 N/A QSB114 23 7/8 8 1/8 4 22 1/4 7 1/2 3 7/8 6 CC419 N/A N/A 24 8
CC414 CC415 CC416 N/A QSB116 23 7/8 11 1/8 4 22 1/4 10 3/8 3 7/8 6 CC424 N/A N/A 35 16
* 2 full width adjustable/removable dividers included.
BIN DIVIDERS
Model No. Mfg. No. Qty/pkg. Description
CB420 40-120 24 Divider, 2 7/8" wide
CB421 40-130 24 Divider, 5 1/2" wide
CB422 40-150 24 Divider, 7 3/4" wide
CB423 40-170 24 Divider, 10" wide
CC419 DSB107 50 Divider, 8 1/8" wide
CB424 DSB109 50 Divider, 11 1/8" wide
CB421 DSB105 50 Divider, 4 1/8" wide
CB422 DSB106 50 Divider, 6 5/8" wide
CB381
CC407
CC394
CC398
The special built-in hanglock catches the underside of the
shelf above, allowing each bin to be tilted out for complete
access.
BIN CUPS
Model No. Mfg. No. Qty/pkg. Description
CB379 30-101 48 Bin Cup, 1 3/4" x 2"
CB380 30-102 4 Bin Cup, 5" x 2 3/4"
CC417 QBC111I 48 Bin Cup, 3 1/4" x 1 3/4"
CC418 QBC112I 48 Bin Cup, 5 1/4" x 2 3/4"
40
533

40
534
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
FIBREBOARD BINS & RACKS
CORRUGATED PARTS BINS
& DIVIDERS
Corrugated Fibreboard Parts Bins and Dividers are ideal for storing any loose small parts.
These economical standard duty bins are constructed of durable corrugated fibreboard, and
are assembled easily without staples or tape: just fold and they hold. Bins are designed to
hang from the shelf above for hands-free access. Available in depths of 12" and 18", and in
widths ranging from 2" to 12". Bin dividers measuring 3 5/8" deep are available in all widths.
Shipped knocked down.
12" Deep Parts Bins 18" Deep Parts Bins
Ctn. Qty 100 Ctn. Qty 100
Dimensions Model Ctn. Wt. Model Ctn. Wt.
W" x H" No. lbs. No. lbs.
2 x 4 1/2 CB063 17 CB056 22
3 x 4 1/2 CB064 19 CB057 27
4 x 4 1/2 CB065 20 CB058 30
6 x 4 1/2 CB066 25 CB059 38
8 x 4 1/2 CB067 31 CB060 45
9 x 4 1/2 CB068 36 N/A —
10 x 4 1/2 CB052 38 CB054 50
12 x 4 1/2 CB053 44 CB055 57
Removable Dividers - Ctn. Qty. 100
Dimensions Model Ctn. Wt. Dimensions Model Ctn.Wt.
W" x H" No. lbs. W" x H" No. lbs.
1 3/4 x 4 1/8 CB071 7 7 3/4 x 4 1/8 CB075 22
2 3/4 x 4 1/8 CB072 9 9 3/4 x 4 1/8 CB069 27
3 3/4 x 4 1/8 CB073 10 11 3/4 x 4 1/8 CB070 31
5 3/4 x 4 1/8 CB074 14
SINGLE SIDED
PICK-RACKS
Single sided pick-racks are available in the 61" high floor
model, c/w 48-4" plastic storage bins and 10-6" plastic
storage bins or 48-4" corrugated bins and 8-8" corrugated
bins. The 21 1/2" high bench model, c/w 16-4" plastic storage
bins, and 5-6" plastic storage bins or 16-4" corrugated
storage bins and 4-8" corrugated storage bins. Both units
are free standing, but may be bolted to bench top, floor or
wall. Order complete with plastic shelf bins, fibreboard bins
or rack only. Shipped knocked down. Grey enamel finish.
Model Bin Wt.
No. Height" Type lbs.
CB318 21 1/2 Corrugated 22
CB377 21 1/2 Rack only 17
CB323 61 Corrugated 57
CB378 61 Rack only 45
Blue Red Yellow
CB320 CB321 CB322 21 1/2 Plastic 25
CB325 CB326 CB327 61 Plastic 65
Standard Corrugated
Bins & Dividers
DOUBLE SIDED MOBILE
PICK-RACKS
Double Sided Mobile Pick Racks feature 22 gauge steel rack
components mounted on a 26" x 36" dolly, with 3" casters for
easy mobility. Each rack will accommodate 96- 4" wide storage
bins, and 20- 6" wide bins. Order complete with plastic
shelf bins, fibreboard bins, or rack only. Shipped knocked
down.
Grey enamel finish.
Model Bin Wt.
No. Height" Type lbs.
CB328 65 Corrugated 139
CB337 65 Rack only 115
Blue Red Yellow
CB330 CB331 CB332 65 Plastic 155
Removable dividers
ease handling
PARTS STORAGE
SHELVING UNITS
Parts Storage Shelving Units provide a versatile heavy duty
storage facility for parts storage bins. Select a
76" high unit, c/w 96- 4" bins, or a 40" high unit, c/w 48- 4"
bins. Available with plastic shelf bins, fibreboard bins, or
shelving only. Shipped knocked down.
Grey enamel finish.
Model Bin Wt.
No. Height" Type lbs.
CB298 40 Corrugated 90
RC004 40 Shelving only 80
RC491 76 Corrugated 163
RC042 76 Shelving only 144
Blue Red Yellow
CB301 CB302 CB303 40 Plastic 96
CB435 CB436 CB437 76 Plastic 176

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
NSBees TM NEST & STACK BINS
NSBees TM combine all the advantages of nesting and stacking with special features for increased efficiency
and productivity.
Durable and versatile, NSBees TM are constructed from moulded co-polymer polypropylene for economy,
strength and durability. These bins are waterproof, resistant to grease, oil, solvents, and chemicals and
are autoclaveable up to 250° F. The interior corners are rounded and tapered to keep small parts from
being trapped. Reinforced side ribs add strength and prevent NSBees TM from spreading when stacked or
loaded. Built-in stacking posts and postholes allow for secure, same-width stacking. The generous hopper
front provides access to stored items while the large label area allows for quick content identification.
NSBees TM can increase efficiency and streamline operations. They give you the freedom to build custom
workstations and storage centres using unique combinations of mixed widths and lengths.
Recommended stack of NSBees TM is four bins. When not in use, NSBees TM can dramatically lower shipping
costs and reduce storage space because they nest.
NSBees TM are available in five sizes and two colours and are fully compatible with standard 12", 18" or 24"
shelving.
Model No. Mfg Outside Dimensions Carton
Blue Yellow No. L" x W" x H" Qty
CC083 CC084 30-796 8 7/8 x 6 5/8 x 5 10
CC085 CC086 30-716 11 7/8 x 6 5/8 x 5 10
CC087 CC088 30-776 17 7/8 x 6 5/8 x 7 10
CC089 CC090 30-718 11 7/8 x 8 3/8 x 5 8
CC091 CC092 30-778 17 7/8 x 8 3/8 x 7 8
SHIP, STORE & SAVE
12.8"
Nested
28.5"
Stacked
Model No. CC085/CC087
CC087
Stacked 4 high
Nested NSBees
cut shipping &
storage
space by
up to 56%
CC087
Nested 4 high
Model No.
CC091
Model No.
CC087
Model No.
CC090
Model No.
CC083
Model No.
CC086
40
535

40
536
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
STORAGE BINS
HI-STAK PLASTIC BINS
Model No.
CB267 Model No.
CB264
The most durable, cost effective bins available. Innovative stacking design allows for
greater visibility and easier access to contents.
These high quality plastic bins are guaranteed unbreakable and distortion-free from -40°C
to 120°C. Unaffected by oil, alkaline and most acids. Four 1" post-type legs lets you stack
the bins. The 1" of extra height between bins allows for easier access and greater visibility
of bin contents. Bins also attach to each other’s sides for a strong, more stable arrangement.
Ideal in production or for store display. I.D. card with clear plastic shield provided with each
bin. Colours : Blue, Yellow and Green.
Model No. Dimensions Wt. Qty/
Blue Yellow Green L" x W" x H"* lbs. Case
CB260 CB261 CC234 7.2 x 4.8 x 3.2 0.10 60
CB262 CB263 CC235 10.0 x 6.0 x 4.8 0.15 36
CB264 CB265 CC236 14.0 x 8.0 x 6.0 0.35 18
CC239 CC240 CC237 18.0 x 8.0 x 7.1 0.55 12
CB266 CB267 CC238 18.0 x 12.0 x 7.1 0.60 8
*Add 1 inch to overall height when stacking on legs.
MULTI-BINS TM
Your small parts storage solution
• Horizontal and vertical configurations
• Available in 6 various sizes
• Moulded from high-impact grade ABS plastic
• ESD models available using conductive plastic
• Easy access to all your inventoried parts
• Clear extruded fronts means that you'll always
know the contents of each Multi-Bin TM
• Retail display
• Electronics parts assembly
• Home and garden
• Commercial warehouse
• Crafts & hobbies
• Ergonomic workstations
• Available in Grey
Model No
No. Colour of Bins Dimensions"
HORIZONTAL PANELS: 42" X 27 1/2"
CC147 Grey 66 Small 3 x 3 x 3
CC148 Grey 40 Medium 4 1/2 x 4 x 4
CC149 Grey 20 Large 7 1/4 x 4 1/2 x 4 1/2
VERTICAL PANELS: 27 1/2" X 42"
CC150 Grey 63 Small 3 x 3 x 3
CC151 Grey 40 Medium 4 1/2 x 4 x 4
CC152 Grey 21 Large 7 1/4 x 4 1/2 x 4 1/2
Model No.
CB263
Model No.
CC234
HI-STAK Bins feature 4 post type legs
each for easy access to parts, and
for better stability when stacked.
HI-STAK Bins also attach
to each other's sides
for a firmer bin
arrangement.

BINS
QUANTUM BINS
Quantum TM Ultra Series bins are ultra strong and versatile containers
that will stack on one another or hang on louvered panels, rails and carts.
Features include:
• Heavy duty, virgin, high density
polypropylene/polyethylene
• Large multiple label slots
• Reinforced design prevents spreading
• Autoclavable up to 250 °F
• Optional dividers and clear windows
are available for most units
WINDOWS
Optional clear windows are available to maximize
storage capacity, prevent spillage and
protect parts from dust and dirt. Converts bin
into a true carrying tote, while allowing for
inspection of parts.
GIANT STACKING CONTAINERS
Designed for multiple applications in recycling, storing parts, tools and
warehouse items. Will stack up to 8 high creating sturdy, tall storage systems.
Features include:
• Large grip side handles
• Extra thick side walls with
reinforcing ribs allow
for 100 lbs. stack
capacity per bin
• 1/4" drill holes in
bottom allow for drainage
• Optional clear window
and labels are available
• Outside dimensions :
15 1/4" L x 19 7/8" W x
12 7/16" H
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Model No. Mfg. Outside Dim. Inside Dim. Ctn Ctn Bin load Dividers Clear
Blue Yellow Red Ivory Green No. L" W" H" L" W" H" Qty Wt. lbs. Cap. lbs. Length Cross Window
CB739 CB741 CB744 CB745 CC264 QUS 205 4 1/2 4 1/8 3 3 3/16 3 1/2 2 7/8 48 .19 8 CB824 - -
CB747 CB750 CB751 CB753 CC265 QUS 210 5 1/2 4 1/8 3 4 1/2 3 1/2 2 7/8 48 .23 8 CB825 - -
CB756 CB757 CB759 CB762 CC266 QUS 220 7 1/2 4 1/8 3 6 1/2 3 1/2 2 7/8 48 .27 8 CB826 - -
CB763 CB765 CB766 CB768 CC267 QUS 230 11 5 1/2 5 8 11/16 4 13/16 4 13/16 12 .92 20 CB827 CB836 CB812
CB769 CB771 CB772 CB774 CC268 QUS 233 13 1/2 5 1/2 5 11 1/4 4 13/16 4 13/16 12 1.09 20 CB828 CB836 CB812
CB775 CB777 CB778 CB780 CC269 QUS 235 11 11 5 9 10 3/8 4 13/16 8 1.75 50 CB827 - CB815
CB781 CB783 CB784 CB786 CC270 QUS 239 11 8 1/4 7 9 7 1/2 6 3/4 8 1.5 50 CB830 - CB816
CB787 CB789 CB790 CB792 CC271 QUS 240 14 3/4 8 1/4 7 12 7/8 7 1/2 6 3/4 8 2 50 CB831 - CB816
CC282 CC283 CC284 CC285 CC286 QUS 245 11 16 1/2 5 9 15 3/4 4 13/16 6 3 60 CC297 - CC300
CB794 CB795 CB796 CB797 CC272 QUS 250 14 3/4 16 1/2 7 12 7/8 15 3/4 6 3/4 6 3.5 75 CB831 - CB819
CB798 CB800 CB801 CB802 CC273 QUS 255 16 11 8 13 5/8 10 1/4 7 3/4 4 3.5 75 CB833 - CB820
CB803 CB804 CB806 CB807 CC274 QUS 260 18 11 10 15 5/8 10 1/4 9 3/4 4 3.75 75 CB834 - CB821
CC287 CC288 CC289 CC290 CC291 QUS 265 18 8 1/4 9 17 1/8 6 3/4 8 1/4 6 2.8 60 CC298 - CC301
CB808 CB809 CB810 CB811 CC275 QUS 270 18 16 1/2 11 15 5/8 15 3/4 10 3/4 4 5.75 - CB834 - CB822
CC292 CC293 CC294 CC295 CC296 QUS 280 19 3/4 12 3/8 5 7/8 18 1/2 11 5 5/8 6 2.8 - CC299 - CC302
Labels
Model No. CB844
Clear window
Model No. CB843
Model No Mfg. Qty/
Grey Blue Green Ivory Black Red No. Ctn
CB838 CB839 CB840 CB841 CB842 CC305 QGH700 3
GIANT STACK
CONTAINER
SHELF UNIT
Includes 10-QGH700 storage
bins and heavy duty grey enamel
shelves.
Shipped Knocked down.
Capacity 500 lbs. per shelf.
Dimensions:
18" D x 42" W x 76" H.
Model No. No.
Grey Blue Green Ivory Black Red Description shelves
CB845 CB846 CB847 CB848 CB849 CC306 Starter 6
CB970 CB971 CB972 CB973 CB974 CC307 Add-On 6
40
537

40
538
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
GIANT STACKING CONTAINERS
• These heavy duty containers are injection
moulded from high density polyethylene
• Ideal for storage and transport of large parts:
Extra heavy, double wall thickness with
interlock preformed lip allows containers
to stack securely
• Moulded carrying handle on backside
makes carrying these bins a snap
• Superior strength and wide stacking ledge allows
for 200 lb stack capacity
• Hopper front allows for easy access
• Moulded in divider and label slots allow full
utilization and identification of all parts
• Optional windows maximize storage and prevent spillage
• Can withstand temperatures ranging from -40° to 250°F
• Will not rust or corrode, are unaffected by chemicals and solvents and
are waterproof
Model No. Mfg. Outside Dimensions Inside Dimensions Case Divider Window
Blue Green Red Yellow No. L" x W" x H" D" x W" x H" Qty Model No. Model No.
CC361 CC362 CC363 CC364 QMS531 19 3/4 x 12 3/8 x 5 7/8 17 3/4 x 11 1/4 x 5 1/8 6 CC381 CC385
CC365 CC366 CC367 CC368 QMS532 19 3/4 x 12 3/8 x 7 7/8 17 3/4 x 11 1/4 x 7 1/4 6 CC382 CC386
CC369 CC370 CC371 CC372 QMS533 19 3/4 x 12 3/8 x 11 7/8 17 3/4 x 11 1/4 x 11 3 CC383 CC387
CC373 CC374 CC375 CC376 QMS543 19 3/4 x 18 3/8 x 11 7/8 17 3/4 x 17 1/4 x 11 1 CC384 CC388
CC377* CC378* CC379* CC380* QMS743 29 x 18 3/8 x 11 7/8 26 3/4 x 17 1/4 x 11 1 N/A N/A
* Includes heavy duty spread bar for extra strength and support.
CC380
CC372
CC363
CC373
CC366

BINS
RECYCLED SHELF BINS
Manufactured from recycled 100% post consumer, high density polyethylene. Available in black only.
Model Mfg. Outside Dimensions Inside Dimensions Ctn Wt. Dividers
No. No. L" W" H" L" W" H" Qty lbs. Model No.
CC303 QSB 100B 11 7/8 2 3/4 4 10 1/4 1 5/8 4 36 29 N/A
CB850 QSB 101 BR 11 7/8 4 1/8 4 10 3/4 3 1/4 3 7/8 36 .41 CB861
CB851 QSB 102 BR 11 7/8 6 5/8 4 10 3/4 5 1/2 3 7/8 30 .53 CB862
CB852 QSB 103 BR 18 1/8 4 1/8 4 16 5/8 3 1/4 3 7/8 20 .75 CB861
CB954 QSB 104 BR 18 1/8 6 5/8 4 16 5/8 5 1/2 3 7/8 20 .9 CB862
CB854 QSB 105 BR 23 7/8 4 1/8 4 22 1/4 3 1/4 3 7/8 16 .94 CB861
CB855 QSB 106 BR 23 7/8 6 5/8 4 22 1/4 5 1/2 3 7/8 8 1.5 CB862
CB856 QSB 107 BR 11 7/8 8 1/8 4 10 3/4 7 1/2 3 7/8 20 .7 CB867
CB857 QSB 108 BR 18 1/8 8 1/8 4 16 5/8 7 1/2 3 7/8 10 1.2 CB867
CB858 QSB 109 BR 11 7/8 11 1/8 4 10 3/4 10 3/8 3 7/8 8 1 CB869
CB859 QSB 110 BR 18 1/8 11 1/8 4 16 5/8 10 3/8 3 7/8 8 1.4 CB869
CB860 QSB 114 BR 23 7/8 8 1/8 4 22 1/4 7 1/2 3 7/8 6 1.5 CB867
CC304 QSB 116B 23 7/8 11 1/8 4 22 1/4 10 3/8 3 7/8 6 2.0 CB869
CC241 QGH 700 BR 15 1/4 19 7/8 12 7/16 - - - 3 13 N/A
CONDUCTIVE BINS & DIVIDERS
Ideal for storage and transport of electronic components and parts. Highly dissipative carbon filled copolymer polypropylene material
protects sensitive electronic components from typical electromagnetic interference. Containers are permanently conductive and are unaffected
by normal cleansers. Colour: Black.
Features include:
• Electrostatic decay rate is tested to meet Mil spec Mil-B-81075B at less than 0.1 seconds
• Surface resistivity is less than 10 5 ohms per square when tested per ASTM-D257
Model Mfg. Outside Dimensions Inside Dimensions Ctn Wt. Dividers
Mo. No. L" x W" x H" L" x W" x H" Qty lbs. Model No.
CB872 QUS 205 CON 4 1/2 x 4 1/8 x 3 3 3/16 x 3 1/2 x 2 7/8 48 .21 CB958
CB873 QUS 210 CON 5 1/2 x 4 1/8 x 3 4 1/2 x 3 1/2 x 2 7/8 48 .25 CB959
CB874 QUS 220 CON 7 1/2 x 4 1/8 x 3 6 1/2 x 3 1/2 x 2 7/8 48 .29 CB960
CB875 QUS 230 CON 11 x 5 1/2 x 5 8 11/16 x 4 13/16 x 4 13/16 12 1 CB961
CB876 QUS 233 CON 13 1/2 x 5 1/2 x 5 11 1/4 x 4 13/16 x 4 13/16 12 1.02 CB962
CB877 QUS 235 CON 11 x 11 x 5 9 x 10 3/8 x 4 13/16 8 1.9 CB963
CB878 QUS 239 CON 11 x 8 1/4 x 7 9 x 7 1/2 x 6 3/4 8 1.63 CB964
CB904 QUS 240 CON 14 3/4 x 8 1/4 x 7 12 7/8 x 7 1/2 x 6 3/4 8 2.13 CB965
CB905 QUS 250 CON 14 3/4 x 16 1/2 x 7 12 7/8 x 15 3/4 x 6 3/4 6 3.6 CB966
CB955 QUS 255 CON 16 x 11 x 8 13 5/8 x 10 1/4 x 7 3/4 4 3.75 CB967
CB956 QUS 260 CON 18 x 11 x 10 15 5/8 x 10 1/4 x 9 3/4 4 4 CB968
CB957 QUS 270 CON 18 x 16 1/2 x 11 15 5/8 x 15 3/4 x 10 3/4 4 6 CB968
CONDUCTIVE
DIVIDER BOXES
These divideable, conveyable boxes, constructed from conductive materials
can be divided into compartments by length and/or width. Dividers are
on 1.25" centres. Colour: Black.
CONDUCTIVE BINS
Black, carbon-filled, injection moulded polypropylene copolymer resin.
These containers provide conductive and shielding protection for use in
electronics manufacturing. Provides a Faraday cage for parts when container
is covered. Unaffected by humidity. Permanently conductive. Static
decay rate of

40
540
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
SHIPPING & STORAGE CONTAINERS
STACK-N-NEST ® STORAGE BINS
STACK'N'NEST® plastic storage bins are great for storing,
assembling and transporting small parts,
components and finished goods.
Designed for maximum efficiency and utility - set together
one way they stack and the other way they nest. Hundreds
of uses in the office, warehouse or factory. May be used on
shelving or stacked up. Heavy duty design allows higher
stacking. In the plant - use the same bin for storage, handling,
and assembly, no need to transfer contents. Colour:
Blue.
Model Outside Dimensions Cap. Wt.
No. L" x W" x D" Cu. ft. lbs.
CA333 15 3/8 x 12 1/2 x 5 7/8 0.7 1.7
TRANSFER BOX
Model No. CA444
STORALL
GENERAL PURPOSE
CONTAINERS
Moulded from durable UV stabilized polyethylene, the StorAll is designed
to provide year round maintenance free protection for your items.
• Double walled lid and convex base
• Knuckle and rod reinforced hinge design
• Moulded forklift feet
• Moulded-in lifting handles
• Lightweight and easy to handle
• Keeps contents safe and dry
• Stacking design saves space and costs of shipping
• Ideal for campgrounds, cottages, business, farms, trailer parks,
golf courses, marinas, etc.
• Dimensions 48" L x 29" H x 30" W
• Capacity of 1000 lbs. or 13 cu.ft.
• Stacks 10 high in a trailer un-skidded and 9 high skidded
Model
No. Colour
CC389 Yellow
CC390 Grey
Model
No. Colour
CC391 Yellow w/hasp
CC392 Grey w/hasp
ECONOMY TRANSFER BOXES
Transport or store inventories safely and
efficiently with these reusable injection
moulded plastic transfer boxes.
Designed to utilize available truck or warehouse space effectively, these containers will stack
with the attached hinged lids closed, or nest with them open. Available sizes include 1.4 or
1.8 cubic foot capacities.
2 POPULAR SIZES
Model Outside Dimensions Cap. Wt.
No. L" x W" x D" Cu. ft. lbs.
CA443 Grey 21 x 15 x 10 1.4 2.2
CA442 Blue 21 x 15 x 10 1.4 2.2
CA445 Grey 21 x 15 x 12 1.8 2.8
CA444 Blue 21 x 15 x 12 1.8 2.8
STACK-N-NEST ®
BINS
Model No.
CA333

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
FLIPAK TM DISTRIBUTION CONTAINERS
These reusable, returnable, attached-lid containers are ideal for use in wholesale
product distribution and as picking containers. Hinged covers with tight interlocking
fit provide maximum security and protection. Containers stack with lids
closed and nest with lids open for optimum use of space in trucks, trailers or on
pallets. Pebble grain bottom surface provides extra traction on conveyors. Load
capacity per container is a maximum of 70-75 lbs. Bottom container will support
250 to 300 lbs. when stacked. (Please inquire for exact load capacities). Flipak TM
containers are available in polyethylene plastic (PE) and polypropylene plastic
(PP).
FLIPAK TM POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC (PE) DISTRIBUTION CONTAINERS
Outside Dim. Outside Dim.
Model No. Top Bottom Volume Nesting Wt.
Grey Red L" x W" x H" L" x W" cu. ft. Ratio lbs.
LESS THAN 2.0 CU. FT.
CA452 - 11.8 x 9.8 x 7.7 9.3 x 7.0 0.3 2.8:1 2.6
CA453 - 15.2 x 10.9 x 9.7 12.8 x 7.8 0.6 4.0:1 3.0
CA454 - 21.8 x 15.1 x 5.5 18.9 x 13.7 0.7 3.6:1 4.8
CA455 - 19.7 x 11.8 x 7.3 16.9 x 9.3 0.7 3.0:1 3.4
CA456 - 20.6 x 13.5 x 6.5 18.2 x 11.7 0.8 2.1:1 5.2
CA457 - 20.6 x 13.0 x 11.6 17.7 x 11.0 1.4 4.4:1 5.9
CA458 CA459 21.8 x 15.2 x 9.8 19.1 x 13.5 1.4 4.4:1 5.6
CA460 - 21.8 x 16.0 x 9.3 19.1 x 13.4 1.4 4.5:1 5.6
CA461 - 22.3 x 13.0 x 12.8 19.1 x 10.9 1.6 3.8:1 6.2
CA462 CA463 21.8 x 15.2 x 12.9 18.6 x 12.9 1.8 4.0:1 6.2
CA464 - 23.5 x 15.7 x 13.0 19.9 x 13.0 1.7 4.5:1 6.9
2.0 CU. FT. AND GREATER
CA465 - 27.0 x 17.1 x 10.2 24.6 x 14.8 2.0 3.3:1 6.6
CA466 CA467 26.9 x 17.1 x 12.6 24.3 x 14.6 2.4 4.2:1 7.7
CA468 CA469 23.9 x 19.6 x 12.6 21.1 x 17.1 2.7 5.3:1 8.4
CA470 - 28.0 x 20.6 x 12.5 25.0 x 18.0 3.2 3.5:1 10.0
CA471 - 39.0 x 14.0 x 13.0 36.3 x 11.3 3.3 4.9:1 10.4
CA472 - 32.0 x 18.0 x 14.9 28.8 x 15.9 3.8 3.0:1 11.0
CA473 CA474 27.6 x 20.6 x 15.6 25.8 x 18.7 4.2 2.7:1 12.7
CA475 - 30.0 x 22.0 x 20.5 27.4 x 19.4 6.1 4.0:1 17.0
FLIPAK TM POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC (PE) DISTRIBUTION CONTAINERS
Flipak TM Polyethylene Plastic Distribution Containers are available in grey and red. High density
polyethylene (HDPE) construction offers maximum product protection from moisture,
impact and chemicals.
FLIPAK TM CLEAR POLYPROPYLENE PLASTIC (PP) DISTRIBUTION CONTAINERS
Flipak TM Clear Polypropylene Plastic Distribution Containers offer all the same benefits as the
polyethylene containers, plus provide easy content identification. Polypropylene (PP) is the
same family as polyethylene. Polypropylene's advantages over polyethylene include its
greater stiffness and elevated use temperature (range 30°F - 150°F).
FLIPAK TM CLEAR POLYPROPYLENE PLASTIC (PP) DISTRIBUTION CONTAINERS
Outside Dim. Outside Dim.
Model Top Bottom Volume Nesting Wt.
No. L" x W" x H" L" x W" cu. ft. Ratio lbs.
LESS THAN 2.0 CU. FT.
CC128 11.8 x 9.8 x 7.7 9.3 x 7.0 0.3 2.8:1 2.6
CC129 15.2 x 10.9 x 9.7 12.8 x 7.8 0.6 4.0:1 3.0
CC130 19.7 x 11.8 x 7.3 16.9 x 9.3 0.7 3.0:1 3.4
CC131 21.8 x 15.2 x 9.8 19.1 x 13.5 1.4 4.4:1 5.6
CC132 21.8 x 15.2 x 12.9 18.6 x 12.9 1.8 4.0:1 6.2
2.0 CU. FT. AND GREATER
CC133 23.9 x 19.6 x 12.6 21.1 x 17.1 2.7 5.3:1 8.4
40
541

40
542
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
STACK-N-NEST PLASTIC CONTAINERS
Model No.
CA343
Model No.
CA341
Model No.
CA345
Model No.
CA346
Polylewton Stack-N-Nest containers are used in general manufacturing, food processing and distribution applications.
Containers are injection moulded from high-impact polyolefins.
Features:
• Polylewton containers won't rust, rot or corrode, and they resist
damaging effects of oil, most chemical solvents, water and steam,
for extended service life
• For maximum space utilization, Polylewton containers stack without
covers, and nest at alternating 180° positions when empty
• They withstand wide temperature variances, are easily cleaned,
and are ideal for handling unpackaged products
• USDA and FDA approved for food applications
Model No.
CA346
Model No.
CA346
• Uniform container weight
• Safe to handle, no sharp edges, burrs or splinters
• Polylewton containers provide excellent product protection against
moisture, impact, chemicals and pests
• Several optional identification methods, as well as a full line of
accessories, are available to meet application requirements
• Colour: Grey
FDA
USDA
CONTAINERS COVERS
Model Outside Dimensions Top Outside Dimensions Bottom Volume Nesting Wt. Model
No. L" x W" x H" L" x W" cu. ft. Ratio lbs. No.
CA341 20.1 x 13.0 x 6.2 18.5 x 11.5 0.6 2.1:1 2.6 CA334
CA344 24.0 x 14.1 x 7.9 21.8 x 11.5 1.1 4:1 3.4 CA337
CA342 19.4 x 12.9 x 12.1 17.3 x 10.9 1.3 4:1 3.8 CA335
CA343 21.0 x 17.0 x 12.0 18.8 x 15.0 1.8 4:1 5.0 CA336
CA346 26.1 x 18.7 x 10.5 24.0 x 15.9 2.1 4:1 5.4 CA339
CA348 29.6 x 22.4 x 6.1 28.3 x 21.0 2.1 4:1 4.8 N/A
CA347 28.4 x 18.7 x 10.5 26.0 x 15.9 2.3 4:1 5.8 N/A
CA345 24.0 x 20.0 x 13.0 21.6 x 17.7 2.7 4:1 6.4 CA338
CA349 30.1 x 24.0 x 15.1 27.0 x 21.0 4.7 4.5:1 11.0 N/A

STACK & NEST TOTES
SNT'S
These heavy duty, tough, and dependable Stack and Nest Totes are the ultimate reusable
container for storage and transporting your valuable items in any application.
• Will stack with or without lids for maximum storage and shipping
• They have a unique ability to stack and then can be turned 180°
to nest when empty, saving valuable space
• Textured bottoms ensure safe and easy, non-slip
grip transit on conveyors
• Injection moulded from high density polyethylene material that complies
with USDA and FDA regulations for use in food processing
• Will no rust, corrode, bend out of shape, are unaffected by chemicals
and are waterproof
• Uniform wall thickness and moulded-in design for added strength
• Fits on standard 48" x 40" pallets
• Can withstand temperature ranges from -10°F to 250°F
• Ribs under lip prevent jamming when nested
• Handle grips on either side for easy carrying and handling
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Model No. Mfg. Outside Dimensions Inside Dimensions Case Lids Model No. Case
Blue Grey Red No. L" x W" x H" L" x W" x H" Qty Blue Grey Red Qty
CC315 CC316 CC317 STN180 18 x 11 x 6 15 1/4 x 9 3/8 x 5 7/8 6 CC342 CC343 CC344 6
CC318 CC319 CC320 SNT185 18 x 11 x 9 15 1/8 x 9 1/8 x 8 7/8 6 CC342 CC343 CC344 6
CC321 CC322 CC323 SNT190 19 1/2 x 15 1/2 x 0 16 x 13 1/4 x 9 7/8 6 CC345 CC346 CC347 6
CC324 CC325 CC326 SNT195 19 1/2 x 15 1/2 x 13 15 7/8 x 13 3/8 x 12 7/8 6 CC345 CC346 CC347 6
CC327 CC328 CC329 SNT200 19 1/2 x 13 1/2 x 8 16 3/8 x 11 1/2 x 7 7/8 6 CC348 CC349 CC350 6
CC330 CC331 CC332 SNT225 23 1/2 x 19 1/2 x 10 19 3/8 x 16 7/8 x 9 7/8 3 CC351 CC352 CC353 3
CC333 CC334 CC335 SNT230 23 1/2 x 19 1/2 x 13 19 1/2 x 16 7/8 x 12 7/8 3 CC351 CC352 CC353 3
CC336 CC337 CC338 SNT240 23 1/2 x 15 1/2 x 12 19 5/8 x 13 x 11 7/8 3 CC354 CC355 CC356 3
CC339 CC340 CC341 SNT300 29 1/2 x 19 1/2 x 15 25 1/8 x 16 5/8 x 14 7/8 3 CC357 CC358 CC359 3
* Model No. CC360 Label holder, accommodates up to 3" x 5" Fits all SNT's.
Optional lids snap on tightly and
securely to protect container
contents. As pictured, lids can be
fastened and locked for added
secuity
All nine sizes of totes have the
ability to use the optional clear
label holder. It securely
attaches to SNT with or without
lid for easy part identification.
40
543

40
544
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
DIVIDER BOX ® CONTAINERS
CA597
CA593
Multipurpose DividerPak II ® (NDC) containers and Divider Box ® (DC) containers are used in commercial, industrial and medical applications. Both styles of containers are dividable
and conveyable, and are widely used for storage, assembly, fabrication, and distribution. Containers are injection-moulded HDPE. Standard container colour: grey. Other colours are
available but not in stock.
Features:
• DividerPak ® (series NDC) models include features that increase
your productivity:
- Large, flat areas on all four sides for contents identification
- Comfort grip handle
- Security tie holes on two ends
- No-guess textured divider grid and numbered divider slots
Model No. CA446
Cardholder 4.25" W x 7.75" L (with 2 snaps)
CA591 &
CA559
CA594 &
CA559
GREY
IN STOCK FOR
Fast Delivery
• All containers can be divided into compartments by length and/or width
• Dividers are on 1.25" centres
• Thirteen sizes, three standard footprints, and heights ranging from 2.5" to 12",
the multi-container line provides the most efficient and versatile selection for your application
• Stack-only style container
• One set of cardholder snaps included on all NDC models
• Full range of optional accessories available including cardholders,
vertical and horizontal dividers, and clear snap-on or dust covers
DIVIDER BOXES
Outside Dimensions Outside Dimensions SHORT DIVIDERS LONG DIVIDERS
Model Top Bottom Volume Wt. Model No. of Model No. of CLEAR LIDS
No. Series L" x W" x H" L" x W" cu. ft. lbs. No. Slots No. Slots Model No.
CA562 DC 10.8 x 8.5 x 2.5 9.8 x 7.3 0.07 0.5 CA568 7 CA571 5 CA556
CA563 DC 10.8 x 8.5 x 3.5 9.8 x 7.3 0.11 0.6 CA569 7 CA572 5 CA556
CA564 DC 10.8 x 8.5 x 5.0 9.8 x 7.3 0.16 0.8 CA570 7 CA573 5 CA556
CA565 DC 16.5 x 10.9 x 2.5 15.5 x 9.9 0.16 0.9 CA571 11 CA577 7 CA559
CA591 NDC 16.5 x 10.9 x 3.5 15.5 x 9.9 0.24 1.1 CA572 11 CA578 7 CA559
CA592 NDC 16.5 x 10.9 x 5.0 15.5 x 9.9 0.36 1.4 CA573 11 CA579 7 CA559
CA593 NDC 16.5 x 10.9 x 6.0 15.5 x 9.9 0.43 1.5 CA574 11 CA580 7 CA559
CA566 DC 16.5 x 10.9 x 7.0 15.5 x 9.9 0.51 2.0 CA575 11 CA581 7 CA559
CA594 NDC 16.5 x 10.9 x 8.0 15.5 x 9.9 0.59 2.0 CA576 11 CA582 7 CA559
CA567 DC 22.4 x 17.4 x 5.0 20.9 x 15.9 0.79 2.4 CA584 15 CA588 11 CA560
CA595 NDC 22.4 x 17.4 x 6.0 20.9 x 15.9 0.97 2.5 CA585 15 CA589 11 CA560
CA596 NDC 22.4 x 17.4 x 8.0 20.9 x 15.9 1.32 3.3 CA586 15 CA590 11 CA560
CA597 NDC 22.4 x 17.4 x 12.0 20.9 x 15.9 2.00 6.0 CA583 15 CA587 11 CA560
CA556
Model No. CC314
Cardholder 2.25" W x 6.50" L (with 2 snaps)
CA562
CA565
CA560
CA595

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
STAKPAK ® PLUS 4845 CONTAINERS
STAKPAK ® PLUS 4845 SYSTEM CONTAINERS
The StakPak ® system is a series of stack-only, injection moulded, straight-wall modular containers. Made of high density
polyethylene (HDPE), this system was designed for just-in-time applications where the same containers are used for shipping,
storing and work-in-progress. Reinforced external ribbing adds maximum stacking strength. Smooth, straight interior
walls provide maximum space utilization and easy cleaning. Modular design optimizes cube on standard 45" x 48" pallet,
allows for mixing and matching of various sizes. Ergonomically designed handles for comfort and safety. Containers hold up
under temperatures from -10°F to 120°F. Optional cardholders improve inventory control and boost efficiency. Standard
colours: grey, medium green and royal blue.
Model No. Outside Dim. Total Product 48' Trailer Cover Model No.
Medium Royal Top Bottom Container Clearance" Volume Capacity Wt. Medium Royal Cardholder
Green Grey Blue L" W" L" W" Height" * cu.ft. (containers) lbs. Green Grey Blue Model No.
STAKPAK ® CONTAINERS
CA498 CA499 CC112 12.0 7.4 12.0 7.4 5.0 4.3 0.1 8640 1.3 CA487 CA488 CC120 CA448
CA500 CA501 CC113 12.0 15.0 12.0 15.0 5.0 4.3 0.3 4320 1.9 CA489 CA490 CC121 CA448
CA502 CA503 CC114 12.0 15.0 12.0 15.0 7.5 6.8 0.5 3456 2.9 CA489 CA490 CC121 CA449
CA504 CC174 CC115 12.0 15.0 12.0 15.0 9.5 8.8 0.6 2304 3.3 CA489 CA490 CC121 CA449
CA507 CA508 CC116 24.0 15.0 24.0 15.0 5.0 4.3 0.7 2592 3.9 CA491 CA492 CC122 CA448
CA509 CA510 CC117 24.0 15.0 24.0 15.0 7.5 6.8 1.1 1728 4.5 CA491 CA492 CC122 CA449
CA511 CA512 CC118 24.0 15.0 24.0 15.0 9.5 8.8 1.4 1152 5.2 CA491 CA492 CC122 CA449
CA505 CA506 CC119 24.0 15.0 24.0 15.0 14.5 13.8 2.2 864 7.3 CA491 CA492 CC122 CA449
STAKPAK ® COVERS
CA487 CA488 CC120 12.0 7.4 0.3
CA489 CA490 CC121 12.0 15.0 0.7
CA491 CA492 CC122 24.0 15.0 1.4
ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS
- CA518 - 24.0 15.0 21.4 13.0 9.5 8.6 1.4 1296 5.6 CA449
- CA516 - 24.0 15.0 21.4 13.0 14.6 13.8 2.3 864 7.3 CA449
*When containers are stacked on top of each other approximately 1/2" is lost to nesting.
CARDHOLDERS
Model No. L" x W"
CA448 8.5 x 4.0
CA449 8.5 x 4.6
40
545

40
546
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
COLLAPSIBLE CONTAINERS
HINGED LID CONTAINERS
These collapsible polypropylene containers provide the greatest range of options for
meeting your handling and transportation requirements.
Unique collapsible design allows for a maximum 5:1 return ratio saving on transport costs.
HINGED LID containers fit standard AIAG foot print, up to 80% space savings when storing
and transporting empty containers. Moulded of durable 100% recyclable polypropylene,
these collapsible industrial containers also eliminates one-way corrugation waste and disposal
costs. Colour: Grey.
STANDARD
COLLAPSIBLE CONTAINERS
Model Outside Dim. Cap. Gross Return Wt.
No. L" x W" x H" cu. ft. Wt. lbs. Ratio lbs.
CB459 15.5 x 11.0 x 7.0 0.51 45 3:1 3.0
CB458 21.9 x 15.5 x 7.5 1.00 45 3:1 5.8
CB457 21.9 x 15.5 x 11.0 1.63 45 4.5:1 6.9
CB456 21.9 x 15.5 x 14.5 2.19 45 4.5:1 8.5
Medium Duty solid wall collapsible containers offer significant advantages over conventional
stack & nest and stack-only containers. Designed to fit 40" x 48" pallets.
Model No. Cap. Outside Dimensions Wt.
Grey Blue Description cu. ft. L" x W" x H" lbs.
CB466 CB465 Standard Container 2.20 23 1/2 x 15 3/4 x 12 1/2 5.8
SNAP BOX
COLLAPSIBLE TOTE BOX
Quick, easy set-up and collapsibility makes the Snap Box folding container the most
versatile and convenient tote box available.
Each box folds from a set-up height of over 11", to a knocked-down height of only 2 1/2".
Stackable up to 5 units high. Fits 43" x 48" pallets.
Model No. Oustide Dimensions Volume Gross Return Wt.
Grey Blue lo" x la" x h" cu. ft. wt. lbs. ratio lbs.
CB462 CB461 20.8 x 14.0 x 11.0 1.47 40 5:1 3.8

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
FOOD HANDLING CONTAINERS
Airflow Trays
Orbis' variety of durable, returnable and reusable containers, trays and
totes are designed for many food handling and processing applications.
All containers are injection moulded from FDA approved plastics.
FDA
USDA
Model No.
CA631
Model No.
CA632
FOOD
APPROVED
PLASTICS
AIRFLOW TRAYS
Chilling and distribution trays stack with bails and nest when open. Air flow design maximizes
ventilation and minimizes freezing and cooling time in food processing: efficiently
chills and cools packaged poultry, red meat, produce and seafood. Standard features include
bails and moulded-in handgrips. Injection moulded from high-density polyethylene (FDA
approved materials, USDA approved for packaged goods). Standard colour: Beige.
Agricultural Containers
Distribution Totes
Model No.
CA633/CA636
Model No.
CC125
DISTRIBUTION TOTES
Distribution totes provide durable, long service life in wholesale and grocery products distribution:
poultry, meat, sea food, food processing, health and beauty aids. USDA and FDA
approved. They stack with covers, nest when empty. Standard colour: Beige.
AGRICULTURAL CONTAINERS
For use in wholesale product distribution: field harvest, in-plant handling, storage and processing
of fruits and vegetables. These easy-to-clean containers withstand exposure to
sunlight and hydro-cooling. Injection moulded of FDA approved high density U.V. stabilized
polyolefin. Secure stacking when full, space-efficient nesting when empty. Standard colours:
Sun Orange and Sun Yellow.
Model Top Outside Dimensions Vol. Wt.
No. Colours L" x W" x H" cu. ft. lbs.
AIRFLOW TRAYS
CA631 Beige 24.0 x 20.3 x 6.8 1.4 4.6
CA632 Beige 24.0 x 20.3 x 12.8 2.7 6.5
DISTRIBUTION TOTES
CA636 Beige 24.0 x 16.0 x 10.7 1.9 4.7
CA633 Beige Cover 2.2
AGRICULTURAL CONTAINERS
CC125 Sun Yellow 23.9 x 16.0 x 7.3 1.0 3.0
40
547

40
548
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
FOOD & LIQUID CONTAINERS
TRIMELD ® INGREDIENT
BINS
Rubbermaid's Trimeld ® process combines structural
foam with a surface of non-corrosive polypropylene for
strength. Seamless construction makes them easy to
clean and bacteria free. Transparent lids keep contents
visible. Lids flip up or slide. Colour is white. All casters
are 3", 2 swivel and 2 rigid.
Model Dimensions
No. Capacity D" x W" x H"
CA616 2.8 cu. ft/21 gal. 29 1/4 x 13 1/8 x 28
CA617 3.5 cu. ft/26 gal. 29 1/2 x 15 1/2 x 28
CA618 4.1 cu. ft/31 gal. 29 3/4 x 18 x 28
CC425 3.8 cu. ft/28 gal. 22 x 23 x 23
ROUND STORAGE CONTAINERS
Containers provide efficient, effective food storage. Large ergonomic pull-tab
lids makes for easy opening. Double seal lids help minimize leaking, spoilage and spills.
Dishwasher safe durable plastic construction. Features ergonomic, easy-grip handles for
comfort and control. Containers are available in clear or white. All containers come with
bright yellow lids.
Model No. Wt.
White Clear Description Capacity lbs.
CB583 CB584 Round Storage Containers 2qt/1.89L .35
CB585 CB586 Round Storage Containers 4qt/3.79L .58
CB587 CB588 Round Storage Containers 6qt/5.68L .73
CB589 CB590 Round Storage Containers 8qt/7.57L .85
CB591 CB592 Round Storage Containers 12qt/11.36L 1.25
CB593 CB594 Round Storage Containers 18qt/17.03L 1.8
CB599 CB600 Round Storage Containers 22qt/20.82L 2.4
CB602 - Round Storage Containers 22qt/20.82L 2.6
w/Bail
INDUSTRIAL BEVERAGE COOLERS
PLASTIC
Built to withstand the abuse of
the roughest work area or job site.
Features include
• Recessed spigot with large button
for easy access,
even with gloves
• Red and yellow high
visibility safety colours
• Replaceable parts
• 5 Year warranty
Bracket for cup dispenser is included
on 3 gallon and up coolers.
Cup dispensers fit all 3 gallon and up
coolers. Available in metal or plastic.
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
OZ001 2 Gallon Cooler 4.5
OZ002 3 Gallon Cooler 6.6
OC404 5 Gallon Cooler 7.6
OC405 10 Gallon Cooler 11.6
OC529 Metal cup dispenser - 4 oz. cone cups
OC530 Metal cup dispenser - 7 oz. cone cups
OC531 Plastic cup dispenser - 4 - 4 1/2 oz. cone cups
Model No. Description Qty/pkg.
OD034 4 oz. conical paper cups 200
CC425
LIDS
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
CB595 Yellow lid, fits CB583, CB584, CB585, CB586 .22
CB596 Yellow lid, fits CB587, CB588 CB589, CB590 .28
CB597 Yellow lid, fits all other containers 1
HEAVY DUTY METAL
Galvanized steel water coolers
are insulated with Ultratherm ®
foam insulation.
Features include
• Pressure fit lid with reinforced
top handle
• Reinforced seams and bottom
• Cup dispenser clip available on
3 gallon and up models
• Recessed, drip proof spigot
• Spigot, lid and cup clip are replaceable
• Corrugated galvanized steel exterior and
Perm-A-Lined vinyl coated liner
Cup dispensers fit all 3 gallon and up
coolers. Available in metal or plastic.
CA618
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
OC406 2 Gallon Heavy Duty Metal 6.9
OC407 3 Gallon Heavy Duty Metal 9.1
OC408 5 Gallon Heavy Duty Metal 12.5
OC409 10 Gallon Heavy Duty Metal 18.4
OC410 15 Gallon Heavy Duty Metal 22.8
OC529 Metal cup dispenser - 4 oz. cone cups
OC530 Metal cup dispenser - 7 oz. cone cups
OC531 Plastic cup dispenser - 4 - 4 1/2 oz. cone cups
Model No. Description Qty/pkg.
OD034 4 oz. conical paper cups 200

POLYETHYLENE TANKS
CYLINDRICAL TANKS
The practical answer for storage, plating, compounding, pickling, mixing and various other
applications. Except where stated, cylindrical tanks are self-supporting when filled and the
natural translucent walls permit visual inspection of contents at all times. A wide selection
of sizes of tanks and covers are available from stock, from 5 to 2000 imperial gallon capacities.
An assortment of fittings may be installed to meet the most demanding applications.
Colour: Natural white.
TANK COVER
Model Capacity Inside Tank Wt. Model Wt.
No. Imp. Gals. Dia. " Depth " lbs. No. lbs.
CA074 5 11 16 3 CA075 1
CA027 12 13 27 4 CA028 1
CA020 15 16 24 6 CA026 1
CA025 25 16 35 8 CA026 1
CA021 30 18 33 10 CA022 1
CA067 30 20 27 1/2 11 CA068 2
CA036 45 22 1/2 34 18 CA037 3
CA076 60 22 1/2 45 22 CA077 3
CA078† 75 24 48 23 CA079 3
CA126† 90 28 42 30 CA127 5
CA034† 100 30 42 35 CA035 6
CA046† 125 30 48 40 CA047 6
CA038† 150 36 42 45 CA039 8
CA122† 175 30 71 75 CA123 6
CA054† 175 36 48 55 CA055 8
CA048† 240 42 48 65 CA049 11
CA105† 270 42 54 72 CA106 11
CA111† 300 48 48 100 CA112 22
CA124† 400 52 60 160 CA125 26
CA058† 500 48 84 175 CA059 22
CA060*† 1000 69 84 375 CA061 36
CA120*† 2000 78 126 550 CA121 48
* Wooden support girdle required for extreme applications such as materials with high
specific gravity or operating temperatures in excess of 100°F (38°C).
† F.O.B. Lindsay, Ontario
RECTANGULAR TANKS
Ideal for storage, mixing and various other uses at constant temperatures up to 150°F or
170°F intermittent. Rectangular tanks are available from stock in capacities of 6 to 500
imperial gallons. Covers are available for most sizes. To prevent bulging under continuous
heavy and liquid load, simple bracing of steel, plywood or lumber is recommended for these
tanks. Straight sides, external lip unless otherwise stated. Colour: Natural white.
TANK COVER
Model Capacity Inside Dim. Wt. Model Wt.
No. Imp. Gals. L " x W " x D " lbs. No. lbs.
CA110 6 11 x 11 x 15 6 N/A -
CA065 15 24 x 15 x 11 10 N/A -
CA069 15 45 x 22 x 5 18 N/A -
CA084 20 23 x 19 x 16 11 CA085 3
CA066 20 23 x 23 x 12 11 N/A -
CA050 20 24 x 10 x 24 12 N/A -
CA045** 30 30 x 14 x 24 16 N/A -
CA063 30 35 x 23 x 10 18 CA064 6
CA029 45 25 x 25 x 27 21 N/A 4
CA071* 50 45 x 22 x 15 28 CA072 7
CA086 60 35 x 23 x 23 28 CA087 6
CA042† 75 42 x 24 x 24 32 CA043 7
CA089† 100 37 x 26 x 31 40 CA091 7
CA051† 140 54 x 30 x 24 70 CA052 11
CA030† 160 48 x 30 x 30 75 CA031 11
CA099† 190 60 x 30 x 30 75 N/A -
CA115† 200 48 x 24 x 48 80 N/A 10
CA056† 300 72 x 36 x 33 135 CA057 15
CA032† 500 84 x 42 x 42 190 CA033 26
* Tapered Sides ** Top dimensions restricted.
† F.O.B. Lindsay, Ontario
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Cylindrical Tanks
Rectangular Tanks
APPROVED
FOR FOOD & DRUG
APPLICATIONS
Covers sold separately
APPROVED
FOR FOOD & DRUG
APPLICATIONS
FITTINGS
A large variety of fittings are available for all types and sizes of tanks. These include:
•Threaded taps •True union ball valves
•Welded Boss •Removable Adaptors
40
549

40
550
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
POLYETHYLENE CONTAINERS
A. Nesting Type Tote Boxes
D. Straight Sided Tote Boxes
G. Tote Tubs
A to E - TOTE BOXES
Tough rotationally moulded polyethylene tote boxes are available with a complete range
of functions and capacities for storing and containing bulk liquid or dry goods. Choose
from: Nesting type (A & B); Stacking type (C & D); and Cross Stack & Nest type
(E).Colour: "Natural" white, except Model CB483 Grey.
F to H - BARRELS, TUBS & PAILS
Approved for food and drug use, these containers - round or square - offer toughness,
resistance and long life. F & G are rotationally moulded polyethylene; covers available.
General purpose polyethylene pails (H) are designed for shipping and storing dry or
liquid materials. Snap on lids available: Dry seal type or gasket type for liquid handling.
All pails include galvanized steel handles.
Model App. Cap. Inside Top Dim. Wt.
Description No. Cu. ft. L" x W" x D" lbs.
A Nesting Type CB490 0.8 16 x 11 x 9 4
A Nesting Type CB489 1.7 22 x 16 x 9 7
B Nesting Tub CB483 2.3 22.5 x 17.5 x 9.5 6
C Stacking Type CB482 1.3 24 x 15 x 6 7
C Stacking Type CB492 2.8 38 x 32 x 4 21
D Straight Sided CB485 0.8 18 x 15 x 5 5
D Straight Sided CB484 1.9 20 x 18 x 9 7
E Stack & Nest CB486 0.7 19 x 12 x 5 4
E Stack & Nest CB487 1.0 22 x 13 x 6 5
E Stack & Nest CB488 1.5 24 x 15 x 7 7
E Stack & Nest CB491 2.3 26 x 17 x 9 9
B. Akro-Tub Tote Boxes C. Stacking Type Tote Boxes
E. Stack & Nest Tote Boxes F. Tote Barrels
H. Industrial Pails
Model Cap. Inside Dia. Wt.
Description No. Gal. Top" x Bottom" x Height" lbs.
F Round Tote Barrel CA094 10 15 3/4 x 12 3/4 x 18 4
F Round Tote Barrel CA081 15 17 x 13 1/2 x 24 7
F Round Tote Barrel CA107 35 22 1/2 x 19 x 29 1/2 12
F Round Tote Barrel CA117 45 25 1/2 x 20 x 31 3/4 15
G Round Tote Tub CA040 3 11 1/4 x 9 1/4 x 11 2
G Round Tote Tub CA023 5 12 3/4 x 11 x 14 3
G Square Tote Tub CA080 15 15 3/4 x 15 3/4 x 20 5
Model Dimensions Wt.
Description No. Dia" x H" lbs.
H 4 L pail w/plastic handle CB040 8 1/4 x 6 0.5
H Lid for pails 4, 5, 6 L w/static joint CB039 8 1/2 x 1/2 0.2
H 11.4 L pail w/metal handle CB043 11 x 9 1.1
H Lid for pails 11.4 L w/o static joint CB041 11 3/8 x 5/8 0.3
H 20 L pail w/metal handle CB046 11 7/8 x 15 3/8 2.0
H Lid for 20 L pail w/o static joint CB044 12 1/2 x 5/8 0.4
H Heavy duty lid for 20 & 23 L pails CB045 12 1/8 x 3/4 0.6
w/pouring spout

PARTS CABINETS
MODULAR PARTS CABINETS
Organize and control small parts inventory. Standard cabinets come with light grey polystyrene drawers that are virtually indestructible.
Transparent windows on drawer fronts enable user to see inside; label holder on drawer pull allows for instant
identification. Comes with two removable dividers per drawer. Stackable steel cabinet frames measure 17" W x 11" H x 11" D
and are finished in grey baked enamel. Model No. CA850 and Model CA851 feature all transparent styrene drawers; includes
one divider per drawer. Cabinet frames measure 18" W x 9 1/2" H x 6" D.
Model No. CA853 Model No. CA854 Model No. CA856
Model No. CA857
POLYPROPYLENE UTILITY BOXES
Protect small components, fittings, electronic parts and hardware in these convenient utility
boxes. Removable dividers permit a variety of compartment configurations within each box.
Choose from three sizes of clarified polypropylene boxes with hinged lids. Model CB493 has
six permanently moulded-in compartments. Model CB494 and CB495 have permanent partitions
and removable dividers.
MOBILE REVOLVING
STORAGE BIN
This mobile storage bin provides an easy method
of moving parts or tools anywhere in the shop.
Four heavy duty structural foam shelves rotate
independently on a central metal shaft. Shelf diameter
measures 19 3/4" and has a capacity of 100
lbs. each. Each shelf is divided into 6 sections by 2"
high dividers. Distance between shelves is 7 7/8".
Overall height: 37 1/2". Rolls on four 3" polyolefin
casters. Colour: Charcoal Grey. Wt. 32 lbs.
Model No. CA187
Model No. CA858
Model No.
CA850
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Model No.
CA851
Model No. of Drawer Sizes Wt. Dividers Replacement Drawers
No. Drawers W" x H" x D " lbs. Model No. Model No.
CA853 28 2 3/8 x 2 1/4 x 11 24 CB126 CA859
CA854 20 3 5/16 x 2 1/4 x 11 21 CB133 CC143
CA856 16 4 3/16 x 2 1/4 x 11 20 CA878 CA860
CA857 15 3 3/8 x 3 3/16 x 11 20 CA880 CA863
CA858 9 5 9/16 x 3 3/16 x 11 18 CA882 CA865
CA851 36 2 5/8 x 1 1/8 x 5 3/4 12 CA879 CA862
CA850 18 2 5/8 x 2 1/2 x 5 3/4 10 CA881 CA864
Model Outside Dimensions
No. W" x H" x D" Compartments
CB493 3 x 1 3/16 x 4 5/8 6 equal
CB494 4 5/8 x 1 3/16 x 8 5/16 6-18
CB495 6 1/2 x 2 1/4 x 11 5-15
Model No. CA187
HEAVY DUTY
DRAWER CABINETS
These heavy-duty parts cabinets feature break resistant
high impact clear plastic "scoop" drawers for easy removal
of small parts, complete with two adjustable compartment
dividers. Drawers measure
2 7/8" W x 1 7/8" H x 5 1/2" D each. Welded steel cabinets
are finished in blue baked enamel.
Model No. CA899
ROTARY PARTS
CABINET
Ideal for the space saving storage of hardware,
tools, parts and accessories. Clear
styrene drawers allow for easy identification
of contents. 172 drawers: 160 - 2" W x 1 3/8"
H x 5 5/16" D, 8 - 5 5/16" W x 2 1/4" H x 5
5/16" D, 4 - 11" W x 2 1/4" H x 5 5/16" D. Fully
welded steel frame construction, electro-static
powder paint finish does not scratch or chip.
Ball bearing rotating base comes with
adjustable feet for uneven surfaces. Clip-on
holders allow tools to hang on sides of
cabinet. Overall dimensions: 23" H x 18" W x
18" D.
Cabinet colour: Black. Wt. 55 lbs.
Note: tools not included.
Model No. CA911
Model No. CA898
Model No. of Cabinet Sizes Wt.
No. Drawers W" x H" x D" lbs.
CA899 64 25 1/2 x 21 3/4 x 6 1/2 34
CA898 20 16 1/2 x 11 1/4 x 6 1/2 12
Model No. CA911
40
551

40
552
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
PARTS CABINETS
CAROUSEL DRAWER CABINETS
Designed to utilize open and often unused areas such as corners, these rotary carousel units provide convenience for small
parts storage. All-welded cabinets feature clear drawers, dividers, and I.D. labels. Blue enamel finish. Turntable model CA912
may be set up with up to 3 levels of 4 cabinets per level.
Model Drawer Sizes Wt.
No. Drawers W" x H" x D" lbs.
CA870 60 2 x 1 3/8 x 5 5/16 10.7
CA869 48 2 1/2 x 1 3/8 x 5 5/16 10.7
CA868 30 24 - 2 1/2 x 1 3/8 x 5 5/16 10.7
4 - 5 5/16 x 2 1/4 x 5 5/16
2 - 11 x 2 1/4 x 5 5/16
CA867 16 5 5/16 x 2 1/4 x 5 5/16 10.3
CA912 - (3 Tier Turntable Unit Only) 40.0
Model No. CA867
16 Drawer Cabinet
PLASTIC
ASSORTMENT BOX
Model No. CA868
30 Drawer Cabinet
• 8 flexible compartments
• 11" W x 2 1/2" H x 5 5/16" D
• Capacity of 5 lbs.
• Weight 0.51 lbs.
• Also available in Black, Red and Yellow -
(must order a minimum quantity of 2000 pcs.)
Model No. CC079
Model No. CA869
48 Drawer Cabinet
CA840
Model No. CA870
60 Drawer Cabinet
69"
47"
25"
ADD-A-DRAWER ®
These grey plastic drawer modules with clear windows simply slide and lock
onto each other. They can be stacked both horizontally and vertically. This allows
you to create a customized drawer cabinet to meet your storage requirements.
Add on one or more units as more storage capacity is required. Dividers and
labels included.
3"
CA842
Model No. CA912 Turntable
shown c/w 12 no. CA869 cabinets
CA841
Model Unit size Wt.
No. Drawers W" x H" x D" lbs.
CA840 2 5 x 2 x 5 0.88
CA841 1 2 1/2 x 2 x 5 0.20
CA842 1 4 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 10 1.00

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
STEEL DRAWER CABINETS & TRUCKS
A. 48, 72 and 96 Drawer
Cabinets, Base included
A - E. DURHAM INDUSTRIAL
DRAWER CABINETS
Durham Industrial Drawer Cabinets provide a rugged modular storage system for small
parts. Select from a range of drawer capacities from 9 drawers to 96 drawers per cabinet.
Various drawer sizes are available including drawer heights of 2",
2 3/4" and 3 1/2", and drawer depths of 11 1/8" and 17". Each drawer includes
2 adjustable dividers and full width handles for easy opening.
Drawer sides are slotted to hold dividers. Two dividers are provided with each drawer and a
special snap-in feature keeps them in place, yet they are easy to remove. Colour: Grey.
KLETON ®
DRAWER TRUCKS
KLETON Drawer Trucks allow small repair or assembly
parts to be transported directly to your work site, while
providing a work surface (tray type), and a lower shelf for
added storage capacity. Runs on two rigid and two swivel
5" rubber casters. Drawers are made of prime cold rolled
steel, and feature adjustable dividers and full-width pull
handles. Four standard models are available, including 18,
24, 36 and 48 drawer capacities. Overall dimensions are
18" W x 36" L x 35" H.
®
Model No. of Drawer Size Wt.
No. Drawers W" x H" x D" lbs.
MA245 18 5 1/4 x 17 x 2 3/4 134
MA246 24 5 1/4 x 17 x 2 145
MA247 36 5 1/4 x 17 x 2 3/4 195
MA248 48 5 1/4 x 17 x 2 220
96 Drawer
72 Drawer
48 Drawer
B. 18 Drawer Cabinets
C. 24 Drawer Cabinets
Drawer
Trucks
Model No.
MA245
Model No.
MA247
D. 9 Drawer Cabinets
E. 30 Drawer Cabinets
Model No. of Drawer Size Cabinet Wt.
Type No. Drawers W" x H" x D" Height" lbs.
A CA936 48 5 1/4 x 2 3/4 x 11 1/8 43 176
A CA939 72 5 1/4 x 2 3/4 x 11 1/8 54 238
A CA941 96 5 1/4 x 2 3/4 x 11 1/8 65 300
B CA924 18 5 1/4 x 2 3/4 x 11 1/8 10 7/8 50
B CA925 18 5 1/4 x 3 1/2 x 11 1/8 12 3/4 87
B CA926 18 5 1/4 x 3 1/2 x 17 12 3/4 75
C CA930 24 5 1/4 x 2 3/4 x 11 1/8 14 1/4 60
C CA932 24 5 1/4 x 3 1/2 x 17 16 7/8 96
D CA942 9 5 1/4 x 2 3/4 x 11 1/8 10 7/8 28
E CA934 30 5 1/4 x 3 1/2 x 11 1/8 21 1/8 87
E CA935 30 5 1/4 x 3 1/2 x 17 21 1/8 118
— CA945 Extra Divider for 2" H. Drawer 0.1
— CA946 Extra Divider for 2 3/4" H. Drawer 0.1
— CA947 Extra Divider for 3 1/2" H. Drawer 0.1
Model No.
MA246
Model No.
MA248
40
553

40
554
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
PARTS CASES - STEEL
Sliding drawer parts cabinets provide a convenient parts storage system
with the flexibility of removable drawers, and a large assortment
of drawer configurations. Drawers are housed in a "sliding" drawer
SLIDING DRAWER CABINETS
These cabinets feature sliding drawer carriages that extend 100% of the drawers’ depth for
easy access to parts. Cabinets are available for both the small and large drawer sizes.
Drawers are sold separately. Standard colour: Grey.
Model For Drawer Wt.
No. Drawer: Capacity lbs.
CA963 Large 2 20
CA965 Large 4 34
CA972 Small 4 22
CA975 Small 6 32
Model No. CA965
Drawer Cabinet
Drawers sold
separately
CABINET BASES
Cabinet bases raise your cabinet/drawer combination
12" off of the floor or work bench for
easier access to drawers. Models are available
to adapt to both small and large drawer
size cabinets.
Standard colour: Grey.
Model For Wt.
No. Drawer: lbs.
CA980 Large 13
CA983 Small 12
Fixed drawer configurations, order by number of compartments
cabinet, and may be mounted on a raised base. Small 13 1/4" x 9 1/4"
x 2" and large 18" x 12" x 3" drawers are available.
Model No. CA997
Drawer
STEEL SCOOP DRAWERS
These fixed compartment drawers allow you to store and remove your small parts easily.
Choose from between 8 and 32 compartment fixed drawers in either the small 13 1/4" x 9
1/4" x 2" or large 18" x 12" x 3" drawer size. Manufactured of prime cold rolled steel and finished
in rust and acid resistant baked enamel, drawers have inserts of high impact plastic.
These inserts have rounded scoops, making it easy to remove small parts. All models have
covers designed to stay open for easy access, making it simple to read the cover labels.
Durham Storage Drawers also have handles and a catch. Standard colour: Grey.
See Chart below for drawer configurations.
8 12 16 20 21 24 32
Large Drawers 18" x 12" x 3" Small Drawers 13 1/4" x 9 1/4" x 2"
ADJUSTABLE
DRAWERS
Adjustable drawers provide the added flexibility
of arranging your drawers according
to your changing needs. Removable
dividers can be “slotted” into place, or
removed altogether.
Standard colour: Grey.
Model Drawer Wt.
No. Size lbs.
CA977 Large 8
CA979 Small 4
Number of Model Wt. Model Wt.
Compartments No. lbs. No. lbs.
8 - - CB032 4
12 CA986 8 CB015 4
16 CA989 8 CB017 4
20 CA992 8 CB023 4
21 CA995 8 CB026 4
24 CA997 8 CB029 4
32 CB002 8 - -

Model CB496
Wt. 3.5 lbs.
24 compartments
F
A
E
D
C
B
E
A
D
C
B
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
PLASTIC COMPARTMENT CASES
COMPACT POLYPROPYLENE
COMPARTMENT CASES
Seven different configurations to choose from allow a wide
selection of compartment sizes and shapes to fit just about
every need. Manufactured of high strength, oil resistant
polypropylene, boxes are furnished with covers fitted with
heavy duty reinforced hinges. The hinges have a special "stop"
feature which allows the cover to remain in the open position.
Covers are designed to overlap on all sides of the bottom tray,
fitting snugly against a shelf-like ridge. This results in extra
protection against dirt, dust and moisture. Two snap latches
assure secure closure. Both transparent and opaque yellow
models will not cloud up or fade over time. Durham Plastic
Compartment Boxes are stackable.
A: 18 1/2"
B: 13"
C: 3"
D: 3"
E: 4"
F: 2 7/8"
Model CB497
Wt. 3.5 lbs.
For 8 to
32 compartments
24 partitions
provided
A: 18 1/2"
B: 13"
C: 3"
D: 2 15/16"
E: 2 1/8"
CB513/
CB514
CB501/
CB502
CB509/
CB510
Model No. Overall Dimensions No. of Compartment Dimensions Wt.
Clear Yellow W" x H" x D" Compartments W" x H" x D" lbs.
CB513 CB514 11 x 1 3/4 x 6 3/4 6 1 3/4 x 1 9/16 x 6 1/4 0.7
CB509 CB510 11 x 1 3/4 x 6 3/4 12 1 3/4 x 1 9/16 x 3 1/8 0.7
CB511 CB512 11 x 1 3/4 x 6 3/4 18 1 3/4 x 1 9/16 x 2 1/16 0.7
CB507 CB508 13 1/8 x 2 5/16 x 9 6 2 x 2 x 8 1/2 0.8
CB501 CB502 13 1/8 x 2 5/16 x 9 12 2 x 2 x 4 3/32 0.8
CB503 CB504 13 1/8 x 2 5/16 x 9 18 2 x 2 x (6) 4 3/4(12) 2 0.8
CB505 CB506 13 1/8 x 2 5/16 x 9 24 2 x 2 x 2 0.8
K-RESIN TRANSPARENT
COMPARTMENT BOXES
Heavy duty boxes ideal for storing and/or displaying electronic parts, lab supplies, office
supplies, parts and small tools. Hinged lid overlaps for secure fit. Overall dimensions include
hinge and lid overlap. Individually packed in chipboard sleeves.
Model No. of Overall Dimensions Compart. Dimensions
No. Compartments L" x W" x D" L" x W" x D"
CB707 36 7 x 10 x 1 13/16 1 x 1 1/2 x 1 1/2
CB708 6 4 1/2 x 8 1/4 x 1 3/8 4 x 1 1/4 x 1 1/8
CB709 1 4 1/2 x 8 1/4 x 1 3/8 4 x 7 7/8 x 1 1/8
CB710 12 4 1/2 x 8 1/4 x 1 3/8 2 x 1 1/4 x 1 1/8
CB711 6 3 x 4 5/8 x 1 1/8 1 1/4 x 1 3/8 x 7/8
CB712 1 3 x 4 5/8 x 1 1/8 2 1/2 x 4 3/8 x 7/8
CB713 18 6 3/4 x 11 x 1 3/4 1 7/8 x 1 5/8 x 1 1/2
CB714 12 9 x 13 1/8 x 2 5/16 4 1/8 x 2 x 2
CB715 24 9 x 13 1/8 x 2 5/16 2 x 2 x 2
LARGE CASES - 18 1/2" L x 13" W
Large "Super Satchels" organize tool cribs, maintenance departments, shop floors and allow
complete portability. Two draw-tight latches, a luggage style handle and their lighter weight
(3.5 lbs. vs. 8 lbs. in metal), makes "Super Satchel" cases 100% portable.
Features include:
• See-through lids allow quick identification of contents
• Copolymer resins will not rust which means no corrosion
carryover onto box contents
• Brass pinned hinges for optimum strength and durability
• Identification card holder for quick case selection
• Moulded integral feet allow these containers to stand upright
making ideal presentation cases
CB503/
CB504
CB511/
CB512
SMALL CASES - 15" L x 11 3/4" W
Small "Satchel" style cases offer solutions for a wide range of needs. Ideally sized to store and
organize large, medium, small and flat parts. They are very adaptable with their removable
partitions. Content identification is immediate with their high-impact transparent lids. Storing
them flat or upright on their integral feet allows plenty of options for developing custom storage
systems or presentation cases. Moulded from copolymer resins that will not rust or dent.
With two draw-tight latches, a luggage style handle and brass pinned hinges, they are truly
portable cases. Variations available include the open interior style (#CB498), the divided style
(#CB499) which may be divided into 9 to 24 compartments, and the double case style
(#CB500) with two cases sonically welded back to back.
A: 15"
B: 11 3/4"
C: 2 1/2"
CB505/
CB506
CB707 CB708 CB709/CB712 CB710/CB714
Model No. CB498
Wt. 2.2 lbs.
B
C
CB507/
CB508
CB711 CB713 CB715
Model No. CB499
Wt. 2.9 lbs.
Model No. CB500
Wt. 5.8 lbs.
A A: 15"
B: 2"
C: 3 1/8"
D: 2 1/8"
D
E
F
C B
A A: 15"
B: 2"
C: 3 1/8"
D: 2 1/8"
A
C B
D
E
F
E: 2"
E: 2"
F: 11 3/4"
G: 2 1/2"
G
F: 11 3/4"
G: 5"
G
40
555

40
556
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
JUMBO DRAWER CABINETS
Practical, Efficient and
Economical
The KLETON drawer cabinets combine all three
characteristics to provide the best value available in
an industrial grade parts storage system. Four
different jumbo-sized transparent plastic drawers
allow you to store larger tools or materials close at
hand. Drawers are housed in an all-welded steel
cabinet measuring over 3 feet high. Each drawer
features an I.D. card with a clear plastic shield. Steel
tabs prevent drawers from spilling their contents
when pulled out. Cabinets are finished in grey
enamel. Drawer dividers included.
Model No. CA889 Model No. CA892
Model No. CA890 Model No. CA894
Model No. of Drawer Size Cabinet Size Wt.
No. Drawers D" x W" x H" D" x W" x H" lbs.
CA889 30 9.6 x 5.6 x 3.3 10.4 x 21.3 x 37 10.9
CA892 48 8.6 x 4.7 x 2.8 8.7 x 22.6 x 37 12.7
CA890 60 9.6 x 5.6 x 1.6 10.4 x 21.3 x 37 12.0
CA894 60 7.1 x 3.5 x 2.8 8.7 x 22.6 x 37 13.5
Model No. CA891
®
Model No. CA893
WORKBENCH CABINETS
Ideal for storing parts etc . . . right on your workbench, these two Kleton jumbo drawer cabinets
provide the high drawer load capacities of full sized jumbo cabinets. Available with 24 drawers
8.6" D x 4.7" W x 2.8" H each or with 32 drawers 7.1" D x 3.5" W x 2.8" H each. All-welded steel
cabinets are finished in grey enamel. Drawer dividers included.
Model No. of Cabinet Size Wt.
No. Drawers D" x W" x H" lbs.
CA891 24 8.7 x 17.3 x 25.6 5.9
CA893 32 8.7 x 18.0 x 25.6 6.6

STACKBIN CONTAINERS
A. Steel Stackbins
& Stackracks
A. STEEL STACKBINS & STACKRACKS
B. PLASTIC STACKBINS
Available in two types and sizes of plastic. The CB314 is moulded of polyethylene, and has a capacity
of 1600 cubic inches. The CB310 is moulded of polypropylene and has a capacity of 200 cubic
inches. The exclusive interlocking front bar prevents the bins from spreading under heavy loads.
C. STEEL STACKBOXES
Rugged steel Stackboxes can be readily interstacked with corresponding sized Stackbins, or on
Stackracks. Stackboxes have drop handles for easy handling, as well as card holders for rapid identification
of contents. Standard blue baked enamel finish.
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. W" x L" x H" lbs.
CA813 7 1/2 x 13 x 6 5.5
CA814 9 x 15 3/4 x 7 1/2 9.0
CA817 10 x 20 x 8 12.0
CA815 12 x 16 1/2 x 9 1/2 i12.5
CA816 15 x 19 1/4 x 11 20.0
CB695 18 x 24 x 12 25.0
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Hopper-front steel Stackbins are available with capacities from 70 cubic inches up to 5100 cubic inches. They may be easily stacked one on top of another, or housed in steel Stackracks, allowing lower units
to be removed without disturbing units stacked above them. Stackbin covers, dividers, and Stackrack bases (shown) are available. Standard blue baked enamel finish.
STACKBINS Cap. Dimensions Wt. STACKRACKS Wt. STACKRACK BASES Wt.
Model No. Cubic ins. W" x L" x H" lbs. Model No. lbs. Model No. lbs.
CA765 70 4 1/2 x 8 x 4 1/2 1.8 N/A N/A -
CA766 200 5 1/2 x 12 x 4 1/2 3.0 CA773 4.0 N/A -
CA767 500 7 1/2 x 15 1/2 x 6 5.5 CA774 5.5 N/A -
CA768 900 9 x 18 3/4 x 7 1/2 9.0 CA775 8.5 CA687 15.0
CA772 1400 10 x 24 x 8 12.0 CA780 9.0 CA702 18.0
CA769 1600 12 x 20 1/2 x 9 1/2 12.5 CA776 10.0 CA692 16.0
CA770 2800 15 x 24 x 11 20.5 CA778 12.0 CA696 18.0
CA771 5100 18 x 30 x 12 30.0 CA779 14.0 CA699 20.0
Model No. Dimensions Wt.
Blue Grey Red Yellow W" x L" x H" lbs.
CB310 CB311 CB312 CB313 5 1/2 x 12 x 4 1/2 0.8
CB314 CB315 CB316 CB317 12 x 20 1/2 x 9 1/2 4.0
SECTIONAL STACKBINS
E. Sectional Stackbin units are an economical alternative
to standard Stackbins, as individual compartments
are created from a standard 37" wide unit divided by
welded steel partitions. Each unit may be stacked on a
larger, or similar sized unit, with covers, bases, and filler
strips available to complete the unit (as shown).
F. Sectional Stackshelves are similar, but with a full
Model Dimensions Bins in Wt.
No. W" x L" x H" Section lbs.
E. Sectional Stackbins
CA786** 37 x 8 x 4 1/2 8 11.0
CA787** 37 x 12 x 4 1/2 6 13.8
CA788 37 x 15 1/2 x 6 5 20.0
CA789 37 x 18 3/4 x 7 1/2 4 29.0
CA790 37 x 20 1/2 x 9 1/2 3 35.0
CA791 37 x 24 x 11 2 40.0
F. Sectional Stackshelves
CA759 37 x 15 1/2 x 7 1/2 25.0
CA760 37 x 16 1/4 x 9 1/2 28.0
CA761 37 x 19 x 11 34.0
G. Sectional Trucks (Bins not included)
CA809 fits CA789, CA759 39.0
CA810 fits CA790, CA760 39.0
CA811 fits CA791, CA761 39.0
open front for bulk storage. They may be interstacked
with sectional Stackbins.
G. Trucks are available to mobilize your sectional stackbin
units. Standard blue baked enamel finish for all
components.
Model
No. Description
H. Sectional Bases
CA793 Base for CA788
CA794 Base for CA789
CA795 Base for CA790
CA796 Base for CA791
I. Sectional Covers
CA797 Cover for CA786
CA798 Cover for CA787
CA799 Cover for CA788
CA800 Cover for CA789
CA801 Cover for CA790
CA802 Cover for CA791
** No bases available
F.
G.
B. Plastic
Stackbins
C. Steel Stackboxes
D. STACKBIN COVERS & DIVIDERS
Keep dust, dirt and moisture out of your Stackbins. Covers are available for the hopper-front and
for the top. Hopper-front cover swings up and can be removed if operations require. The cover for
the top fits Stackboxes as well.
Model No. Description
HOPPER FRONT COVERS
CA735 Cover for CA768 Stackbin
CA736 Cover for CA769 Stackbin
CA737 Cover for CA770 Stackbin
CA738 Cover for CA771 Stackbin
CA739 Cover for CA772 Stackbin
BIN TOP AND STACKBOX COVERS
CA706 Cover for CA768 Stackbin and CA814 Stackbox
CA707 Cover for CA769 Stackbin and CA815 Stackbox
CA708 Cover for CA770 Stackbin and CA816 Stackbox
CA709 Cover for CA771 Stackbin and CB695 Stackbox
CA710 Cover for CA772 Stackbin and CA817 Stackbox
SPACE SAVING DIVIDERS
CA711 Divider for CA768 Stackbin
CA712 Divider for CA769 Stackbin
CA713 Divider for CA770 Stackbin
CC104 Divider for CA771 Stackbin
CA714 Divider for CA772 Stackbin
D. Covers
D. Space Saving Dividers
E. Sectional Stackbins
40
557

40
558
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
TIP-OUT TM BINS & BASKETS
HAND-HELD
SHOPPING BASKETS & STANDS
These versatile baskets come in a choice of nickel chrome finish or plastic. They are lightweight
and convenient. Plastic baskets come in four colours: red, blue, yellow and orange. Stands are
available for nickel chrome baskets (CC257) and plastic
baskets (CC262). Both stands hold 25 baskets and have a nickel chrome finish.
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. Description L" x W" x H" lbs.
NICKEL CHROME FINISH
CC256 Basket w/nickel chrome finish 20 x 14 x 7 3/4 2.5
CC257 Stand for CC257 w/sign holder 14 3/8 x 16 1/4 x 42 12
PLASTIC
CC258 Red plastic basket 12 3/4 x 15 1/2 x 8 3/4 1.5
CC259 Blue plastic basket 12 3/4 x 15 1/2 x 8 3/4 1.5
CC260 Yellow plastic basket 12 3/4 x 15 1/2 x 8 3/4 1.5
CC261 Orange plastic basket 12 3/4 x 15 1/2 x 8 3/4 1.5
CC262 Stand for CC258-CC261, holds 25 16 1/2 x 11 3/4 x 28 1/4 2.5
TIP-OUT TM BIN MODULAR STORAGE SYSTEM
1 bin
2 bins
3 bins
4 bins
5 bins
6 bins
9 bins
Each bin has a slot for labeling and can be completely removed for replenishing or cleaning.
Modular cabinet design features uniform widths of 23.6" (for units of 2 to 9 bins); choice of
bin sizes accommodates different sized parts or components. Can be used free-standing or
with stands and pedestals.
Colour: beige or grey.
TILT BINS
Model No. Bin Dimensions Cabinet Dimensions Wt.
Beige Grey Bins H" x W" x D" H" x W" x D" lbs.
CB552 CB553 9 2 1/2 x 2 3/16 x 1 3/4 3 1/8 x 23 5/8 x 2 1/2 2.0
CB549 CB550 6 3 3/4 x 3 1/2 x 2 5/8 4 1/2 x 23 5/8 x 3 5/8 3.0
CB546 CB547 5 5 3/4 x 4 1/4 x 3 3/4 6 1/2 x 23 5/8 x 5 1/4 5.0
CB543 CB544 4 7 1/2 x 5 5/8 x 5 8 1/8 x 23 5/8 x 6 5/8 7.0
CB540 CB541 3 8 5/8 x 7 3/8 x 5 7/8 9 1/2 x 23 5/8 x 7 3/4 9.0
CB977 CB978 2 13 5/8 x 11 1/16 x 8 7/8 13 7/8 x 23 5/8 x 11 7/8 14
CB975 CB976 1 13 5/8 x 11 1/16 x 8 7/8 13 7/8 x 11 13/16 x 11 7/8 7
CB573 Disc & screw set (2 needed for each bin case)
CC256 CC257
CC258
Mobile
Floor Stand
CC262
Transparent compartments tip out for
easy access and viewing. Designed to
provide efficient and orderly storage
of parts and assembly components.
Wall
Frames
TILT BIN STANDS
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. Description W" x H" x D" lbs.
CC107 48" Two Sided Floor Stand/Wall Frame 24 x 48 x 8 44
CC108 72" Two Sided Floor Stand/Wall Frame 24 x 72 x 8 58
CC109 48" Two Sided Mobile Floor Stand 24 x 48 x 18 69
CC110 72" Two Sided Mobile Floor Stand 24 x 72 x 18 81
CC101 48" One Sided Floor Stand/Wall Frame 24 x 48 x 4 16
CC102 72" One Sided Floor Stand/Wall Frame 24 x 72 x 4 22
CC100 24" Workstation Stand 24 x 24 x 4 29
CC103 Base only 24" W w/4 swivel casters w/brakes - -

STEEL STORAGE BINS
Pigeonhole type steel storage bin units organize small
parts, making them easily accessible.
These cabinets are best suited where space
is limited and organization is crucial.
They are produced of prime cold rolled steel and will not warp, twist or sag. Fully
hemmed label holders provide adequate space for content
identification.
Each divider is hemmed in a tear drop design to avoid sharp edges,
and vertical ribs provide added strength. Doors with padlock attachment and
bases to raise units are available for use with most models.
All units are 33 3/4" wide, and some are available in depths of 12" and 9". Units
are fully welded and finished in grey baked enamel.
Model No. CA133
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Model No. CA136
Model No. CA149
Model No. CA151 Model No. CA152
Model No. CA154
12" Deep Storage Bins 9" Deep Storage Bins
Model Model Model Model Model Model Model Model Model Model
CA133 CA134 CA136 CA149 CA151 CA152 CA154 CA150 CA153 CA155
Width 33 3/4" 33 3/4" 33 3/4" 33 3/4" 33 3/4" 33 3/4" 33 3/4" 33 3/4" 33 3/4" 33 3/4"
Height 11 1/2" 19 1/4" 23 7/8" 23 7/8" 42" 42" 42" 22 1/4" 42" 42"
Depth 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 8 1/2" 8 1/2" 8 1/2"
No. of Bins 16 18 24 40 42 56 72 40 56 72
Bin Depth 11 7/8" 11 7/8" 11 7/8" 11 7/8" 11 7/8" 11 7/8" 11 7/8" 8 7/8" 8 7/8" 8 3/8"
Bin Height 5 1/6" 6 3/8" 5 7/16" 4 1/2" 4 7/16" 5 1/16" 4 1/2" 4" 4 5/8" 4 1/2"
Bin Width 4" 5 1/4" 5 3/8" 4" 5 3/8" 4 13/16" 4" 4" 4 7/8" 4"
Door Model No. - - CA142 CA142 CA141 CA141 CA141 CA148 CA141 CA141
Base Model No. CA157 CA157 CA157 CA157 CA157 CA157 CA157 CA158 CA158 CA158
Weight lbs. 25 38 44 50 71 75 80 50 60 85
40
559

40
560
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
REVOLVING SHELF STORAGE UNITS
ROTABIN STORAGE UNITS
28" DIAMETER
28" diameter Rotabin units feature
6 permanent 14 1/2" wide
compartments per shelf. Model
CA221 dividers can be inserted on
1" centres. 500 lbs. shelf capacity.
Pan units include 12
removable 2" deep plastic pans
(Model CA269, c/w 1 divider
each) per shelf, stacked 2 high.
Pans available in Red, Yellow, or
Blue.
Model No.
CA203
Model No. of No. of Unit Wt.
No. Shelves Pans Height" lbs.
CA193 5 0 38 125
CA194 6 0 41 144
CA195 7 0 47 163
CA196 8 0 53 182
CA197 9 0 60 201
CA198 10 0 66 220
Blue Red Yellow
CA206 CA207 CA208 5 60 38 157
CA209 CA210 CA211 6 72 41 183
CA212 CA213 CA214 7 84 47 208
CA215 CA216 CA217 8 96 53 234
CA218 CA219 CA220 9 108 60 259
CA203 CA204 CA205 10 120 66 284
CA269 CA270 CA271 Plastic pan for 28" Rotabin 0.7
CA221 Divider for 28" Rotabin0.2
17" DIAMETER ROTABIN
Available in steel or plastic these units can
be used on counter tops or workbenches.
Each shelf has 4 permanent compartments.
Steel models can have up to 16 compartments
per shelf using the Model CA192
adjustable dividers. Plastic models can have
up to 8 compartments per shelf using the
model CB658 removable dividers. Curved
bottom facilitates removal of small parts.
Rotabins are the space-saving answer
to a wide range of small parts storage
problems.
Each Rotabin unit incorporates revolving shelves offering
greater accessibility and visibility than traditional shelf
storage systems. The circular, revolving shelves turn dead
space in corners and aisle ends into useable storage space.
Each Rotabin shelf sits on a ball bearing that is held in place
with a solid steel pin. This arrangement allows each shelf to
rotate smoothly and independently of other shelves in the
same unit. Rotabin units are available in shelf diameters
ranging from 17" to 58". Removable small parts pans for
the 28" and 34" diameter units permit easy removal of parts
inventories for restocking, transporting to a work area, or
for weighing.
34" DIAMETER
34" diameter Rotabin units feature
5 permanent 21" wide compartments
per shelf. Model CA231
removable dividers can be
inserted on 1" centres. Ca-pacities
are 500 lbs. per shelf. Pan units
include 15 removable 4" deep
plastic pans (Model CA256) per
shelf. Pans avail-able in Red,
Yellow, or Blue.
Model No. of Unit Wt. Capacity Wt.
No. Description Shelves Height" per Shelf lbs. lbs
CA188 17" Steel 4 18 1/2 60 25
CA189 17" Steel 6 26 1/8 60 34
CA190 17" Steel 8 34 1/2 60 43
CA191 17" Steel 10 42 1/8 60 52
CB659 17" Plastic 4 17 3/8 30 14.6
CB660 17" Plastic 6 25 3/8 30 17.7
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
CA192 Divider for Steel Unit .02
CB658 Divider for Plastic Unit .01
Model No.
CA247
Model No. of No. of Unit Wt.
No. Shelves Pans Height" lbs.
CA225 4 0 35 135
CA226 5 0 43 162
CA227 6 0 50 188
CA228 7 0 66 215
CA229 8 0 66 240
Blue Red Yellow
CA232 CA235 CA237 4 60 35 195
CA238 CA239 CA240 5 75 43 237
CA241 CA242 CA243 6 90 50 278
CA244 CA245 CA246 7 105 66 320
CA247 CA248 CA249 8 120 66 360
CA256 CA259 CA261 Plastic pan for 34" Rotabin 1.0
CA231 Divider for 34" Rotabin0.2
TO ORDER:
ROTABIN SECURITY
CABINETS
Sturdy, reinforced steel units provide room for
parts storage using the standard
28" diameter Rotabin units. They feature a
locking door handle to protect parts against
theft, chemicals, dust and debris. Doors lock at
three points by a pin tumbler lock in the chrome
handle. Constructed of 24 gauge steel side and
back panels with 13 gauge angle posts. An
additional shelf allows for storage of boxed
i t e m s .
28" Rotabin Unit is not included.
1) Measure available floor space to
determine Rotabin shelf diameter
that will not intrude on aisles.
2) Determine number of Rotabin shelves
required by matching the unit height
with the available storage height.
3) Select the appropriate Rotabin unit:
for 34"or 28" diameter units, select either
the standard unit c/w bin fronts, or the
pan unit c/w removable storage pans.
44" & 58" DIAMETER
44" and 58" Rotabin units
are designed for the
storage of larger
quantities of small
parts or fasteners, or
heavier parts. Scoop
compartment design is
manufactured from
one piece of heavy
gauge steel, with dividers
welded in place.
44" diameter units
feature 5 compartments
per shelf,
with a 625 lbs. capacity
each shelf. 58" diameter units feature 10 compartments
per shelf, with a 2,000 lbs. capacity each shelf.
Grey enamel finish.
APPLICATIONS:
• Speeds access to production parts or
sub-assemblies when located on production lines
• Point of sales storage facility for hardware
• Storage of bulk quantities of nails, bolts, etc.
Model Shelf No. of Unit Wt.
No. Dia." Shelves Height" lbs.
CA262 44 3 34 154
CA263 44 4 45 196
CA264 44 5 56 238
CA265 44 6 67 284
CA272 58 4 53 456
CA273 58 5 66 563
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
CB661 Starter Unit, 30" W x 30" D x 61" H 169
CB662 Add-On Unit, 30" W x 30" D x 61" H 154

SPECIAL STORAGE UNITS
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
A. B. C. D.
E.
A. THREADED ROD RACK
Separates and protects threaded rods. Eighteen 2 1/8" diameter openings accommodate different
rod sizes. 24 1/8" W x 6 7/8" D x 24" H. Colour: Grey. Wt. 16 lbs. Shipped knocked
down.
Model No. CB578
B. KEY STOCK RACK
Ten compartments hold key stocks up to 3/4" square and approximately 12" long. Keyholes
permit wall mounting. 12 1/4" W x 6 1/4" L x 12" H. Colour: Grey. Wt. 8 lbs.
Model No. CB580
C. MULTI PURPOSE BIN
Removable vertical dividers allow for the creation of multi-width compartments. Scoop
shelves allow contents to be removed easily. Ideal for the storage of fasteners, electrical
connectors, fittings and most other small components. Key-hole slots provided for wall
mounting. 23 3/4" W x 4 3/4" D x 23 3/4" H. 36 bins 3 7/8" W x 4 5/8" D x 3 3/4" H. Colour:
Grey. Wt. 25 lbs.
Model No. CA161
D. HOSE CLAMP RACK
This ten-post rack provides easy access to adjustable hose clamps from the smallest miniclamp
up to the 2 3/4" diameter #36 clamp. For countertop use or may be wall mounted
using two built-in hanger loops (provided). Sign panel lists clamp diameters. 23 1/4" W x 5
1/4" D x 16 1/8" H. Colour: Grey. Wt. 5 lbs.
Model No. CB581
LIGHT DUTY STORAGE CONTAINERS
• Adjustable bottom shelf can be set to 4 different heights to maintain a full look
• Sign holder included
• Nickel chrome finish
Model Nominal Size Wt.
No. W" x D" x H" lbs.
RD660 13 x 18 x 33 15
RD661 18 x 18 x 33 18
RD662 20 x 20 x 33 20
RD663 24 x 24 x 33 22
RD664 30 x 30 x 33 26
RD665 36 x 36 x 33 30
F.
E. AEROSOL CABINET
Divided into four equal compartments to hold up to 72 - 2 3/4" diameter cans. Double doors
with key lock protect contents. 33 3/4" W x 8 1/2" D x 22 1/4" H. Colour: Grey. Wt. 45 lbs..
Model No. CB577
F. WIRE SPOOL RACKS
Choice of models with 1, 2 or 4 plated steel rods for the convenient storing and dispensing
of wire. The four rod rack holds spools up to 10" in diameter. The two rod rack is ideal for
counter top use, and the single rod rack has a handle for portability. Colour: Grey. Shipped
knocked down.
Model No. of Dimensions Wt.
No. Rods W" x D" x H" lbs.
KH572 1 26 1/8 x 6 x 10 3/8 9
KH573 2 26 1/8 x 6 x 17 7/8 11
CB579 4 26 1/8 x 6 x 37 1/8 25
G. WELDING ROD CABINET
Holds welding rods up to 18" long in six compartments. Each compartment is 5 1/4" W
x 18 3/8" D x 4" H. O.A. Dimensions: 16 1/8" W x 18 1/2" D x 8 1/8" H. Colour: Grey. Wt.
17 lbs.
Model No. CB582
G.
40
561

40
562
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
BULK STACKING CONTAINERS
OPEN MESH CONTAINERS
This industry standard meets the challenge of your bulk material handling problems.
Rugged construction ensures long lasting, trouble free service. 3/4" - 13 gauge expanded
metal mesh panels permit full visibility, excellent ventilation. Comes standard with 2 half
drop gates. Four way fork truck access with 4 1/4" underclearance. 34 1/2" x 40 1/2" x 32
1/4" high overall dimensions. Stackable up to 5 high, 3000 lbs./15 cu. ft. capacity. Choice
of mesh or sheet metal deck. Standard finish: Blue enamel.
Model Wt.
No. Style lbs.
CA397 Mesh deck 105
CA398 Sheet metal deck 114
BULK STACK AND NEST CONTAINERS
This heavy-duty material handling container is designed for bulk storage. Smooth interior
and exterior is easy to clean. Rotationally moulded from high density polyethylene, USDA
approved design and FDA approved material. Stackable up to three high with optional cover
for nonsupporting contents.
Colours: Natural White or Grey.
Model No. Outside Top Inside Top Volume Wt.
White Grey L" x W" x H" L" x W" x H" Cu. ft. lbs.
CA439 CA438 48.0 x 41.5 x 30.0 43.5 x 37.0 x 25.8 20 75
CA441 CA440 Optional cover 30
CORRUGATED STEEL
CONTAINERS
Maximize floor space usage and increase productivity with
these stackable, welded corrugated steel containers. These
4000 lbs. capacity containers are constructed of 13 gauge
steel sides for added strength. 4 way fork truck entry with
4" underclearance. Stackable up to 5 high. Available with
fully enclosed sides, hopper front and drop gate. Hopper
front is on 35" side, drop gate on 42" side. Allows for easy
access to contents. Unpainted. Please inquire for painted.
Model Cap. Inside Dim.Wt.
No. Cu. ft. L" x W" lbs.
FULLY ENCLOSED-18" HEIGHT
CA387 9.0 30 x 30 110
CA388 10.5 30 x 35 126
CA389 12.3 35 x 35 136
CA390 12.6 30 x 42 140
CA391 14.5 30 x 48 152
CA392 14.7 35 x 42 153
CA393 16.9 35 x 48 171
CA394 17.7 42 x 42 175
CA395 20.2 42 x 48 190
CA396 23.1 48 x 48 206
FULLY ENCLOSED-24" HEIGHT
CA374 12.5 30 x 30 136
CA375 14.5 30 x 35 147
CA372 17.0 35 x 35 159
CA376 17.5 30 x 42 163
CA377 20.0 30 x 48 175
CA369 20.4 35 x 42 177
CA378 23.3 35 x 48 198
CA373 24.5 42 x 42 195
CA379 28.0 42 x 48 219
CA380 32.0 48 x 48 237
Model Cap. Inside Dim.Wt.
No. Cu. ft. L" x W" lbs.
HOPPER FRONT-24" HEIGHT
CA381 14.5 30 x 35 147
CA382 17.0 35 x 35 149
CA370 20.4 35 x 42 177
CA383 23.3 35 x 48 198
DROP GATE-24" HEIGHT
CA384 17.5 30 x 42 163
CA371 20.4 35 x 42 177
CA385 24.5 42 x 42 194
CA386 28.0 42 x 48 219
Hopper Front
Drop Gate
Fully Enclosed

SINGLE TYPE GATES
Model No.
Locking Locking Collapsed In-Use Wt.
Left Right Width' Height' Height' lbs.
KA035 KA036 3 to 4 6 1/2 6 58
KA037 KA038 3 to 4 7 6 1/2 61
KA039 KA040 3 to 4 7 1/2 7 64
KA041 KA042 3 to 4 8 7 1/2 67
KA043 KA044 3 to 4 8 1/2 8 70
KA045 KA046 4 to 5 6 1/2 6 61
KA047 KA048 4 to 5 7 6 1/2 63
KA049 KA050 4 to 5 7 1/2 7 65
KA051 KA052 4 to 5 8 7 1/2 67
KA053 KA054 4 to 5 8 1/2 8 69
KA055 KA056 5 to 6 6 1/2 6 64
KA057 KA058 5 to 6 7 6 1/2 66
KA059 KA060 5 to 6 7 1/2 7 68
KA061 KA062 5 to 6 8 7 1/2 70
KA063 KA064 5 to 6 8 1/2 8 72
KA065 KA066 6 to 7 6 1/2 6 69
KA067 KA068 6 to 7 7 6 1/2 71
KA069 KA070 6 to 7 7 1/2 7 73
KA071 KA072 6 to 7 8 7 1/2 75
KA073 KA074 6 to 7 8 1/2 8 77
KA075 KA076 7 to 8 6 1/2 6 74
KA077 KA078 7 to 8 7 6 1/2 77
KA079 KA080 7 to 8 7 1/2 7 80
KA081 KA082 7 to 8 8 7 1/2 83
KA083 KA084 7 to 8 8 1/2 8 87
KA085 KA086 8 to 9 7 6 1/2 85
KA087 KA088 8 to 9 7 1/2 7 87
KA089 KA090 8 to 9 8 7 1/2 89
KA031 KA032 9 to 10 7 6 1/2 91
KA033 KA034 9 to 10 8 7 1/2 94
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
STEEL FOLDING SECURITY GATES
Please contact us for assistance
or for special size design services.
DOUBLE TYPE GATES
Steel folding gates guard against unauthorized entry, pilferage
and vandalism. May be installed surface mounted - on
surface of wall or outside a door frame - or recess mounted
- between two walls or within a door frame.
Features include:
• Provides ventilation, visibility, and access control;
• Pin type "L" bracket mount allows gate to pivot
away when not in use;
• Heavy duty 14 gauge steel U-type channel:
3/4" x 3/8" riveted back to back, verticals made of
1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 1/8" steel angles, c/w steel casters;
• Equipped with self-securing centre drop pin
(extra drop pins with gates over 10 ft. wide);
• Galvanized finish.
TO ORDER:
(1) Select single or double type gates
(2) Select gate width that suits width
of opening
(3) Select suitable gate height
Single Double
Model Collapsed In-Use Wt.
No. Width' Height' Height' lbs.
KA026 6 to 8 6 1/2 6 100
KA027 6 to 8 7 6 1/2 104
KA028 6 to 8 7 1/2 7 108
KA029 6 to 8 8 7 1/2 112
KA030 6 to 8 8 1/2 8 116
KA001 8 to 10 6 1/2 6 120
KA002 8 to 10 7 6 1/2 124
KA003 8 to 10 7 1/2 7 128
KA004 8 to 10 8 7 1/2 132
KA005 8 to 10 81 /2 8 136
KA006 10 to 12 6 1/2 6 140
KA007 10 to 12 7 6 1/2 144
KA008 10 to 12 7 1/2 7 148
KA009 10 to 12 8 7 1/2 152
KA010 10 to 12 8 1/2 8 158
KA011 12 to 14 6 1/2 6 150
KA012 12 to 14 7 6 1/2 154
KA013 12 to 14 7 1/2 7 158
KA014 12 to 14 8 7 1/2 164
KA015 12 to 14 8 1/2 8 166
KA016 14 to 16 6 1/2 6 160
KA017 14 to 16 7 6 1/2 164
KA018 14 to 16 7 1/2 7 166
KA019 14 to 16 8 7 1/2 168
KA020 14 to 16 8 1/2 8 172
KA021 16 to 18 7 6 1/2 170
KA022 16 to 18 7 1/2 7 174
KA023 16 to 18 8 7 1/2 176
KA024 18 to 20 7 6 1/2 180
KA025 18 to 20 8 7 1/2 192
ENVIRONMENTAL STRIP CURTAIN DOORS
EASY installation kits.
Specify KLETON ® strip doors for top quality !
See page B69.
40
563

40
564
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
WIRE MESH SECURITY PARTITIONS & ENCLOSURES
POSTS
Available in 3 standard heights: 8'3", 10'3", and 12'3" high.
Each post is formed of 2" x 2" x .100 steel square tube, and
is pre-drilled and welded to a foot plate of 5/16" x 2 1/2" x
7" flat bar that is ready for anchoring to your floor.
Model No. Description Dimensions
KD052 Post 8'3"
KD045 Post 10'3"
KD048 Post 12'3"
KD053 Corner Post 8'3"
KD046 Corner Post 10'3"
KD050 Corner Post 12'3"
PANELS
Available in 7 standard sizes: 2' x 3', 2' x 4', 2' x 8', 3' x 8',
4' x 3', 4' x 4' and 4' x 8'. Each panel features 2" x 2" x 10
gauge welded wire mesh, firmly welded into a 1 1/8" x 1
1/8" x 10 gauge formed angle frame, and reinforced with
two 3/16" x 3/4" flat bar stiffeners.
Model No. Description Dimensions
KD031 Panel 2' x 3'
KD032 Panel 2' x 4'
KD033 Panel 2' x 8'
KD034 Panel 3' x 8'
KD035 Panel 4' x 3'
KD036 Panel 4' x 4'
KD037 Panel 4' x 8'
FASTENERS & HARDWARE REQUIRED
For Each Panel Add:
• 4 x KD018 for each 8' long panel
• 2 x KD018 for each panel under 8' long
• 1 x KD043 for each KD018 required
For Each Sliding Door Add:
• 1 x KD028 for each sliding door (regardless of size)
• 1 x KD029 Door Track for each KD106 4' wide sliding door
• Add 2 x KD029 Door Track for each KD108
or KD107 8' wide sliding door
SLIDING DOORS
Are available in 3 standard sizes: 4' x 8', 8' x 8', and 8' x
10'. The welded wire mesh door panel is mounted on a
frame of 1 1/4" x 1 1/4" x 12 gauge square tube for extra
strength, and is equipped with a padlock hasp. This universal
door design allows for installation of the door opening
right to left, or left to right.
Model No. Description Dimensions
KD106 Sliding Door 4' x 8'
KD108 Sliding Door 8' x 8'
KD107 Sliding Door 8' x 10'
KD028 Sliding door installation kit
KD029 Sliding door track 8'
ADJUSTABLE
FILLER PANELS
Adjustable filler panels fill in blank spots on the ends of
wire mesh partitions to plug up potential security risks.
Filler panels come in two sizes: 1' x 4', and 1' x 8', and slide
over the ends of the existing wire mesh sections. Bolt holes
on the filler panels are separated per every inch and allow
the filler panel to fill in a space between 6" and 10" wide.
The holes line up with holes on the existing panel which are
drilled in at the top and bottom to securely fasten the filler
panel in two places.
Model No. Description Dimensions
KD118 Filler Panel 1' x 8'
KD119 Filler Panel 1' x 4'
For Each Post Add:
• KD052 add: 4 x KD019, 2 x KD001
• KD053 add: 8 x KD019, 2 x KD001
• KD045 add: 6 x KD019, 2 x KD001
• KD046 add: 12 x KD019, 2 x KD001
• KD048 add: 6 x KD019, 2 x KD001
• KD050 add: 12 x KD019, 2 x KD001
• Add 1 x KD043 for every KD019 required.
®
Rugged Kleton ® wire mesh partitions and enclosures provide
maximum security at low cost for tools, valuable
inventory, hazardous materials, and any area of your plant
where restricted access is required. Bolt-down posts and
reinforced panels provide the strength that your application
demands.
Welded wire mesh panels permit full visibility, and enable
unrestricted circulation of air, heat and light, providing an
ideal storage facility. All standard components are finished
in one coat of electrostatically sprayed blue enamel, and are
in stock for immediate delivery. Other colours are available.
The simplified design of all Kleton ® wire mesh partition predrilled
modular components makes it extremely easy to
install, expand, rearrange or relocate a partition as required
with only a minimal investment of man-hours required.
Only a drill and wrenches are necessary for proper installation.
Without roof
With roof
SWING DOORS
A and B (below) are available in 2 standard sizes: 3' x 7',
and 4' x 7', and come complete with a 1' transom. A standard
4' x 7' swing gate complete with a 14" high x 45" wide
fold-down service wicket is available. (B) The welded wire
mesh door panel is mounted on a frame of 1 1/4" x 1 1/4" x
12 gauge square tube for extra strength, and is equipped
with a padlock hasp. This universal door design allows for
installation of the door to swing outward to the left, or to
the right.
Model No. Description Dimensions
KD110 Swing Door 3' x 7'
KD111 Swing Door 4' x 7'
KD112 Swing Door w/wicket 4' x 7'
A. Swing
Door
B. Swing
Door
w/Wicket

PLASTIC PALLETS
ORBIS NESTABLE PLASTIC PALLETS
Engineered to last, Orbis pallets are stronger, lighter and more durable than wood. Ideal in
many industrial and food processing applications. Cost effective due to their durability, these
pallets are resistant to moisture and chemicals, clean easily and won’t splinter. Consistent
size and weight reduces worker fatigue and injury. Smooth moulded design helps eliminate
product damage; no boards to splinter or break, no nails or sharp points to rip into loads.
High density polyethylene construction. Standard colour: Black.
Orbis Nestable single-faced, skid type pallets stack 15 high in only 48" for cost-effective
transport. These one piece structural foam pallets are lightweight, nestable and recyclable.
Orbis stackable double-faced pallets are held together by 12 nylon fasteners. Ideal for stack
loading, pallet racking and conveyor use.
Orbis stackable
Double-Faced
Orbis Nestable
Single-Faced
Load Entry
Model Capacity lbs. Fork Pallet Wt.
No. Dimensions" Moving Static Lift Truck lbs.
ORBIS NESTABLE SINGLE-FACED
CB520 40 x 48 x 5 3000 20000 4 way 4 way 29
CB522 45 x 48 x 5 3/4 4000 20000 4 way 4 way 42
CB524 48 x 48 x 5 3/4 4000 20000 4 way 4 way 46
ORBIS STACKABLE DOUBLE-FACED
CB525* 36 x 36 x 5 3/4 3000 20000 4 way 2 way 32
CB526 40 x 48 x 5 3/4 4000 20000 4 way 4 way 39
CB527 45 x 48 x 6 1/2 4000 20000 4 way 4 way 62
CB528 45 x 48 x 7 1/2 w/lip 4000 20000 4 way 4 way 65
CB529* 48 x 48 x 6 1/2 4000 20000 4 way 4 way 68
CB531 48 x 60 x 5 3/4 2500 20000 4 way 4 way 88
CB532 48 x 72 x 5 3/4 2500 20000 4 way 2 way 110
*Also available in USDA/FDA approved material for non-direct food contact.
ORBIS NESTABLE
LIGHTWEIGHT PALLET WITH LIP
This cost efficient, lightweight plastic pallet features a 5/8" raised edge surrounding the
deck to prevent loads from sliding off. Single faced, one-piece high-density polyethylene
construction. Cleans easily with efficient drainage design. Nestable for space saving
storage. 2500 lbs. moving load capacity, 10,000 lbs. static load capacity. 4 way fork lift and
2 way pallet truck entry. Colour: Black.
Model Load Capacity lbs. Wt.
No. Dimensions" Moving Static lbs.
CB521 40 x 48 x 5 1/2 w/lip 2500 10000 21
Also available in USDA/FDA approved material for non-direct food contact.
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
RECYCLED PLASTIC PALLET
• Slip resistant/no skid surface
• Nestable for easy storage
• Lightweight, 32 lbs.
• 100% recycled plastic
• Easy to clean
• 4 way fork truck and
hand truck entry
• Doesn't rot, mildew, mould or
splinter and is insect resistant
Model Load Capacity lbs. Nest
No. Dimensions" Static Dynamic Ratio
CC098 48 x 40 x 5 30,000 4000 2:1
ORBIS RACKSTAR PALLETS
Ideal for use in the food industry and in situations where
higher capacity racking capabilities are important. Doubledeck,
one piece construction with an open grid
and large corner for easy cleaning.
Choice of standard high density
polyethylene or USDA/FDA approved
HDPE virgin material for direct food
contact. In an edge-supported rack, the
Rackstar can hold up to a 2500 lbs. evenly
distributed load. Moving load capacity of 5000
lbs., static load of 20000 lbs. 4 way fork lift or
pallet truck entry. Colour: Standard-Black,
USDA/FDA-Blue.
Model No. Dimensions" Wt. lbs.
CB536 40 x 48 x 6 5/8 Standard 45
CB537 40 x 48 x 6 5/8 USDA/FDA Food Approved 45
Note: Test for pallet deflection on loads over 2500 lbs. when used with unsupported
(edge-supported) pallet rack.
DRUM PALLET
The 48 x 48 one-piece drum pallet features four moulded-in rings to secure the drums
during transportation, underside rings for secure double stacking and complete flow
through design.
• 48 x 48 four drum pallet
• Structural foam
• Pallets fit side by side in regular trailers
• Standard colour: Black
• Weight: 57.0 lbs.
• Dimensions:
48.8" L x 48.8" W x 5.5" H
Model Load Capacity lbs. Truckload QuantityFork Truck Hand
No. Static Dynamic 48' Trailer 53' Trailer Entry Entry
CC153 15000 3500 396 468 4 way 4 way
ROLL PALLET
Rotationally moulded of durable polyethylene,
these lightweight pallets can handle rolls up to
a maximum diameter of 42". Moulded
construction eliminates product damage due
to splinters and nails. 2 way forklift entry.
Colour: Black
Model Overall Capacity Wt.
No. Dimensions" lbs. lbs.
CB535 38 1/2 x 21 x 8 1/2 1500 24
40
565

40
566
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
STORAGE RACKS
BAR STORAGE RACKS
All steel vertical and horizontal racks are ideal for storing bars, tube, pipe and angles.
Economical K-D design reduces storage and shipping costs.
COMBINATION VERTICAL RACK
Stores bars up to 12 feet long and has shelf
storage capacity for smaller parts. 8" deep
arms divided into 3 sections. 3 pan shelves
21" apart. Capacity: 3000 lbs. Base size: 36"
x 24". Height: 84".
Wt.: 90 lbs.
Model No. RB959
HORIZONTAL BAR RACK
Stores bars up to 10 feet long (use 2 racks
for longer lengths). 9" deep arms with 9
storage levels at 6" intervals. Capacity:
1800 lbs. Base: 30" sq.
Height: 84". Wt.: 68 lbs.
Model No. RB958
MOBILE PIPE AND BAR RACK
Safely stores up to 1,000 lbs. of bars,
tubes, pipe and angles. Folds down to 61"
x 34" x 15 1/2". Four storage racks with
curved edges to prevent pipe from rolling
off. Constructed of structural square tubing.
Includes 2 swivel and 2 rigid, 6" hard
rubber casters. O.A. Dim.: 58 1/2" W x 34"
D x 58" H.
Wt.: 100 lbs.
Model No. RB951
Model No.
RB959
AIRECTOR ®
Airector ® racks are made of a welded base unit that includes
a steel reinforced wood deck and a set of 4 welded tubular
steel posts. Rack has a 4000 lbs. stacking capacity and can
be stacked 4 units high. Includes 1" x 6" sturdy deckboards.
Utilizes warehouse airspace and can be easily relocated.
Base frame has six centre supports for 4 way entry by lift
trucks.
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. Description W" x L" lbs.
RB954 Wood Deck Base 42 x 48 96
RB955 Wood Deck Base 42 x 60 114
RB956 Wood Deck Base 48 x 48 111
RB957 Wood Deck Base 48 x 60 127
RB966 H.D. Posts (set of 4) 36" H 46
RB967 H.D. Posts (set of 4) 42" H 52
RB968 H.D. Posts (set of 4) 48" H 58
STACKING U-RACKS
Lightweight, inexpensive and easy to use, these racks will
stack up to four high. All welded construction. I.D. 16 1/2"
W bottom x 25 1/4" W top x 15 3/4 " H. Units are packaged
and sold individually.
Model No.
RB958
PORTABLE STACKING RACKS
Fabricate your own storage racking system with these versatile mini modules. Sturdy, yet
lightweight, easy for one person to assemble. All welded steel construction requires no
bolts, tools or fittings. A highly flexible storage system that is expandable in length, width
and height.
Model Overall Dimensions Cap. Wt.
No. W" x L" x H" lbs. lbs.
RB952 12 x 16 x 13 1/2 2500 18
RB953 14 x 19 x 17 3700 25.5
RB964 15 x 22 x 20 1/2 5600 31
RB965 16 x 26 x 23 1/2 7500 44
MINITREE TM CANTILEVER RACK
This light-duty adjustable arm cantilever rack is especially suited
for installations requiring neat housekeeping and efficient storage
of plastics, conduit, extrusions, hydraulic tubing and similar
lightweight materials. 250 lbs. capacity per arm. Single or double-sided
racks available. Overall dimensions: 36" W x 18 1/4" D
x 76 1/4" H (single); 36" W x 30" D x 76 1/4" H (double). Shipped
knocked down.
QUIK-TREE ®
CANTILEVER RACK
Multi-purpose cantilever style rack is ideal for storage of steel,
iron, aluminum, wood or plastic pipes. 500 lbs. capacity per arm.
Seven 14" arms included per column side and adjustable on 1
1/2" centres. Available with a 3' or 6' wide brace set, and a single
or double sided rack. Overall dimensions: 3' W or 6' W x 21" D x
7' H (Single) or 34" D (Double). Shipped knocked down.
Bottom base frame
4 way entry
Model Capacity Wt.
No. lbs/pr. lbs.
RB969 6,000 25
RB970 10,000 3
Model Capacity Wt.
No. Description lbs/Column lbs.
RG621 Single-sided, 14 single arms 1750 165
RG622 Double-sided, 14 double arms 3500 215
Brace
Set Cap. lbs/ Model No. Wt. Model No. Wt.
Description L' Column Starter lbs. Add-on lbs.
Single-sided, 14 arms 3 3500 RG631 237 RG632 135
Double-sided, 28 arms 3 7000 RG633 345 RG634 189
Single-sided, 14 arms 6 3500 RB177 255 RB176 153
Double-sided, 28 arms 6 7000 RB173 363 RB172 207
Model No.
RB952
1" x 6" sturdy
deckboards.
Finished on
all 4 sides.
2 1/2"
4000 lbs.
capacity Tubing
2.17" square
Socket 2 1/2"
Square
Underclearance 4
1/2”

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
RACKING & SHELVING UNITS
PRONTO BULK STORAGE RACKS
Featuring up to 2000 lbs. capacity per shelf, each easily assembled Pronto bulk storage rack
starter unit is comprised of two all-welded end frames, and three 5/8" presswood shelves
flush-fitted into positive locking steel shelf beams (2 per shelf). Add-on units include only
one end frame. Additional shelves may be added into any unit at 4" vertical centres. Order
one starter unit, and multiple add-ons for a continuous racking set-up. Available in three
standard heights; 8',10',12'; three depths; 24", 36", 48"; and two widths; 7' and 8'. For extra
stability and rigidity, all units feature three safety bars per shelf. Rack only units (no
wood shelves) are available upon inquiry. Blue enamel finish.
NOTE: Not recommended for powered
lift truck applications.
Starter Unit Add-On Unit
Assembles quickly
without bolts
Model No. RA507
24" Shelf Depth 36" Shelf Depth 48" Shelf Depth
Size Cap. Model Wt. Model Wt. Model Wt.
W' x H' Description lbs. No. lbs. No. lbs. No. lbs.
7 x 8 Starter 1400 RA443 245 RA475 288 RA507 331
7 x 8 Add-on 1400 RA441 217 RA473 258 RA505 299
7 W Add'l shelf 1400 RA470 63 RA502 76 RA534 89
8 x 10 Starter 2000 RA453 302 RA485 351 RA517 400
8 x 10 Add-on 2000 RA451 268 RA483 315 RA515 362
8 W Add'l shelf 2000 RA471 78 RA503 93 RA535 108
8 x 12 Starter 2000 RA463 316 RA495 365 RA527 414
8 x 12 Add-on 2000 RA461 275 RA493 322 RA525 369
8 W Add'l shelf 2000 RA471 78 RA503 93 RA535 108
SPEEDI-BILT ® BULK STORAGE RACKS
An economical solution to any storage problem…
from the supplies storage room, to the larger warehouse application.
Key features include:
• 4 shelves per unit
• Additional shelves available
• Shelves adjustable on 1 1/2" centres
• Standard heights: 7' or 10'
• Standard depths: 30" or 48"
• Starter and add-on units available
• Unobstructed access, all 4 sides
• Baked enamel finish, sand colour
• Standard widths: 6' or 8'
• Centre deck support for each shelf
• Each shelf includes 5/8" presswood deck
• 6' W units have a capacity of 700 lbs./shelf
• 8' W units have a capacity of 1000 lbs./ shelf
Speedi-Bilt ® components assemble
easily without the need for special tools or fasteners.
All you need to assemble these units is
a rubber mallet.
30" Shelf Depth 48" Shelf Depth
Size Starter Wt. Add-on Wt. Starter Wt. Add-on Wt.
W' x H' Model No. lbs. Model No. lbs. Model No. lbs. Model No. lbs.
6 x 7 RA613 222 RA612 226 RA615 328 RA614 328
6 x 10 RA607 234 RA606 233 RA609 336 RA608 336
8 x 7 RA623 286 RA622 286 RA625 415 RA624 415
8 x 10 RA617 294 RA616 294 RA619 422 RA618 422
Additional Shelves
6 RA610 46 - - RA611 77 - -
8 RA620 67 - - RA621 99 - -
40
567

40
568
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
STEEL SHELVING & LABELLING SYSTEMS
MAIN
FEATURES:
Starter
• No-bolt shelf design saves up to
80% of installation time
• Employs an innovative shelf clip, which
slips into a slotted T post
OPEN TYPE
Add-on
Adjustable open shelving units provide strength, yet an economical
storage system for your plant, warehouse or office.
Open type shelving starter units include the number of shelves required for your
application, 4 T posts, 2 pairs of side sway braces and 1 pair of back sway braces.
The add-on units are similar, except that only 1 pair of side sway braces, and 2
posts are required.
To order open or closed type shelving, determine the height, the
number of shelves, and the shelf dimensions that suit your application.
If multiple units are to be connected, order one starter unit,
and add-on units for the balance. If a larger
number of shelves are required than the units shown, order extra
shelves. Shelves may be added at 2" intervals.
LABEL HOLDERS
Clearly identify your shelf/bin contents with the efficient and time-saving
CEL-U-DEX holders. Versatile, highly protective, easy to read, and even
custom designed with a special matte finish for fool-proof bar code applications.
Ideal for all types of racking, shelving and bin/drawer storage systems.
Available in 3 different types:
HOL-DEX ®
• Can be custom cut to your specific size specifications
• Available in clear, green, blue, red and lemon
for colour coding (clear provides the most accurate
bar code scan)
• Shelves are 18 gauge steel with
a 630 lbs. cap. (36" W) and
315 lbs. cap. (48" W) for
evenly distributed loads
Size Qty/ Model No.
W" x L" Box Clear Green Blue Red Lemon
Self-Adhesive
1/2 x 6 12 OA340 OA355 OA354 OA357 OA356
3/4 x 6 12 OA339 OA359 OA358 OA361 OA360
1 x 6 12 OA341 OA366 - OA370 -
2 x 6 12 OA338 OA363 OA362 OA372 OA371
Magnetic
1/2 x 6 12 RG650 RG651 RG652 RG653 RG654
3/4 x 6 12 OA389 OA378 OA377 OA380 OA379
1 x 6 12 OA336 OA374 - OA376 -
2 x 6 12 RG655 RG656 RG657 RG658 RG659
Hook & Loop
1 x 6 12 RG660 RG661 RG662 RG663 RG664
2 x 6 12 RG665 RG666 RG667 RG668 RG669
WRITE-ON
MAGNETIC TAGS
A fast, simple and inexpensive means of labelling high volume applications,
primary uses in warehouses and other storage areas. The newly formulated
write-on/wet erase tags come with an aggressive magnetic backing. The vinyl
top coating makes marking with any standard wet erase marker a snap. The
special wet erase feature will keep tags clear and clean for extended periods.
Mark with a standard wet erase marker, erase with a damp cloth and remark.
3 standard widths available. Custom widths and lengths available too.
Standard product thickness is 1/32". Sold 25 per box, or in 50' rolls.
Model No. RC166
• Shelves come in various sizes (D x W) with a
height of 1"
• Extra shelves may be added to standard units
to increase storage capacities
Starter
• Shelves are adjustable on 2" centres
• All units shipped knocked down
to minimize freight charges
• Available in two types: open or closed
CLOSED TYPE
Add-on
Closed type shelving units have all of the features of open shelving,
while providing the added benefits of a fully enclosed unit.
Closed type shelving starter units include the number of shelves required
for your application, 2 end panels, 1 back panel and 1 base plate. The addon
units are similar, except that only 1 end panel is required.
SUPERSCAN
• Available in 4 extra large sizes for pallet
racking installation
• Clear plastic matte finish assures precise
bar code reading everytime
• Inserts are laser ink jet printer compatible
for easy labelling
SUPERSCAN (Clear only)
Size Qty/ Model
W" x L" Box No.
Self-Adhesive
3 x 5 50 RG670
4 x 6 50 RG671
5 x 7 25 RG681
8 1/2 x 11 25 RG682
Many different configurations of the Open and Closed type shelving
are available. On the following pages are just a few of our most popular
models. Styles available are unlimited. Please contact us if you
need a different arrangement. Shipped knocked down.
Size Qty/ Model
W" x L" Box No.
Magnetic
3 x 5 50 RG672
4 x 6 50 RG673
5 x 7 25 RG683
8 1/2 x 11 25 RG684
WIRE-RAC TM
• New snap on holders easily and quickly identify stored contents
• Clear, flexible plastic sleeves fit new or existing wire shelving with 1 1/4" facing; paper
inserts included
• Available in 4 different lengths: 3", 6" 12" and 24"
Model Dimensions
No. W" x L"
Boxes (25/box)
RH687 1 x 3
RH688 1 x 4
RH689 1 x 6
RH690 1 x 8
RH691 2 x 3
RH692 2 x 4
RH693 2 x 6
RH694 2 x 8
RH695 3 x 4
RH696 3 x 6
RH697 3 x 8
Size Qty/ Model
W" x L" Box No.
Hook & Loop
3 x 5 50 RG674
4 x 6 50 RG675
5 x 7 25 RG685
8 1/2 x 11 25 RG686
Dimensions Qty/ Model
W" x L" Box No.
1 5/16 x 3 25 RH683
1 5/16 x 6 25 RH684
1 5/16 x 12 12 RH685
1 5/16 x 24 6 RH686
Model No. Dimensions
Rolls (50' roll)
RH698 1" W
RH699 2" W
RH700 3" W

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
STEEL SHELVING UNITS - 36"W X 6'4"H
OPEN TYPE
Contains: 3 Bays 36" Wide x 24" High
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC006 RC005
18 RC008 RC007
24 RC010 RC009
Contains: 3 Bays 36" Wide x 24" High
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC012 RC011
18 RC014 RC013
24 RC016 RC015
Contains: 3 Bays 36" Wide x 24" High
Complete with Locking,
Swinging Doors
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC054 RC053
18 RC056 RC055
24 RC058 RC057
Note: Individual bay heights are approximate.
OPEN TYPE
Contains: 6 Bays 36" Wide x 12" High
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC018 RC017
18 RC020 RC019
24 RC022 RC021
Contains: 6 Bays 36" Wide x 12" High Contains: 9 Bays 36" Wide x 8" High Contains: 12 Bays 36" Wide x 6" High
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC024 RC023
18 RC026 RC025
24 RC028 RC027
Contains: 6 Bays 36" Wide x 12" High
Complete with Locking,
Swinging Doors
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC060 RC059
18 RC062 RC061
24 RC064 RC063
OPEN TYPE
Contains: 9 Bays 36" Wide x 8" High
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC030 RC029
18 RC032 RC031
24 RC034 RC033
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC036 RC035
18 RC038 RC037
24 RC040 RC039
Contains: 2 Bays 36" Wide x 12" High
6 Bays 36" Wide x 8" High
Complete with Locking,
Swinging Doors
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC072 RC071
18 RC074 RC073
24 RC076 RC075
OPEN TYPE
Contains: 12 Bays 36" Wide x 6" High
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC042 RC041
18 RC044 RC043
24 RC046 RC045
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC048 RC047
18 RC050 RC049
24 RC052 RC051
Contains: 2 Bays 36" Wide x 12" High
8 Bays 36" Wide x 6" High
Complete with Locking,
Swinging Doors
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC066 RC065
18 RC068 RC067
24 RC070 RC069
40
569

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
STEEL SHELVING UNITS - 36"W X 7'4"H
OPEN TYPE
Contains: 3 Bays 36" Wide x 28" High
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC164 RC163
18 RC166 RC165
24 RC168 RC167
Contains: 3 Bays 36" Wide x 28" High
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC170 RC169
18 RC172 RC171
24 RC174 RC173
Contains: 3 Bays 36" Wide x 28" High
Complete with Locking,
Swinging Door
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC212 RC211
18 RC214 RC213
24 RC216 RC215
Note: Individual bay heights are approximate.
OPEN TYPE
Contains: 6 Bays 36" Wide x 14" High
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC188 RC187
18 RC190 RC189
24 RC192 RC191
Contains: 6 Bays 36" Wide x 14" High Contains: 7 Bays 36" Wide x 12" High Contains: 14 Bays 36" Wide x 6" High
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC194 RC193
18 RC196 RC195
24 RC198 RC197
Contains: 6 Bays 36" Wide x 14" High
Complete with Locking,
Swinging Doors
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC218 RC217
18 RC220 RC219
24 RC222 RC221
OPEN TYPE
Contains: 7 Bays 36" Wide x 12" High
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC176 RC175
18 RC178 RC177
24 RC180 RC179
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC182 RC181
18 RC184 RC183
24 RC186 RC185
Contains: 7 Bays 36" Wide x 12" High
Complete with Locking,
Swinging Doors
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC224 RC223
18 RC226 RC225
24 RC228 RC227
OPEN TYPE
Contains: 14 Bays 36" Wide x 6" High
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC200 RC199
18 RC202 RC201
24 RC204 RC203
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC206 RC205
18 RC208 RC207
24 RC210 RC209
Contains: 8 Bays 36" Wide x 6" High
3 Bays 36" Wide x 12" High
Complete with Locking,
Swinging Doors
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC230 RC229
18 RC232 RC231
24 RC234 RC233
40
571

40
572
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
STEEL SHELVING UNITS - 36"W X 7'4"H
Contains: 2 Bays 36" W x 28" H
4 Compartments 18" W x 14" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC236 RC235
18 RC238 RC237
24 RC240 RC239
Contains: 1 Bay 36" W x 14" H
6 Compartments 8" W x 14" H
1 Bay 36" W x 28" H
Complete with Locking,
Swinging Doors.
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC260 RC259
18 RC262 RC261
24 RC264 RC263
Contains: 126 Metal Shelf Boxes (drawers)
5 5/8" W x 2 3/4" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC280 RC279
18 RC282 RC281
Note: Individual bay heights are approximate.
Contains: 4 Compartments 18" Wx 14" H
9 Compartments 12" W x 14" H
1 Bay 36" Wide x 14" High
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC242 RC241
18 RC244 RC243
24 RC246 RC245
Contains: 9 Compartments 12" W, 12" H
complete with 3" Compartments fronts
18 Compartments 6" W x 6" H
complete with 1" Compartment fronts
30 Metal Shelf Boxes (drawers)
5 5/8" W x 4 3/4" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC266 RC265
18 RC268 RC267
Contains: 42 Metal Shelf Boxes (drawers)
11" W x 4 3/4" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC284 RC283
18 RC286 RC285
Contains: 21 Compartments 12" W x 12" H Contains: 84 Compartments 6" W x 6" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC248 RC247
18 RC250 RC249
24 RC252 RC251
Contains: 21 Compartments 12" W x 12" H
Complete with Locking,
Swinging Doors.
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC270 RC269
18 RC272 RC271
24 RC274 RC273
Contains: 54 Metal Shelf Boxes (drawers)
5 5/8" W x 4 3/4" H
15 Metal Shelf Boxes (drawers)
11" W x 4 3/4" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC288 RC287
18 RC290 RC289
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC254 RC253
18 RC256 RC255
24 RC258 RC257
Contains: 84 Metal Shelf Boxes (drawers)
5 5/8" W x 4 3/4" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC276 RC275
18 RC278 RC277
Contains: 84 Compartments 6" W x 6" H
Complete with 1" Compartment Fronts.
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC292 RC291
18 RC294 RC293
24 RC296 RC295

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
STEEL SHELVING UNITS - 36" W X 8'4" H
OPEN TYPE
Contains: 6 Bays 36" W x 16" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC298 RC297
18 RC300 RC299
24 RC302 RC301
Contains: 6 Bays 36" W x 16" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC304 RC303
18 RC306 RC305
24 RC308 RC307
Contains: 1 Bay 36" W x 16" H
12 Compartments 12" W x 14" H
1 Bay 36" W x 24" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC346 RC345
18 RC348 RC347
24 RC350 RC349
Note: Individual bay heights are approximate.
OPEN TYPE
Contains: 8 Bays 36" W x 12" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC310 RC309
18 RC312 RC311
24 RC314 RC313
OPEN TYPE
Contains: 12 Bays 36" W x 8" H
Contains: 8 Bays 36" W x 12" H Contains: 12 Bays 36" W x 12" H Contains: 4 Bays 36" W x 24" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC316 RC315
18 RC318 RC317
24 RC320 RC319
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC322 RC321
18 RC324 RC323
24 RC326 RC325
Contains: 24 Compartments 12" Wx 12" H Contains: 48 Compartments 9" W x 8" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC352 RC351
18 RC354 RC353
24 RC356 RC355
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC328 RC327
18 RC330 RC329
24 RC332 RC331
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC358 RC357
18 RC360 RC359
24 RC362 RC361
OPEN TYPE
Contains: 4 Bays 36" W x 24" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC334 RC333
18 RC336 RC335
24 RC338 RC337
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC340 RC339
18 RC342 RC341
24 RC344 RC343
Contains: 1 Bay 36" W x 12" H
12 Compartments 18" W x 14" H
Depth" Starter Unit Add-On Unit
12 RC364 RC363
18 RC366 RC365
24 RC368 RC367
40
573

40
574
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
SLOTTED ANGLE SHELVING
SLOTTED ANGLE SHELVING
Solve unique storage problems with the convenience and strength of Benoma slotted steel
angle. It's easy to build what you need - when and where you need it, to your own specifications,
i.e. shelving and storage systems, work benches, tubing storage, protective framing
around machinery, platforms around assembly projects, etc. Choose from the various components
available, or pre-configured shelf units. Offered by Nelson is their unique boltless clip
design which allows for adjustability of shelves easily and effortlessly, and also, clip design fits
both single and double slotted angle posts. To ensure stability, it is recommended that 3 shelf
levels are bolted when using boltless clips. Among the various accessories available to customize
your unit are: side and back panels, kick panels, dividers, bin fronts, label holders, etc.
RH701 RH774
Type 300
2 7/8" x 1 5/8"
Steel slotted angle allows you to design and build anything to your own specifications:
Metal Decking Tubing Storage Overhead Storage Overhead Storage Wide Storage Special Work Benches
SLOTTED ANGLE ACCESSORIES
CORNER GUSSET PLATE
Add strength and rigidity to your slotted angle assembly. 3" W x 3" L.
Model No. RG994
PLASTIC FEET
Accomodate single or double 1 3/8" x 1 3/8" angle posts.
May be modified to fit larger angles.
Model No. RG237 single post
Model No. RG238 double "T" post
SLOTTED ANGLE CUTTER
Makes angle cutting a one man, single-stroke operation.
Shipped knocked down.
Model No. RG232
Type 225
2 1/2" x 1 5/8"
Type 140
1 3/8" x 1 3/8"
SLOTTED ANGLE SHELVING
6 Shelves/75" Post 7 Shelves/87" Post 8 Shelves/99" Post
Size Model No. Model No. Model No.
W" x L" Open Closed Open Closed Open Closed
12 x 36 RH701 RH774 RH707 RH780 RH713 RH786
18 x 36 RH702 RH775 RH708 RH781 RH714 RH787
24 x 36 RH703 RH776 RH709 RH782 RH715 RH788
12 x 48 RH704 RH777 RH710 RH783 RH716 RH789
18 x 48 RH705 RH778 RH711 RH784 RH717 RH790
24 x 48 RH706 RH779 RH712 RH785 RH718 RH791
All shelving units include 4 posts (1 3/8" x 1 3/8" slotted angle), shelves, panels
(for closed units), plastic feet and all necessary hardware.
Model Dimensions Angle Steel Wt.
No. W" x D" Length' Gauge Colour UDL* lbs.
SLOTTED ANGLE
RG979 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 8 14 Grey — 6
RG980 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 10 14 Grey — 7
RG981 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 12 14 Grey — 8.5
RG982 2 1/2 x 1 5/8 8 14 Grey — 9
RG983 2 1/2 x 1 5/8 10 14 Grey — 11
RG984 2 1/2 x 1 5/8 12 14 Grey — 13
RG229
SHELVES
2 7/8 x 1 5/8 12 12 Grey — 15
RG985 12 x 36 — 20 Galvanized 450 7
RG986 15 x 36 — 20 Galvanized 450 8.3
RG987 18 x 36 — 20 Galvanized 450 9.6
RG988 24 x 36 — 20 Galvanized 450 12.2
RG989 32 x 42 — 18 Galvanized 300 23.7
RG990 12 x 48 — 20 Galvanized 350 9.2
RG991 15 x 48 — 20 Galvanized 350 10.9
RG992 18 x 48 — 20 Galvanized 350 12.6
RG993 24 x 48 — 19 Galvanized 400 18.5
*UDL: Maximum uniformly distributed load allowance where maximum
shelf deflection is fully recovered when load is removed.
SIDE PANELS
BACK PANELS
Model
No.
Dimensions
W" x L"
Steel
Gauge
Wt.
lbs.
Model Dimensions
No. RG232 W" x L"
Steel
Gauge
Wt.
lbs.
RH759 12 x 75 24 7 RH768 36 x 75 24 22
RH760 18 x 75 24 11 RH769 48 x 75 24 29
RH761 24 x 75 24 15 RH770 36 x 87 24 25
RH762 12 x 87 24 8 RH771 48 x 87 24 34
RH763 18 x 87 24 13 RH772 36 x 99 24 29
RH764 24 x 87 24 17 RH773 48 x 99 24 38
RH765 12 x 99 24 10 KICK PANELS
RH766 18 x 99 24 14 RH792 36 x 3 20 1.3
RH767 24 x 99 24 19 RH793 48 x 3 20 1.7
RG994 RG996
RG237
RG232
ACCESSORIES
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
RG994 Corner gusset 3" 0.7
RG995 Nut and bolt 0.05
RG996 Boltless shelf clip 0.6
RG237 Plastic foot (simple post) 0.02
RG238 Plastic foot (double post) 0.03
RG232* Slotted angle cutter 17
* Shipped knocked down

WIRE SHELVING
ADAPTA-PLUS WIRE SHELVING UNITS
Open wire construction will maximize light pene-tration for better visibility, air circulation, and water
coverage from your sprinkler system. Rugged square post construction. Chrome finish posts are
16 gauge and stainless steel posts are 18 gauge. All posts include plastic top caps and leveling feet.
Shelf capacities: Wire shelves have a capacity, depending on the width, from 800 to 1000 lbs.
All shelf capacities are based on static loads that are evenly distributed. Standard shelves can be
assembled on a 2" slope.
ZINC FINISH: Most economical coating for a wire shelf. It is used mainly for dry storage of boxed
goods or paper products.
CHROME FINISH: More durable than zinc. Impervious to the accumulation of dust. Used widely in
assembly line areas, manufacturing, electronics industry, offices and storage rooms.
TECH-SEAL TM : A new state-of-the-art process to prevent corrosion. Zinc is applied to the entire wire
shelf followed by a chrome sealer, a cathodic primer and a final powder coating of heavy duty polyester
which is baked on to assure resistance to water, humidity, salt and UV. Guaranteed for 10
years against rust formation.
STAINLESS STEEL FINISH: Made from #304 stainless steel. Fully corrosion resistant and used
mainly in clean rooms or food processing applications, anywhere bacteria cannot accumulate.
ZINC FINISH WIRE SHELVING
60" H/4 SHELVES 72" H/4 SHELVES 84" H/ 6 SHELVES
Shelf Add-On Add-On Add-On
W" x L" Starter Straight 90° Starter Straight 90° Starter Straight 90°
18 x 36 RD542 RD564 RH382 RD526 RD525 RH398 RD558 RD557 RH430
18 x 48 RD544 RD543 RH384 RD528 RD527 RH400 RD560 RD559 RH432
18 x 60 RD546 RD545 RH386 RD530 RD529 RH402 RD562 RD561 RH434
18 x 72 RD548 RD547 RH387 RD532 RD531 RH403 RF962 RF963 RH435
24 x 36 RD534 RD533 RH390 RD518 RD517 RH406 RD550 RD549 RH438
24 x 48 RD536 RD535 RH392 RD520 RD519 RH408 RD552 RD551 RH440
24 x 60 RD538 RD537 RH394 RD522 RD521 RH410 RD554 RD553 RH442
24 x 72 RD540 RD539 RH395 RD524 RD523 RH411 RD556 RD555 RH443
TECH-SEAL TM WIRE SHELVING
60" H/4 SHELVES 72" H/4 SHELVES 84" H/ 6 SHELVES
Shelf Add-On Add-On Add-On
W" x L" Starter Straight 90° Starter Straight 90° Starter Straight 90°
18 x 48 RD393 RD392 RH512 RD385 RD384 RH528 RD401 RD400 RH560
18 x 60 RD395 RD394 RH514 RD387 RD386 RH530 RD403 RD402 RH562
24 x 48 RD389 RD388 RH520 RD381 RD380 RH536 RD397 RD396 RH568
24 x 60 RD391 RD390 RH522 RD383 RD382 RH538 RD399 RD398 RH570
COMPONENTS
POSTS
Height" Wt. lbs. Chrome Finish Tech-Seal TM Finish Stainless Steel Finish
36 2.5 RD346 RD409 RD494
43 3 RD347 RD410 RD495
54 3.7 RD348 RD411 RD496
60 4.2 RD349 RD412 RD497
72 5 RD350 RD413 RD498
84 6 RD351 RD414 RD499
96 7 RD352 RD415 RD500
WIRE SHELVES
Shelf Wt. Zinc Chrome Tech-Seal TM Stainless Steel
W" x L" lbs. Finish Finish Finish Finish
12 x 24 6 - RD251 RD356 RD427
12 x 36 9 - RD252 RD357 RD428
12 x 48 10 - RD253 RD358 RD429
12 x 60 12 - RD254 RD359 RD430
12 x 72 15 - RD255 RD360 RD431
15 x 24 7 - RD256 RD361 RD432
15 x 36 8 - RD257 RD362 RD433
15 x 48 12 - RD258 RD363 RD434
15 x 60 14 - RD259 RD364 RD435
15 x 72 17 - RD260 RD365 RD436
18 x 24 8 RD503 RD261 RD366 RD437
18 x 36 10 RD504 RD262 RD367 RD438
18 x 48 13 RD505 RD263 RD368 RD439
18 x 60 16 RD506 RD264 RD369 RD440
18 x 72 19 RD507 RD265 RD370 RD441
21 x 36 11 RD508 RD266 RD371 RD442
21 x 48 15 RD509 RD267 RD372 RD443
21 x 60 18 RD510 RD268 RD373 RD444
21 x 72 22 RD511 RD269 RD374 RD445
24 x 24 10 RD512 RD270 RD375 RD446
24 x 36 12 RD513 RD272 RD376 RD447
24 x 48 16 RD514 RD274 RD377 RD448
24 x 60 20 RD515 RD277 RD378 RD449
24 x 72 24 RD516 RD278 RD379 RD450
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
CHROME FINISH WIRE SHELVING
60" H/4 SHELVES 72" H/4 SHELVES 84" H/ 6 SHELVES
Shelf Add-On Add-On Add-On
W" x L" Starter Straight 90° Starter Straight 90° Starter Straight 90°
18 x 36 RD317 RD316 RH446 RD300 RD299 RH462 RD333 RD332 RH494
18 x 48 RD319 RD318 RH448 RD302 RD301 RH464 RD335 RD334 RH496
18 x 60 RD321 RD320 RH450 RD304 RD303 RH466 RD337 RD336 RH498
18 x 72 RD323 RD322 RH451 RD306 RD305 RH467 RD339 RD338 RH499
24 x 36 RD309 RD308 RH454 RD292 RD291 RH470 RD325 RD324 RH502
24 x 48 RD311 RD310 RH456 RD294 RD293 RH472 RD327 RD326 RH504
24 x 60 RD313 RD312 RH458 RD296 RD295 RH474 RD329 RD328 RH506
24 x 72 RD315 RD314 RH459 RD298 RD297 RH475 RD331 RD330 RH507
STAINLESS STEEL WIRE SHELVING
60" H/4 SHELVES 72" H/4 SHELVES 84" H/ 6 SHELVES
Shelf Add-On Add-On Add-On
W" x L" Starter Straight 90° Starter Straight 90° Starter Straight 90°
18 x 48 RD466 RD465 RH576 RD456 RD455 RH592 RD474 RD473 RH624
18 x 60 RD468 RD467 RH578 RD458 RD457 RH594 RD476 RD475 RH626
24 x 48 RD462 RD461 RH584 RD452 RD451 RH600 RD470 RD469 RH632
24 x 60 RD464 RD463 RH586 RD454 RD453 RH602 RD472 RD471 RH634
The Unique CARI-ALL TM system uses a series of components to assemble the shelving
units. This versatility will allow you to choose the type of shelving that is best suited
to your specific application.
HOW TO ORDER
1. Determine the height of your shelving and choose the post's finish.
2. Select the shelf dimension, shelf finish and the number of shelves per unit.
3. Count how many starter units (free standing) and how many add-on units
there will be.
4. Select other accessories.
Shelf Clip
Square Post
Corner "S"
Hook
Joining Bar
ADAPTA PLUS
Shelving
Add-on
Support
40
575

40
576
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
HEAVY DUTY STORAGE PRODUCTS
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY SHELVING
Designed to hold the heaviest loads...
Clear access on all four sides. Excellent for storage of dies, fixtures, jigs, or any heavy
material. Formed angle 2" x 2" uprights are constructed of 13 gauge steel, punched on 1"
centres for quick and easy shelf adjustment. Grey baked enamel finish. Shelf capacities are
based on loads that are evenly distributed. Extra shelves and 96" high units are available.
Each unit includes 5 shelves.
Shelves: 14 gauge 2" deep channels on all four
sides. An extra channel welded to the bottom
of shelf to prevent flexing under heavy loads.
Model Dimensions Capacity per Wt.
No. W" x D" x H" Shelf lbs. lbs.
RC524 36 x 18 x 72 1570 167
RC525 48 x 18 x 72 1600 212
RC526 60 x 18 x 72 1500 252
RC527 36 x 24 x 72 1625 197
RC528 48 x 24 x 72 1650 242
RC529 60 x 24 x 72 1500 292
CLEARVIEW
CABINETS
The clear polycarbonate
windows in the doors will take
the guess work out of your
product storage system. All your
tools and supplies are visible at a
glance. 12 gauge one piece body
design. A 6" sweep space is
provided by 3/16" steel legs.
Adjustable 14 gauge shelves. A
three point locking device with a
3/8" latch rod and 3/16" latch
plate. Hinges are 10 gauge with a
5/16" brass pin.
Model Dimensions O. A. No. of Shelf Wt.
No. W" x D" x H" Ht" Shelves Cap. lbs. lbs.
FB044 48 x 24 x 60 66 3 1200 446
FB047 48 x 24 x 72 78 4 1200 536
EXTRA HEAVY-GAUGE
STORAGE CABINETS
These cabinets are so tough, they're like
having safes on your shop floor for storage.
All welded 14 gauge cabinets, with 14 gauge shelves can be adjusted every 3". Doors feature secure
3 point locking system with 3/8" latch rod and 3/16" latch plate. All cabinets are 21" deep and 36"
wide. Shipped with shelves bolted in place and on 4" high wood blocks. Optional 7 gauge bolt-onlegs
are available. They add 4" to the overall height of the cabinet and provide fork lift access to move
the cabinet. Colour: Grey.
Model No. of Dimensions Wt.
No. Shelves W" x D" x H" lbs.
FB013 4 36 x 21 x 78 370
FB012 3 36 x 21 x 60 300
FB011 2 36 x 21 x 42 230
FB014 Bolt-on-legs, set of 4" high 24
VISIBLE STORAGE
WIRE MESH
CABINET
All welded mesh storage cabinet
provides a secure yet visible area to
place your tools and equipment.
Reinforced K-Brace welded to the door
frame delivers additional strength and
proper door align-ment. Diamond
shaped 13 gauge steel mesh.
Adjustable shelves bolt into holes
spaced 8 3/4" at bottom to 8 3/4" from
top. Door has three point latching
system with cam-lock and chrome
plated handle. Baked on grey enamel
finish. Dimensions: 24" W x 21" D x 72"
H. Wt: 146 lbs. All stored items are
clearly visible even with the door
closed.
Model No. FB015

STORAGE CABINETS
Model No. FF985
COUNTER HIGH CABINETS
Serves as a counter and cabinet combination. Ideal for
storage where vertical space is limited. Contemporary
styling with flush fronts, backs, sides and rounded front
corners. Double doors with three point door locking device
swing to full 180° to maximize access. Nylon washers,
plastic inserts and felt pads make it a quieter operating cabinet.
Features two shelves adjust-able every 2", capacity of
180 lbs. per shelf. Durable heavy-gauge steel construction
in Dove Grey. Cabinet dimensions: 36" W x 42" H with 18"
or 21" D. Shipped knocked down.
Model No. Description Depth" Wt. lbs.
FF985 High cabinet 18 88
FF986 High cabinet 21 96
FF987 Extra shelf (For FF985) 18 9
FF988 Extra shelf (For FF986) 21 7
HEAVY-DUTY DEEP DOOR STORAGE CABINET
The specially designed padlock hasp (cannot be accessed by bolt cutters) helps secure the contents of this deep door hidensity
storage cabinet. 4 reinforced adjustable main shelves are complemented by 6 adjustable mini shelves in each 4"
deep hinged door for a capacity unmatched by any other cabinet. Cabinet dimensions are 38" W x 24" D x 72" H and colour
is grey. Order extra shelves as required.
Special padlock hasp conceals padlocks from
bolt cutters.
Model No. FB019
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
WELDED
COMPACT CABINET
For any situation where a full sized cabinet is too large, this
compact cabinet will fit in. It has a width of only 18", but
provides 5 1/2 cubic feet of storage space, including three
divided drawers, and two stationary shelves. Constructed
of 24 gauge steel, it features a lock and handle, and is finished
in grey enamel.
Model Size Wt.
No. W" x D" x H" lbs.
FB019 18 x 12 x 44 42
Model Size Wt.
No. Description W" x D" x H" lbs.
FB024 Cabinet 38 x 24 x 72 315
FB025 Extra shelf for cabinet 18
FB026 Extra shelf for door 2
Model No.
FB048
Model No. FB070
ECONOMICAL COMPACT
CABINETS
These cabinets are ideal anywhere a full sized cabinet is too
large. Includes adjustable shelves, handle (no lock), and
white enamel finish.
Model Size No. Wt.
No. W" x D" x H" Shelves lbs.
FB048 19 x 12 x 36 2 33
FB070 19 x 12 x 60 3 50
HEAVY GAUGE
SECURITY CABINETS
These high security, fire resistant, double wall cabinets feature
14 and 18 gauge steel construction, pick resistant
Medeco locks, and four adjustable shelves. Two models are
available, for storage of dangerous and hazardous flammables
Model FB075 or for storage of valuable items Model
FB080 with carpet lined shelves.
Model Size Wt.
No. W" x D" x H" lbs.
FB075 34 x 18 x 65 325
FB080 34 x 18 x 65 325
40
577

40
578
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
STORAGE CABINETS
WELDED STORAGE CABINETS
Model No. FB036
Combination Type
Model No. FB030
Wardrobe Type
The all-welded steel storage cabinet is still the best choice for your office, plant, school and
institutional storage needs. Standard features include: fully adjustable shelves; recessed
handle; cylinder lock; and coat rods (wardrobe and combination types). Choose from Hi-
Boy, Lo-Boy, Wardrobe, and Combination cabinets in Grey, Beige or Black enamel finish.
Additional shelves are available.
Model No. FB039
Hi-Boy Type
HEAVY-DUTY STORAGE CABINET JUMBO STORAGE CABINET
Model No. FB021 Model No. FB051
For any industrial application where wear and tear takes its toll on general duty cabinets.
This all-welded 20 gauge steel cabinet features four adjustable shelves, lock and handle.
Finished in grey enamel. Additional shelves are available.
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. Description H" x W" x D" lbs.
FB021 Cabinet 72 x 36 x 18 185
FB022 Add’l shelf 1 x 36 x 18 8
Model No. FB033
Lo-Boy Type
Model No. Dimensions Wt
Description Grey Beige Black H" x W" x D" lbs.
Hi-Boy FB039 FB034 FB029 72 x 36 x 18 140
Wardrobe FB040 FB035 FB030 72 x 36 x 18 121
Combination FB041 FB036 FB031 72 x 36 x 18 144
Lo-Boy FB038 FB033 FB028 40 x 36 x 18 90
Add'l shelf FB037 FB032 FB027 1 x 36 x 18 6.5
®
The highest capacity cabinet available to store large, bulky items securely: 78" H x 48" W x
24" D. Four adjustable shelves, lock and handle are included. Shipped knocked-down and
easily assembled. Choose Grey or Beige enamel finish. Additional shelves available.
Model No. Wt.
Grey Beige Description lbs.
FB051 FB049 Cabinet 250
FB054 FB050 Add'l shelf 20

DATA WORKSTATIONS
DATA WORKSTATIONS
These workstations are a basic industry
requirement for a clean, convenient place
to collect, display and analyze your data.
The high impact yellow polystyrene panels measure 26" x
13" for Models FD038 and FD037 and 9" x 12.5" for Model
FF118. Used in Quality Control departments, production
lines, laboratories and construction sites.
MODEL NO. FD037
Includes clips, two panels, c/w acrylic covers, utility tray with
locking door, side tray, solar powered calculator, 3-2" locking
casters and an 18" adjustable column.
MODEL NO. FD038
Includes clips, two panels and an acrylic cover on the
sloped writing surface. Height to the writing surface 42",
overall height 55 1/2".
MODEL NO. FF074
Has a 36" x 26" back panel for your blue prints and other
smaller documents. The size of the sloped writing surface is
26" x 13" with a 42" height. It includes a stationary base,
acrylic cover on writing surface with two clips and three
clips on the back panel.
MODEL NO. FF073
Includes all the above standard features of the FF074 plus
an adjustable 18" stand, acrylic covers for both panels and
a utility tray.
DUAL & TRI STATION
PRINTER STANDS
Shelves can be positioned every 2.5" to
accommodate the full range of machine sizes.
Upright channels provide full internal cable
management and accommodate surge protectors.
Supports 300 lbs; includes locking twin wheel
casters.
Size: 29 1/2" W x 32" D x 49 1/2" H.
Dual Printer Stand - Double your space by using the
refold position flush against the wall. Receiving tray
can also be attached to the back.
Model No. OA314
Tri-Station Printer Stand - Most versatile, triple
station stand. Holds any machine combination of
laser printer, ink jet printer, dot matrix printer or fax
machine.
Model No. OA313
HEAVY DUTY
COMPUTER
WORKSTATIONS
Mobile workstation with pull-out keyboard shelf.
Complete with surge electric and 8" pneumatic tires for
transporting delicate equipment.
Assembly required.
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. L" x W" x H" Colour lbs.
OD268 32 x 24 x 31 Black 70
OD269 32 x 24 x 31 Grey 70
OD270 32 x 24 x 31 Putty 70
Model No.
OA314
Model
No.
FF074
Model
No.
FD037
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Model No.
OA313
Model
No.
FD038
WALL MOUNT DATA
WORKSTATION
This compact unit is designed for
mounting to machines or walls,
anywhere space is limited.
Includes clips, acrylic cover on
writing panel and a rigid
mounting bracket with a 20"
reach.
Model No. FF118
Model No. FF067
Optional swivel arm swings the
workstation into a
convenient position.
Total reach 43".
WORKSTATION/
INSPECTION STAND
Workstation/inspection stand
provides mobility and protection
for computers, printers,
terminals, gauges and data
entry devices on your shop
floor.
Stand Features:
• Easel 24" x 12.5" to display
process sheets, charts and
graphs
• Integrated 24" x 12"
terminal platform, 24" x
8.5" keyboard tray and
1.75" wide pencil tray
• Two 22.75" x 15.5" x 7.25" keyed alike
drawers. Provides security for tools,
instruments and printers
Model No.
FH100
Model No. FF077
Optional Vinyl Cover
fits 5" below top shelf
ECONOMY
WORKSTATIONS
Moulded shelf and legs
won’t scratch, dent or rust.
Complete with surge electric
and 4" casters (2 with brakes).
Assembly required. Weight: 34
lbs. Dimensions: 32" W x 24" D x
27" H.
Model No. OD271 Putty
Model No. OD272 Black
Model No. OD273 Grey
RECESSED COMPUTER
WORKSTATION
Wood and steel computer
workstation with recessed monitor
compartment, pull-out keyboard shelf,
CPU tower holder and
2" casters, 2 with brake. Monitor
compartment
measures 20" W x 18" D
with adjustment settings at
15, 20, 25 and 30 degrees
for ergonomic viewing
capabilities. Tinted, tempered, low
glare glass covers the
monitor compartment.
Assembly required.
Colour: Red Oak/Black. Wt. 58 lbs.
Model No. OE420
40
579

40
580
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
KLETON ® MODU-BENCH
The open and pedestal style Kleton ® Modu-Benches feature a modular design that enables
you to create the right bench for your application. A wide range of top sizes are available
from 24" x 60" up to 36" x 72", with overall working heights of 34" or adjustable to 35", 36",
37", 38" or 39" when leg extensions are purchased.
The 22" or 28" wide x 32 1/4" high bench legs are made of 14 gauge steel. A universal
stringer will provide you with a secure and stable work surface. When only one leg and a
pedestal are used, leg gussets are required for stability.
Back &
End Stops
Universal
Stringer
MODU-BENCH TOPS
STEEL: Heavy gauge steel top with a reinforced wood core and a polyurethane grey finish.
Overall thickness 1 3/4".
LAMINATED WOOD: This heavy duty hardwood top is made from solid maple laminations.
Overall thickness 1 3/4".
SHOP TOP: For medium duty applications a 3/8" double sealed resin custom board covers
a solid 1" hardwood core. Overall thickness 1 3/4".
PLASTIC LAMINATE: Light duty top has a smooth white leather plastic laminate face that
covers a 45 lbs density particle board. Overall thickness 1 5/8".
TOP TYPE
Steel
Laminated
Wood
Shop
Top
Plastic Laminate
* Other sizes are available
Bench Leg
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
FF912 22" Bench leg (single) x 32 1/4" H 14
FF913 28" Bench leg (single) x 32 1/4" H 15
FF914 22" Kit incl.: bench legs (pr.)
FF916 28" universal stringer. 35
FF920 Bench leg gussets (pr.) 2
FF915 22" Kit incl.: caster bench legs (pr.)
FF917 28" casters, stringer 40
FG732 Set of 4 adjustable leg extensions 8
Riser Shelf
Drawer
Lower Shelves
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
FF979 Universal stringer 1
FF934 Lower Shelf, 9" x 44" 14
FF935 Lower Shelf, 9" x 56" 16
FF936 Lower Shelf, 9" x 68" 18
FF956 Riser Shelf, 9" x 48" 19
FF957 Riser Shelf, 9" x 60" 24
FF958 Riser Shelf, 9" x 72" 29
FF704 Back Stop, 3" x 48" 8
Size" Model No. Wt. lbs.
24 x 60 FD031 72
30 x 60 FD033 92
30 x 72 FD034 110
36 x 60 FD035 108
36 x 72 FD036 120
24 x 60 FD016 70
30 x 60 FD020 88
30 x 72 FD021 105
36 x 60 FD026 105
36 x 72 FD027 126
30 x 60 FD004 88
30 x 72 FD005 105
36 x 72 FD007 126
30 x 60 FD011 72
30 x 72 FD012 86
36 x 72 FD014 126
Modu-Bench Accessories
• Camlock with key
• Riser Shelf 9" deep x 12" high
• Single Drawer 18" wide x 21" deep
• Back Stop 3" high x 48", 60" or 72" long
• End Stop 3" high x 24", 30" or 36" long
• Lower Shelf 9" deep for half depth or use two for full depth
* Note: Bench legs now come standard with electrical duplex "knockouts"
PEDESTALS
Newly designed and re-engineered pedestals
are now available in 6 different designs. All
pedestals are heavy gauge steel, 18" wide, 21"
deep and 29 1/4" high. *Optional bases add
height in increments of 3". A maximum of 2
bases per pedestal is recommended. Simply
select a pedestal style to create a custom built
workstation. All drawers are mounted on full
extension roller tracks. Large drawers measure
14 1/2" wide, 20 1/2" deep and 4 1/4"
high. Small drawers measure 14 1/2" wide, 20
1/2" deep and 2 1/4" high. Doors and drawers
feature full length, 1" projection lip handle.
Doors are reversible and can be opened on
either the right or left side. Each door closes on
a metal catch. All pedestals are two tone baked
polyester (blue and grey) and scratch resistant.
All doors and drawers have knockouts for
optional locks. Mounting hardware included.
*Unless otherwise stated all bench configurations
assume the installation of one base. Any
bench using a leg/pedestal combination
requires one base for the pedestal for equal
height.
Open Style MODU-BENCH
(c/w Steel Top)
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
FF705 Back Stop, 3" x 60" 10
FF708 Back Stop, 3" x 72" 12
FF792 End Stop, 3" x 24" 4
FF793 End Stop, 3" x 30" 5
FF794 End Stop, 3" x 36" 6
FG080 Drawer, 18" x 21" 21
FH046 Camlock w/pair of keys .5
22" Bench legs fit tops 24" deep/28" Bench legs fit tops 30" and 36" deep
Model No.
FG076
Model No.
FG079
Model No.
FG082
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
FG078 Single Door Pedestal c/w adjustable interior shelf 51
FG081 Double Door Pedestal 52
FG077 Double Drawer, Single Door Pedestal 75
FG079 4 Drawer Pedestal 97
FG082 4 Drawer, Single Door Pedestal 84
FG076 6 Drawer Pedestal 98
FG084 3" Base for Pedestal 4
FH046 Camlock w/pair of keys* .5
FH047 Set of 4 keyed alike camlocks 2
* For sets of keys to be alike specify at time of order. No extra charge.
®
Model No.
FG078
®

BALANCERS & REELS
BALANCERS
Balancers provide support for a variety of applications from light to heavy duty. Designed to enhance productivity, comfort and
safety, balancers also protect tools from being damaged accidentally. Models are available in a wide range of capacities, with aircraft
(steel/nylon) cable and a standard 360° swivel hanger for easy mounting. Tension adjustable units have individual adjusters
and require a very light force to extend the cable and position the load. No force is required to maintain the load and a very light
force to retract the cable and position the load. Ratchet locking models provide extra safety when using heavier tools and equipment.
All models can be installed easily in minutes. It is strongly recommended that a secondary support chain or cable be
attached to equipment suspended overhead.
Model Mfg. Locking Mfg. Capacity Cable
No. No. Model No. No. lbs. Travel ft' Duty
FA124 GM-31 - 1 - 12 4.8 Light
FA125 RB2 - 1 - 2 5.2 Light
FA126 RB4 - 2 - 4 5.2 Light
FA127 RF6 FA128 RFL6 4 - 6 6.6 Light
FA129 RF8 FA130 RFL8 6 - 8 6.6 Light
FA131 BF9 FA132 BFL9 6 - 9 6.6 Light
FA133 BF13 FA134 BFL13 9 - 13 6.6 Light
FA135 BF18 FA136 BFL18 13 - 18 6.6 Light
FA137 EB25000 FA138 EB2500R 18 - 25 6.6 Heavy
FA139 EB45000 FA140 EB4500R 35 - 45 6.6 Heavy
FA141 JB06000 - 45 - 60 6.6 Heavy
FA142 JB08000 - 70 - 80 6.6 Heavy
FA143 JB09000 - 80 - 90 6.6 Heavy
FA144 JB10000 - 90 - 100 6.6 Heavy
SECONDARY SAFETY SUPPORTS (Recommended for use with overhead balancers)
Model No. Description For Use With Balancers Max. Length"
FA036 Safety Chain FA125, FA126 15
FA147 Safety Chain FA127, FA128, FA129, FA130 20
FA145 Safety Cable FA131, FA132, FA133, FA134, FA135, FA136 20
FA037 Safety Chain FA137, FA138, FA139, FA140, FA141, FA142, FA143, FA144 12
HOSE REELS
Hose reels can be positioned for wall, floor, ceiling or truck mounting. All reels are permanently lubricated (Factory),
equipped with dual main bearings, nylon guide rollers to reduce drag and abrasion and banded guide springs which give
smooth automatic hose retrieval. A full flow shaft and swivel connection assures maximum product delivery. It is required
that a flexible hose connection be used between source hose and reel inlet to prevent binding or misalignment. Adjustable
hose bumpers allow any desired length of hose to be maintained outside the reel, Pos-i-latch latching system will assure the
desired working length of hose. Four bolt mounting base assures easy installation. Full mounting instructions are included
with each reel.
• Low pressure (300 PSI) models - small capacity reel for general air or water applications. Standard hose
included maximum temperature 150°F
• Medium pressure (2250 PSI) models - designed to handle air, water and oil under pressure. Equipped with
SAE 100 R1 AT one wire braid hose. Maximum temperature 210°F
• High pressure (4000 PSI) models - Heavy duty chassis lubrication applications. Hose is a standard SAE 100
R2 AT two wire braid hose. Maximum temperature 210°F
Model Mfg. Max Hose Hose Hose Reel Dimensions
No. No. Series PSI Length' ID" Outlet" Inlet" L" x W" x H"
TN315 4435-OLP 4000 300 35 1/4 1/4 3/8 12 1/2 x 5 1/2 x 13
TN316 5635-OLP 5000 300 35 3/8 1/4 3/8 13 3/4 x 6 x 15
TN317 4625-OLP 4000 300 25 3/8 1/4 3/8 12 1/2 x 5 1/2 x 13
TN318 7650-OLP 7000 300 50 3/8 1/4 1/2 19 x 7 x 20
TN319 7850-OLP 7000 300 50 1/2 3/8 1/2 19 x 7 x 20
TN320 D9375-OLP 9000 300 75 3/4 3/4 1 26 x 12 x 26
TN321* D9300-OLP 9000 500 75 3/4 - 1 26 x 12 x 26
TN322 5625-OMP 5000 2250 25 3/8 3/8 3/8 13 3/4 x 6 x 15
TN323 7850-OMP 7000 2000 50 1/2 3/8 1/2 19 x 7 x 20
TN324 5430-OHP 5000 5000 30 1/4 1/4 3/8 13 3/4 x 6 x 15
TN325 7650-OHP 7000 4000 50 3/8 1/4 1/2 19 x 7 x 20
*Hose not included
POLYPROPYLENE HOSE REELS
Corrosion free reels have high impact, lightweight polypropylene housings. Wall or overhead mounts are included giving them
a 270° swivel. Free running pull out at one meter latching intervals. Use in fixed or portable applications, weight with hose
approx. 25 lbs.
Model Description Hose Hose Working Inlet/Outlet
No. Hose Type Length' ID" Pressure NPT"
TN303 Air/PVC 50 3/8 230 PSI 3/8 / 1/4
TN306 Hot Wash/PVC 40 1/2 200 PSI 3/8 / 3/8
TW121 Air/Water/PVC 50 1/2 230 PSI 3/8 / 1/2
LIGHT-DUTY HOSE REEL
Improve the safety and efficiency of workers performing light duty assembly operations, and protect expensive tools from
damage. Constructed of non-corrosive components and high impact plastic casing, protects spring and bearings. Hose stop
sets hose while ratchet stops drum rotation at required length. Features swinging wall bracket and unique slot outlet which
provides most suitable outlet angle. Ideal for pneumatic tools, workstations, compressed air cleaners and paint sprayers.
Hose on the inlet side is not included. (3/8" hose should be fitted).
Model No. Hose Length" Bore dia." PSI Wt. lbs
TX675 26 1/4 150 8.4
TX676 20 3/8 150 8.8
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Model No.
FA131
Model No.
FA137 -
FA144
Model No.
TN315
Model No.
TN318
Model No.
TX675
Model No.
FA124
Model No.
FA125 -
FA130
Model No.
TN320
Model No. TN303
40
581

40
582
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
KLETON ® INDUSTRIAL GRADE WORKBENCHES
FG418
2, 6 DRAWER PEDESTALS W/TOP
Top Size" Wt. lbs. Model No.
LAMINATED WOOD
36 x 72 279 FG420
36 x 60 257 FG419
30 x 72 257 FG418
30 x 60 239 FG417
24 x 60 221 FG416
STEEL TOP
36 x 72 273 FG415
36 x 60 260 FG414
30 x 72 263 FG413
30 x 60 244 FG412
24 x 60 223 FG411
SHOP TOP
36 x 72 279 FG423
30 x 72 237 FG422
30 x 60 223 FG421
PLASTIC LAMINATE
36 x 72 279 FG426
30 x 72 237 FG425
30 x 60 223 FG424
2 1/2 DOOR PEDESTALS W/TOP
Top Size" Wt. lbs. Model No.
LAMINATED WOOD
36 x 72 238 FG205
36 x 60 217 FG204
30 x 72 217 FG203
30 x 60 200 FG202
24 x 60 182 FG201
STEEL TOP
36 x 72 232 FG213
36 x 60 220 FG212
30 x 72 222 FG211
30 x 60 204 FG210
24 x 60 184 FG209
SHOP TOP
36 x 72 238 FG216
30 x 72 217 FG215
30 x 60 200 FG214
PLASTIC LAMINATE
36 x 72 238 FG208
30 x 72 198 FG207
30 x 60 184 FG206
6 DRAWER & SINGLE DOOR PEDESTAL W/TOP
Top Size" Wt. lbs. Model No.
LAMINATED WOOD
36 x 72 261 FG475
36 x 60 240 FG476
30 x 72 240 FG477
30 x 60 223 FG478
24 x 60 205 FG479
STEEL TOP
36 x 72 255 FG480
36 x 60 243 FG481
30 x 72 245 FG482
30 x 60 227 FG483
24 x 60 207 FG484
SHOP TOP
36 x 72 261 FG485
30 x 72 221 FG486
30 x 60 207 FG487
PLASTIC LAMINATE
36 x 72 261 FG488
30 x 72 221 FG489
30 x 60 207 FG490
FG493
2, 4 DRAWER/1 DOOR PEDESTALS W/TOP
Top Size" Wt. lbs. Model No.
LAMINATED WOOD
36 x 72 275 FG491
36 x 60 254 FG492
30 x 72 254 FG493
30 x 60 237 FG494
24 x 60 219 FG495
STEEL TOP
36 x 72 269 FG496
36 x 60 257 FG497
30 x 72 259 FG498
30 x 60 241 FG499
24 x 60 221 FG500
SHOP TOP
36 x 72 275 FG501
30 x 72 235 FG502
30 x 60 221 FG503
PLASTIC LAMINATE
36 x 72 275 FG504
30 x 72 235 FG505
30 x 60 221 FG506
FG203 FG685
SINGLE DOOR PEDESTALS W/TOP
Top Size" Wt. lbs. Model No.
LAMINATED WOOD
36 x 72 182 FG683
36 x 60 202 FG684
30 x 72 220 FG685
30 x 60 218 FG686
24 x 60 230 FG687
STEEL TOP
36 x 72 180 FG688
36 x 60 198 FG689
30 x 72 215 FG690
30 x 60 215 FG691
24 x 60 236 FG692
SHOP TOP
36 x 72 198 FG693
30 x 72 215 FG694
30 x 60 236 FG695
PLASTIC LAMINATE
36 x 72 182 FG696
30 x 72 196 FG697
30 x 60 236 FG698
FG477 FG637
6 DRAWER & ONE LEG W/TOP
Top Size" Wt. lbs. Model No.
LAMINATED WOOD
36 x 72 210 FG635
36 x 60 189 FG636
30 x 72 189 FG637
30 x 60 172 FG638
24 x 60 154 FG639
STEEL TOP
36 x 72 204 FG640
36 x 60 192 FG641
30 x 72 194 FG642
30 x 60 176 FG643
24 x 60 156 FG644
SHOP TOP
36 x 72 210 FG645
30 x 72 170 FG646
30 x 60 156 FG647
PLASTIC LAMINATE
36 x 72 210 FG648
30 x 72 170 FG649
30 x 60 156 FG650
2 FOUR DRAWER PEDESTALS W/TOP
Top Size" Wt. lbs. Model No.
LAMINATED WOOD
36 x 72 266 FG221
36 x 60 245 FG220
30 x 72 245 FG219
30 x 60 228 FG218
24 x 60 210 FG217
STEEL TOP
36 x 72 260 FG229
36 x 60 248 FG228
30 x 72 250 FG227
30 x 60 232 FG226
24 x 60 212 FG225
SHOP TOP
36 x 72 266 FG232
30 x 72 226 FG231
30 x 60 212 FG230
PLASTIC LAMINATE
36 x 72 266 FG224
30 x 72 226 FG223
30 x 60 212 FG222
2 LEGS, DRAWER, SHELF W/TOP
Top Size" Wt. lbs. Model No.
LAMINATED WOOD
36 x 72 218 FG285
36 x 60 193 FG284
30 x 72 197 FG283
30 x 60 176 FG282
24 x 60 158 FG281
STEEL TOP
36 x 72 212 FG293
36 x 60 196 FG292
30 x 72 202 FG291
30 x 60 180 FG290
24 x 60 160 FG289
SHOP TOP
36 x 72 218 FG296
30 x 72 193 FG295
30 x 60 176 FG294
PLASTIC LAMINATE
36 x 72 218 FG288
30 x 72 174 FG287
30 x 60 160 FG286
6 DRAWER & DOUBLE
DOOR PEDESTAL W/TOP
Top Size" Wt. lbs. Model No.
LAMINATED WOOD
36 x 72 271 FG459
36 x 60 250 FG460
30 x 72 250 FG461
30 x 60 233 FG462
24 x 60 215 FG463
STEEL TOP
36 x 72 265 FG464
36 x 60 253 FG465
30 x 72 255 FG466
30 x 60 237 FG467
24 x 60 217 FG468
SHOP TOP
36 x 72 271 FG469
30 x 72 231 FG470
30 x 60 217 FG471
PLASTIC LAMINATE
36 x 72 271 FG472
30 x 72 231 FG473
30 x 60 217 FG474
FG219 FG235
FG283
FG461
2 1/2 DOOR, 2 DRAWER PEDESTALS W/TOP
Top Size" Wt. lbs. Model No.
LAMINATED WOOD
36 x 72 238 FG237
36 x 60 217 FG236
30 x 72 217 FG235
30 x 60 200 FG234
24 x 60 182 FG233
STEEL TOP
36 x 72 232 FG245
36 x 60 220 FG244
30 x 72 222 FG243
30 x 60 204 FG242
24 x 60 184 FG241
SHOP TOP
36 x 72 238 FG248
30 x 72 217 FG247
30 x 60 200 FG246
PLASTIC LAMINATE
36 x 72 238 FG240
30 x 72 198 FG239
30 x 60 184 FG238
FG434
6 & 4 DRAWER/1 DOOR PEDESTAL W/TOP
Top Size" Wt. lbs. Model No.
LAMINATED WOOD
36 x 72 276 FG436
36 x 60 255 FG435
30 x 72 255 FG434
30 x 60 238 FG433
24 x 60 220 FG432
STEEL TOP
36 x 72 270 FG431
36 x 60 258 FG430
30 x 72 260 FG429
30 x 60 242 FG428
24 x 60 222 FG427
SHOP TOP
36 x 72 276 FG439
30 x 72 236 FG438
30 x 60 222 FG437
PLASTIC LAMINATE
36 x 72 276 FG442
30 x 72 236 FG441
30 x 60 222 FG440
FG251
LEG AND SINGLE DOOR PEDESTAL W/TOP
Top Size" Wt. lbs. Model No.
LAMINATED WOOD
36 x 72 183 FG253
36 x 60 162 FG252
30 x 72 162 FG251
30 x 60 145 FG250
24 x 60 127 FG249
STEEL TOP
36 x 72 177 FG261
36 x 60 165 FG260
30 x 72 167 FG259
30 x 60 149 FG258
24 x 60 129 FG257
SHOP TOP
36 x 72 183 FG264
30 x 72 162 FG263
30 x 60 145 FG262
PLASTIC LAMINATE
36 x 72 183 FG256
30 x 72 143 FG255
30 x 60 129 FG254

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
INDUSTRIAL WORKBENCHES
CABINET WORKBENCHES
The versatile all welded cabinet workbench is suited for any industrial application
that requires a work surface and secure tool and part storage. All cabinet
benches are 33 3/4" high, with the cabinet itself measuring 30" W x 60" L.
Cabinet colour is blue.
Tops are available in steel wood core, laminated wood, plastic laminate
or multi-laminated shop top versions, in 30" and 36" wide by 60" or 72" long
sizes. Options include cyclinder locks to prevent unauthorized access, extra
drawers and shelves. All components can be ordered
individually.
CABINET FORMATS (NO TOPS)
Cabinet Wt.
Format Includes lbs.
FH393 Shell (FH165), 1 shelf (FH164), door set (FH163) 160
FH165 Shell only 105
FH394 Shell (FH165), 4 drawers 145
FH395 Shell (FH165), 1 shelf (FH164) 120
FH396 Shell (FH165), 1 shelf (FH164), 1 Drawer (FF369) 130
FH397 Shell (FH165), 1 shelf (FH164), 2 Drawers (FF369) 140
FH398 Shell (FH165), 2 shelves (FH164) 135
Standard Formats:
FH165
TOPS (ADD TO CABINET TO COMPLETE UNIT)
Top Size: 30" x 60" Size: 30" x 72" Size: 36" x 60" Size: 36" x 72"
Type Material Model Wt. lbs. Model Wt. lbs. Model Wt. lbs. Model Wt. lbs.
SW Steel/Wood FD033 88 FD034 106 FD035 108 FD036 120
LW Laminated Wood FD020 80 FD021 126 FD026 105 FD027 126
PL Plastic Laminate FD011 72 FD012 86 FD013 86 FD014 126
ST Shop Top FD004 88 FD005 105 FD006 105 FD007 126
CABINET WORKBENCHES (COMPLETE UNIT - INCL. CABINET AND TOP)
FH394
FH396 FH397
ADD-ON COMPONENTS
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
FH046 Camlock w/pair of keys 1
FH163 Door set, lock included 40
FH164 Extra shelf 27 3/4" x 58 3/4" 15
FF369 Extra drawer 18 1/2" x 20 1/2" x 7 1/2" 10
TOP TYPE
CABINET STEEL/WOOD LAMINATED WOOD PLASTIC LAMINATE SHOP TOP
FORMAT 30X60 30X72 36X60 36X72 30X60 30X72 36X60 36X72 30X60 30X72 36X60 36X72 30X60 30X72 36X60 36X72
FH393 FH179 FH180 FH181 FH182 FH166 FH167 FH168 FH169 FH170 FH171 FH172 FH173 FH175 FH176 FH177 FH178
FH165 FH203 FH204 FH205 FH206 FH188 FH189 FH190 FH191 FH192 FH193 FH194 FH195 FH199 FH200 FH201 FH202
FH394 FH234 FH235 FH236 FH237 FH218 FH219 FH220 FH221 FH222 FH223 FH224 FH225 FH230 FH231 FH232 FH233
FH395 FH263 FH264 FH265 FH266 FH238 FH239 FH240 FH241 FH242 FH243 FH244 FH245 FH259 FH260 FH261 FH262
FH396 FH289 FH290 FH291 FH292 FH272 FH273 FH274 FH275 FH276 FH277 FH278 FH279 FH285 FH286 FH287 FH288
FH397 FH309 FH310 FH311 FH312 FH293 FH294 FH295 FH296 FH297 FH298 FH299 FH300 FH305 FH306 FH307 FH308
FH398 FH329 FH330 FH331 FH332 FH313 FH314 FH315 FH316 FH317 FH318 FH319 FH320 FH325 FH326 FH327 FH328
FH395
FH398
FH393
®
40
583

40
584
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
INDUSTRIAL WORKBENCHES
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
ALL WELDED BENCHES
The most solid workbenches available, these all welded Kleton ® Workbenches feature a
wood filled 3/16" steel top with 11 gauge steel legs and stringers for extra
strength and rigidity. Bolt-down footplates are standard. Overall height is 34".
Colour: Blue.
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. W" x D" x H" lbs.
FF494 72 x 30 x 34 290
FF495 72 x 36 x 34 360
These machine stands are designed for use as a
machinery stand, or as a work table when a full
sized workbench is not necessary. Features include:
all welded 14 gauge steel; 2" lip-down shelves; bolt
down footplates on each leg, and blue enamel finish.
®
5000 lbs. Capacity
All-Welded Bench
HEAVY-DUTY MACHINE STANDS
®
ECONOMY GRADE
OPEN WORKBENCHES
These workbenches meet virtually every strength requirement for light
manufacturing, assembly operations, maintenance service etc...
Features include: heavy gauge
adjustable legs from 28" to 33";
front and back electrical
knockouts; and a 12" wide lower
shelf. Select either the
Model No. FH214
all purpose version, featuring a 1"
presswood top, or the plastic top
version, featuring a 1 1/2" grey laminated
plastic surface, widely used in
electronics,
laboratories, and institutions.
Optional drawer Model FH271 can be
easily added to all models.
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. Description W" x D" lbs.
FH213 1" presswood top 48 x 24 70
FH214 1" presswood top 60 x 24 76
FH215 1" presswood top 72 x 24 82
FH216 1" presswood top 60 x 30 83
FH217 1" presswood top 72 x 30 92
FF649 1 1/2" plastic top 48 x 24 77
FF650 1 1/2" plastic top 60 x 24 83
FF651 1 1/2" plastic top 72 x 30 122
FH271 Optional drawer only 18 x 12 12
Model Dimensions Cap. Wt.
No. W" x D" x H" lbs. lbs.
FH268 30 x 18 x 32 1500 60
FH269 36 x 24 x 32 1500 70
FH270 48 x 24 x 32 1000 85
®
PEDESTAL BENCHES
Designed for workshop applications, these Kleton ® benches feature a 1 3/4" thick solid laminated
hardwood top mounted on a pair of all-welded pedestals with 2 shelves, 18" W x 24"
D x 32" H each. Overall height is 34".
Pedestal colour is blue.
2500 lbs. Capacity
Pedestal Bench
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. W" x D"* x H" lbs.
FF120 60 x 30 x 34 158
FF121 72 x 30 x 34 175
FF122 84 x 30 x 34 192
FF119 120 x 30 x 34 245
*36" deep units available upon request.
Model No. FH269
KNOCK DOWN, FOLD-UP,
INDUSTRIAL WORKBENCH
• Top shelves fold down
• Can be set up by one person in 17 minutes
(10 screws, 2 shelves to attach, two side bolts to tighten)
• Wood tops on all three units, bordered by 1 1/4" steel tubing
• 5 gallon paint can easily fits on bottom shelf
• Expanded metal top shelf for convenient tool holding ( See Inset )
Model Dimensions
No. Description W" x H"
FG733 Standard Duty 24 x 72
FG734 Standard Duty 24 x 72
FG735 Heavy Duty 24 x 72
®

SHOP DESKS & CABINETS
WALL MOUNTED
SHOP DESK
A space saver. The large
34 1/2" W x 30" D desk top provides a
convenient writing area without utilizing
valuable floor space.
Comes with three open storage compartments, and a 24" W
x 28" D x 3 1/2" H locking drawer on quiet nylon rollers.
Wall mounting brackets included. Long lasting grey enamel
finish. Shipped knocked down.
Model No. Wt. lbs.
FH337 85
DELUXE SHOP DESK
4 drawers of filing/storage space and an 8 compartment
sorter makes this an all-purpose desk for warehouses,
shops and shipping and receiving departments. Comes
with one tray drawer with cylinder lock, two double-deep
file drawers with recessed handles, and one all purpose
drawer. Desk top sorter keeps papers handy and organized.
Use lower shelf for extra storage space or as a
footrest. Overall dimensions: 39" W x 28 3/4" D x 55 1/2"
H. Grey baked enamel finish. Shipped knocked down.
Model No. Wt. lbs.
FH392 163
®
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
FLOOR MODEL
FOREMAN'S DESK
Ideal for shipping and receiving clerks,
watchmen and shop foremen.
Comes with 3 open storage compartments and a
24" W x 28" D x 3 1/2" H locking drawer that glides quietly
on nylon rollers. Sloping writing top is 43" high at front.
Overall dimensions: 34 1/2" W x 30" D x 53" H. Heavy gauge
steel finished in grey baked enamel. Shipped knocked
down.
Model No. Wt. lbs.
FH338 105
OPEN STYLE
SERVICE WRITER
This unit provides a locking upper door cabinet with one
shelf for added storage space. Comes with sloping writing
top and large 25 3/8" W x 16 1/2" D x 3 3/4" H locking drawer
with recessed pull that opens fully on smooth slides. Use
lower shelf for extra storage or as a convenient footrest.
Overall dimensions: 31 1/2" W x 21" D x 72 1/2" H. Tan baked
enamel finish. Shipped knocked down.
Model No. Wt. lbs.
FH386 127
CABINET STYLE
SHOP DESK
This solid unit offers the convenience of the floor model
foreman's desk, with a locking cabinet for added storage
space. Sloping top is a comfortable
43" high at front. Large 24" W x 28" D x 3 1/2" H locking
drawer and double door cabinet. Overall dimensions: 34
1/2" W x 30" D x 53" H. Grey enamel finish. Shipped
knocked down.
Model No. Wt. lbs.
FH336 150
CLOSED STYLE
SERVICE WRITER
Same features as Model No. FH386 plus a locking lower
door compartment with one shelf for storage of large/bulky
items. Shipped assembled.
Model No. Wt. lbs.
FH385 171
40
585

40
586
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
MOBILE BENCHES & SHOP CABINETS
MOBILE MAINTENANCE BENCHES
Heavy Duty Mobile Maintenance
Model No. FH350
Benches bring tools, parts and
supplies to the work site. Provides a
2400 lb. payload capacity. A strong 14
gauge steel top with lip provides a
tough work surface that keeps small
items from rolling off. Equipped with
heavy duty 5" polyolefin casters (2
rigid, 2 swivel w/brake). Each drawer
extends 100% on ball bearing slides
for full access; both drawers and
doors are lockable. Finished in tough
baked enamel, blue cabinet with light
grey drawers.
Model No. FH350: 6 drawers in each end of this unit (12 total) give plenty of storage space
for tools and small to medium sized items. All drawers are 18 1/8" W x 14 3/4" D with varying
heights: (2) 2" H; (2) 2 1/4" H; (2) 2 5/8" H; (2) 3 5/8" H; (2) 4 3/4" H; (2) 6 3/4" H.
• 100 lb. capacity per drawer
• Door compartment with 2 shelves provides storage for larger,
bulky items, 11 3/4" W x 23" D x 26" H
• Overall Dimensions: 24" W x 45" L x 36" H
MOBILE WORKBENCHES
This mobile workbench station combines a workbench, security locker, service cart and
safety cabinet. Allows you to keep the tools and supplies you need, at hand, where you need
them. Mobile workbench is available in two heavy-duty models. Constructed of 12 gauge
welded steel with a durable laminated work surface, 71 3/4" L x 31 1/2" D x 1" W. Large
roller-bearing casters for smooth mobility with wide push/pull handle for easy control. Builtin
floor lock secures workbench in place. Load capacity of over 2000 lbs. Removable 71 1/2"
L x 10" D upper riser shelf provides additional work area. The 27 1/2" W x 27 1/2" D x 31" H
security locker has locking handle with padlock hasp for additional security. Model FF990
incorporates a flammable liquid storage cabinet in addition to the security locker, for the safe
storage of flammable and combustible liquids at the worksite. Provides storage for two 5
gal. cans or miscellaneous sized containers. Constructed of all-welded, reinforced 18 gauge
steel. Leak-proof sill and 2" sump aid in spill containment. Bilingual warning label.
Model Outside Dimensions Wt.
No. DescriptionW" x D" x H" lbs.
FF989 Mobile Workbench 73 x 57 1/2 x 32 3/4 504
FF990 Mobile Workbench
w/Flammable Storage Cabinet
73 x 57 1/2 x 32 3/4 625
Safety storage cabinet designed in accordance with NFPA and OSHA specifications.
Shipped fully assembled and ready for work. Model No. FF990
w/flammable
liquid storage cabinet
CABINET TABLES
These sturdy combination storage cabinets and work tables provide safe locked-in storage of
valuable tools and parts, while at the same time serving as all-around work tables. Ideal for
mounting vises, grinders or small power tools. Heavy gauge steel. Cylinder lock built into
handle on door for added security. Grey baked enamel finish.
ONE SHELF CABINET
24" x 24" work area with 2" lip. Comes with one full size centre shelf adjustable on 1 3/4" centres;
12cu.ft. of storage space. 34" H. Shipped knocked down. Wt.: 80 lbs.
Model No. FF075
LOCKING CABINET TABLE
36" x 24" table top offers a large work area; 2" deep lip prevents supplies from falling off.
Comes with one full-size centre shelf adjustable on 1 1/2" centres and 18 cu.ft. of storage
space. Unit is 34" H. Shipped knocked down. Wt.: 110 lbs.
Model No. FF076
THREE SHELF CABINET
15 1/2" D x 21" W work surface can be mounted to form a 2" deep tray or reversed to provide
a flat, rimless work area. Three adjustable shelves inside the 6.2 cu.ft. interior allow for
concentrated storage. 32" working height; 34" overall height. Shipped knocked down. Wt.:
46 lbs.
Model No FF078
Model No. FH351: 7 spacious drawers
on the front side of this unit yield
ample room for tools and smaller parts
Model No. FH351
and accessories. Dra-wer sizes: (3) 25"
W x 16" D x 2" H; (2) 25" x 16" D x 2 3/4"
H; (2) 25" W x 22 1/2" D x 5 3/4" H (this
drawer size only extends 63%).
• Heavy Duty 160 lb. capacity per
drawer
• One door compartment in the front
15 1/2" W x 17" D x 26" H and
another flip-down door compartment
in the rear 40" W x 5" D x
14" H can hold almost any size or
shaped item
• Overall Dimensions:
24" W x 45" L x 36" H
Model No. FH352 - Optional Side
Rider: Hook on the end of Model FH351 (above) for additional storage space. Features 8
drawers and lockable door.
Overall Dimensions: 13 5/8" W x 15 3/4" D x 26" H.
Model No.
FF076
Model No.
FF075
Model No.
FF989
Model No.
FF078

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
MOBILE BENCHES & TOOL CARTS
TOOL TOTER CARTS
For safe convenient storage of tools and
equipment. An excellent addition to any tool
centre.
These efficient tool carriers are made for safe, convenient
storage of tools and equipment. Don't waste time looking for
your tools, jigs and other things that must be at hand. Each
drawer in these units is 15 1/4" x 23 3/4" x 4 3/4" and has an
individual padlocking hasp. Carrier is 18" W x 24" D x 34" H
with 2 1/2" hard rubber swivel casters.
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
FH210 2 Drawers 55
FH211 4 Drawers 85
FH212 2 Drawers & cabinet 93
MOBILE SERVICE BENCHES
Designed for moving heavy parts and tools to the job site.
Provides a strong, maintenance free surface to
work on. Choice of two series:
Industrial Duty Benches (Kleton ® )
• All welded steel construction
• 1000 lbs. capacity
• 42" W x 24" D x 37" H
• 5" x 1 1/2" resilex casters, swivel w/brake
• No assembly required
• 16 gauge welded steel construction
• 18" W x 21" D x 4" H drawers
Commercial Benches (Edsal)
• Shipped knocked down
• 800 lbs. capacity
• 42" W x 24" D x 34" H
• 5" x 1 1/4" polyolefin casters, swivel w/brake
• Estimated 2 hour assembly time
• 22 gauge steel construction
• 18" W x 20" D x 5" H drawers
Model No. FH212
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
INDUSTRIAL DUTY BENCHES
FF980 2 Doors 235
FF981 1 Drawer/1 Door 190
FF982 4 Drawers/1 Door 275
FF983 8 Drawers 300
FH046 Cam lock w/pair of keys .5
FH047 Set of 4 keyed alike cam locks 2
COMMERCIAL BENCHES
FF680 2 Doors 130
FF681 1 Drawer w/lower shelf/1 Door 135
FF682 5 Drawers/1 Door 174
FF683 10 Drawers 218
SINGLE PEDESTAL BENCH
This rolling bench is similar to the Tool Toter but is available with 1" round 14 gauge welded
tube handles for easy manoeuvring. Comes with non-skid rubber mat work surface for
protection of equipment. Complete with 4, 18" W x 21" D x 4" H, drawers on ball bearing
rollers. 4" grey rubber non-marking swivel casters with brakes. Overall size: 20" W x 21" D
x 40" H. Cam locks for drawers available separately. Finished in blue enamel.
Model Unit Wt.
No. Description lbs.
FF984 4 Drawer 98
FH046 Cam lock w/pair of keys .5
FH047 Set of 4 keyed alike cam locks 2
®
Model No. FH210
Model No. FF981
Model No. FF982
®
Model No. FH211
Model No. FF983
Kleton ® Series shown.
Model No. FF980
40
587

40
588
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
WORKSTATIONS
MAXI-BENCH WORKSTATIONS
The Kleton ® Maxi-Bench
mobile workstation
allows you
to bring your
workstation
to your work.
These extremely
practical units
feature a sturdy
30" x 60" wood
filled steel top,
and a heavy duty
all-welded
14 gauge steel
frame, mounted
on 2 rigid and
2 swivel 5"
phenolic casters
(with brakes).
Standard features
include: 42" high peg board panel; double drawers; swivelout
stool; lower shelf; and end stops. Model FF068 (shown)
includes a fluorescent lamp; 25' incandescent drop light,
and a 4 outlet power bar. Model FF069 does not include the
electrical fixtures or wiring. Static benches (i.e. no casters)
are also available.
BENCHES COMPLETE WITH
ONE ROTARY SHELF UNIT
Top Size" Wt. lbs. Model No.
LAMINATED WOOD
36 x 72 263 FG701
36 x 60 242 FG702
30 x 72 242 FG703
30 x 60 225 FG704
24 x 60 209 FG705
STEEL TOP
36 x 72 257 FG706
36 x 60 245 FG707
30 x 72 247 FG708
30 x 60 229 FG709
24 x 60 209 FG710
SHOP TOP
36 x 72 263 FG711
30 x 72 242 FG712
30 x 60 225 FG713
PLASTIC LAMINATE
36 x 72 263 FG714
30 x 72 223 FG715
30 x 60 209 FG716
®
Model No.
FF068
Model Overall Wt.
No. Description Height" lbs.
FF068 Mobile, Complete 76 435
FF069 Mobile, no Electrical 76 415
FF071 Static, Complete 70 425
FF072 Static, no Electrical 70 405
ROTARY SHELF UNIT
Double (maybe even triple) the
storage capacity of your pedestal
with these rotary storage bins.
Almost like having a shelving unit
in your cabinet. Each shelf can
handle 60 lbs. 17" diameter, steel
shelf rotabin can be set up in any
of the four configurations shown.
You can double this by adding a
second rotary shelf unit to the
other single door pedestal on the
benches illustrated.
Model No. CA188
72" LOUVERED BENCH RACK 36" LOUVERED BENCH RACK
Configuration #1
Configuration #3
Configuration #4
Model No. CB364
Bench Rack
Model CB364 all-welded louvered bench rack is designed to be
permanently installed on a 72" wide workbench. It provides
tool and storage for assembly or repair operations when combined
with plastic parts bins. Racks may be purchased alone or
in rack/bin combination.
Dimensions are 72" W x 40" H.
Bench rack weight: 95 lbs.
Model No. Description
CB364 Bench rack only
RACK/BIN COMBINATIONS
Red Blue Yellow Description
CB173 CB172 CB174 Rack w/144 bins,
Bin Size: 7 3/8" L x 4 1/8" W x 3" H
CB176 CB175 CB177 Rack w/72 bins,
Bin Size: 10 7/8" L x 5 1/2" W x 5" H
CB185 CB184 CB186 Rack w/36 bins,
Bin Size: 14 3/8" L x 8 1/4" W x 7" H
Configuration #2
Model No.
FG703
Model No.
FG703
Model No.
FG703
Model No. CB363
Bench Rack
Model CB363 all-welded louvered bench rack is a self supporting
workstation organizer. This unit may be placed on
any flat surface near a worksite without the need for bolts
or fasteners. Racks may be purchased alone or in rack/bin
combination.
Dimensions are 35 3/4" W x 22" H.
Model No. Description
CB363 Bench rack only
RACK/BIN COMBINATIONS
Red Blue Yellow Description
CB146 CB145 CB147 Rack w/32 bins
Bin Size: 5 3/8" L x 4 1/8" W x 3" H
CB152 CB151 CB153 Rack w/32 bins
Bin Size: 7 3/8" L x 4 1/8" W x 3" H
CB155 CB154 CB156 Rack w/18 bins
Bin Size: 10 7/8" L x 5 1/2" W x 5" H
HEAVY-DUTY MECHANIC'S CART
Model No. FF497
Model FF497 Heavy Duty Mechanic's Cart is a rugged
workstation on wheels, featuring 12 gauge arc-welded construction.
Consider it as a combination rolling tool box and
workbench ideal for plant maintenance, set-up, repair or production
operations. Standard features include: 1600 lbs.
capacity 5" easy rolling casters w/toe brakes; tubular push
handle; locking drawer; locking storage cabinet; 2" rim on
three sides; 3 compartment middle shelf, and 10 steel stackbins
w/bin hangers. Also available is Model FF496 which is
identical, but excludes the steel stackbins. Blue enamel finish.
Overall size 30" W x 20" D x 37 1/2" H.
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
FF497 Mechanic's Cart, complete 147
FF496 Mechanic's Cart, no bins 120

LOCKERS
Rugged, all welded steel lockers will provide years of maintenance free service.
Designed for use in industrial, commercial, mining, institutional, sports, educational and government
facilities. Locker components are made from cold rolled steel and welded together,
eliminating nuts, bolts and rivets.
• Standard dimensions: 18" D x 12" W x 72" H
• Scratch-proof recessed plastic pocket, with 10 gauge padlock hasp
• Doors are completely flush to locker frame
• Ventilation holes on frame cross piece
• Single tier lockers include a hat shelf and three hooks
• Double tier lockers have two hooks per opening
• Frame is 16 gauge steel with three 90° bends for extra strength
• Door frames are 20 gauge with full length 24 gauge double panel
• Available in single, double or six tier configurations
• Baked enamel light grey paint finish
• Sloping top colour: light grey; recessed base colour: black
• Standard in stock colour: light grey; beige also available for quick delivery
Inquire about custom colours (subject to minimum quantities)
TO ORDER:
1. Select single, double or
six tier locker.
2. Select a basic locker with
sloping top, recessed
base or both.
3. Determine the quantity
of each bank (banks
of 1, 2, 3 or 4).
Note: 6 tier lockerette
available in bank of 1 only.
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
SINGLE TIER LOCKERS
Bank of 1 Wt. Bank of 2 Wt. Bank of 3 Wt. Bank of 4 Wt.
Type Model No. lbs. Model No. lbs. Model No. lbs. Model No. lbs.
Basic style FC116 52 FC152 96 FC186 139 FC222 183
w/Slope top FC125 56 FC161 104 FC195 151 FC231 199
w/Recessed base FC119 56 FC155 104 FC189 151 FC225 199
w/Recessed base & slope top FC122 60 FC158 112 FC192 163 FC228 215
OPTIONAL FEATURES:
Also available for all lockers
• Cylinder Locks
• Number Plates
• Coat Rods
• Chrome Pocket
DOUBLE TIER LOCKERS
Bank of 1 Wt. Bank of 2 Wt. Bank of 3 Wt. Bank of 4 Wt.
Type Model No. lbs. Model No. lbs. Model No. lbs. Model No. lbs.
Basic style FC246 53 FC270 98 FC294 141 FC318 187
w/Slope tops FC255 57 FC279 106 FC303 153 FC327 203
w/Recessed base FC249 57 FC273 106 FC297 153 FC321 203
w/Recessed base & slope top FC252 61 FC276 114 FC300 165 FC324 219
6 TIER LOCKERETTE
Ideal locker unit for secure, private storage of personal
effects and valuables where space is at a
premium. Six vertical compartments, each is 12" W
x 18" D x 12" H.
Description Model No. Wt. lbs.
Basic style FC330 56
w/Slope top FC339 60
w/Recessed base FC333 60
w/Recessed base FC336 64
& slope top
Available in bank of one only.
Sloping top prevents
the collection of debris
and is easier
to maintain against the
accumulation
of dust.
Recessed base raises
locker 4" off the floor.
®
Scratch resistant plastic
pocket.
Optional features
available: cylinder locks,
number plates, coat rods
and chrome pocket.
40
589

40
590
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
LOCKERS
16 DOOR ARCHETTE
An archette is ideal for areas where there is not much
space. It will provide lockable storage for 16 people and a
bar for hanging garments. Each compartment is 12" W x
18" D x 12" H and includes a padlock hasp. Overall dimensions:
72" W x 18" D x 72" H.
Colour: light grey. Assembly required.
Model No. Type Wt. lbs.
FC347 w/Padlock hasp 123
FC348 w/Cylinder lock 131
CLOTHING
EXCHANGE LOCKERS
An efficient method to exchange dirty garments with clean
ones. Each employee has access to their individual compartment
and a key will open the master door for authorized
access to all compartments. Made of 16 gauge steel frame
and 20 gauge doors. Colour grey baked enamel. Available
in 6 or 8 compartments.
Overall Dimensions:
Model FC009 & FC007: 26" W x 21 1/4" D x 84 1/2" H
Model FC008: 32 5/8" W x 21 1/4" D x 84 1/2" H
Model No. of Compartment Door
No. Compartments W" x H"
FC009 6 6 3/8 x 38 1/8
FC007 8 4 3/4 x 38 1/8
FC008 8 6 3/8 x 38
Model No.
FB001
Model No.
FB004
LOCKER ROOM BENCHES
A necessity for any locker room, these benches are available
in a laminated hardwood bench featuring chrome steel
legs that can be used freestanding, or bolted to the floor, or
an all welded steel bench featuring angled legs for greater
strength, with grey or beige enamel finish.
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. Type Colour L" x W" x H" lbs.
FB001 Steel Beige 72 x 12 x 17 35
FB002 Steel Grey 72 x 12 x 17 35
FB003 Wood - 48 x 10 x 16 1/2 23
FB004 Wood - 72 x 10 x 16 1/2 31
FB005 Wood - 96 x 10 x 16 1/2 39
PERSONAL EFFECTS LOCKERS
Standard
colour:
Grey
One
section,
one frame
wide
(one locker
opening)
STARTER ADD-ON
Model No.
FC049/ FC052
One
section, two
frames wide
(two
locker
openings)
Model No.
FC050/ FC053
EXPANDED METAL
LOCKERS
Diamond pattern steel mesh provides maximum air circulation,
and permits visual inspection of contents. Standard
lockers are finished in Dove Grey enamel, and include 6"
legs to permit easy cleaning. Single tier lockers available in
18" and 24" widths. Heights are 72", and depths are 21".
Model Wt.
No. Description Width" lbs.
FC049 Starter 18 111
FC050 Add-on 18 96
FC052 Starter 24 135
FC053 Add-on 24 118
Model No. FC006 Model No. FC005 Model No. FC004
Provide a highly effective security system for the storage of uniforms, linens, protective clothing, personal items, etc. Each
of up to 16 persons can have the security of his own individual locker compartment, yet authorized personnel can open the
large master door anytime uniform replacement or security problems arise using only one key. Compact design saves space
and travel time; can be installed in convenient work areas. All models are finished in durable Dove Grey enamel. Model No.
FC006 features vertical dividers in each compartment for separation of soiled/clean items. Shipped assembled
Model No. of Compartment Door Overall Dimensions Wt.
No. Compartments W" x H" W" x D" x H" lbs.
FC006 9 19 1/2 x 9 24 x 16 x 80 3/4 122
FC005 10 12 x 7 16 1/2 x 16 x 77 1/2 91
FC004 16 12 x 4 1/2 16 1/2 x 16 x 77 1/2 106

VAN SHELVING UNITS
TAPERED VAN SHELVING
The highly efficient tapered design of these shelving units
reduces the "dead space" between the van wall and the shelf
unit. The useable aisle space is increased as a result.
16 gauge steel construction on the end panels and shelves.
Shelves have a 1" hemmed lip that provides additional
strength and structural integrity.
Crowns exclusive design allows the shelves to be mounted
on a slant or straight. The shelf units are painted with a
durable light grey powder coat finish, knock down design
for maximum customization.
Bolt on accessories create a multitude of varieties to meet
any work need and storage requirement. Overall heights are
38" for mini-vans, or 48" for full-size vans.
All standard units feature 15" deep shelves. Choose from 42"
or 54" width units for full size vans or from 30" or 42" width
units for mini-vans.
FULL-SIZE VAN SHELVING UNITS 48" HIGH
A. Model VA035 B. Model VA058 C. Model VA061
D. Model VA037 E. Model VA062 F. Model VA064
A. Model VA035 42" wide basic shelving unit.
B. Model VA058 42" wide unit w/4" bin fronts, plastic dividers.
C. Model VA061 42" wide unit w/bolted bin dividers, bin fronts and
dividers, 2 & 4 drawer cabinets, horizontal door.
D. Model VA037 54" wide basic shelving unit.
E. Model VA062 54" wide unit w/4" bin fronts, plastic dividers.
F. Model VA064 54" wide unit w/bolted bin dividers, bin fronts &
dividers, 2 & 4 drawer cabinets, horizontal door.
BIN RACKS
Bin racks are easily bolted-in to your service vehicle providing a
unique storage system for parts and tools. Bin racks are available in
stationary or slide-out types in 36", 54", 72", 90" sizes. Stationary in 36", 54"
only. Slide-out racks eliminate the need to constantly be in and out of your service
van hunting for parts and tools. Loaded racks easily
slide out of the vehicle for convenient and instantaneous access to
organized inventories.
Slide-out racks can be accessed from the rear door street side, rear door curb
side or side door. Racks may be ordered complete with bins as per formats or as
racks only. Please specify plastic bin colours when ordering: Blue, Red or Yellow.
Custom plastic bin configurations may be easily created for your specific application.
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Model Dimensions
Key No. L" x W" x H"
FULL-SIZE VANS
A. VA035 42 x 15 x 48
B. VA058 42 x 15 x 48
C. VA061 42 x 15 x 48
D. VA037 54 x 15 x 48
E. VA062 54 x 15 x 48
F. VA064 54 x 15 x 48
MINI-VAN
G. VA040 30 x 15 x 38
H. VA060 30 x 15 x 38
I. VA066 30 x 15 x 38
J. VA028 42 x 15 x 38
K. VA063 42 x 15 x 38
L. VA059 42 x 15 x 38
MINI-VAN SHELVING UNITS 38" HIGH
G. Model VA040 H. Model VA060 I. Model VA066
J. Model VA028 K. Model VA063 L. Model VA059
G. Model VA040 30" wide basic shelving unit.
H. Model VA060 30" wide unit w/4" bin fronts, plastic dividers.
I. Model VA066 30" wide unit w/bolted bin dividers, 2 drawer
cabinet, horizontal door.
J. Model VA028 42" wide basic shelving.
K. Model VA063 42" wide unit w/4" bin fronts, plastic dividers.
L. Model VA059 42" wide unit w/bolted bin dividers, 2 & 4 drawer
cabinets, horizontal door.
36"
PLASTIC BIN CONFIGURATIONS
54"
72"
90"
For Dimensions Model Rack Only Model Rack w/ Bins
Description Vehicles L" x H" x D" No. Wt. lbs. No. Wt. lbs.
36" Stationary Rack Full sized vans 36 x 36 x 4 VA050 38 VA036 63
36" Stationary Rack Mini vans 36 x 36 x 4 VA089 38 VA033 63
54" Stationary Rack Full sized vans 54 x 36 x 4 VA045 60 VA032 97
54" Stationary Rack Mini vans 54 x 36 x 4 VA096 60 VA029 97
Slide Out Racks
54" Street-side Rack Full sized vans 54 x 42 x 4 VA123 140 VA057 177
54" Street-side Rack Mini vans 54 x 42 x 4 VA092 140 VA055 177
72" Street-side Rack Full sized vans 72 x 42 x 4 VA118 195 VA051 244
72" Street-side Rack Mini vans 72 x 42 x 4 VA117 195 VA048 244
90" Street-side Rack Full sized vans 90 x 42 x 4 VA116 200 VA046 261
54" Curb-side RackFull sized vans 54 x 42 x 4 VA121 140 VA052 177
54" Side door RackFull sized vans 54 x 42 x 4 VA113 147 VA044 184
54" Side door RackMini vans 54 x 42 x 4 VA110 147 VA042 184
36" Rack Units
includes:
16-#30-220 Bins
12-#30-230 Bins
4- #30-240 Bins
2- #30-250 Bins
54" Rack Units
includes:
24-#30-220 Bins
18-#30-230 Bins
6- #30-240 Bins
3- #30-250 Bins
72" Rack Units
includes:
32-#30-220 Bins
24-#30-230 Bins
8- #30-240 Bins
4- #30-250 Bins
90" Rack Units
includes:
40-#30-220 Bins
30-#30-230 Bins
10-#30-240 Bins
5- #30-250 Bins
40
591

40
592
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
VAN EQUIPMENT
HEAVY DUTY VAN RACKS
The cross-bow type heavy duty steel
rack system features a basic twinbow
kit that includes ladder guides
and tie-downs to accommodate two
ladders, one each on both the street
side and the curb side of the van.
The basic bow kit may be upgraded
by adding upgrade kits onto one or
both si-des of the van. Basic and
upgrade kits feature all required
hardware to bolt-down or mount to
drip mouldings. Lengths and widths
are adjustable. All hardware is zinc
clad and all metal surfaces are powder-coated
with a durable exterior
white finish.
SIDE RAIL KIT
Option kit makes storing ladders
easier. Kits include a
powder coated guide rail which
guides ladders into position as
they are pushed from below.
Once in place a 180° locking
handle snaps between ladder
rungs holding it securely. May
be installed on curb side or
street side of van.
SLIDE-DOWN KIT
Add to basic bow kit, slide down option makes loading and unloading ladders extremely easy,
no need to lift ladder above head which reduces injuries and damage. Special hold-downs
keep ladder in place at all times. Installs on either curb or street side.
Model For Wt.
No. Description Vehicles lbs.
VA269 Basic Twin-Bow Kit All Full-Sized GM & Ford Vans 40
VA072 Basic Twin-Bow Kit All Full-Sized Vans 40
VA156 Basic Twin-Bow Kit Ford Mini Vans 40
VA069 Basic Twin-Bow Kit Chev. Mini Vans 40
VA183 Basic Twin-Bow Kit Dodge Mini Vans 40
VA071 Side Rail Kit All 25
VA067* Slide Down Kit All 70
VA161 Rack Extension Full-Sized Vans 10
VA148 Rack Extension Mini Vans 8
* For extension ladders over 29'
PVC CONDUIT
CARRIER KITS
Create your own conduit carrier by
using 4 1/2" or 6 5/8" O.D. PVC pipe with
these easily assembled kits. Each lot
includes 2 mounting brackets, 1 end
cap, 1 door and all necessary hardware.
Aluminum components. PVC pipe not
included.
Model No. Description
VA155 4" diameter kit
VA068 6" diameter kit
MINI VAN PARTITIONS
16 gauge, heavy-duty steel construction. Precision-formed wing panels reduce installation
time by eliminating needless assembly and adjustment. Partitions contour to the vehicle creating
a finished appearance. Powder-coated finish for durability. Mesh top panels are used for
optimum visibility.
GM Astro/ Wt. Ford Wt.
Section Safari lbs. Windstar lbs.
3 Part mesh top partition section
LH (Steet side) VA280 31 - -
Centre Door VA281 23 - -
RH (Curb Side) VA282 22 - -
2 part mesh top partition section
VA283 62 VA288 74
3 part plexiglass partition section
LH (Street Side) VA284 3 - -
Centre door VA285 2 - -
RH (Curb Side) VA286 4 - -
2 part plexiglass partition section
VA287 9 VA289 9
FULL-SIZE VAN PARTITIONS
Full-size van partitions protect occupants
against injury, prevent damage
and provide extra security for van contents
with steel partitions for your fullsize
van. Modular design includes three
sections (street side, centre and curb
side) which may be solid steel, or steel
mesh top for better visibility.
Order sections individually. Constructed
of heavy duty 14 gauge steel
with a powder-coat finish for
a smooth durable surface.
Ford GM GM
Dodge Wt. 92 & Wt. 95 & Wt. 96 & Wt.
Section All lbs. after lbs. prior lbs. after lbs.
SOLID STEEL PARTITION SECTION
LH (Street Side) VA127 45 VA086 45 VA015 45 VA259 45
Centre Fixed VA012 28 VA012 28 VA012 28 VA012 28
Centre Door VA003 30 VA003 30 VA003 30 VA003 30
RH (Curb Side) VA126 31 VA119 31 VA013 31 VA263 31
MESH TOP PARTITION SECTION
LH (Street Side) VA097 38 VA024 38 VA025 38 VA261 45
Centre Fixed VA016 23 VA016 23 VA016 23 VA016 28
Centre Door VA017 25 VA017 25 VA017 25 VA017 30
RH (Curb Side) VA038 28 VA001 28 VA014 28 VA265 31
LOUVERED PANEL FOR POLY BIN
Centre Fixed VA077 28 VA077 28 VA077 28 VA077 28

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
STEP STOOLS, STANDS & LADDERS
STEP STOOLS
KIK-STEP Extra heavy duty steel Kik-Step comes with a
double platform with non-slip rubber tread. Springloaded
casters retract under slight pressure, forcing
base to the floor. 11" diameter upper plat-form, 13 1/2"
diameter lower platform. 15 5/8" diameter base has an
all-around protective bumper.
14" overall height. Wt. 10 lbs. Colour: Black.
Model No.
OC664
LOAD STANDS
STANDARD SINGLE
STEP LOAD STAND
• Ideal for use in top loading trucks
• Provides positive gripping and stability
• Durable and lightweight
• Good in low temperature environments
• Constructed of yellow high density,
high molecular weight polyethylene
• Dimensions: 24" W x 24" D x 15 1/2" H
• Weight: 10 lbs.
Model No. MF604
LOAD/UNLOAD STAND
• Large top step provides extreme stability
• Non-skid abrasive tape on top surface
• Six rubber bumpers on bottom
• Non-corrosive, and non-conductive
• Chemical resistant
• Constructed of yellow high density,
high molecular weight polyethylene
• Dimensions: 26" W x 32" D x 20" H
• Weight: 20 lbs.
Model No. MF605
INDUSTRIAL WOOD TWIN
FRONT STEP STOOL
ANSI Approved Type 1 - 250 lbs. Load Rating
LIGHT-DUTY PLATFORM STANDS
Tubular aluminum framing; hand rail for climbing. Ideal for 8
ft. ceilings. Model No. MA619 comes with pail/rag holder, tool
holder. Folds to 3 1/2" wide. Non-marring vinyl feet resist
movement. 200 lbs. capacity.
Model No.
MA618
Model No.
MA619
Model Overall Platform Wt.
No. Height" Height" lbs.
MA618 46 22 6
MA619 54 22 8
STEP STOOL 16" diameter base provides added stability. Tough one
piece poly construction with anti-skid bottom. Glides easily on
retractable rubber casters. Threaded top and expanded step.
Capacity 300 lbs. 13" overall height. Wt. 7 lbs.
Model No. Mfg. No. Colour
OA299 2523BL Black
OA300 2523BE Beige
TWO STEP STAND
• Safety yellow, high molecular weight polyethylene
• Ideal for loading or unloading trucks/]trailers,
warehouse order picking and general-purpose
manufacturing use
• Non-skid rubber bumper under base
• Dimensions: 24" W x 30" L x 24" H
• Weight: 15 lbs.
Model No. MH080
WORK STEP STAND
• High molecular weight polyethylene
construction
• Large platform area
• Rubber bottom bumpers
• Dimensions: 35" W x 35" L x 16" H
• Weight: 20 lbs.
Model No. MH081
Features:
• Designed for 2 people - 250 lbs. capacity per side
• Outside heavy duty hinges
• Steel braces underneath steps
• All steps fully rodded with steel truss blocks
• Internal Pinch-Proof plated steel spreaders
• 15 1/2" inside width at top steps
• High quality finished rails with eased edges, angle cut bottoms
• Ladder height to top step is 22"
Model Base Cu. ft. Wt.
No. Height' Width" Spread" Per unit lbs.
MF486 2 19 1/2 22 3/4 2 12.5
DOCK & MEZZANINE
LADDERS
One piece welded steel construction provides safe access to docks and
mezzanines. 1" schedule 40 pipe with 3/4" diameter non-slip round
rungs. Rungs are 18" wide, spaced on 12" centres. Wall stand-off is
10". Pre-drilled mounting plates welded to frame, fasteners not included.
Grey enamel finish. Choice of two styles: Walk-Thru models have
handrails extending 42" above top rung. Side-Step models have step
rungs plus 4 additional hand-hold rungs. Should be mounted with exit
rung matching dock height.
Number of Walk-Thru Side-Step*
Climbing Rungs Model No. Wt. lbs Model No. Wt. lbs
2 MA769 53 MA768 38
3 MA771 59 MA770 44
4 MA773 65 MA772 50
5 MA775 71 MA774 56
6 MA777 77 MA776 62
7 MA779 83 MA778 68
8 MA781 89 MA780 74
9 MA783 95 MA782 80
10 MA767 101 MA766 90
*Side-Step models include four hand-hold rungs
MA773
Model No.
OA300
MA772
40
593

40
594
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
LADDERS & WORK PLATFORMS
ALUMINUM ROLLING LADDERS
Widely used in hospitals, banks and offices, as well as in pharmaceutical and food processing applications. Corrosion
resistant, easy to clean. Non-magnetic. Slip-resistant steps provide sure footing. 4 spring-loaded swivel casters. Under
operator's weight the casters retract and rubber-tipped feet drop down. All welded, one piece construction; ladders are
supplied with unpainted aluminum mill finish. 300 lbs. load rating. Structural framework is 1/2" schedule 40 high strength
aluminum tubing.
Model No. Model No.
# of Platform Overall Base 20"W Base Wt. 30"W Base Wt.
Steps Height" Height" Depth" 18"W Steps lbs. 24"W Steps lbs.
WITHOUT HANDRAILS
2 19 - 19 MA702 15 MF599 22
3 28 1/2 - 25 MA703 20 MF600 28
4 38 - 31 MA705 29 MF601 35
WITH 30" HANDRAILS
3 28 1/2 58 1/2 25 MA704 27 MF602 34
4 38 68 31 MA706 34 MF603 41
5 47 1/2 77 1/2 37 - - MA707 49
6 57 87 43 - - MA708 60
7 66 1/2 96 1/2 49 - - MA709 67
Model No.
MA703
STOP-STEP LADDERS
It rolls when and where you push it, stops still when you step on it, and gives you 18" to 54" of firm, solid footing. One inch
square high tensile aluminum struts, frames and braces. Heavy gauge extruded aluminum 16" x 8" cross steps with 9" raise.
Long lasting 1 5/8" retractable casters allow the rubber base cups to grip floor. Comes complete with a ten-year limited warranty.
Colour: Beige. Other colours available. Download rating: 300 lbs. OSHA compliant.
STOP-STEP
Model Number Top Step Overall Dimensions Wt.
No. of steps Height" W" x D" x H" lbs.
MD623 2 18 21 x 19 3/4 x 22 3/4 16
MD624 3 27 21 x 26 3/4 x 31 3/4 22
MD625 4 36 22 3/4 x 33 1/2 x 40 3/4 34
STOP-STEP W/DOUBLE HANDRAIL
MD626 3 27 21 x 26 3/4 x 56 1/2 32
MD627 4 36 23 3/4 x 33 1/2 x 65 1/2 39
MD628 5 45 25 1/4 x 40 1/2 x 74 1/2 50
MD629 6 54 26 1/4 x 47 1/4 x 83 1/2 64
MECHANICS/MAINTENANCE ROLLING LADDERS
Convenient, double-straddle base puts worker in close proximity for hard-to-reach jobs. Tilt and roll wheelbarrow mobility
allows for easy movement over rough surfaces. Oversize 24" D x 24" W top step for easier worker movement. Features
removable 10" D x 24" W tool tray that fits on front or side railing and two 4" casters. 300 lbs. load rating. Blue enamel finish.
Model Number Platform Overall Base Wt.
No. of Steps Height" Height" W" x D"* lbs.
MH212 3 28 1/2 58 1/2 25 x 44 85
MH213 4 38 68 25 x 50 98
MH214 5 47 1/2 77 1/2 25 x 56 112
MH215 6 57 87 25 x 62 125
*Includes casters.
PORTABLE WORK PLATFORM
Designed for lighter-duty maintenance work. Painted, slip-resistant
work surface measures approximately 10 square feet. Legs foldaway
for easy transport. Carrying handle. Maximum load capacity
of 75 lbs./sq.ft.
Overall dimensions 60" L x 21" W x 21" H. Wt. 27 lbs.
Model No. MB121
ROLLING STEP STANDS
For use in record storage rooms, offices and warehouses.
Rolls into position and locks firmly to the floor for maximum
safety. Casters retract under operator's weight, rubber tipped feet
drop down.
Model Number Platform Base Wt.
No. of Steps Height" W" x D" lbs.
XX001 3 28 20 x 30 40
XX002 4 37 20 x 41 46
®
Model No.
MB121
Model No.
XX002
Model No.
MD624
Tool Tray
Model No.
MA707
Model No.
MD627
SAWHORSES
Heavy duty aluminum construction, insures a stable work
platform. Takes a maximum load of 1,000 lbs. per step.
Slip-resistant feet. Available
in 3 different heights.
Sawhorses are
sold individually.
Board not included.
Model Top No. of Wt.
No. width" Height" steps lbs.
MD293 30 24 2 10
MD294 30 36 3 15
MD295 30 48 4 20

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
WORK PLATFORMS & ROLLING LADDERS
HIGH WORK MAINTENANCE PLATFORM
Convert any forklift truck into a safe,
efficient work platform. Take care of
overhead maintenance problems without
setting up ladders or scaffolds.
Non-skid platform. 72" safety mesh
backscreen on forklift side keeps operator
and equipment away from lift
mechanism. Simply slip forks into
pockets and attach safety chains. Load
capacity: 600 lbs.
Model No. MD444 features an all welded
construction; no assembly required.
36" x 36" platform. 40" H railing.
NOTE: Kleton Maintenance Platform
meets or exceeds ASME B56.1 safety
standard when a safety belt and lanyard
are worn.
ROLLING SAFETY LADDERS
Ideal for use in warehouses and record-storage rooms;
wherever there is a need to reach bulky materials. Ladders
roll easily into position and lock firmly to the floor for maximum
safety. 2 to 6 step ladders operate on spring loaded
casters. Under operator’s weight, the casters retract and
rubber feet drop down. Step off and the ladder is again
moveable. The first step on all 8 to 16 step ladders activates
the floor locking mechanism. Step off and kick release bottom
step to again make the ladder mobile. Non-clogging
slip-resistant steel steps on all models. Frame is constructed
of rugged, welded 1" round steel tubing. 8 to 16 step
ladders are shipped knocked down; easily assembled.
®
Model No.
MD444
Certified as per
ANSI A14.7
Model No. MA615
Model No.
MD948
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
MD444 High Work Platform - standard 120
MD338 Optional 6" caster kit 10
MD948** Light Bulb Caddy 15" W x 15" D x 43" H 25
** Mounts on Model MD444 platform.
SAFETY BELT LANYARD
EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH
Safety kill switch for the person
on work platform to instantly cut
power to the forklift in case of an
emergency. Consists of one control
box for platform and one
Plug-in box to be installed on
forklift, and a wire that extends
from 6 ft to 20 ft. Switch is easy to
install, recommended for maintenance
platform model MD444.
Model No. MA613
Model No. SA018
Used as a restraint and positioning
device only, not for
fall arrest.
Model No. MA624
Model No. SA037
Compatible with all belts and
harnesses.
Model
No. Description
MD328 Emergency Stop Switch
SA019* Safety Belt w/single D-ring, Med. for waist 36" - 44"
SA018* Safety Belt w/single D-ring, Large for waist 40" - 48"
SA037 5' Web Lanyard w/locking snaps
* Other Safety Belt sizes available from XS to XL.
Model No.
MA622
Model No.
MD328
Number Model Platform Overall Platform Base Wt.
of Steps No. Height" Height" Size" W" x D" lbs.
WITHOUT HANDRAILS
2 MA612 19 19 22 x 16 24 x 26 46
3 MA613 28 28 22 x 16 24 x 30 49
5 MA615 46 46 22 x 16 24 x 41 61
WITH HANDRAILS
4 MA614 37 78 22 x 16 24 x 36 78
5 MA616* 46 87 22 x 16 24 x 46 89
6 MA617* 55 95 22 x 16 24 x 51 100
8 MA622 72 113 30 x 16 36 x 60 180
10 MA623 89 130 30 x 16 36 x 72 230
12 MA624 109 149 30 x 16 36 x 80 250
14 MA625 128 167 30 x 16 36 x 93 275
16 MA626 144 185 30 x 16 36 x 104 305
* Only rear casters are spring loaded.
®
40
595

40
596
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
SCAFFOLDING A.
A. ROLLING SCAFFOLD
Adjustable every 4 inches with a maximum platform height of 6 feet, this versatile mobile scaffold
allows workers to safely reach a variety of heights. This compact unit can pass through
standard doorways and down narrow aisles. 5" swivel casters with brakes. 700 lbs. static
capacity. Overall dimensions: 6' W x 28" D x 6' H.
Shipped knocked down.
B. MINI-MOBILE SCAFFOLD
This sturdy, lightweight unit is easy to assemble and take down; compact for
storage. Adjustable platform height up to 4 feet. Steel frame; two 9 5/8" x 45" steel platforms.
Frame is painted using a polyester powder coating. 4" swivel casters with brakes. 500 lbs. static
capacity. Comes with utility shelf: 23 1/2" x 8 1/2", 3/4" lip and holes for tools. O.D.: 45 1/2"
W x 22" D x 50" H. Shipped knocked down.
C. MAXI-FOLD SCAFFOLD
This foldable scaffold has a platform adjustable at 4" increments. Comes standard with 1 piece
frame assembly, three 8 1/8" x 75" steel platforms, and four 5" casters
with brakes. Frame is painted using a polyester powder coating. 700 lbs. static capacity.
Overall dimensions: 75.5" W x 29" D x 78" H. 3 ft. and 6 ft. vertical extensions available.
Shipped knocked down.
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
A. MB035 Rolling Scaffold 150
B. MB090 Mini-Mobile 51
C. MB086 Maxi-Fold 129
MB087 3 ft. Vertical Extension 40
MB088 6 ft. Vertical Extension 49
MINI-FORTRUSS ® MOBILE WORK PLATFORM (SM Series)
The Mini-Fortruss ® from Louisville is a new concept in mobile work platforms. Weighing only 60 lbs., the Mini-Fortruss ® folds into a compact 6 1/4" x 24
1/4" x 51" for transport. Unit can easily be carried and erected with no tools by one person. The working height can be adjusted to 12", 24" 36" and 48".
Provides a stable 17" x 43" work surface along with 500 lbs. distributed load work capacity. Employs a spring-loaded, locking pin which automatically locks
centre hinge tubes in place. Two-way positive locking casters provide a stable base by locking both the wheel and caster rotation. Includes 2 planks: 8.5"
W (ea.) x 46 5/16" L.
Model No. of O.A. Length" O.A. Height" O.A. Folded Wt.
No. Casters w/casters w/casters Width" Width" lbs.
MF422 2 46 1/2 50 3/4 22 1/2 6 1/4 58
MF423 4 47 1/2 50 3/4 22 1/2 6 1/4 60
FORTRUSS ® STEEL ROLLING TOWER SCAFFOLD (SS Series)
Fortruss ® scaffolds offer four exclusive features unlike any you've ever seen on a scaffold.
The scaffolds, including their guard-rail system are easily assembled or adjusted by just one
person. Fortruss ® may be stacked, utilizing up to 3 units to a maximum of 15'. Outriggers
are required when stacking over 6'.
Features:
Dual-pin adjustment mechanism - pistol grip for easy one-man height adjustment. Caster
stem snaps into frame securely with no chance of caster drop-out. Expanded end frame
tube ends with locking tab makes it easier to lock stacked sections or casters into place.
Tightening 'L' knob for a better connection between the truss and end frame reduces wobble
and increases stability. Dual-lock casters: 5" x 1 3/8". Rectangular steel tubing end
frame with round rungs. Exterior grade plywood platform: 5/8" thick x 29" W x 65 3/8" or
89 3/8" L
Model Size End Truss No. Plywood No. of Wt.
No. L' x H' Frames Assembly Platform(s) Casters lbs.
MF424 6 x 3 2 x 3' 2 x 6' 1 - 112
MF425 8 x 3 2 x 3' 2 x 8' 1 - 127
MF426 6 x 6 2 x 6' 2 x 6' 1 4 154
MF427 8 x 6 2 x 6' 2 x 8' 1 4 171
MF428 6 x 12 4 x 6' 4 x 6' 2 8 418
MF429 8 x 12 4 x 8' 4 x 8' 2 8 463
MF430 6 x 15 4 x 6', 2 x 3' 6 x 6' 3 8 530
MF431 8 x 15 4 x 6', 2 x 3' 6 x 8' 3 8 590
SNAP-UP TM FOLDING ALUMINUM SCAFFOLD
This mobile scaffold is made of durable lightweight aluminum. Simply fold and store when not required. Available in
6' or 8' lengths. Includes 22" deck, cross braces, horizontal brace, end frames and four 5" casters with brakes.
Capacity: 25 lbs./sq. ft. of platform area or one person per platform.
Model Extended Size Folded Size Wt.
No. L" x W" x H" L" x W" x H" lbs.
MD291 72 x 29 x 80 1/4 10 x 29 x 80 1/4 116
MD292 96 x 29 x 80 1/4 10 x 29 x 80 1/4 128
B.
Specifications:
End frames - full height unit 29" W x 68" H (w/o casters)
- half unit 29" W x 39" H (w/o casters).
Width (assembled) - 29 1/2" (w/o casters).
Platform height max. (w/casters) 6' unit: 6' 3";
12' unit: 11' 8";
15' unit: 14' 10".
Load capacity - 6' L unit: 655 lbs. (50 lbs./sq. ft.)
- 8' L unit: 450 lbs. (25 lbs./sq. ft.)
Please Note: Do not stack higher than 3 units totalling 15 ft.
Each set of end frames requires one pair of trusses and platform
(incl. w/shipment).
Outrigger kit and guard-rail/toeboard kit shipped with unit when
platform is more than 10' above floor surface.
Model No.
MF424
C.
Model No. MF431

Low friction
bearings with guide rollers
ensure smooth operation.
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
TURNTABLES & PALLET TRUCKS
REEL DISPENSER
The ideal method for winding or dispensing cable, chain,
wire, rope and hose. Turns reel handling
into a one person operation. Accommodates unlimited
reel widths and all reel diameters
with flanges up to 5 1/2" thick;
rear roller adjusts to 6 positions.
Heavy duty side rollers eliminate
slipping or wedging between
rollers and reel. Inclined
ramp permits easy loading
and unloading.
Each unit measures
28" L x 9 1/4" W x 4" H.
3000 lbs. capacity
in pairs.
Weight:
58 lbs/pair.
Model No.
MD166
HYDRAULIC PALLET TRUCKS
All purpose rugged pallet trucks.
Quality engineered and easily
manoeuvrable for quiet,
smooth operation.
5500 lbs. capacity.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Fork width: 7"
Fork height lowered: 2.9"
Fork height raised: 7 1/2"
Overall length: Fork length plus 14"
Roller diameter: 3"
Wheel diameter: 8"
Steering radius: 200˚
STANDARD DUTY HEAVY DUTY
Nylon Wheels & Rollers Polyurethane Wheels
Standard Frame Reinforced Yoke & Forks
Colour: Orange Colour: Blue
Model No. Fork Width" Fork Length" Wt. lbs. Model No. Fork Width" Fork Length" Wt. lbs.
MA933 20 1/2 36 155 MA942 20 1/2 36 160
MA934 20 1/2 42 160 MA943 20 1/2 42 165
MA935 20 1/2 48 165 MA944 20 1/2 48 170
MA939 27 36 170 MA945 27 36 175
MA940 27 42 175 MA946 27 42 180
MA941 27 48 180 MA947 27 48 185
Other sizes and capacities available upon request.
Warranty covers faulty materials and workmanship.
1 year
warranty
®
• 3 position hand control...
lower, pump & neutral
• Leakproof hydraulic unit with
polyurethane seals
• Heavy duty wheels and rollers run on
precision bearings to move maximum loads
with a minimum effort
• Spring loaded handle
CAROUSEL PALLET TURNTABLES
Uses the Lazy Susan concept to rotate heavy pallets easily and safely.
Loading and unloading operations that originally required a large amount of
time can be done more efficiently with less fatigue and risk of back injury. The
carousel may be added to an existing work bench, scissors table or simply
placed on the floor. This Lazy Susan concept is constructed from two pieces
of rolled structural angle. A series of roller bearings transfer the load smoothly
and evenly to the supporting surface. Overall height is 2 1/4".
Model Outside Capacity Wt.
No. Diameter" lbs. lbs.
MH204 40 2000 40
MH205 40 4000 44
MH206 40 6000 48
LOW PROFILE TRUCKS
These models have the same features as the standard duty trucks but with a lowered
fork height of 2" and a raised fork height of 5 1/4". Designed for use with
low clearance or disposable pallets.
Available with steel rollers only.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Capacity: 3000 lbs.
Fork Width: 7"
Fork Height: Lowered: 2"
Raised: 5 1/4"
Overall Height: 45"
Front Load Rollers: 2" x 3 1/2" Steel
Rear Steering Wheels: 6" x 2" Nylon
Steering Radius: 200°
Model No. Width O.D." Fork Length" Length O.D." Wt. lbs.
MD681 20 1/2 36 50 155
MD682 20 1/2 42 56 160
MD683 20 1/2 48 62 165
MD684 27 36 50 170
MD685 27 42 56 175
MD686 27 48 62 180
4 WAY ENTRY LOW PROFILE TRUCK
MD687 33 62 48 180
2 year
warranty
40
597

40
598
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
ALUMINUM DOCKPLATES
Width
Length
Skid resistant safety tread deck. Bevelled edges allow smooth access from either end. Bend
at upper end permits both ends of plate to lie flat. Steel legs fit between dock and truck; prevent
movement when in use. High tensile aluminum alloy construction; no welds to break.
HOW TO ORDER:
1. SELECT DOCKPLATE WIDTH;
add 12" to width of equipment to be used on dockplate.
2. DETERMINE HEIGHT DIFFERENTIAL;
the vertical distance from dock floor to truck floor.
The height differential decides the necessary plate length.
3. SELECT THE NECESSARY CAPACITY.
Light Duty Regular Duty Heavy Duty Extra Heavy Duty
Size Height Model Cap. Wt. Model Cap. Wt. Model Cap. Wt. Model Cap. Wt.
W" x L" Diff." No. lbs. lbs. No. lbs. lbs. No. lbs. lbs. No. lbs. lbs.
36 x 48 7 KH206 700 53 KH148 1700 71 KH193 3000 97
42 x 48 7 KH207 800 60 KH153 2000 82 KH194 3500 110
48 x 24 3 KH208 1800 36 KH154 4500 48
48 x 30 4 KH209 1450 44 KH155 3600 60
48 x 36 5 KH210 1250 52 KH156 3000 70 KH195 5400 94
48 x 42 6 KH211 1050 60 KH157 2600 82 KH196 4600 110
48 x 48 7 KH212 900 67 KH158 2200 92 KH197 4000 124
48 x 54 8 KH213 760 76
48 x 60 9 KH214 600 83 KH159 1500 114 KH198 2700 155
48 x 72 11 KH215 400 100 KH160 1100 136 KH199 2000 184
60 x 24 3 KH216 2200 43 KH170 5600 59 KH200 10000 79 KH328 15600 98
60 x 30 4 KH217 1800 54
60 x 36 5 KH218 1500 63 KH171 3700 86 KH201 6700 114 KH329 10500 141
60 x 42 6 KH219 1300 73
60 x 48 7 KH220 1100 83 KH172 2800 113 KH202 5000 151 KH330 7800 186
60 x 60 9 KH221 880 102 KH173 2200 140
72 x 24 3 KH222 2600 51 KH174 6700 76 KH203 12000 94 KH331 18700 115
72 x 30 4 KH223 1950 63
72 x 36 5 KH224 1650 74 KH175 4500 105 KH204 8000 135 KH332 12600 166
72 x 48 7 KH225 1300 97 KH176 3300 135 KH205 6000 178 KH333 9400 220
72 x 60 9 KH226 900 121
DOCKRAMP
COMBINATION
For height differential
exceeding 11", use ramp in
combination with dockplate
(above).
1. Choose a ramp which, when
combined with dockplate,
will provide the required
height difference.
2. For maximum versatility be sure
that ramp is shorter than, or equal
to, the length of dockplate.
Bevelled
Edges
ABOVE DOCK LEVEL
Height
Differential
BELOW DOCK LEVEL
Height
Differential
Regular Duty Heavy Duty
Size Height Model Cap. Wt. Model Cap. Wt.
W" x L" Diff." No. lbs. lbs. No. lbs. lbs.
48 x 36 6 KH230 2000 57 KH240 8000 83
48 x 48 8 KH231 2000 76 KH241 8000 108
48 x 60 10 KH232 2000 96 KH242 8000 134
60 x 36 6 KH234 2000 79 KH243 8000 112
60 x 48 8 KH235 2000 112 KH244 8000 160
60 x 60 10 KH236 2000 146 KH245 8000 203
72 x 36 6 KH237 2000 96 KH246 8000 134
72 x 48 8 KH238 2000 132 KH247 8000 186
72 x 60 10 KH239 2000 173

ALUMINUM DOCKBOARDS
Ideal for truck or rail applications. Curb design adds strength and prevents
equipment run-off. Skid resistant safety tread deck. Bevelled edges allow smooth access
from either end. Bend at upper end permits both ends of plate to lie flat. Steel legs fit
between dock and truck or railcar, prevent movement when in use. High tensile aluminum
alloy construction.
Model Cap. Inside Width Height Wt.
No. lbs. curbs" Overall" Length" Diff." lbs.
KH149 4000 51 54 60 9 164
KH150 4000 51 54 72 11 210
KH151 4000 57 60 60 9 177
KH152 4000 57 60 72 11 225
KH161 6000 51 54 48 7 143
KH162 6000 50 54 60 9 177
KH163 6000 50 54 72 11 225
KH164 6000 57 60 48 7 153
KH165 6000 56 60 72 11 240
KH166 6000 63 66 36 5 123
KH167 6000 63 66 48 7 163
KH168 6000 62 66 60 9 203
KH169 6000 69 72 48 7 174
KH177 8000 51 54 36 5 106
KH178 8000 50 54 48 7 149
KH179 8000 50 54 60 9 188
KH180 8000 50 54 72 11 236
KH181 8000 57 60 36 5 115
KH182 8000 56 60 48 7 160
KH183 8000 56 60 60 9 201
KH184 8000 56 60 72 11 251
KH185 8000 69 72 30 4 110
KH186 8000 68 72 48 7 181
KH187 8000 68 72 60 9 227
KH188 8000 68 72 72 11 282
KH189 8000 68 72 84 13 340
KH105 10000 51 54 36 5 127
KH106 10000 50 54 48 7 176
KH107 10000 50 54 60 9 222
KH108 10000 50 54 72 11 276
KH109 10000 56 60 60 9 239
KH110 10000 56 60 72 11 297
KH111 10000 63 66 36 5 148
KH112 10000 62 66 48 7 197
KH113 10000 62 66 60 9 256
KH115 10000 69 72 48 7 210
KH116 10000 68 72 60 9 273
KH117 10000 68 72 72 11 337
KH118 10000 68 72 84 13 403
KH119 12000 57 60 36 5 137
KH120 12000 56 60 48 7 190
KH121 12000 56 60 60 9 249
KH122 12000 69 72 36 5 158
KH123 12000 68 72 48 7 217
KH125 12000 68 72 84 13 192
KH126 14000 56 60 36 5 143
KH127 14000 56 60 48 7 190
KH128 14000 56 60 60 9 249
KH129 14000 56 60 72 11 313
KH130 14000 62 66 36 5 148
KH131 14000 62 66 48 7 204
KH132 14000 62 66 60 9 266
KH133 14000 62 66 72 11 333
KH134 14000 68 72 36 5 160
KH135 14000 68 72 48 7 220
KH136 14000 68 72 60 9 283
KH137 14000 68 72 72 11 353
KH138 14000 68 72 84 13 456
KH139 16000 68 72 60 9 330
KH140 16000 68 72 72 11 412
KH141 16000 68 72 84 13 540
KH142 18000 69 72 36 5 187
KH143 20000 68 72 36 5 187
KH144 20000 68 72 48 7 267
KH145 20000 68 72 60 9 344
KH146 20000 68 72 72 11 412
KH147 20000 67 72 84 13 564
Wheel Riser capacity:
25,000 lbs per pair
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
OPTIONS:
RAIL
DOCKBOARDS
Fixed Spanlocks
provide quick and safe
access between dock and
railcar, or between railcars.
Sold in pairs.
Model No. KH192
Adjustable Spanlocks
permit use of the same
board on truck or rail
docks. Easily adjusted for
various spans.
Sold in pairs.
Model No. KH190
FORKLIFT
HANDLES
Makes movement of
heavy boards and plates
easy and safe.
Recommended for boards
and plates over 140 lbs.
Sold in pairs.
Model No. KH191
HOW TO ORDER:
1. Determine required capacity:
90% of gross weight for forklift trucks;
67% of gross weight for powered pallet trucks.
Example:
Wt. of Forklift + Wt. of Heaviest Load =
Gross Weight x .90 = Required Capacity
5500 lbs. + 10,000 lbs. = 15,500 x .90 = 13,500 lbs.
2. Select dockboard width: add 12" to width of equipment
to be used on dockboard.
3. Determine height differential: the vertical distance
from dock floor to truck floor.
Optional
Forklift Handles
DOCKBOARD/RAMP COMBINATION
For a height differential exceeding 11", use a ramp in combination with dockboard. Each
board can be converted to an equivalent-size ramp.
Call us with your requirements.
ALUMINUM WHEEL RISERS
Ideal for use when the loading dock is higher than the trailer bed.
Levels out trailer with dock; facilitates loading and unloading.
24" wide. 25,000 lbs. capacity per pair.
Bevelled Edges
Model Deck Approach Overall Wt. lbs
No. Height" Length" Length" Length" per pair
KH061 6 24 21 45 124
KH062 8 24 28 52 150
KH064 10 24 35 59 178
KH066 12 24 42 66 210
KH063 6 36 21 57 164
KH065 8 36 28 64 194
KH068 10 36 35 71 226
KH070 12 36 42 78 263
KH067 6 48 21 69 204
KH069 8 48 28 76 238
KH071 10 48 35 83 274
KH072 12 48 42 90 316
40
599

40
600
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
DOCK EQUIPMENT
TRAILER
STABILIZING JACK
Keeps tractorless trailers level while being loaded
or unloaded. Prevents accidents if wheel support
collapses; stabilizes vehicle against load shifts.
SPECIFICATIONS:
• 4" top plate with grease nipple
• Lowered height: 36"
• Raised height: 51 1/2"
• 7 1/2" casters
100,000 lbs. supporting capacity each.
Lifting capacity 50,000 lbs. each.
Recommended use in pairs.
CARGO BAR AND HOOPS
Prevent cargo from shifting and damage. No permanent
installation or adaptation required. Quick installation and
removal. Replace expensive shoring or bulkheads.
One Piece Cargo Bar is all aluminum 1 1/2" square 14 gauge
tubing that will not bend or give. Easy-to-operate mechanical
ratchet will not slip or vibrate loose and works well in freezing
and wet conditions. 4" square rubber protected end pads
keep bar in place. Adjusts from 89" to 105".
Cargo Hoops are constructed from galvanized steel and measures
24" W x 29" L. Expands the retention area to secure a
large area of smaller boxes or cartons. Installation hardware
is included. Comes in pairs.
MOULDED DOCK BUMPERS
• Protects building and dock areas
• Shockproof, tear and freeze resistant
• Designed and produced by professionals . . . for professionals
• Years of experience in dock bumper design
• You supply the dock . . . we supply the Shockproof bumper
Easy to position
Easy to Operate
One piece Cargo Bar adjusts
from 89" to 105" long
Model Face size Overall Wt.
No. Type W" x H" Projection" Material lbs.
KH005 Rectangular 11 x 8 4 Rubber with 16
KH009 Rectangular 26 x 8 4 minimum 35% fibre 32
KH007 Rectangular c/w frame 11 x 8 6 As above but 46
KH010 Rectangular c/w frame 26 x 8 6 includes 2" steel 92
backup frame
PALLET PULLER
The efficient way to unload pallets from
trucks. Just insert... and pull.
Safe: Used with chain and hook or cable and hook.
Positive: Special replaceable hardened teeth give
positive grip in any pallet with soft or hardwood.
Lightweight: Under 16 lbs., small enough to
leave on fork lift or van.
Fast: One man operation. Pulls pallets straight or
sideways to get pallets out of tight spots.
Inexpensive: Pays for itself in a short time.
Guaranteed: To pull any type of soft wood
pallets loaded up to 5,000 lbs.
Size: 12" x 16"
Weight: 16 lbs.
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
KH574 Bar 17
KH575 Hoops (pair) 15
Model No. KH579
Model No.
KH586
Hoops come complete with
installation hardware
Model No.
KH005
Unload vans
and trucks
in minutes!
Model No.
KH009
Replacement teeth
available. Ask for
Model No.
KH580

DOCK LOADING LIGHTS
DOCK LIGHTS
Flood trucks with light or spotlight work areas. Swings inside trailers or rail cars. On/Off switch.
Bronze bearings at all rotating points. 3 conductor No. 18SJT cord. All docklights are UL listed and CSA approved.
SWING ARMS
Two piece wide footprint steel mounting
bracket assures strong wall mount.
Flexible, single strut light allows hori-zontal
and vertical positioning; protects reflector
head from damaging blows. 1 1/2", 14
gauge square steel tubing.
Baked on safety yellow finish. Uses PAR38
or R40 bulb (not included).
SWING AWAY
DOCK LIGHT
25" swivel hanger and base allows light to swing
out of the way when struck: minimizes damage.
The elastomer gently returns the light head to its
proper position without abruptly "snapping back"
the fixture. Reflector head swivels 140° horizontally
in addition to normal vertical adjustment.
Uses PAR38 or R40 bulb (not included).
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
XA958 Dock light 27
Accessories
XA346 Lamp guard 2
Model No.
XA209
Wire
Lamp Guard
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
XA213 Extends 40" 16
XA208 Extends 60" 21
ACCESSORIES
XA209 Wire lamp guard 0.1
POLYCARBONATE HIGH PRESSURE SODI-
UM LAMP HEADS
Energy savings. Double strut construction
These lights use a 50W High Pressure Sodium bulb (Model XA339, not included) which
offers a 63% energy savings over 150 watt incandescent PAR floodlights.
Model No. Description Wt. lbs. Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
XA615 Extends 24" 14 XA617 Extends 60" 21
XA616 Extends 40" 17 XA618 Extends 90" 29
ACCESSORIES
XA339 50 Watt High Pressure Sodium Bulb 1
HALOGEN DOCKLIGHT
Halogen docklight features 40" extension arm jointed in the middle to provide easy positioning.
Rugged 500 W quartz halogen light fixture has a tempered glass lens that is protected
by a wire guard. Two adjustment knobs allow
light fixture to pivot up and down. Includes 2
bulbs (1 spare) and a spare bulb holder attached
to the extension arm. Ideal for mounting next to
loading docks and workstations to improve conditions
when inspecting, unloading or assembling.
Also, suitable for wet areas. Grounded 6'
three wire cord. Safety orange.
Model No. Arm Length" Wt. lbs.
XA673 40 15
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
ADJUSTABLE DOUBLE STRUT LIGHTS
Adjustable dock lights have a knuckle joint
which allows horizontal and vertical
positioning. Constructed of 1 1/2" 14 gauge
square steel tubing, two piece wall mounting
bracket provides superior support. Comes
with either metal head or polycarbonate head
which will not dent, bend or break, and stay
cool to the touch for easy positioning. Uses
PAR 38 or R40 bulbs (not included).
Model No. Arm Length" Head Type Wt. lbs.
XA619 40 Metal 18
XA620 60 Metal 21
XA621 90 Metal 31
XA622 114 Metal 35
XA623 40 Polycarbonate 17
XA624 60 Polycarbonate 20
XA625 90 Polycarbonate 30
XA626 114 Polycarbonate 34
DOUBLE STRUT LIGHTS
Rugged dock lights withstand rough treatment. Double strut construction won't sag: maintains
horizontal position. 1 1/2" 14 gauge square steel tubing construction resists damage
from impact. Baked-on safety yellow finish. Uses PAR38 or R40 bulb (not included).
Model No. XA349, XA350
Construction
Shown with optional
lamp guard
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
XA212 Extends 24" 16
XA211 Extends 40" 18
XA214 Extends 60" 23
XA349 Extends 90" 35
XA350 Extends 114" 43
ACCESSORIES
XA209 Wire lamp guard 0.1
STOP AND GO LIGHTS
Loading Dock Stop & Go Light is a safety signaling device that
alerts truck driver and loading dock personnel to the safety status
of docked or docking trucks.
• A simple, reliable and cost effective warning system that reduces
the risk of accidents around the loading dock
• Yellow polypropylene housing will not rust,
pit or corrode like similar metal units
• Shallow depth of unit (less than most dock bumpers)
prevents damage to Stop & Go Light
• Standard automotive bulbs are long lasting and
inexpensive to replace
• Integral eyebrow-type sun visors for tended visibility
• Mounting holes conform to standard building specifications
• Units can be used indoor or outdoor
• Dimensions: 11 3/8" H x 6 3/8" W x 3 3/4" D
• Lens diameter: 4 1/4"
• CUL approved
• Weight: 2 lbs.
Model No.
12VDC 24VDC 115VAC Description
XA945 XA948 XA951 Stop & Go
XA946 XA949 XA952 Stop & Go Light with On-Off-On push button
switch and electronic solid state flasher
XA947 XA950 XA953 Indoor/Outdoor application, set consisting of
one of each of the above
40
601

40
602
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
WHEEL & RAIL CHOCKS
RUBBER WHEEL CHOCK
Highly resistant to abrasion, impacts, corrosion,
sun, salt, ozone and oil. Steel ring on back.
6 1/2" W x 9 1/2" L x 8 1/2" H.
Wt: 10 lbs.
Model No. KH032
IRON WHEEL CHOCKS
Suited for your toughest jobs.
ALUMINUM WHEEL CHOCKS
High in strength but lightweight. Resists the effects of oil, salt,
corrosion and weather. Non-sparking.
Model No.
KH023
Model No.
KH028
Model No.
KH587
Model No.
KH029
Model No.
KH022
Model No
KH017
Model Chock Dimensions Wt.
No. Material Colour W" x L" x H" lbs.
KH029 Ductile Iron Blue 8 x 12 x 9 19
KH587 Ductile Iron Safety Yellow 9 1/8 x 8 x 8 1/2 15
KH017 Ductile Iron Safety Yellow 10 x 10 1/2 x 10 3/4 23
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. W" x L" x H" lbs.
KH023 6 x 7 x 6 4
KH022 7 x 10.75 x 8 7
KH031 6 x 9 x 7 4
KH028 8 x 11.5 x 9 9
URETHANE WHEEL CHOCKS
Safety orange for greater visibility. Moulded-in hole
through width of chock for attaching security chain -
sold separately.
Model No. KH024 Trailers.
7.75" W x 11" L x 8" H. Wt.: 4.5 lbs.
Model No. KH025 Off road vehicles only.
14" W x 17" L x 14" H. Wt.: 25 lbs.
Model Approx. Size Wt.
No. Construction W" x L" x H" lbs.
KH603 Laminated 8 x 8 x 8 14
KH604 Laminated Jumbo 12 x 12 x 9 1/2 32
WHEEL CHOCK ACCESSORIES
SECURITY CHAIN
18 ft. steel chain attaches chock to dock;
prevents misplacement, theft. Comes with hook.
Wt: 4 lbs.
Model No. KH027
CAUTION SIGN
10" x 14". Black letters
on yellow field.
Wt: 6 oz.
Model No. KH030
RAIL CAR MOVER
Spots railcars. Ideal for heavy service, especially where two loaded cars are moved together.
Provides maximum power by means of a saddle-like shoe that engages the car wheel in a
rolling knee action. V Grip spurs grip the soft outside edges of the rail; provide bite for
powerful leverage. Hardwood handle. 70" overall length. Wt: 20 lbs.
Model No. KH578
RAIL CHOCKS
These rugged steel rail chocks provide an effective means of blocking railcars for safe loading and unloading. Steel points on chock heads bite into rail to prevent sliding. Standard finish in
railroad maintenance yellow. Integral 7 1/2" x 9 1/2" sign reads chock. Single rail chock for stoppage in one direction; double rail chock for stoppage in both directions with rubber strap and
hooks for greater tension. Choice of exposed (above ground) or flush (level with ground) chocks.
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
FOR EXPOSED RAIL
KH016 Single Chock 12
KH021 Double Chock 16
Model No.
KH031
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
FOR FLUSH RAIL
KH015 Single Chock 12
KH020 Double Chock 16
LAMINATED RUBBER CHOCKS
Designed to fit curvature of tire for a strong grip. Extra heavy duty laminated rubber and
steel construction for use with heavy utility trucks and equipment.
Model No. KH603
Model
No.
KH021
Model No. KH604
Model
No.
KH015

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
DRUM WRENCHES & DEHEADERS
BUNG NUT
WRENCHES
Opens almost any metal or plastic, male
or female bung nuts or plugs. 13" overall
length. Offset handle.
Wt: 4 lbs.
Model No. DA638
Annealed ductile iron
Model No. DA637
Non-sparking, manganese
bronze alloy
UNIVERSAL
PLUG WRENCHES
Fits virtually all steel, plastic and fibre
drum plugs. 15 1/2" long for extra
leverage and hand clearance.
Model No. DA635
Solid ductile iron
Model No. DA636
Non-sparking, zinc
aluminum alloy
DRUM WRENCHES
Model DA641 is a dual head, hexagon
socket wrench that fits over both 3/4" and
2" drum plugs. Model DA642 is nonsparking.
Model DA643 has a socket head
which fits over 3/4" plugs and prongs that
fit the crossbar of 2" plugs. Also fits other
type closures.
Model No. DA641 - 2.5 lbs.
Model No. DA642 - 2.5 lbs.
Model No. DA643 - 2.0 lbs
DELUXE PLUG
WRENCH
Non-sparking bronze alloy wrench fits
virtually all industrial drums including
those with square or hex plugs, male or
female bung nuts or plugs and fittings
with lugs and crossbars. Features a builtin
1 1/4" wrench for tightening faucets
into drums; eliminates the need for extra
tools. Wt: 2 lbs.
Model No. DA634
DRUM STACKER
Allows for the safe stacking of up to
five 45 gallon steel drums.
1 1/2" x 1 1/2" rolled angle, 1 3/4"H retaining clips
24 1/2" outside diameter. Colour: Safety Yellow.
Wt: 19 lbs.
Model No. DA543
Model No. DA641
PREMIUM DRUM DEHEADER
This premium deheader ZIPS off drum heads easier than any other hand tool. Simple
design. Nothing to adjust or break down; only two moving parts. Works on 25 and
45 gallon steel drums.
Model No. DA321
Manual deheader Wt: 5 lbs.
Model No. DA298
Repl. alloy blade Wt: 0.5 lbs.
DRUM UPENDER
This 40" long upender provides the necessary
leverage for moving horizontal drums to a standing
position.
2 1/2" wide toe plate prevents denting
of drum; 1 1/2" hook fits over most drum
heads. Wt: 10 lbs.
Model No. DA653
PLASTIC
PAIL OPENER
Use to open plastic buckets and pails.
Unique leverage point ends cover distortion and
cutting. Holds pail down while it lifts lid evenly; lid lifts
off in seconds. Aluminum construction, 16" long. Wt:
0.5 lbs.
Model No. DA639
CAN TIPPER
Handles 5 gallon round cans.
Safety lock holds container. Dispensing
height of 10". Folds for storage. Ring can be
bent to accept square cans.
Wt: 9 lbs.
Model No. DA651
DRUM DEHEADER
Opens any standard size and gauge drum in minutes. Contoured
to drum radius; fast, one-hand operation. Leaves edge smooth. Constructed
of fine forged steel with a precision quality steel blade. Wt: 6 lbs.
Model No. DA312 - Drum deheader
Model No. DA299 - Replacement blade
40
603

40
604
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
SPECIALTY BENCHES
PACKAGING BENCHES
These ergonomically designed workbenches will help increase productivity in your packaging area. They include a
combination of various components. Select the bench best suited for your application. Shipped knocked down.
Model No.
FF431
Consists of:
1 - Standard Workbench FF338 (68" x 33") or
PA812 (83" x 33")
1 - FF341 Drawer
2 - FF342 Roll Bars
1 - FF343 Carton Shelf
1 - FF344 Document Shelf
1 - PA219 39" Cutter Bar
Model No. Dimensions Wt. lbs.
FF431 68" x 33" 225
PA813 83" x 33" 243
Model No.
FH174
Consists of:
1 - Standard Workbench FF338 (68" x 33") or
PA812 (83" x 33")
1 - FF352 Straight Upright (set of 2)
1 - FF342 Roll Bar
1 - FF345 Sorter
10 - FF346 Shelf for Sorter
1 - FF347 Bracket for Sorter (set of 2)
1 - FF348 Slot Wall
2 - FF351 Literature Trays
1 - FF343 Carton Shelf
2 - FF350 Parts Bin
1 - FF349 Slot Wall Hook
PACKAGING STATION KITS
A Work Wizard kit pre-engineered for optimum performance in your packaging operations.
30" x 60" plastic-laminate tabletop is height-adjustable for maximum worker comfort.
Single-bay slotted uprights provide support for tools and other modules. Spool holder and
carton divider provide easy access to tape and shipping cartons. Power bar provides 8
outlets; 6 front, 2 back.
Model No. FG401
ACCESSORIES
Model No. Description
FF662 30" x 60" Plastic laminated top
adjustable-leg table
FG301 Single bay bench mount overhead
FG324 Small adj. Shelf
FG329 Spool support
FG341 Document holder
FG322 Horizontal power bar
FG334 Carton divider
WORK
WIZARD
Model No. Dimensions Wt. lbs.
FH174 68" x 33" 270
PA814 83" x 33" 288
Model No. FF662
30" x 60" Plastic laminate top
adjustable-leg table
Model No.
FG341
Document holder
Model No. FG324
Small adjustable shelf
Model No.
FG301
Single
bay bench
mount
overhead
Model No. FG329
Spool support
Model No.
FG322
Horizontal
power bar
Model No.
FG334
Carton
Divider
QC/INSPECTION
STATION KITS
Pre-engineered for efficiency in your
quality control and inspection applications.
Includes a height- adjustable
workbench with 30" x 60" plastic-laminated
tabletop, single-bay bench
mounted slotted uprights, overhead
lighting, power bar with 8 outlets (6
front, 2 back), and a video display
platform with a keyboard tray.
Complete Bench Model No.
FG404
Model No.
FG342
Keyboard tray
Model No.
FG352
General
lighting
Model No.
FG301
Single-bay
bench mount
overhead
SMALL TROLLEY
WITH SHELVES
Increases productivity by placing
work material where you need it.
Includes a small 36" tall by 30"
wide trolley with casters, small
shelf, and adjustable shelf
which can accept
loads weighing up
to 100 lbs. (45.4 kg).
Model No
FG315
Model No.
FG340
Articulating
platform VDT
holder
Model No.
FG322
Horizontal
power bar
Model No. FF662
30" x 60"
Plastic laminate top,
adjustable-leg table
BUILD YOUR OWN, FROM THESE PARTS
Model No. Description
FG342 Keyboard tray
FG352 General lighting
FG301 Single-bay bench mount overhead
FG340 Articulating platform VDT holder
FG322 Horizontal power bar
FF662 30" x 60" Plastic laminate
top adjustable-leg table

INDUSTRIAL SEATING
DELUXE SWIVEL STOOLS
These padded stools will provide workers
with maximum comfort and support. The
360° swivel motion is ideal for workers
who have repetitive side to side movement.
The seat easily adjusts to your selected
height. Just raise or lower the steel rod and
lock securely in place. All welded frame is
constructed of 1" diameter 16 gauge steel.
With a 3/4" circular tube footrest. The four
leg cluster design has a 22" spread giving
them optimum stability. Optional casters
available.
Model No. FC668 has a 2" thick foam
padded seat over a 5/8" plywood base and
a 1" foam backrest. Model No. FC670 has
the same 2" foam but over a 1/2" plywood
base and 1/2" foamed backrest. The colour
is a black vinyl upholstery with Royal Grey
frame.
Model No.
FC668
Model No.
FC670
Model Adjustable Seat Wt.
No. Height" Dimensions" lbs.
FC668 25-31 16 x 17 33
FC670 25-31 16 x 17 33
FC675 set of 4 casters 2
STATIONARY AND ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT STOOLS
Stationary
SWIVEL STOOLS
For efficiency, comfort and durability select one of
our economical swivel stools. With or without backrest
these stools reduce worker fatigue and increase
productivity. The seats are made of a 19 gauge
embossed steel with 1/8" tempered hardboard inlay.
The frame’s all welded tubing is 1" diameter 16 gauge
steel. The circular 18 gauge footrest guarantees
comfort and stability. Heavy duty rubber cushioned
steel glides protect floors. All
units have a 1" x 14 1/2" long
steel adjustment stem for
easy height selection. The
backrest is 9 1/2" x 15 3/4"
and is 4 way adjustable.
Optional casters
available.
Model No.
FC658
Model No.
FC661
Adjustable
A. B. C. D. E.
Model No.
FC665
Model No. Adjustable Height" Seat Dimensions" Wt. lbs.
FC658 22-28 14 19
FC661 22-28 14 28
FC665 17-23 14 1/2 x 15 27
FC675 set of 4 casters 2
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
SPECIALTY STOOLS
Designed specifically for laboratories,
medical offices and clean rooms. These
stools are available with 14" diameter 3"
high vinyl covered seat, pneumatic mechanism
to adjust the height, and available
with casters or glides. A full foot ring is
standard on stools with a 23" - 33"
adjustable height, optional on the other
stools.
Ruggedly built for long lasting service in a warehouse, factory, or office. Your choice of stationary or adjustable stools, with or without
backrest. The all welded frame is a 7/8" diameter steel tube. The legs are braced with a 3/4" 18 gauge circular footrest for
increased strength and stability. The 14" diameter embossed steel seat has a 1/8" tempered hardboard inlay. The Model No. FC656
has a 14 1/2" x 15" sq. seat and is reinforced by steel bars.
Model No.
OC786
FOOTREST
Fixed at a comfortable 8 degree angle to relieve muscle
strain. Removable 14 gauge platform has nine elevation
positions which lock into place with a double
locking pin. Finished with a black powder coat paint
and textured anti-slip covering on the platform.
20" W x 13" D x 21" H.
Model No.
FC684
SCOOTER STOOL
All steel construction and soft rubber casters with ball
bearing movement allow the Scooter Stool to give
rugged and versatile service. Features a tray shelf for
tools or papers and a 300 lbs. download capacity.
Shipped knocked down.
Ten year warranty.
Model No.
OC790
Model No Adjustable Wt.
W/CASTERS W/GLIDES Height" lbs.
OC785 OC788 16 - 22 14
OC786 OC789 21 - 28 18
OC787 OC790 23 - 33 20
Model No. OC819 (optional footring) for heights 16"-22" and 21"-28" only
BIRCH STOOL
Model No.
OC860
Can be used for applications where the use of metal is not recommended.
100% all wood natural finish. Available in 2 heights.
Model No. Height" Wt. lbs.
OC859 18 11
OC860 24 13
The contoured back rest is constructed of 19
gauge steel. On the adjustable models the telescopic
legs have screw locks that adjust on 1"
increments. All stools have four chrome floor
glides that won’t damage floors. Colour is Royal
Grey.
STATIONARY HEIGHT
Model Seat Wt.
No. Height" Dimensions" lbs.
A. FC649 24 14 20
B. FC647 24 14 12
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT
C. FC653 25-33 14 12
D. FC655 25-33 14 20
E. FC656 18-26 14 1/2 x 15 18
Model Tray Seat Wt.
No. Diameter" Diameter" Height" lbs.
PA801 15 13 14.5 10
40
605

40
606
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
INDUSTRIAL SEATING
INDUSTRIAL SEATING
The high range series of industrial seating features a full 8" of pneumatic lift while seated.
Exclusive new extension tube provides an adjustable height range of 17" to 35". Seats and
backs are microcellular self skinning polyurethane foam which inhibits punctures, tears and
moisture absorption. Large 26" diameter 5 leg steel base with 2 1/2" diameter glides ensure
stability and safety even at the highest levels. Large wide angle footrests make it easy to step
up into seat.
Model FC680
Features 20 degree
back angle and 8
degree seat tilt
adjustment
w/double paddle
handles.
HOW WAVE TUBE TECHNOLOGY WORKS
Open Tapered
Collet Drop
into
Lift
base
out Adjusts to any
position up to 10''
ERGONOMIC SEATING
Designed specifically for the industrial workplace, food industry, or any application. It provides
workers with dynamic seating necessary for the maintenance of health and
productivity.
The ergo stool offers a black self-skinned integral
moulded polyurethane foam seat and back for durability
and ease of maintenance. The stool features proper
lumbar support, swivel and waterfall seat and three
pneumatic height adjustments.
Model Adjustable
No. Description Height"
FC677 (No footring)
2" Swivel Carpet Casters 16 - 22
FC678 2" Swivel Carpet Casters 20 - 29
FC679 2" Swivel Carpet Casters 23 - 33
OD513 (No footring)
w/ Glides 16 - 22
OD514 w/ Glides 20 - 29
OD515 w/ Glides 23 - 33
FC677
Model FC681
Features 3" back
rest height and 3"
back rest depth
adjustment.
Assembly required.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Model Dimensions"
No. Seat Backrest Footrests
FC680 18 1/2 x 17 15 3/4 x 9 3
FC681 16 1/4 x 16 1/4 14 1/2 x 9 1
SHOPTECH ERGONOMIC
INDUSTRIAL STOOLS
Industrial seating that brings ergonomic comfort and
productivity to the shop floor, the laboratory or the shipping
office. Durable, easy to clean, moulded polyurethane
seating is the perfect solution for clean rooms or wipe
down applications.
Model No. OE088 has an overall height of 16-
21" with a 19" wide by 14" deep seat.
Model No. OE089 Sit/Stand has an overall
height of 26-36", seat is 13.5" W x 9.5" D with
a 5" H x 6" W back.
Model Wt. No.
Description lbs.
OE088 Stool 20
OE089 Sit/Stand 19
SIT/STAND STOOLS
Sit/stand stools dramatically reduce fatigue for
workers unable to sit down on the job. Can be
positioned for up close work. Model FC683 heavy
gauge triangular glides provide safety, features a
built-in footrest, a 15" wide x 13 7/8" high self
skinning polyurethane seat mounted to an
adjustable spring suspension frame that automatically
tilts forward up to 15 degrees while in use.
Removable seat attaches to frame with a double
pin locking system which easily adjusts to 12
positions from 21" to 35". Model FC685 features a
sturdy, tip proof 5 leg base with a padded comfortable
"Bicycle style" seat. Pneumatic height
adjustment from 23 1/2" to 33 1/2".
FC683 FC685
Model No. Description Model No. Description
FC683 Manual Adjustment FC685 Pneumatic Adjustment
PNEUMATIC SWIVEL STOOLS
MODEL OD846 MODEL OD847
• 5" gas lift • 10" gas lift
• Height adj. 18" to 23" • Height adj. 23" to 33"
• Black select fabric • Options: Model OC822
• Weight: 10 lbs./ stool kit
2 cu. ft. • Weight: 12 lbs. /
2 cu. ft.
ERGONOMIC INDUSTRIAL
SHOP SEATING
These industrial chairs feature cleanable, comfortable, supportive
seating. The seats are made of a soft moulded polyurethane material
and the backs are formed to support the body for greater comfort and
less fatigue. Pneumatic height adjustment of 15" to 20.5". Adjustable
back rest. 5-prong poly on steel base with dual
wheel carpet casters. Optional chrome foot ring
adds 10" to height. Glides recommended with
footring. Model OC816 and OC821 task chairs have
adjustable backrest height, depth and angle.
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
W/CASTERS
OC815 Operator's Chair 25
OC816 Task Chair 26.5
W/GLIDES
OC820 Operator’s Chair 25
OC821 Task Chair 26.5
OPTIONAL STOOL KIT
OC822 Chrome footring 5
OE088
OC815
OC816
OE089

OFFICE SEATING
SUPPORTECH
ERGONOMIC CHAIRS
Features include:
• Multi-tilt control for custom adjustment
• Gas lift height adjustment
• Tension adjustable swivel/tilt with
locking free float
• Height adjustable contoured backrest
• Height adjustable armrests
• 5 prong plastic (glass reinforced) base
• Dual wheel carpet casters
• Seat Dimensions: 20" W x 18 /12" D x 19-24"
• Back Dimensions: 19" W x 21" H
Model No.
Black Grey Burgundy Blue
OC359 OC360 OD839 OD840
HI-BACK
MULTI-FUNCTION
OPERATORS CHAIRS
• Moulded plastic seat and
back with lumbar support
• Injection moulded 2 1/2"
foam that retains its shape
and has a better resilience
to daily use
• Spring backrest
angle adjustment
• Manual backrest
height adjustment
• Pneumatic height
seat adjustment 19"-24"
• Seat angle adjustment
Seat dimensions:
19" W x 19" D,
back 18" W x 21" D
PLASTIC SEAT
SWIVEL STOOL
• Made of 1" diameter
16 gauge tubular steel base
• Sturdy plastic seat
• Seat is manually
adjustable from
22" to 28" high
Just raise or lower the
steel rod and lock
securely in place
• 360° swivel
• Colour: black seat with
grey epoxy base
Model No. OA241
Standard
Model No Wt.
Grey Black Burgundy Blue Description lbs.
OA226 OA235 OA245 OA265 Operator Chair 44
OA236 OA238 OA239 OA240 Operator Chair w/loop arms 48
OA228 OA230 OA232 OA233 Operator Chair w/adj. T-arms 47
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
w/loop arms
FOLDING CHAIRS
• Heavy duty and
lightweight tubular steel
construction
• Folds flat to 2 3/4"
thick and nests for
convenient storage
• Double welded rear
leg brace
• Exclusive hinge sets
legs at wide angle for
improved
stability and support
• Comfortable extra wide
16" seat
& back rest
w/adjustable
T-arms
Model No.
Grey Green Black Chestnut Beige
OA273 OD915 OD916 OD917 OD918
STENO CHAIR
• Heavy duty industrial chair
• Economical price
• Comfortable 2 1/2" foam upholstered seat
• Full 360° rotation
• Padded backrest
• Floating spring action back hinge
• Standard black vinyl upholstery
• Powder coated black epoxy finish
• Constructed of 1" diameter
all welded steel
• Five prong base for increased stability
• Height adjustment from 17" to 22"
• Four swivel black nylon,
twin wheel casters
Model No.
OA276
MULTI-TILT EXECUTIVE
HIGH BACK
• Pneumatic height adjustment
• Tension adjustable infinite tilt-lock
• Independent back angle & backrest
height adjustment
• Contoured moulded foam
• Seat Dimensions:
20" x 19.5" x 18" - 22"
• Weight: 38 lbs/9.5 cu. ft.
• Available as standard or with
VISO Elastic "Memory"
foam seat
• Back Dimensions:
19" x 29"
• Shown with optional
arms
Model No.
Grey Black Burgundy Blue
OE109 OC108 OE110 OE111
W/VISO ELASTIC FOAM SEAT
OD842 OD843 OD844 OD845
OPTIONAL ARMS
OE112 Adjustable arms
PADDED SWIVEL STOOLS
• Deluxe swivel stool with
a 14" diameter seat
• Padded with 2 1/2" thick foam
and covered by a
black vinyl fabric
• Full 360° rotation
• One inch diameter all
welded steel frame
• 3/4" x 17" diameter footring on
four tubular legs
• Grey oven baked powder
coated epoxy finish
• Rubber cushion metal floor
glides protects
floor surfaces
• Two adjustable heights available,
22" to 28" and 27" to 33"
Model No. FC673 - 22" - 28"
Model No. FC674 - 27" - 33"
40
607

40
608
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
OFFICE SEATING
SERIES 4000 & 5000 TASK & OPERATOR CHAIRS
• Pneumatic height adjustment
• Tilt seat and articulating
backrest adjustment, 5000 Series
• Backrest height adjustment
• Injection moulded foam cushions
• Five prong poly on steel base
Model No Seat Dimensions Back Dimensions
Black Grey Description W" x D" x H" W" x H"
OC319 OC320 Series 4000 chair 18.5 x 18 x 17-22 17 x 15.5
OA247 OA244 Series 4000 w/stool kit 18.5 x 18 x 22-27 17 x 15.5
OC321 OC322 Series 5000 multi functional chair 18.5 x 18 x 17-22 17 x 19
OE090 OE091 Series 5000 w/stool kit 18.5 x 18 x 22-27 17 x 19
• Pneumatic height adjustments
• Backrest height adjustments
• Five prong poly on steel base
• Dual wheel carpet casters
Model No Seat Dimensions Back Dimensions Wt.
Black Grey Description W" x D" x H" W" x H" lbs.
ECONOMICAL STENO CHAIRS
OC309 OC310 w/o arms 18 x 17 x 17-22 16.5 x 11.5 30
OC311 OC312 w/fixed arms 18 x 17 x 17-22 16.5 x 11.5 32
OE092 OE093 w/stool kit 18 x 17 x 22-27 16.5 x 11.5 35
TASK CHAIRS
OA246 OA224 w/loop arms 18 x 17 x 17-22 16.5 x 13.5 32
OA281 OA283 w/o arms 18 x 17 x 17-22 16.5 x 13.5 30
OE094 OE095 w/stool kit 18 x 17 x 22-27 16.5 x 13.5 35
Model No. OA271
Loop Arm Kit
(width adjustable)
Model No. OD848
Fixed Arms
EXECUTIVE CHAIRS
An elegant and durable line of office chairs. The hi-back
and mid-back swivel chairs are manufactured with a five
star steel base for strength and stability. Black epoxy
frame with a moulded fabric protection on seat and back
edges for longer fabric life. Thick contoured seat and back
with lumbar supports and padded armrests. Swivel tilt
with locking mechanism. The pneumatic lift adjusts from
a height of 18" to 22". The guest chair is an excellent addition
for any office. It has the same excellent construction
on an epoxy coated steel sled base.
• Dual wheel carpet casters
• Optional arms available
• Optional stool kit
• Optional Glides (recommended with stool
kit), models OA244 & OA247 come
standard w/glides
TASK CHAIRS & ECONOMICAL STENO CHAIRS
OPTIONS FOR TASK/OPERATOR CHAIRS
Model No. OC822
Chrome
Foot Ring
Model No. OA269
Stool Kit
• Stool kit available
• Optional arms
• Optional glides (recommended
with stool kit)
Model No. OC323
T-Arm Kit (width &
height adjustable)
Side Chair
Model No. Wt.
Grey Black Description lbs.
OC683 OC684 Hi-Back Executive chair 50
OC685 OC686 Low Back Executive Chair 46
OC687 OC688 Guest Side Chair 41
Model No. OD849
Deluxe Loop Arms
(width adjustable)
Low-Back
Model No.
OC321
Model No.
OC321
w/arm kit
OC323
Model No.
OC311
w/stool kit (OA269)
Hi-Back
Model No.
OC319
Model No.
OC319
w/arm kit
OC323
Model No.
OA246

CHAIRS & CADDIES
STACKING CHAIRS
C.
A.
B.
A. Polypropylene chairs stack easily. Made of one piece moulded polypropylene shell and
sturdy chrome frame. Armchair has wood armrests in a walnut finish. Available in 6 standard
colours.
Model No.
Black Blue Beige Brown Green Grey Description
OA275 OA279 OA285 OA268 OD215 OA272 Stack chair no arms
OA873 OA875 OA871 OA876 OD216 OA837 Stack chair w/arms
B. Upholstered chairs are easy to stack for compact storage. Vinyl covering over a
chrome frame protects against water and mildew. Armchair includes black plastic
rests.
Model No.
Black Blue Beige Brown Red Description
OA278 OA886 OA833 OA832 OA842 Stacking chairs, no arms
OA274 OA852 OA848 OA856 OA864 Stacking chairs, w/arms
C. Birch plywood stacking chair assembled to a beige enamel steel frame. Seat and back are
1/4" thick overall. The most economical chair available.
Model No. 0A282
D. Stacking chairs weighing only seven pounds, this lightweight chair is surprisingly
strong. The 7/8" tubular steel frame is of X underseat construction giving rigidity and
strength to the unit. The moulded polypropylene seat and back is of high strength polymer
with a texture finish. Glides are insert type and will not mark floors. This chair will
stack with all plywood stacking chairs. 18" seat height. Colours: Frame is beige; Seat
and back: Orange, grey or navy.
Model No. OD919, Navy
Model No. OD920, Grey
Model No. OD921, Orange
D.
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
HORIZON CHAIRS
They have an incredibly strong and
durable thermoplastic shell which
assures correct posture and provides
maximum comfort for
sustained periods of sitting. An
arched back with sculptured cutout
provides excellent ventilation. The
four vibrant shell colours are black,
blue, green and grey. Frame is
black. The heavy duty welded, unitized
chassis has been designed to
enable stacking yet avoids protruding
legs. Legs are of 16 gauge
tubular steel. Heavy 14 gauge channel
crossbraces provide anchor
points for the shell.
Model No. Seat
Blue Grey Black Green Height"
OD922 OD926 OD930 OD934 14
OD923 OD927 OD931 OD935 15
OD924 OD928 OD932 OD936 16
OD925 OD929 OD933 OD937 18
HANGING
CHAIR CADDY
This unique double tier design caddy can hold
up to 84 chairs while occupying only half the
floor space of other conventional models. Ideal
in applications where space is limited.
Portable and easy to manoeuvre yet sturdy
with a 14 gauge steel frame construction and
16 gauge rungs.
Overall dimensions
64" L x 30" W x 74" H.
Shipping Weight: 95 lbs.
Model No. OA528
FLAT STACKING
CADDIES
Can stack a capacity of 10-12 tables. It
speeds up and eases set-up or storage
of all sizes and types of folding tables.
Choose the 72" or 96" long caddy with
4" diameter
swivel casters.
Model No. OA527
76 L" x 38 W" x 31 H"
Wt.: 67 lbs.
Model No. OA526
100 L" x 38 W" x 31 H"
Wt.: 87 lbs.
EDGE STACKING
CADDIES
For rectangular or round tables these caddies are
good for tables of all widths especially those
wider than 30" that must fit through a narrow
doorway. 14 gauge steel tubing with a brown
finish. Shipping weight: 65 lbs.
Model Dimensions Table
No. Used with L" x W" x H" Capacity
OA524 Rectangular 31 1/4 x 49 x 32 1/4 10
OA525 Round 31 1/4 x 49 x 40 1/4 8
40
609

40
610
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
SEATING, TABLES & ACCESSORIES
CASTERBOOT TM
Easily move anything with legs: tables, shelving, chairs and
all types of equipment. The CasterbootTM TABLE MOVER
MAKES TABLE MOVING A ONE PERSON JOB!
is a solid metal
boot with a urethane wheel that slides effortlessly around
furniture or equipment legs and secures with one quick turn
of the wrist. Fits over existing levelers, glides or protective
caps. Choose the nearest size that fits within the inner
dimensions.
Set includes 4 Casterboots (2 locking).
Model No. Leg Size (diameter) Wheel Size" Cap. lbs.
OE228 1" Tubular 2 300
OE229 1" Tubular Wire Shelving 3 1⁄2 1200
OE230 up to 1.320" Tubular 2 300
OE231 up to 1.5"Tubular 2 300
OE232 1" Square 3 500
OE233 1.25" Square 3 500
WORK AND FOLDING TABLES
Walnut finish laminated top with 1 1/4" square chrome legs. A 1
1/8" metal skirt is all around for stability.
Overall height 30".
Model Wt.
No. Size" lbs.
OA928 24 x 60 80
OA307 30 x 48 52
OA308 30 x 60 64
Model Wt.
No. Size" lbs.
OA941 30 x 72 76
OA926 36 x 72 90
OA934 36 x 96 122
A very popular and versatile stacking table. Lightweight yet
rugged construction makes for easy handling. Because of their
stacking ability, they require a minimum amount of space when
not in use. Available in 3 different sizes. Their overall height is
30" and the tops are 3/8" thick. Tops are able to join flush for conferences
or banquets. Sturdy 16 gauge 1" diameter steel frames
are electrically welded and finished in brown baked enamel paint.
Plastic feet and bumpers won't mark floors.
Model No. Size" Table Top
OA919 30 x 30 Laminated walnut plastic
OA925 30 x 48 Laminated walnut plastic
OA917 30 x 60 Laminated walnut plastic
CLUSTER SEATING
The perfect lunchroom or cafeteria seating. Choose the cluster arrangement that maximizes
your space. The frame is a heavy duty 2" black steel tube. A 1 1/8" walnut top is standard.
Other table top colours available. Except for the round top models all tops are 24" wide. Two
chair styles; the polypropylene DS or the padded vinyl DC series. They are available in six
colours: Beige (BE), Black (BL) Brown (BR), Blue (BU), Burgundy (BG), Grey (GR) and
Hunter Green (HG).
Specify colour when ordering.
Style DS Style DC
STANDARD WALNUT TOP
Other table top colours available upon request.
Tubular
Casterboots
Model No.
OA928
Model No.
OA925
OE230
OE231
Easily transports folding tables by supporting one
end in its cradle between two wheels. The opposite
end of the table is held and steered by the user.
Accommodates folding tables up to 12' long and 4'
wide with table tops up to 7⁄8" thick. Non scuffing
wheels are safe for all surfaces. Symmetric design
allows tables to be loaded in either direction.
Capacity: 150 lbs.
Ship Wt. 3 lbs.
Model No.
OE227
Tops for folding tables are 5/8"
thick and finished in a durable walnut
colour plastic laminate. The
folding legs and perimeter metal
frame is constructed of 16 gauge
brown enamel steel. Table height
29".
Model Top Size"
No. W" x L"
OA306 30 x 60
OA305 30 x 72
OA302 30 x 96
OA948 36 x 72
OA946 3 x 96
OA304 60" Diameter
Overall Dim. Model Wt. Model Wt.
Description W" x L" x H" No. lbs. No. lbs.
Two Seat Wall Unit 24 x 60 x 29 DS2W 55 DC2W 65
Four Seat Floor Unit 24 x 48 x 29 DS4F 108 DC4F 130
Four Seat Round Unit 66 Round x 29 DS4R 108 DC4R 130
Four Seat Double Top 50 x 60 x 29 DS4FDT 108 DC4FDT 130
Six Seat Floor Unit 76 x 60 x 29 DS6F 158 DC6F 195
Six Seat Round Unit 80 Round x 29 DS6R 170 DC6R 195
Eight Seat Floor Unit 104 x 60 x 29 DS8F 170 DC8F 170
Add suffix: BE, Beige BL, Black BR, Brown BU, Blue
BG, Burgundy HG, Hunter Green GR, Grey
Model No.
OA304
Model No.
OA306

COMPUTER CABINETS
ALL WELDED DESK TOP CABINET
Includes locking slide-in pocket doors with inner compartments for storage of
files or manuals. Pull out keyboard shelf has ample storage space for diskettes
and supplies. Sliding tray may be used for mouse pad or as a writing surface.
Vented back for air circulation. Ships fully assembled in blue and grey baked
enamel finish.
Model No. OC533
OPEN PEDESTAL STAND
32" high and is designed to support the desk top unit for stand up operation.
Features include a convenient storage shelf and adjustable leg levelers for
uneven work surfaces. Shipped knocked-down. Blue baked enamel finish.
Model No. OC534
ENCLOSED BASE/PRINTER STAND
Features a roll in/roll out hideaway printer stand which locks inside the enclosure
when not in use. The printer stand has two adjustable, one bottom 28" W x 25"
D shelves for printers or peripherals and paper. 30" high enclosure may be
oriented for left or right hand access. Shipped knocked-down. Blue and grey
baked enamel finish.
Model No. OC535
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. Description W" x D" x H" lbs.
OC533 Desktop Computer Cabinet 30 27 3/4 30 122
OC534 Computer Cabinet Open Pedestal Base 30 27 3/4 32 66
OC535 Computer Cabinet Enclosed Base w/Printer Stand 30 27 3/4 33 142
MOBILE COMPUTER CABINET
Cabinet provides heavy duty storage for valuable electronic equipment. Features
include all steel welded construction. Top monitor compartment is 22 1/2" W x
23" D x 18 3/4" H and includes a slide-out keyboard shelf. It locks independently
of bottom section which includes 2 adjustable shelves. Unit is fully mobile with
5" polyolefin casters 2 rigid, and 2 swivel w/brake. Includes vented back for air
circulation and a 6 outlet power strip with built-in surge suppression. Shipped
fully assembled with a durable blue and light grey baked enamel finish.
Total dimensions: 26" W x 24" D x 64" H.
Wt.: 149 lbs.
Model No. OC532
MOBILE COMPUTER CABINET
Mobile cabinet allows you to house your terminal,
keyboard, printer and paper all in one place. Lower
cabinet, 24 5/8" W x 22 7/8" D x 22 5/8" H, is lockable.
The two position shelf can be located for desk top
style or up to 18"H tower style CPU’s. The fixed shelf
at 24/ 5/8" W x 22 7/8" D x 11 1/2" H provides ample
room for any sheet fed style or continuous form style
printer. Slide-out keyboard tray has a comfortable
wrist rest area to reduce fatigue. Top features back
and end stops to hold supplies while in transit.
Cabinet rolls easily on 5" polyolefin casters (2 swivel
w/brakes, 2 rigid). Rear cabinet access holes for
paper feed, cables and ventilation fan (not included)
are also provided. Plastic wire ties and mounting
holes are provided for tidy cable management. All
steel construction. Shipped knocked down, assembly
required with simple hand tools.
Total dimensions 27" W x 24" D x 49 1/4" H.
Wt. 125 lbs.
Colour: Blue.
Model No. OC839
Desk top cabinet with enclosed
base/printer stand
Model No.
OC533
Model No. OC534
Desk top cabinet
with open
pedestal stand
Model No. OC535
FREEDOM SERIES SECURITY STATIONS
9400 SECURITY STATION
Functional and sturdy. Rolls easily from room to room with 4" wheels.
• Locking tambour doors protects computer,
keyboard, monitor and printer
• Keyboard shelf (36 1/4" W x 14" D x 27" H)
extends forward on smooth rolling slides
• Monitor/Printer shelf is adjustable
• Disc drive adjusts side-to-side to
accommodate different size units
• Portable acrylic printer paper holder
attaches easily to shelf rail
• Unit is quality built with high density
3/4" substrate laminated with a durable
scratch resistant melamine
• Matching woodgrain edge-banding
for a finishing touch
• Tubular steel base finished with baked-on-enamel
provides sturdy support to cabinet
• Unit is 38" W x 24" D x 51 1/2" H
with 4" wheels
Model No. Wt.
Light Oak Walnut Description lbs.
OD871 OD873 W/Glides 185
OD875 OD877 W/Wheels 185
Model No.
OD871
40
611

40
612
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT
AUDIO-VISUAL CARTS
ADJUSTABLE CARTS
All welded steel carts with 4" casters (2 lock). Can adjust to five heights from 26" to 42".
Overall dimensions: 24" W x 18" D x 26 - 42" H. Recommended for use with 20" diagonal
monitors. Available with lockable lower storage cabinet. Cabinet dimensions (interior): 23
1/2" W x 17 1/2" D x 15 1/2" H. Units available with two-outlet electrical assembly. Colour:
Black.
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
OA530 Adjustable Cart 42
OA052 Adjustable Cart w/electrical outlet 44
PA744 Adjustable Cabinet Cart 55
PA730 Adjustable Cabinet Cart w/electrical outlet 57
WIDE BODY CARTS
Pyramid design for maximum support. Solid steel construction with black powder finish. 4"
casters (2 lock) and spacious, locking cabinet also included on models OB116, OB117,
OB118 and OB119. Electrical unit includes two-outlet electrical unit with a 20' extension
cord and cord winder.
Model Description Wt.
No. W" x D" x H" lbs.
OA533 32 x 27 1/2 x 48 63
OA049 same as OA533 - c/w elec. outlets 65
OA045 32 x 27 1/2 x 44 59
OA051 same as OA045 - c/w elec. outlets 61
OVERHEAD PROJECTORS
APOLLO HORIZON
Durable and economical, these projectors feature user-friendly controls and an automatic
thermostat that shuts down power if the unit overheats. Projection stage is 10" x 10" (254
mm x 254 mm) and illumination is 2000 lumens. Up to 3500 lumens can be provided for
projectors with a built-in light booster mechanism. Standard Horizon projectors come with
either an open or dust-free closed head. All Horizon projectors carry a 2 year limited
warranty.
Power Source: 120 V, 60 Hz standard - UL/CSA
Projection Lamp: 82 V, 360 W EYB
Lumens: 2,000 (Light booster models: 3,500)
Closed dimensions: 13 3/4" W x 14" D x 9 1/2" H
Weight: 13 lbs.
Model No. Description
OD064 Overhead projector w/open head
OD065 Overhead projector w/closed head
OD066 O/H projector w/open head & light booster
OD069 Vinyl dust cover
OD070 Replacement lamp
OVERHEAD PROJECTOR TABLES
Adapts to stand up or sit down presentations. Work surface
adjusts from 27" to 41" H and projector well adjusts from 5" to
11". Convenient storage space below projector well holds papers
and viewprints. Model PA715 includes a two outlet electrical
assembly. Overall dimensions: 37" W x 22 1/2" D x 27" - 41" H.
Projector Well: 17 1/2" W x 20 1/2" D. Includes 4" hard rubber
casters, two with locking brakes.
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
PA714 Table 64
PA715 Table w/Electrical Assembly 67
8.5" X 11" LETTER SIZE TRANSPARENCY FILMS
A. INK JET - Clear film specially coated for smudge/bleed-free colour or
black ink jet imaging.
B. COLOUR LASER - High quality transparencies
for full colour and graphics laser
printers. Unique coating
controls absorption.
C. COPIER/LASER -
For plain paper copier. Low haze
levels and bleed/smudge-free
film produces crisp, clear
graphics. Also compatible
with all laser printers.
Model Qty/
Key No. Description Pkg.
A. OD772 w/o stripe 50
B. OD773 w/ stripe 50
B. OD774 w/o stripe 50
C. OD775 w/ stripe 100
C. OD776 w/o stripe 100
Model No.
PA744
Model No.
OA530
PLATFORM STYLE TELEVISION MOUNT
For small to mid-size monitors. Offers 10° tilt and a 360° swivel
capability. Anti-theft device secures monitor to platform. Optional
VCR bracket features anti-theft device and 180° swivel
independent of the mount. Used for 19" - 20" or 25" -27" monitors.
Model No. Dimensions
OB123 19-20" Monitor
OB124 25-27" Monitor
OA044 VCR Bracket
CEILING-YOKE TELEVISION MOUNT
Support tray and arms of yoke are both adjustable. Used for 19" - 20"
or 25" - 27" monitors. Ceiling flange and pipe 4", 10", 18" are required
for mounting. Optional VCR bracket available.
Model No. Description
OA534 19 - 20" Monitor
OA046 25 - 27" Monitor
OA044 VCR Bracket
OA050 Ceiling Flange
OA054 4" black pipe
OA048 10" black pipe
OA043 18" black pipe
PROJECTION SCREENS
Durable steel slat runs along the base
of the screens. Includes steel case
with painted end caps. Screen colour -
matte white. Tripod screens feature
steel magnetic legs.
Model Wt.
No. Desciption" lbs.
OA053 Wall 60 x 60 13
OA529 Wall 70 x 70 15
OA532 Tripod 60 x 60 23
OA531 Tripod 70 x 70 26
Model No.
OB118
STEEL LECTERN
All steel electrically welded lectern with black silicone paint finish.Tilts
back on rear wheels for easy mobility.
Ships assembled. Weight: 43 lbs.
Model No.
OD267
Model No.
OA533
WITH CABINET
Model Description Wt.
No. W" x D" x H" lbs.
OB116 32 x 27 1/2 x 54 90
OB117 same as OB116 - c/w elec. outlets 92
OB118 32 x 27 1/2 x 48 88
OB119 same as OB118 - c/w elec. outlets 90
OB122 Optional TV Safety Belt 1

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
DESK ACCESSORIES, SAFES & CABINETS
HEAVY DUTY
KEYBOARD DRAWERS
HEAVY DUTY SLIDE OUT TRAYS
• Adjustable mounting brackets
• Smooth action ball bearing slides
• Available with or without extendible mouse platform
• Tray size: 11" x 23" w/o mouse platform
Model No. Description
OB536 Keyboard Tray
OB537 Keyboard Tray w/mouse platform
HEAVY DUTY ARTICULATING
KEYBOARD TRAYS
• Fully articulating swing arm is height/depth adjustable
• Swivel mount with tilt tray feature
• Includes anti-skid surface
• Keyboard stores under work surface
• Tray size: 11" x 23" w/o mouse platform
11 1/2" x 21 1/2" w/mouse platform
Model No. Description
OB538 Articulating Keyboard Tray
OB539 Articulating Keyboard Tray
w/mouse platform
SAFES
GRAND PRIX LINE CABINETS
Keep documents intact for one full hour despite
exterior temperatures as high as 927°C
(1700°F).
Features include:
• Heavy gauge satin coat steel with
antirust treatment
• Insulated with moisture pockets
between the walls
• Heavy duty hinges
• 6" continuous fixed locking bar
• Key changing combination lock
• Adjustable shelf
• Heavy duty caster base
Model No. OB536
Model No. OB538
Model No. OB539
LEDGER CABINET
Full size ledger safe ensures document security
despite ambient temperatures reaching 1000 °C
(1850°F) for a full two hours.
Features include:
• Three heavy duty hinges
• Three adjustable shelves
• Key changing combination lock
• Caster base
COMPUTER DUST COVERS
All dust covers are anti-static and
water repellent Available in
translucent vinyl.
Model No. Description W" x H" x D"
OB848 Keyboard Cover 19 x 2 x 8.5
OB849 Keyboard Cover Enhanced 22.5 x 2 x 9.5
OB850 Monitor Cover 12-15" 16 x 14 x 17
OB851 Monitor Cover 16-17" 17 x 16 x 19
OB852 Monitor Cover, 19-21" 20 x 19 x 22
OB853 CPU Tower Cover (Small) 9 x 15 x 19
OB854 CPU Tower Covers (Large) 9 x 27 x 20
OB855 Printer Cover (Ink Jet) 18 x 7 x 15
OB858 Printer Cover (Bubble Jet) 16 x 8.5 x 9.5
Model No. Mfg. Outside Dimensions Inside Dimensions Cap. Wt.
Black Beige No. H" x W" x D" H" x W" x D" Cu. in. Shelves lbs.
ULC listed 177°C (350°F) for 1 hour
OC750 OA690 GX-1 24 x 18 1/2 x 18 1/2 17 1/2 x 15 1/2 x 13 1/2 3662 1 175
OC751 OA691 GX-2 29 x 21 1/2 x 21 1/2 22 3/8 x 18 1/2 x 16 3/8 6778 1 250
OC752 OA692 GX-3 39 x 26 1/2 x 26 1/2 32 1/4 x 23 1/2 x 21 3/8 16200 2 455
OC753 OA686 GX-4 50 x 26 1/2 x 26 1/2 42 1/4 x 23 1/2 x 21 3/8 21222 3 575
Ledger Cabinet Manufacturers Certified 177°C (350°F) for 2 hours (Class B)
OC749 OC736 GX-5020 60 x 26 1/2 x 26 1/2 50 x 20 x 20 20000 3 910
VERTICAL & LATERAL FILE CABINETS
Lateral
Vertical
VERTICAL FILES
Cabinets 27" deep. These rugged, durable
legal size cabinets are designed for years of
dependable service in the office or
warehouse. Full suspension; each drawer
rolls smoothly on 10 roller bearings. Flush
handles. Cabinet lock is standard.
LATERAL FILE CABINETS
Ledger Cabinet
Choose from two to five drawer varieties to
suit your filing needs in the office or
warehouse. Adjustable for legal or letter
size documents. Bottom drawer on all
cabinets has a fixed front; all other drawers
have a "Flip-up" receding front. Top quality
heavy gauge extension arms. Locks are
standard on all cabinets. Hanging file bars
included.
Model No. Dimensions Wt.
Black Beige Drawers W" x D" x H" lbs.
VERTICAL
OA521 OA042 2 18 x 27 x 29 1/2 60
OA522 OA511 3 18 x 27 x 40 80
OA523 OA041 4 18 x 27 x 52 100
LATERAL
OA498 OA506 2 36 x 18 x 28 100
OA503 OA512 3 36 x 18 x 40 137
OA500 OA501 4 36 x 18 x 53 1/2 178
OA497 OA504 5 36 x 18 x 65 1/2 217
40
613

40
614
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
CABINETS & BOOKCASES
A. B.
C.
Model No.
OA040
A. ALL-IN-ONE
FILING SYSTEM
The most versatile filing and storage system on the market
today!
All The Storage You Will Ever Need In One
Compact Unit!
• 2 models
• Full size filing cabinets
• 2 or 3 shelf storage cabinet
• Box storage drawer
Ideal for Office or Industrial Use.
ALL-IN-ONE Filing System combines storage with filing and
locking security in one unit. Letter size file drawers have
flush front and recessed handles. Drawer slides are roll
formed for strength and straightness. Allows drawers to
move smoothly and easily when fully loaded. Box drawer is
great for storing all your small items. Fully welded lockable
cabinet pedestal includes adjustable shelf. Attractive putty
baked-on enamel finish. Shipped fully assembled ready for
use.
CHOOSE FROM 4 MODELS
Models OC379 & OA040
Gives you two full size file drawers, a convenient box storage
drawer and a 35 5/8" high storage cabinet with one
adjustable shelf.
Models OC380 & OA499
Comes with three full size drawers and 42" high storage cabinet
with two adjustable shelves.
Model No. Drawer
Black Beige Description Style
OC379 OA040 Overall Size: 1 Box Drawer
35 5/8"Hx18"Dx36"W
Cabinet size: 2 File Drawers
35 5/8"Hx18"Dx17 1/8"W
OC380 OA499 Overall Size: 3 File Drawers
42"Hx18"Dx36"W
Cabinet Size:
42"Hx18"Dx17 1/8"W
Box Drawer 4"Hx18"Dx12 5/8"W
File Drawer 11 1/2"Hx18"Dx12 5/8"W
D.
Model No.
OA032
B. CONTROL CENTER
CABINET
Cash Drawer
Lock Up For Cashiers
Machine Shop Security Cabinet
Special Tools
Control Center Cabinet Provides 5 Individually Locked
Compartments Plus Master Door Access.
Cash drawer control, tool security, storage of valuable supplies...
whenever you want to provide individual workers with a
secure storage area and yet maintain supervisory access and
control of the entire storage cabinet... the Control Center
Cabinet is what you need. Rugged construction for secure storage.
Space age powder coat finish will not chip or crack under
normal use.
Specifications:
Construction: 16 gauge mild annealed cold rolled sheet steel,
free from surface imperfections. Welded frame, body assembled
with aircraft quality aluminum rivets. All exposed edges
are edge rolled to eliminate burrs.
Finish: Solvent-free powder coat finish.
Hardware: All zinc plated.
Model No.
OA499
Model No.
OA033
Model No.
OA035
Size: Outside 39 1/2"H x 15 1/2"D x 21 1/2"W;
inside shelf 6 1/8"H x 13 1/2"D x 16 5/8"W.
Weight: 100 lbs. Shipped assembled.
Anchoring note: manufacturer suggests that the cabinets be
floor and/or wall mounted and joined together when used in
multiples. (For secure storage use: not a safe)
Single master door access for efficient auditing.
100 lb. shelf capacity.
Finished smooth inside and out.
Model No. FB018
E.
Model No.
FB018
FB007
C. ALL STEEL BOOKCASES
Welded Steel Bookcases arrive set-up and ready to use in a
variety of office, plant, home, or warehouse environ-ments.
Heavy gauge shelves are adjustable on 2" increments allowing
numerous configurations for storage of books, binder, catalogs,
and other reference materials. Units are all 12" deep by
36" wide. Available in 3 colours.
Model No. Description No. of Wt.
Black Grey Putty H" x D" x W" Openings lbs.
OA487 OA488 OA489 29 x 13 x 36 2 46
OA490 OA491 OA486 40 x 13 x 36 3 58
OA484 OA485 OA037 52 1/2 x 13 x 36 4 76
OA492 OA493 OA034 66 x 13 x 36 5 89
OA036 OA481 OA483 78 x 13 x 36 6 102
D. WOODEN BOOKCASES
Ideal for your office setting, these attractive bookcases have
adjustable shelves. The 72" high unit has a fixed centre shelf for
support. Made of laminated particle board with a plastic laminated
finish. Top and bottom are 1" thick. Side and shelves are 11/16"
thick. Walnut finish.
Model Dimensions Wt. Cu.
No. H" x D" x W" lbs. ft.
OA035 32 x 12 x 36 57 10
OA033 48 x 12 x 36 72 13
OA032 72 x 12 x 36 98 21
E. 48" WIDE COUNTER-HIGH
CABINET
The only waist-high industrial cabinet providing a storage capacity
of 24 cubic feet, 34% more room than the largest 36" wide
cabinet can offer. Ideal for storage where vertical space is limited,
this cabinet features 2 shelves adjustable on 2" centres; a chrome
handle with built-in lock; a three point locking device for security;
and reinforced double doors featuring the "quiet-door" design for
quieter operating cabinet. Available in grey or beige. Shipped
Knocked-Down.
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. Description H" x D" x W" lbs.
FB007 Grey Cabinet 42 x 24 x 48 128
FB006 Beige Cabinet 42 x 24 x 48 128
FB009 Grey Extra Shelf 1 x 24 x 48 16
FB008 Beige Extra Shelf 1 x 24 x 48 16

FILING SYSTEMS
STEEL PLAN FILES
• Welded steel construction, wrap
around corners and sturdy inner frame
• Front supports add stacking strength
• Files are modular so they can be used
individually or in a space saving stack
• Up to five high on a Closed Base
• Reinforced top offers additional
work and storage space
• 5 and 10 drawer files can be
mixed or matched for customized
high volume storage
• Choice of 6" Closed Base or
20" High Base
• Baked enamel finish in
Tropic Sand, White, Grey or Black
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
Model No. Inside Drawer Cabinet Wt.
Black Grey Tropic Sand White Description H" x W" x D" H" x W" x D" lbs.
OB144 OB146 OA651 OB145 5 Drawer 2 1/8 x 37 x 26 16 1/2 x 40 3/8 x 29 3/8 177
OB147 OB148 OA186 OB149 5 Drawer 2 1/8 x 43 x 32 16 1/2 x 46 3/8 x 35 3/8 222
OB150 OB151 OA220 OB152 5 Drawer 2 1/8 x 50 x 38 16 1/2 x 53 3/8 x 41 3/8 267
OB157 OB158 OA189 OB159 10 Drawer 1 1/8 x 43 x 32 16 1/2 x 46 3/8 x 35 3/8 307
OPTIONAL BASES FOR STEEL PLAN FILES
Closed Bases
• Holds up to five files
• Raises files 6" off ground
• Recessed 2 3/4"
R
5 DRAWER
• Versatile file stores up to 500 sheets per
unit active filing, 750 sheets of semiactive,
or 1,000 sheets of
inactive material
• Five large capacity 2" deep
drawers in three cabinet sizes
Model No.TropicI Wt.
Black Grey Sand White Description lbs.
OB172 OB173 OA653 OB174 Closed Base for OB144, OB146, 22
OA651 and OB145 Cabinets
OB175 OB176 OA204 OB177 Closed Base for OB147, OB148, OA186, 26
OB149 and 10 Drawer Cabinets
OB178 OB179 OA187 OB180 Closed Base for OB150, OB151, 30
OA220 and OB152 Cabinets
GIANT STACKING TRAYS
Create durable and efficient flat filing at a fraction of the cost of other systems. Easily accommodates
most prints, artwork and drawings. Constructed of steel reinforced, high density
polyethylene; stackable up to 5 feet high with a 40 lb per tray load capacity. Opposing direction
stackability allows access from two sides. Optional wood-core vinyl laminate tops have
a light oak finish. 2/Pkg.
Model Inside Outside Qty/ Wt./
No. H" x W" x D" H" x W" x D" Carton Carton lbs.
Stacking Trays
OA667 2 x 36 3/8 x 24 1/4 3 x 39 x 26 2 28
OA215 2 x 42 1/2 x 32 1/2 3 x 45 1/4 x 34 2 21
Optional Tops
OA650 Top for OA667 3/4 x 45 1/4 x 34
OA668 Top for OA215 3/4 x 45 1/4 x 34
High Bases
• Raises files 20" off the floor and raises top of
file to a 36" level to provide work space
• Enclosed back and sides and open front
provide extra bookshelf space
Model No.Tropic Wt.
Black Grey Sand White Description lbs.
OB160 OB161 OB162 OB163 High Base for OB144, OB146, OA651 39
and OB145 Cabinets
OB164 OB165 OB166 OB167 High Base for OB147, OB148, OA186, OB149 43
and 10 Drawer cabinets
OB168 OB169 OB170 OB171 High base for OB150, OB151, OA220 and 48
OB152 Cabinets
Use with
existing filing
systems for extra
storage space.
10 DRAWER
• Ideal for high traffic project
storage areas
• Ten 1" deep drawers allow
the easiest retrieval of materials
from the file and minimize
material damage
40
615

40
616
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
FILING SYSTEMS
VERTICAL FILING SYSTEMS
Ideal for filing blueprints, charts, artwork and other oversized documents. Cuts filing and retrieving time; saves on floor space. Exclusive suspension
system allows clamps to slip easily in and out of storage racks. Clamps open to 1" to hold up to 100 individual sheets (20 lbs. maximum
weight per clamp).
MOBILE VERTICAL FILE
• All steel construction with four
ball bearing swivel casters (2 lock)
• Fits 24" to 36" clamps (order separately)
• Holds up to 12 clamps that simply
drop in and lift out
• Maximum capacity is 1200 sheets or 240 lbs.
• Compact economy
• Width adjusts from 27 1/2" to 39 1/4"
• Depth is 16" overall
• Height adjusts from 40" to 52"
• Easy assembly
• Weight: 25 lbs.
Model No. OE130
HEAVY DUTY MOBILE STAND
• Steel construction with four
3" ball bearing swivel casters (2 lock)
• Holds 12 hanging clamps in pivot brackets that swing
open for easy access to contents
• Tropic sand finish
• Height adjusts from 43 5/8" to 61 5/8" for
sheets up to 54" long
• 27" overall width
• Easy set-up
• Base extends 27 1/2" to 37 1/2"
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
OE129 Mobile Stand only 25
OA195 Mobile Stand c/w 12-24" Clamps 52
OA196 Mobile Stand c/w 12-30" Clamps 55
OA213 Mobile Stand c/w 12-36" Clamps 58
OA197 Mobile Stand c/w 12-42" Clamps 61
PRINT-LOCK ® HANGING CLAMPS
• Clamps hold up to 100 sheets or 20 lbs.
• Green plastic label holders included
• Available in natural aluminum with polished chrome
plated cast alloy wing knobs and black end caps
Model Clamp Wt.
No. Description pkg. lbs.
OE135 18" long Hanging 6 6
OE136 24" long Hanging 6 7
OE137 30" long Hanging 6 8
OE138 36" long Hanging 6 9
OE139 42" long Hanging 6 10
LITERATURE DRAWER CABINET
Ideal for organizing and filing literature, forms and stationery.
High impact plastic drawers come complete with labels,
drawer stops, and grooved bottoms, allowing for easy access
to contents. Constructed from steel and have a beige enamel
finish.
PIVOT WALL RACKS
Mounts directly to wall for space saving storage. 12
pivot clamps hold any length sheet depending on
mounting height.
Dimensions: 9 1/2" H x 24" W.
Steel construction.
Mounting hardware included.
DROP/LIFT WALL RACKS
Hanging clamps simply drop in and out of rack
for easy, economical filing. Comes with 12
clamps. Entire rack extends less than 12" from
wall. Steel construction.
Includes mounting hardware.
VERTICAL FILING CABINETS
All steel construction provides secure, high density,
bulk storage of reproductions. Cabinet holds up to
12 hanging clamps (clamps not included). Doors can
mount for left or right hand operation and comes
with locking handle.
• Small cabinet holds 18" to 24" clamps
• Large cabinet holds up to 36" clamps
• Colour: Tropic Sand
Model CA888 table top unit comes with 20 drawers measuring
9" W x 12.6" D x 1.5" H.
Overall cabinet measures 20.75" W x 13.3" D x 19" H.
Weight: 37 lbs.
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
OA216 Wall Rack only 8
OA663 Pivot Brackets 12/pkg 6
OA192 Pivot Wall Rack c/w 12-24" clamps 21
OA193 Pivot Wall Rack c/w 12-30" clamps 24
OA208 Pivot Wall Rack c/w 12-36" clamps 27
OA214 Pivot Wall Rack c/w 12-42" clamps 30
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
OA188 Drop Lift Wall Rack only 2
OA203 Drop Lift Wall Rack c/w 12-24" clamps 16
OA202 Drop Lift Wall Rack c/w 12-30" clamps 19
OA218 Drop Lift Wall Rack c/w 12-36" clamps 22
OA219 Drop Lift Wall Rack c/w 12-42" clamps 25
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
OB142 Small Vertical File Cabinet 42" H x 16" W x 27" D 78
OB143 Large Vertical File Cabinet 54 1/2" H x 16" W x 39" D 127
Model No. CA888
19" H

FILING SYSTEMS
RACKS
STARTER SETS
Hinged rack collapses for transport. Base is positioned at a
45° angle for easy viewing. Ring or post sections are
removable and units can be expanded to any length by adding
extensions. Available in black or grey.
STARTER KIT
Complete with one 6" capacity rack, two support wings and
six 1" ring sections OD499.
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
OD490 Starter Kit, Black 6
OD491 Starter Kit, Grey 6
RING OR POST SECTIONS
Model No. Description
OD499 3 Ring Section 1" capacity
OD500 3 Ring Section 2" capacity
OD501 3 Post Section 1" capacity
OD502 3 Post Section 2" capacity
REFERENCE RACK INCLUDING WINGS/(RING OR POST SECTIONS NOT INCLUDED)
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
OD493 Rack Section, 6" Filling Capacity, Black 4
OD494 Rack Section,12" Filling Capacity, Black 5
OD495 Rack Section, 6" Filling Capacity, Grey 4
OD496 Rack Section,12" Filling Capacity, Grey 5
EXTENSION RACKS
OD503 Extension, 6" Filling Capacity, Black
OD504 Extension, 6" Filling Capacity, Grey
PORTABLE PAPERWORK ORGANIZERS
Portafiles keep you organized, even when your schedule keeps
you running. Portafiles make it easy to take important papers
with you. Preprinted bilingual headings on pockets from A to
Z or combination of A to Z and quick referencing headings.
Durable plastic twist closure keeps filed contents safely inside.
Closure latch is metal reinforced to provide extra strength and
durability. Holds letter, legal or metric size papers.
A-Z A-Z WITH QUICK REFERENCING HEADINGS
Model No. Colour Model No. Colour
OD632 Amethyst OD639 Almond
OD633 Black OD640 Black
OD634 Burgundy OD641 Burgundy
OD635 Grey OD642 Amethyst
OD636 Jade OD643 Jade
OD637 Almond OD644 Sapphire
OD638 Sapphire OD645 Green
OD646 Hunter Green
ART RACK
Vertical storage for layouts, keylines and other oversize
materials. Solid wood-core construction, solid fibreboard back
and tempered hardwood dividers. Weight.: 97 lbs.
Overall dimensions: 29" H x 36" W x 24 1/4" D.
Each compartment measures
27 3/8" H x 4 1/4" W x 23 1/2" D.
Model No. OA654; Shown 2 stacked
MOBILE ROLL FILES
The ideal form of active filing for engineers, draftsmen,
surveyors and designers. Materials store upright in
square fibreboard tubes; grandstand design allows different
size rolls to be stored in one file. Sturdy,
wood-core construction with laminated beige vinyl covering.
Swivel casters.
Shipped knocked down.
Model Tube No. of Overall Wt.
No. Size" Tubes H" x W" x D" lbs.
OA655 3 3/4 x 3 3/8 12 23 1/2 x 15 1/4 x 13 1/8 21
OA677 3 3/4 x 4 1/2 21 28 7/8 x 29 5/8 x 15 3/4 52
OA673 2 3/4 x 2 3/4 20 23 1/2 x 15 1/4 x 13 1/8 22
OA207 2 3/4 x 2 3/4 50 28 7/8 x 29 5/8 x 15 3/4 53
OE131 7 x 7 8 28 7/8 x 29 5/8 x 15 3/4 46
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
REFERENCE
RACK INDEXES
Available in pressboard or polyethylene,
these 11" x 8 1/2" sheets allow indexing
of the catalogue racks. Comes in sets of
24 alphabetical or sets of 6 with a blank
window for inserting card tabs.
Index Set
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
OC371 Pressboard Alphabetical 1.5
OC372 Polyethylene Alphabetical 1.5
OC373 Pressboard Insertable 1.5
OC374 Polyethylene Insertable 1.5
DELUXE CATALOG RACKS
Base is angled at 30 degrees for counter
top use. A vertical barrier provides privacy.
24" filling capacity.
Model No. Colour
OD506 Black
OD507 Grey
OD508 Putty
CORRUGATED ROLL FILES
Safe storage of charts and blueprints up to 43" long.
Corrugated fibreboard shell with reinforced steel
frame for added strength. Square tube compartments
allow easy insertion and removal of contents. Dust
resistant door with metal latch keeps materials clean.
Index grid for easy identification of contents.
Cabinets are 15 3/4" square; depth is 3/4" more than
tube length shown below.
Model Tube Tube Wt.
No. Tubes Size" Length" lbs.
OA676 16 3 3/4 25 12
OA191 25 3 25 13
OA210 36 2 1/2 25 14
OA211 16 3 3/4 37 15
OA658 25 3 37 16
OA661 36 2 1/2 37 17
OA656 16 3 3/4 43 17
OA194 25 3 43 18
OA205 36 2 1/2 43 19
STEEL ROLL FILES
High volume storage of materials too large to
store flat. Modular design allows files to be
used individually or stacked for space-saving
storage. Steel constructed cabinets with compartments
formed of tough fibreboard,
reinforced in front with aluminum moulding;
protects materials and increases durability.
Index grid on inside of door.
Cabinet dimensions:
15 1/4" L x 15 1/4" W x 38" D.
Model Tube Tube Wt.
No. Tubes Size" Length" lbs.
OA669 16 3 1/4 37 42
OA670 36 2 1/4 37 42
40
617

40
618
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
LITERATURE STORAGE RACKS
Mfg. No.
31
Mfg. No.
20-12
Optional legs
to permit
free standing
as illustrated are
available for all
Literature Racks.
Mfg. No.
32
Rotating Literature Racks
Mfg. No.
32-12
Mfg. No.
4032R
Mfg. No.
33
Mfg. No.
34-12
Model No. Mfg. Overall Openings Paper No. of Wt.
Putty Grey Tan Black No. H" x W" x D" W" x D" x H" Width" Pockets lbs.
OC540 OA152 OA130 OC536 31 65 1/2 x 9 3/4 x 4 1/8 8 5/8 x 3/4 x 8 1/2 8 1/2 23 32
OC559 OA166 OA156 OA607 20-12 58 1/2 x 13 1/8 x 4 7/8 12 1/8 x 1 x 8 3/4 12 20 38
OC541 OA161 OA155 OC537 32 36 x 9 3/4 x 4 1/8 8 5/8 x 3/4 x 8 1/2 8 1/2 11 18
OC558 OA148 OA162 OA125 32-12 36 x 13 1/8 x 4 7/8 12 1/8 x 1 x 8 3/4 12 11 24
OC543 OA169 OA165 OC539 33 21 x 9 3/4 x 4 1/8 8 5/8 x 3/4 x 8 1/2 8 1/2 5 9
OC557 OA163 OA144 OA609 34-12 26 1/4 x 13 1/8 x 2 12 1/8 x 5/16 x 5 5/8 12 10 13
OC545 OA171 OA624 OC544 Optional legs for 9 3/4" wide models (sold in pairs)
OC556 OA164 OA167 OC555 Optional legs for 13 1/8" wide models (sold in pairs)
ROTATING LITERATURE RACKS
OC553 OA149 OA179 OC552 8831R 66 x 14 1/8 x 14 1/8 8 5/8 x 3/4 x 8 1/2 8 1/2 88 136
OC549 OA134 OA158 OC548 4032R 48 1/2 x 14 1/8 x 14 1/8 8 5/8 x 3/4 x 8 1/2 8 1/2 40 92
OC547 OA145 OA128 OC546 2033R 21 1/4 x 14 1/8 x 14 1/8 8 5/8 x 3/4 x 8 1/2 8 1/2 20 47
WRITE-ON MAGNETIC TAGS
A fast, simple and inexpensive means of
labelling high volume applications, primary
uses in warehouses and other storage
areas. The newly formulated write-on/wet
erase tags come with an aggressive
magnetic backing. The vinyl top coating
makes marking with any standard wet
erase marker a snap. The special wet erase
feature will keep tags clear and clean for
extended periods. Mark with a standard
wet erase marker, erase with a damp cloth
and remark. 3 standard widths available.
Custom widths and lengths available too.
Standard product thickness is 1/32". Sold
25 per box, or in 50' rolls.
Model Dimensions Qty/
No. L" x W" Box
RH687 3 x 1 25
RH688 4 x 1 25
RH689 6 x 1 25
RH690 8 x 1 25
RH691 3 x 2 25
RH692 4 x 2 25
RH693 6 x 2 25
Other sizes available.
D
W
Literature Racks provide a
convenient and compact way
to store literature. Keyhole
slots are provided for wall
mounting. Most models
accommodate 150 standard 8
1/2" x 11" sheets, while others
are wider to hold magazines
and special forms.
Construction is of sturdy
heavy gauge steel. Standard
finishes are Office Grey,
Desert Tan, Satin Black and
Putty.
H
Model Dimensions Qty/
No. L" x W" Box
RH694 8 x 2 25
RH695 4 x 3 25
RH696 6 x 3 25
RH697 8 x 3 25
RH698 1" W 50' Roll
RH699 2" W 50' Roll
RH700 3" W 50' Roll
Mfg. No.
2033R
LABEL HOLDERS
Label Holders are self-adhesive, transparent, non-glare plastic
with release-paper backing and including insert cards.
• Quicker • More Visible
• Easier • Changeable
Will adhere permanently to
any clean, flat surface.
1. Write or type your message on
white cards provided.
2. Insert card into holder.
3. Cut to exact length.
4. Peel off backing paper and put in place.
Card inserted here
Model Sizes
No. W" x L"
OA467 1/2 x 12
OA468 1 x 12
Sold in packages of 100-12" lengths.
Note: Beaded edge
to provide grip
for card
Cut to
any length
you need
Mfg. No.
8831R

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
LITERATURE STORAGE CENTRES
Economical and efficient storage and organization for
product sheets, catalogues, magazines, and miscellaneous
literature. New design and 50% less hardware
makes assembly fast and easy!
• New vacuum formed inner side panels,
reinforced bottom shelf for extra strength
• Shelves simply flex and snap into place
inside panels for quick assembly
• Durable steel cabinet with solid fibreboard
back and heavy-gauge corrugated
fibreboard compartments
• I.D. tabs slide into black plastic shelf
edging for a built-in labeling system
• Cabinet available in Tropic Sand or
Black baked enamel
• Shipped knocked-down
DATA ORGANIZERS
A complete line for the horizontal storage of computer printouts,
literature directories and printed material of all kinds.
Steel modular, horizontal racks finished in tan enamel that
can be grouped for floor or table mounted storage. Print-out
racks can house six or eight computer print-outs up to
three inches thick. Literature racks, also with the capacity
for literature or directories up to three inches thick, are
25 3/4" Height
Model
No. OA175
36 1/2" Height
Model
No. OA178
Model No. No. of Overall Unit Each Bin Wt.
Tropic Sand Black Bins H" x W" x D" H" x W" x D" lbs.
Letter Size Storage Centres
OA175 OA172 32 25 3/4 x 37 1/2 x 12 3/4 2 1/2 x 9 x 12 1/4 34
OA178 OA176 48 36 1/2 x 37 1/2 x 12 3/4 2 1/2 x 9 x 12 1/4 46
OA614 OA625 80 60 x 37 1/2 x 12 3/4 2 1/2 x 9 x 11 12 1/4 69
OA173 OA177 96 71 x 37 1/2 x 12 3/4 2 1/2 x 9 x 11 12 1/4 78
Letter Size Storage Centres
Model No. No. of Overall Unit Each Bin Wt.
Black Grey Bins H" x W" x D" H" x W" x D" lbs.
OA135 OA132 24 25 3/4 x 32 1/4 x 13 1/2 2 1/2 x 9 3/4 x 12 1/2 40
OA129 OA126 36 38 x 32 1/4 x 13 1/2 2 1/2 x 9 3/4 x 12 1/2 53
OA139 OA141 72 75 x 32 1/4 x 13 1/2 2 1/2 x 9 3/4 x 12 1/2 85
available with nine and twelve openings. 8" legs (Model
CA159) are available to raise unit off the floor. All racks easily
bolt together with fasteners provided and Literature
Racks are fully interchangeable with Print-Out Racks.
Horizontal Print-Out Rack Horizontal Literature Racks
Specifications Model No. OA613 Model No. OA159 Model No. OA157 Model No. OA168
Height " 10 3/4 14 1/4 10 3/4 14 1/4
Width " 33 3/4 33 3/4 33 3/4 33 3/4
Depth " 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8
Opening Width " 16 1/2 16 1/2 11 11
Opening Depth " 11 /12 11 1/2 11 1/2 11 1/2
Opening Height " 3 3 3 3
No. of Openings 6 8 9 12
Paper Width " 14 14 8 1/2 8 1/2
MAIL CENTRES
This steel mail centre features
welded, interlocking construction.
The unit measures 33 3/4"
wide, 19" high and 12" deep and
has 18 spacious compartments,
each with an area for identification.
Units may be stacked
vertically or side by side and are
furnished with mounting holes and spring clips to
secure them firmly into position. A base with removable
legs is available which allows the user the
option of raising the sorter either 4" or 8". Rubber
feet are fitted at the bottom of each sorter to avoid
scratching.
Available in tan baked enamel finish.
Two mail centres stacked
vertically, on the optional
4" base with legs.
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. Description H” x W” x D” Colour lbs.
OA182 Mail Centre 19 x 33 3/4 x 12 Tan 38
CA159 Optional Base 5 3/4 x 34 1/8 x 12 1/4 Tan 13
60" Height
Model
No. OA614
Horizontal Print-Out
Racks
VERTICAL BINS
Specially-designed to fit your open-plan systems! All
feature a furniture-quality steel shell that's sturdy and
attractive, just perfect for front-office areas. The units
are 60" tall, and fit flush with most open-plan dividers.
Sturdy woodgrain-look corrugated fibreboard inserts
divide the units into functional sorting/storage bins.
Rigid bracing adds support. Black plastic moulding
with built-in label holders protect shelf edges, shipped
unassembled. Baked on enamel finish in Tropic Sand.
Model No. OA626
70 7/8" Height
Model
No. OA173
Horizontal Literature
Racks
Model No. No. Overall Unit Bin Size Wt.
Tropic Sand of Bins H" x W" x D" H" x W" x D" lbs.
OA626 42 71 x 37 1/2 x 12 3/4 10 1/4 x 5 x 11 3/4 68
40
619

40
620
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
WORK CENTRES
WOOD DESK TOP ORGANIZERS
Furniture grade compressed woodgrain melamine cabinetry with smooth radius
corners and solid wood laminate back. Cord cutouts in back panel allow easy and
discreet routing of power cords. All shown with optional top.
Units are 57 1/2" W x 12" D.
HIGH CAPACITY
Provides maximum
storage and organizing
space with two full width
shelves. Includes three big 11
1/4" x 16" literature trays and
eight 3 3/4" shelf dividers. 18"
high.
Model No. Wt.
Mahogany Grey Med. Oak Description lbs.
OE199 OD695 OD696 High Capacity 61
HIGH CLEARANCE
Features single full-width shelf with
a 12 3/4" clearance underneath to
store books, binders and accessories.
Three 9" x 11 1/4" literature
trays and five 3 3/4" shelf dividers.
Shown with optional CD storage. 18"
high.
Model No. Wt.
Mahogany Grey Med. Oak Description lbs.
OE200 OD698 OD699 High Clearance 45
OE201 OE202 OE204 CD Storage Rack 4
LOW PROFILE
This popular style is only
12" high and features
a single full width
shelf, two 9" x 11 1/4"
literature trays and
five 3 3/4" dividers.
Model No. Wt.
Mahogany Grey Med. Oak Description lbs.
OE205 OD701 OD702 Low Profile 36
OPTIONAL WOOD TOP
Instantly add storage and organizing space. Fits all models.
Model No. Wt.
Mahogany Grey Med. Oak Description lbs.
OE206 OD704 OD705 Wood Top 13
E-Z SORT MAILROOM EQUIPMENT
• Sorting table supports up to 500 lbs. on extra-thick 1 1/2" steel legs and
a 1 1/8" thick wood laminate top with tough T-mould edges
• Table surface adjusts from 28 to 36" high to place users at
the best working height
• Riser supports one or more modules or can be used on a table for
additional workspace to accommodate scales, postage meters and
off surface computer storage
• Sorter Module features extra-wide 11" mail trays that form any combination
of up to 25 compartments, also includes 20 compartment trays which
feature a finger cut-out and label holders
• Wire Keyboard Holder holds the keyboard off the surface when
a riser is used for a manifesting, metering or weighing table
• All components feature a grey baked enamel finish
Model Dimensions
No. Description W" x D" x H"
OD938* Table base w/shelf 60 x 30 x 28 to 36
OD939* Table top 60 x 30
OD940 Sorter module 58 1/8 x 12 1/2 x 14
OD941 Riser 58 1/8 x 12 1/2 x 14
OD942 5 add. Mail trays 12 1/2 x 11 x 7/16
OD943 Wire keyboard holder 12 1/2 x 11 1/2 x 5
* Table top and table base shipped separately - order both
DESK ORGANIZERS
47" LONG
Utility double shelf steel unit designed to
fit at the back of your desk. Includes 8
clear plastic shelf dividers. Attractive
radius corners. Units are a full 13 1/2"
deep and 18 1/4" high with two shelves
plus a top.
Model No. Wt.
Black Grey Med. Oak Description lbs.
OE166 OE167 OE169 47" Utility 27
29" LONG
Double shelf compact steel unit fits
nicely next to your computer. Unit has
two shelves, a top, 4 clear plas-tic
dividers and radius corners. Full 13
1/2" deep and 18 1/4" high.
Model No. Wt.
Black Grey Med. Oak Description lbs.
OE170 OE171 OE173 29" Compact 18
MOBILE SHELF TRUCK
This library book truck or video tape storage truck
features a heavy gauge construction with baked-on
powder coat paint finish. Quiet and easy rolling antishimmy
4" casters. 8" big wheel models also available
on request. Most models ship knocked-down for
economical, damage-free shipping. Tool for assembly
supplied with each unit. Flat shelves may be inverted
to assemble as trays. Double slanted shelves provide
a 6 1/2" deep shelf on each side. Assembly required.
Colour: Putty.
Dimensions: 28 W" x 17 D" x 36 H".
Weight: 47 lbs.
Model No. OE421
Wire Keyboard Holder
(OD943) for use with
Riser (OD941)
Sorting Table (OD938 and
OD939), Riser (OD941),
and Sorter Module (OD940)
Sorting Table, Riser and 2 Sorter Modules

SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
OFFICE STORAGE PRODUCTS
SPEEDI-BILT ®
RECORD STORAGE UNITS
These storage units will aid in records management by providing an organized solution to
high density archive storage. A rigid, boltless connection between beams and posts (see
inset) provides structural integrity while allowing for easy assembly without special tools -
all you need is a rubber mallet. Order complete units - including shelving, deck and boxes -
or shelving with deck only. Add-on units utilize a common T-post between units to save
assembly time and cost. Standard unit width: 69". Shelf capacity: 525 lbs. ea.
No. of Unit Size No. of Model Wt.
Shelves Type D" x H" Boxes No. lbs.
COMPLETE UNITS (INCLUDES SHELVING, DECK & BOXES)
4 Starter 15 x 84 40 RA629 167
4 Add-on 15 x 84 40 RA627 166
4 Starter 30 x 84 80 RA633 281
4 Add-on 30 x 84 80 RA631 279
5 Starter 15 x 108 50 RA637 209
5 Add-on 15 x 108 50 RA635 207
5 Starter 30 x 108 100 RA641 351
5 Add-on 30 x 108 100 RA639 349
6 Starter 15 x 144 60 RA645 305
6 Add-on 15 x 144 60 RA643 304
6 Starter 30 x 144 120 RA649 504
6 Add-on 30 x 144 120 RA647 503
SHELVING & DECK ONLY (NO BOXES)
4 Starter 15 x 84 0 RA628 135
4 Add-on 15 x 84 0 RA626 134
4 Starter 30 x 84 0 RA632 217
4 Add-on 30 x 84 0 RA630 215
5 Starter 15 x 108 0 RA636 169
5 Add-on 15 x 108 0 RA634 167
5 Starter 30 x 108 0 RA640 271
5 Add-on 30 x 108 0 RA638 269
6 Starter 15 x 144 0 RA644 249
6 Add-on 15 x 144 0 RA642 248
6 Starter 30 x 144 0 RA648 392
6 Add-on 30 x 144 0 RA646 391
Model No. OA075 Archive Box (12" L x 15" D x 9 1/2" H) 0.08
STAXONSTEEL ® BOXES
Made for frequent referencing. This drawer has a double
thick fibreboard and hardboard reinforced ends to provide
exceptional strength and durability. The all black drawer
includes a permanent pull handle that doubles as a label card
holder. A heavy duty interlocking steel framework can stack
up to 10 high.
Model Record Inside Drawer Dimensions Qty/
No. Size W" x D" x H" Carton
OA085 Cheque 9 x 24 x 4 1/2 6
OA084 Letter 12 x 24 x 10 1/2 6
OA083 Legal 15 x 24 x 10 1/2 6
R-KIVE ® BOXES
These top quality storage boxes are constructed
of rugged, corrugated fibreboard. The sides and
bottom are double layered and the front and back are
triple thick. Versatile box can hold either letter or
legal size files. Size 12" W x 15" D x 10" H. Colour:
woodgrain. Removable top. 12 boxes/ctn.
Model No. OA087
BANKERS BOX ® ENVIRO
STOR TM ATTACHED
LID BOX FILE
Letter/Legal.
Overall Dimensions: 12" x 10" x 15".
25 per case.
Model No. OA075
ENVIRASTOR ®
STOR/DRAWER ®
Recommended for use on steel shelving. A sturdy internal
liner in the outer shell provides long lasting strength.
RECOMMENDED STACKING 2-HIGH ON METAL SHELVING
100% recycled material and a minimum of 67% postconsumer
waste.
Model Record Inside Drawer Dimensions Qty/
No. Size W" x D" x H" Carton
OA077 Cheque 9 x 24 x 4 1/2 12
OA086 Letter 12 x 24 x 10 1/2 6
OA078 Legal 15 x 24 x 10 1/2 6
BANKERS BOXES ®
High Stak ® The corrugated box has a heavy duty
steel framework to support and distribute weight
so drawers open and close smoothly.
Interlocking files stock up to 10 high. Drawer
has a retractable plastic and a large labeling area.
Model Record Inside Drawer Dimensions Qty/
No. Size W" x D" x H" Carton
OA074 Letter 12 x 24 x 10 1/2 6
OA076 Legal 15 x 24 x 10 1/2 6
ECONO/STOR ® BOXES
The perfect choice for economical storage of semiactive
or dead records. White corrugated fibreboard
construction features smooth rolled edges that
provides a clean finish and avoids paper cuts.
For extra boxes
Model No.
OA075
Model Record Inside Drawer Dimensions Qty/
No. Size W" x D" x H" Carton
OA082 Letter 12 x 24 x 10 12
OA079 Legal 15 x 24 x 10 12
OA081 Letter or Legal 12 x 15 x 10 25
40
621

40
622
SHELVING / WORK BENCHES
PRESENTATION BOARDS & FASTENERS
COLOURED CORKBOARDS
Coloured corkboards, black plastic mouldings, square corners.
(not shown)
WHITEBOARDS
Clean, colourful marker boards get attention fast. Nonmagnetic,
white writing surface wipes clean with cloth, felt
brush or tissue; dustless, effortless erasing. Natural aluminum
frame; square corners.
CORKBOARD
ACCESSORIES
PUSH PINS
Plastic head, assorted
colours 100/pkg.
Model No. OC387
Model No. OA030
Model No. OA478
Model No. Dimensions" Wt. lbs.
OA029 18 x 24 3.5
OA021 24 x 36 7.0
OA027 36 x 48 12.5
OA023 48 x 72 23
OA024 48 x 96 30
CHALKBOARD ACCESSORIES
Model No. Description
OC381 Chalk, White Box of 12
OC383 Chalk Eraser
OC384 Aluminum Chalk Holder
THUMB TACKS
3/8" steel point. Available in assorted P.V.C. coated
colours or brass finish. 100/pkg.
Model No. Description
OC388 Thumb tacks,
PVC coated, assorted colours
OC389 Thumb tacks, brass finish
CORKBOARDS
These natural cork boards are ideal for the office or warehouse.
Natural aluminum frame; square corners.
Model Wt.
No. Dimensions" lbs.
OA030 18 x 24 3
OA025 24 x 36 6
OA026 36 x 48 12
OA028 48 x 72 23
OA022 48 x 96 30
Model No. Wt.
Green Grey Blue Dimensions" lbs.
OD792 OD795 OD798 18 x 24 3
OD793 OD796 OD799 24 x 36 6
OD794 OD797 OD800 36 x 48 12
CHALKBOARDS
Smooth surface guarantees clear, legible writing and easy
erasing. Natural aluminum frame; square corners. Green
writing surface.
Model No. Dimensions" Wt. lbs.
OA478 18 x 24 3.5
OA479 24 x 36 7.0
OA031 36 x 48 12.5
OA477 48 x 72 23
OA480 48 x 96 30
Model No. OA471
COVERED DIRECTORY BOARD
Locking glass door on hinges provides a professional
appearance, deters unauthorized access to messages. Felt
grooved black surface. 1/4" plexiglass in alumi-num frame.
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. H" x W" lbs.
OA471 36 x 24 34
OPTIONAL: 300 assorted letters and numbers. Quick
change design, white plastic. Size: 3/4".
Model No. OA472
WHITEBOARD
MARKERS
Expo ® dry erase markers allow for vivid
and expressive communication on practically any whiteboard. Marks with a smooth,
consistent line that retains its colour and erases easily with a dry cloth or eraser. Available
in eight individual colours or a four and eight pen set.
Model No. Description Model No. Description
OD172 Whiteboard Marker Red OD177 Whiteboard Marker Black
OD173 Whiteboard Marker Blue OD178 Whiteboard Marker Set of four (Red, Blue, Green, Black)
OD175 Whiteboard Marker Green OD179 Whiteboard Marker Set of eight (All Colours)
HOOK AND LOOP FASTENERS
Alternative to zippers, screws, snaps and bolts. One nylon strip consists of tiny hooks and another consisting
of soft pliable loops. Simply press together to fasten and pull apart to open. Current applications include the apparel, furniture,
packaging and printing industries. Available in peel and stick adhesive backed models or
regular style (sew-on) models.
Hook Loop Length
White Black White Black Width" yds
PEEL AND STICK (Adhesive backed)
OC439 OC440 OC441 OC442 3/4 10
OC500 OC501 OC502 OC503 1 10
OC447 OC448 OC449 OC450 3/4 25
OC504 OC505 OC506 OC507 1 25
REGULAR - STAPLE OR SEW-ON
OC455 OC456 OC457 OC458 3/4 10
OC508 OC509 OC510 OC511 1" 10
OC463 OC464 OC465 OC466 3/4 25
OC512 OC513 OC514 OC515 1" 25
ADHESIVE BACKED DOTS
Hook Loop Dots/
White Black White Black Dot Size" Box
OC471 OC472 OC473 OC474 1/2 500
OC475 OC476 OC477 OC478 3/4 500
OC479 OC480 OC481 OC482 1/2 3040
OC483 OC484 OC485 OC486 3/4 2110

G-411
Standard
Wire
Rope
Thimbles
• Galvanized
Shackle Snatch Blocks
Hook Snatch Blocks
Order No. Mfg. No. Rope Dia. (in)
4079.00003 1037526 1/8
4079.00006 1037274 3/16
4079.00009 1037292 1/4
4079.00012 1037318 5/16
4079.00015 1037336 3/8
4079.00018 1037354 1/2
4079.00021 1037372 5/8
4079.00024 1037390 3/4
4079.00027 1037416 7/8
4079.00030 1037434 1
4079.00033 1037452 1-1/8 - 1-1/4
Working Sheave Wire Line
Load Limit Diameter Size
Order No. Mfg. No. (metric tons) (in) (in)
4079.00036 109091 2 3 5/16 – 3/8
4079.00039 109037 2 3 5/16 – 3/8
4079.00042 109064 4 4-1/2 3/8 – 1/2
4079.00045 109126 8 6 5/8 – 3/4
4079.00048 109224 8 8 5/8 – 3/4
4079.00051 109322 8 10 5/8 – 3/4
4079.00054 202961 8 12 5/8
4079.00057 109420 8 12 3/4
4079.00060 169356 8 14 5/8
4079.00063 109527 8 14 3/4
T-350 C Roofing And Gin Block
• For manilla rope
• Swivel latch hook
• Iron brushed
• Working load limit of 1,000 lb
Block Size Rope Diameter
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (in)
4079.00066 710001 8 7/8
4079.00069 710029 10 1
4079.00072 710047 12 1
4079.00075 710065 14 1
Working Sheave Wire Line
Load Limit Diameter Size
Order No. Mfg. No. (metric tons) (in) (in)
4079.00078 260014 2 6 3/8 – 1/2
4079.00081 261013 3 8 1/2 – 5/8
4079.00084 108038 2 3 5/16 – 3/8
4079.00087 108065 4 4-1/2 3/8 – 1/2
4079.00090 108127 8 6 5/8 – 3/4
4079.00093 108225 8 8 5/8 – 3/4
4079.00096 108323 8 10 5/8 – 3/4
4079.00099 169169 8 12 5/8
4079.00102 108421 8 12 3/4
4079.00105 194920 8 14 5/8
4079.00108 108528 8 14 3/4
SLINGS / WIRE ROPE
S316 Shur-Lock ® ‘S’
Overhead Balls
Working Load Weight
Order No. Mfg. No. Model No. Limit (tons) Each (lb)
4079.00111 1036005 MB4T35 4 58
4079.00114 1036018 MB4T85 4 92
4079.00117 1036032 MB4T150 4 149
4079.00120 1036041 MB4T200 4 185
4079.00123 1036050 MB7T85 7 115
4079.00126 1036063 MB7T150 7 170
4079.00129 1036077 MB7T200 7 205
4079.00132 1036086 MB7T285 7 321
4079.00135 1036095 MB10T150 10 216
4079.00138 1036108 MB10T200 10 260
4079.00141 1036122 MB10T285 10 365
4079.00144 1036131 MB10T350 10 403
4079.00147 1036140 MB10T650 10 718
Rigger’s Choice ® Grade 80
Single Leg Alloy Chain Slings
CO SOG SGG SOS SOCSL A-SOS-A
Chain WLL/DF 4:1
Order No. Mfg. No. Dia. (in) Ve rtical (lb) Description
4079.00150 CO 1/4 3,500 Oblong link each end
4079.00153 CO 3/8 7,100 Oblong link each end
4079.00156 CO 1/2 12,000 Oblong link each end
4079.00159 SOG 1/4 3,500 Oblong link; clevis grab hook
4079.00162 SOG 3/8 7,100 Oblong link; clevis grab hook
4079.00165 SOG 1/2 12,000 Oblong link; clevis grab hook
4079.00168 SGG 1/4 3,500 Clevis grab hook each end
4079.00171 SGG 3/8 7,100 Clevis grab hook each end
4079.00174 SGG 1/2 12,000 Clevis grab hook each end
4079.00177 SOS 1/4 3,500 Oblong link sling hook
4079.00180 SOS 3/8 7,100 Oblong link sling hook
4079.00183 SOS 1/2 12,000 Oblong link sling hook
4079.00186 SOCSL 3/8 7,100 Oblong link; clevis
safety latch hook
4079.00189 SOCSL 1/2 12,000 Oblong link; clevis
safety latch hook
4079.00192 SOCSL 5/8 18,100 Oblong link; clevis
safety latch hook
4079.00195 A - S O S - L 1/4 3,500 Adjustable: oblong link; eye
grab hook; clevis sling hook
4079.00198 A - S O S - L 3/8 7,100 Adjustable: oblong link; eye
grab hook; clevis sling hook
4079.00201 A - S O S - L 1/2 12,000 Adjustable: oblong link; eye
grab hook; clevis sling hook
*Please specify length when ordering
40
623

40
624
SLINGS / WIRE ROPE
Rigger’s Choice ® Grade 80
2-Leg Alloy Chain Slings
DOS DOG DOF
A-DOCSL-B A-DOS-A
C h a i n
Dia. WLL/DF 4:1
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) @ 45˚ (lb) Description
4079.00204 DOS 1/4 3,500 Oblong link; clevis sling hook
4079.00207 DOS 3/8 7,100 Oblong link; clevis sling hook
4079.00210 DOS 1/2 12,000 Oblong link; clevis sling hook
4079.00213 DOG 1/4 3,500 Oblong link; clevis grab hook
4079.00216 DOG 3/8 7,100 Oblong link; clevis grab hook
4079.00219 DOG 1/2 12,000 Oblong link; clevis grab hook
4079.00222 DOF 1/2 12,000 Oblong link; foundry hook
4079.00225 DOF 5/8 25,600 Oblong link; foundry hook
4079.00228 DOF 3/4 40,000 Oblong link; foundry hook
4079.00231 A - D O C S L - B3/8 10,000 Adjustable: oblong link;
clevis safety latch hook;
clevis grab hook
4079.00234 A - D O C S L - B1/2 17,000 Adjustable: oblong link;
clevis safety latch hook;
clevis grab hook
4079.00237 A - D O C S L - B5/8 25,600 Adjustable: oblong link;
clevis safety latch hook;
clevis grab hook
4079.00240 A-DOS-A 1/4 3,500 Oblong link; clevis grab hook
4079.00243 A-DOS-A 3/8 7,100 Oblong link; clevis grab hook
4079.00246 A-DOS-A 1/2 12,000 Oblong link; clevis grab hook
4079.00249 DOSSL 3/8 10,000 Clevis grab hook each end
4079.00252 DOSSL 1/2 17,000 Clevis grab hook each end
4079.00255 DOSSL 5/8 25,600 Clevis grab hook each end
*Please specify length when ordering
DOSSL
Rigger’s Choice ® Grade 80
3-Leg Alloy Chain Slings
DOS DOG DOF
C h a i n
Dia. WLL/DF 4:1
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) @ 45˚ (lb) Description
4079.00258 TOS 1/4 7,400 Oblong link; clevis sling hook
4079.00261 TOS 3/8 15,100 Oblong link; clevis sling hook
4079.00264 TOS 1/2 25,500 Oblong link; clevis sling hook
4079.00267 TOS 5/8 38,500 Oblong link; clevis sling hook
4079.00270 TOS 3/4 60,000 Oblong link; clevis sling hook
4079.00273 TOF 3/8 15,100 Oblong link; foundry hook
4079.00276 TOF 1/2 25,500 Oblong link; foundry hook
4079.00279 TOF 5/8 38,500 Oblong link; foundry hook
4079.00282 A - T O C - S C 1/4 3,500 Adjustable: oblong link; clevis
sling hook; shortening clutch
4079.00285 A - T O C - S C 3/8 7,100 Adjustable: oblong link; clevis
sling hook; shortening clutch
4079.00288 A - T O C - S C 1/2 12,000 Adjustable: oblong link; clevis
sling hook; shortening clutch
*Please specify length when ordering
Rigger’s Choice ® Grade 80
4-Leg Alloy Chain Slings
QOS QOF QOCSL
C h a i n
Dia. WLL/DF 4:1
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) @ 45˚ (lb) Description
4079.00291 QOS 1/4 7,400 Oblong link; clevis sling hook
4079.00294 QOS 3/8 15,100 Oblong link; clevis sling hook
4079.00297 QOS 1/2 25,500 Oblong link; clevis sling hook
4079.00300 QOS 5/8 38,500 Oblong link; clevis sling hook
4079.00303 QOS 3/4 60,000 Oblong link; clevis sling hook
4079.00306 QOF 3/8 15,100 Oblong link; clevis grab hook
4079.00309 QOF 1/2 25,500 Oblong link; clevis grab hook
4079.00312 QOF 5/8 38,500 Oblong link; clevis grab hook
4079.00315 QO C S L 1/4 7,400 Clevis grab hook each end
4079.00318 QO C S L 3/8 15,100 Clevis grab hook each end
4079.00321 Q O C S L 1/2 25,500 Clevis grab hook each end
*Please specify length when ordering

UNI-WEB ® FLAT WEB SLING TYPES
TC Slings
Type 1
Slings with a triangle on one and with
a slotted triangle (the choker) on the
other end. Lightweight aluminum fittings
for single ply slings, steel fittings for
single and double ply.
TT Slings
Type 2
Slings with a triangle at both ends. Used in
vertical and basket hitches only. Lightweight
aluminum fittings for single ply slings, steel
fittings for single and double ply.
EE Slings
Type 3
Slings with same plane as body eyes
at both ends. For web width ≤ 3" slings
are supplied with tapered eyes.
EE Type Eyes
Type 3 eyes for 1" and 2" slings
have full sling width
Vertical Choker Basket
Vertical Basket
Vertical Choker Basket
Type 3 eyes for 3" and up are
tapered down to 1/2 of sling width
SLINGS / WIRE ROPE
EE Slings
Type 4
Sling with an eye at each end but eyes
are twisted to 90˚ angle versus the flat
body. For web width ≥ 3" slings are
supplied with tapered eyes.
EN Slings
Type 5
Endless sling sometimes
referred to as grommet slings. Most
simple and versatile sling but a little
awkward to handle if slings are
longer in length.
RE Slings
Type 6
Return eye sling, also referred to as
reversed eye sling. Side-by-side sling
body is joined by cordura which acts
as a wear pad.
Type 4 eyes for 1" and 2" slings
have full sling width
Vertical Choker Basket
Vertical Choker Basket
Vertical Choker Basket
Type 4 eyes for 3" and 4" are
tapered down to 1/2 of sling width,
> 6" width down to 1/3 of width.
SINGLE PLY
Type 1: Type 2: Type 3: Type 4: Web Capacity (WLL):
Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. W (in) Ve rtical (lb) Choker (lb) Basket (in)
— — — — 4079.00366 E E 1 - 9 0 1 - 3 4079.00390 E E 1 - 9 0 1 - 4 1 1,600 1,280 3,200
4079.00324 TC1-902 4079.00345 TT1-902 4079.00369 E E 1 - 9 0 2 - 3 4079.00393 E E 1 - 9 0 2 - 4 2 3,200 2,560 6,400
4079.00327 TC1-903 4079.00348 TT1-903 4079.00372 E E 1 - 9 0 3 - 3 4079.00396 E E 1 - 9 0 3 - 4 3 4,800 3,840 9,600
4079.00330 TC1-904 4079.00351 TT1-904 4079.00375 E E 1 - 9 0 4 - 3 4079.00399 E E 1 - 9 0 4 - 4 4 6,400 5,120 12,800
4079.00333 TC1-906 4079.00354 TT1-906 4079.00378 E E 1 - 9 0 6 - 3 4079.00402 E E 1 - 9 0 6 - 4 6 9,600 7,680 19,200
4079.00336 TC1-908 4079.00357 TT1-908 4079.00381 E E 1 - 9 0 8 - 3 4079.00405 E E 1 - 9 0 8 - 4 8 12,800 10,240 25,600
4079.00339 TC1-910 4079.00360 TT1-910 4079.00384 E E 1 - 9 1 0 - 3 4079.00408 E E 1 - 9 1 0 - 4 10 16,000 12,800 32,000
4079.00342 TC1-912 4079.00363 TT1-912 4079.00387 E E 1 - 9 1 2 - 3 4079.00411 E E 1 - 9 1 2 - 4 12 19,200 15,360 38,400
DOUBLE PLY
Type 1: Type 2: Type 3: Type 4: Web Capacity (WLL):
Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. Order No. Mfg. No. W (in) Ve rtical (lb) Choker (lb) Basket (in)
— — — — 4079.00456 E E 2 - 9 0 1 - 3 4079.00480 E E 2 - 9 0 1 - 4 1 3,200 2,560 6,400
4079.00414 TC2-902 4079.00435 TT2-902 4079.00459 E E 2 - 9 0 2 - 3 4079.00483 E E 2 - 9 0 2 - 4 2 5,600 4,480 11,200
4079.00417 TC2-903 4079.00438 TT2-903 4079.00462 E E 2 - 9 0 3 - 3 4079.00486 E E 2 - 9 0 3 - 4 3 8,400 6,720 16,800
4079.00420 TC2-904 4079.00441 TT2-904 4079.00465 E E 2 - 9 0 4 - 3 4079.00489 E E 2 - 9 0 4 - 4 4 11,200 8,960 22,400
4079.00423 TC2-906 4079.00444 TT2-906 4079.00468 E E 2 - 9 0 6 - 3 4079.00492 E E 2 - 9 0 6 - 4 6 16,800 13,400 33,600
4079.00426 TC2-908 4079.00447 TT2-908 4079.00471 E E 2 - 9 0 8 - 3 4079.00495 E E 2 - 9 0 8 - 4 8 22,700 18,200 45,500
4079.00429 TC2-910 4079.00450 TT2-910 4079.00474 E E 2 - 9 1 0 - 3 4079.00498 E E 2 - 9 1 0 - 4 10 28,400 22,800 57,000
4079.00432 TC2-912 4079.00453 TT2-912 4079.00477 E E 2 - 9 1 2 - 3 4079.00501 E E 2 - 9 1 2 - 4 12 34,100 27,300 68,200
40
625

40
626
SLINGS / WIRE ROPE
UNI-WEB ® FLAT WEB SLING
TYPES (cont’d)
SINGLE PLY
Capacity (WLL):
Ty p e Web Ve rt i c a l C h o k e r Basket
Order No. Mfg. No. No. W (in) (lb) (lb) (in)
4079.00504 EN1-901 5 1 3,200 2,560 6,400
4079.00507 EN1-902 5 2 5,600 4,480 11,200
4079.00510 EN1-903 5 3 8,400 6,720 16,800
4079.00513 EN1-904 5 4 11,200 8,960 22,400
4079.00516 EN1-906 5 6 16,800 13,400 33,600
4079.00519 RE1-902 6 2 3,000 2,250 6,000
4079.00522 RE1-904 6 4 5,600 4,480 11,200
4079.00525 RE1-906 6 6 8,400 6,720 16,800
DOUBLE PLY
Capacity (WLL):
Ty p e Web Ve rt i c a l C h o k e r Basket
Order No. Mfg. No. No. W (in) (lb) (lb) (in)
4079.00528 EN2-901 5 1 6,100 4,880 6,400
4079.00531 EN2-902 5 2 10,600 8,480 11,200
4079.00534 EN2-903 5 3 16,000 12,800 16,800
4079.00537 EN2-904 5 4 20,200 16,160 22,400
4079.00540 EN2-906 5 6 33,000 26,400 33,600
4079.00543 RE2-902 6 2 6,100 475 11,400
4079.00546 RE2-904 6 4 10,600 8,480 21,200
4079.00549 RE2-906 6 6 14,750 11,800 29,500
TwinPath ® Slings
Used in industrial, utility, construction
and nuclear applications. Strongest
and lightest slings on the market.
Unique inspection and back up
system. Available in many
different variations.
Vertical Choker Basket
Tell-Tail System 2-Load Path Construction Fully Repairable
Capacity (WLL) @ DF 5:1
Wi d t h Ve rt i c a l Choker Basket
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) (lb) (lb) (lb)
4079.00552 TPXC 2000 3 20,000 16,000 40,000
4079.00555 TPXC 3000 4 30,000 24,000 60,000
4079.00558 TPXC 4000 5 40,000 32,000 80,000
4079.00561 TPXC 5000 5 50,000 40,000 1 0 0 , 0 0 0
4079.00564 TPXC 7000 6 70,000 56,000 1 4 0 , 0 0 0
4079.00567 TPXC 8500 6 85,000 68,000 1 7 0 , 0 0 0
4079.00570 TPXC 10000 6 1 0 0 , 0 0 0 80,000 2 0 0 , 0 0 0
4079.00573 TPXC 12500 8 1 2 5 , 0 0 0 — 2 5 0 , 0 0 0
4079.00576 TPXC 15000 8 1 5 0 , 0 0 0 — 3 0 0 , 0 0 0
4079.00579 TPXC 20000 10 2 0 0 , 0 0 0 — 4 0 0 , 0 0 0
UniPath ® Round Slings
Colour coded for easy identification.
Made from 100% polyester fibres which
stretch about 5% under load. Load tag
with large print sling capacities and
safety user warnings.
Available as single
or double cover
construction.
Vertical Choker Basket Single Path System
Capacity (WLL) @ DF 5:1
Colour Vertical Choker Basket
Order No. Mfg. No. Code (lb) (lb) (lb)
4079.00582 UPS 300 Purple 3,000 2,400 6,000
4079.00585 UPS 400 Black 4,000 3,200 8,000
4079.00588 UPS 600 Green 6,000 4,800 12,000
4079.00591 UPS 900 Yellow 9,000 7,200 18,000
4079.00594 UPS 1200 Tan 12,000 9,600 24,000
4079.00597 UPS 1400 Red 14,000 11,200 28,000
4079.00600 UPS 1700 Orange 17,000 13,600 34,000
4079.00603 UPS 2300 Grey 23,000 18,400 46,000
4079.00606 UPS 2600 Orange 26,000 20,800 52,000
4079.00609 UPS 3200 Orange 32,000 25,600 64,000
Uni-Loc ® Wire Rope Slings
Single Leg
All slings with flemish eye splice and
Uni-Loc ® swaged steel sleeve. Load
rated. Sizes up to 2-1/2" diameter. Many different end
fittings and available style combinations.
• Please specify end fitting when ordering
Thimble Sling Hook Safety Hook Shackle Safety Swivel Sling Swivel
Rope Capacity (WLL) @ DF 5:1
Order No. Dia. (in) Ve rtical (lb) Choker (lb) Basket (in)
4079.00612 1/4 1,060 742 2,120
4079.00615 3/8 2,600 1,820 5,200
4079.00618 1/2 9,200 6,440 18,400
4079.00621 5/8 7,000 4,900 14,000
4079.00624 3/4 10,200 7,140 20,400
4079.00627 7/8 13,800 9,660 27,600
4079.00630 1 17,800 12,460 35,600
4079.00633 1-1/8 22,000 15,400 44,000
4079.00636 1-1/4 26,000 18,200 52,000
4079.00639 1-1/2 38,000 26,600 76,000

Uni-Loc ® Wire Rope Slings
Double Leg
All slings with flemish eye splice and
Uni-Loc ® swaged steel sleeve. Load rated.
Sizes up to 2-1/2" diameter.
Many different end fittings and
available style combinations.
• Please specify end fitting when ordering
Thimble
Sling Hook Safety Hook Shackle Safety Swivel Sling Swivel
Rope Capacity (WLL) @ DF 5:1
Order No. Dia. (in) 60˚ (lb) 45˚ (lb) 30˚ (in)
4079.00642 1/4 1,800 1,400 1,060
4079.00645 3/8 4,400 3,600 2,600
4079.00648 1/2 8,000 6,400 4,600
4079.00651 5/8 12,000 9,800 7,000
4079.00654 3/4 17,600 14,400 10,200
4079.00657 7/8 23,800 19,400 13,800
Gator-Flex ® Wire Rope Slings
Most flexible slings available. Nine-strand
construction has between 1200 to 2500
single wires. Ideal for maintenance and
heavy lifting jobs. Resists kinking when
used around small objects. Sizes 2-1/2"
up are made with fully inspectable Tell-Tuck splice.
• Please specify length when ordering
Sling Capacity (WLL) @ DF 5:1
Order No. Dia. (in) Ve rtical (to) Choker (to) Basket (to)
4079.00660 1/2 1.3 0.9 2.6
4079.00663 5/8 1.7 1.2 3.4
4079.00666 3/4 2.6 1.9 5.3
4079.00669 7/8 3.5 2.5 7.0
4079.00672 1 4.6 3.2 9.2
4079.00675 1-1/4 7.0 4.9 14.0
4079.00678 1-1/2 10.0 7.0 20.0
4079.00681 1-3/4 13.8 9.7 27.6
4079.00684 2 18.0 12.6 36.0
4079.00687 2-1/4 22.7 15.9 45.4
4079.00690 2-1/2 27.8 19.5 55.6
4079.00693 3 39.7 27.8 79.4
4079.00696 3-1/2 53.7 37.6 107.4
4079.00699 4 69.8 48.9 139.6
4079.00702 4-1/2 87.7 61.4 175.4
4079.00705 5 108.8 76.2 217.6
4079.00708 5-1/2 130.0 91.0 260.0
4079.00711 6 154.0 107.8 308.0
4079.00714 7 206.0 144.2 412.0
4079.00717 8 267.0 186.9 534.0
SLINGS / WIRE ROPE
Cable-Laid Wire Rope Slings
Constructed from 7 individual ropes this
sling type has between 340 and 930
individual wires. Eyes are made with a
Uni-Loc ® flemish eye splice. This sling
is a flexible all purpose tool.
• Please specify length when ordering
Sling Capacity (WLL) @ DF 5:1
Order No. Dia. (in) Ve rtical (lb) Choker (lb) Basket (lb)
4079.00720 3/8 2,200 1,540 4,400
4079.00723 1/2 3,800 2,660 7,600
4079.00726 5/8 5,600 3,920 11,200
4079.00729 3/4 8,200 5,740 16,400
4079.00732 1 13,800 9,660 27,600
Tie-Down Assemblies
2" Tie-Downs
Made from 100% polyester treated
webbing. Stretch under load is
approximately 5%. Comes with sturdy
vinyl tag stating safety precautions and
load ratings at various tie-down angles.
Standard length 20 ft (18 ft strap, 2 ft
tail & ratchet).
• 3,300 lb capacity
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4079.00735 RFH 10-2 Flat hook
4079.00738 RCA 10-2 Chain
4079.00741 RNH 10-2 Wire hook
4079.00744 RDR 10-2 Delta ring
4079.00747 REE 10-2 Eyes
4079.00750 REN 10-2 Endless
3" Tie-Downs
Made from 100% polyester treated
webbing. Stretch under load is
approximately 5%. Comes with sturdy
vinyl tag stating safety precautions and
load ratings at various tie-down angles.
Standard length 20 ft (18 ft strap, 2 ft
tail & ratchet).
Flat Hook
Wire Hook
Delta Ring
Eyes
Endless
3 ft Chain
Order No. Mfg. No. Capacity (lb) Description
4079.00753 RFH 16-2 5,400 Flat hook
4079.00756 RCA 16-2 5,400 Chain
4079.00759 RNH 16-2 5,400 Wire hook
4079.00762 RDR 16-2 5,000 Delta ring
4079.00765 REE 16-2 5,400 Eyes
4079.00768 REN 16-2 5,400 Endless
40
627

40
628
SLINGS / WIRE ROPE
Tie-Down Replacement Straps
• 18 ft long
• Please specify length when ordering
Eye
Flat Hook
Wire Hook
Delta Ring
Chain
Order No. Mfg. No. Width (in) Description
4079.00771 FH 10-2 2 Flat hook
4079.00774 FH 16-2 3 Flat hook
4079.00777 CA 10-2 2 Chain
4079.00780 CA 16-2 3 Chain
4079.00783 NH 10-2 2 Wire hook
4079.00786 NH 16-2 3 Wire hook
4079.00789 DR 10-2 2 Delta ring
4079.00792 DR 16-2 3 Delta ring
4079.00795 EE 10-2 2 Eyes
4079.00798 EE 16-2 3 Eyes
Nylon Sliding Wear Pad
With Ballistic And Ve l c ro ®
Constructed from a layer of folded
B a l l i s t i c protected nylon. Available with Ve l c r o ® zip for easy
installation onto slings. Order No. Mfg. No.
4079.00801 SWB-V
Nylon Sliding Wear Pad With Ballistic
Constructed from a layer of folded
Ballistic protected nylon but has no
Velcro ® zip. In most cases it is installed
onto the sling during
manufacturing so it
can’t get lost in service.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4079.00804 SWB
Standard Sliding Wear Pads
This 'original' wear pad design dates
back to the beginning of fibre sling
production. One or more layers of
nylon buffer are constructed to form a
tube or pouch in which the lifting sling
is inserted. Available with Velcro ® zip.
Can be used with flat web and tubular
style (Uni-Path ® /Twin-Path ® ) slings.
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4079.00807 SWN Standard
4079.00810 SWN-V With Velcro ®
Standard
With Velcro ®
Protec Wear Pad
Constructed from two or more layers of
buffer nylon to smooth load edges and
corners. Contact surface to the load is encased in Ballistic
hard woven nylon. The sling remains visible and can easily
be inspected. Optional
Velcro ® straps for quick
and simple installation.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4079.00813 PTB-V
Fixed Wear Pads
'Fixed' wear protections are sewn onto
the sling itself, on either one side only
or both sling sides. Made from either
Ballistic or economical Covermax®
Cordura (green).
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4079.00816 FWN Cordura
4079.00819 FWB Ballistic
Edge Guard Wear Pads
'Fixed' wear protections are sewn onto
the sling itself, on either one side only
or both sling sides. Made from either
Ballistic or economical Covermax ®
Cordura (green).
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4079.00822 FWN Cordura
4079.00825 FWB Ballistic
Loop Wear Pads
Two styles to choose from: the 'full wrap'
version protecting also the outside of the
eye, and the 'inside pad' version which
generally has double the thickness at
the wear point compared to the 'full wrap'.
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4079.00828 LPF Full wrap
4079.00831 LPI Inside eye
Ballistic
Cordura
Ballistic
Cordura

SLINGS / WIRE ROPE
CHAIN & NYLON LIFTING SLINGS
CHAIN SLINGS
Quality grade 80 alloy steel assembled chain slings, carry a
minimum safety factor of 4:1 and are proof tested 2:1 for
high working load limits. Available with sling hook (SOS,
DOS) or grab hook (SOG, DOG). Each sling is certified with
an identification tag.
Capacity lbs.
Chain Double
size" Single 60° 45° 30°
9/32 3500 6100 4900 3500
3/8 7100 12300 10000 7100
1/2 12000 20800 17000 12000
5/8 18100 31300 25600 18100
NYLON SLINGS
Used in conjunction with overhead cranes, hoists or winches. Nylon slings are available in single or double ply to protect heavy,
irregular sized loads from scratching or marring. Slings must be checked frequently. Should any surface area show signs of
wear or cutting, the sling must be replaced immediately. Each is tagged with manufactured date and capacity.
CHOKER SLING TYPE 1
Forged alloy end fittings: Triangle at one end, choker at the
other. Webbing forms a slip noose by slipping the triangle
through the choker.
TRIANGLE SLING TYPE 2
Forged alloy end fittings for single or double sling basket
hitches soft webbing conforms to the load shape without
damaging painted or polished surfaces.
DOUBLE EYE SLING TYPE 3
Commonly used as a basket and/or choker hitch. For choker
hitch pass one eye through the other flat eye also makes for
easy withdrawal from beneath loads.
SINGLE
DOUBLE
SOS
DOS DOG
LOAD LIMIT FOR TYPE 1-2-3-4
Capacity lbs
Vertical Choker Basket
Width" Single Double Single Double Single Double
1" 1550 3100 1240 2480 3100 6200
2" 3100 6200 2480 4960 6200 12400
3" 4650 9300 3720 7440 9300 18600
4" 6200 11000 4960 8800 12400 22000
3' 4' 6' 8' 10' 12'
Model Model Model Model Model Model
Width" Ply No. No. No. No. No. No.
TYPE 1 2 Single LS001 LS007 LS013 LS019 LS025 LS031
Double LS002 LS008 LS014 LS020 LS026 LS032
3 Single LS003 LS009 LS015 LS021 LS027 LS033
Double LS004 LS010 LS016 LS022 LS028 LS034
4 Single LS005 LS011 LS017 LS023 LS029 LS035
Double LS006 LS012 LS018 LS024 LS030 LS036
TYPE 2 2 Single LS037 LS043 LS049 LS055 LS061 LS067
Double LS038 LS044 LS050 LS056 LS062 LS068
3 Single LS039 LS045 LS051 LS057 LS063 LS069
Double LS040 LS046 LS052 LS058 LS064 LS070
4 Single LS041 LS047 LS053 LS059 LS065 LS071
Double LS042 LS048 LS054 LS060 LS066 LS072
TYPE 3 1 Single LS073 LS081 LS089 LS097 LS105 LS113
Double LS074 LS082 LS090 LS098 LS106 LS114
2 Single LS075 LS083 LS091 LS099 LS107 LS115
Double LS076 LS084 LS092 LS100 LS108 LS116
3 Single LS077 LS085 LS093 LS101 LS109 LS117
Double LS078 LS086 LS094 LS102 LS110 LS118
4 Single LS079 LS087 LS095 LS103 LS111 LS119
Double LS080 LS088 LS096 LS104 LS112 LS120
SOG
REVERSE EYE SLING TYPE 4
Reverse eyes make a full functional contact with lifting
hooks without the use of hardware. This type is widely used
for both choker and basket hitches.
ENDLESS SLING TYPE 5
Most versatile and widely used sling. The economical
answer to most lifting problems, ideal for vertical, choker,
and basket hitches.
Sling Length
Chain 5' 8' 10'
size" Type Model No. Model No. Model No.
9/32 SOS LS217 LS225 LS233
SOG LS218 LS226 LS234
3/8 SOS LS219 LS227 LS235
SOG LS220 LS228 LS236
1/2 SOS LS221 LS229 LS237
SOG LS222 LS230 LS238
5/8 SOS LS223 LS231 LS239
SOG LS224 LS232 LS240
9/32 DOS LS241 LS249 LS257
DOG LS242 LS250 LS258
3/8 DOS LS243 LS251 LS259
DOG LS244 LS252 LS260
1/2 DOS LS245 LS253 LS261
DOG LS246 LS254 LS262
5/8 DOS LS247 LS255 LS263
DOG LS248 LS256 LS264
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
Type 4
Type 5
LOAD LIMIT FOR TYPE 5
Capacity lbs
Vertical Choker Basket
Width" Single Double Single Double Single Double
1" 3100 6200 2480 4960 6200 12400
2" 6200 12400 4960 9920 12400 24800
3" 9300 18600 7440 14880 18800 37200
4" 12400 22000 9920 17600 24800 44000
3' 4' 6' 8' 10' 12'
Model Model Model Model Model Model
Width" Ply No. No. No. No. No. No.
TYPE 4 1 Single LS121 LS129 LS137 LS145 LS153 LS161
Double LS122 LS130 LS138 LS146 LS154 LS162
2 Single LS123 LS131 LS139 LS147 LS155 LS163
Double LS124 LS132 LS140 LS148 LS156 LS164
3 Single LS125 LS133 LS141 LS149 LS157 LS165
Double LS126 LS134 LS142 LS150 LS158 LS166
4 Single LS127 LS135 LS143 LS151 LS159 LS167
Double LS128 LS136 LS144 LS152 LS160 LS168
TYPE 5 1 Single LS169 LS177 LS185 LS193 LS201 LS209
Double LS170 LS178 LS186 LS194 LS202 LS210
2 Single LS171 LS179 LS187 LS195 LS203 LS211
Double LS172 LS180 LS188 LS196 LS204 LS212
3 Single LS173 LS181 LS189 LS197 LS205 LS213
Double LS174 LS182 LS190 LS198 LS206 LS214
4 Single LS175 LS183 LS191 LS199 LS207 LS215
Double LS176 LS184 LS192 LS200 LS208 LS216
40
629

40
630
SLINGS / WIRE ROPE
Aircraft Cables
1 x 19 7 x 7 7 x 19
1 x 19 Designed primarily for standing rigging on boats, bracing and
other non-flexible requirements. It is adaptable to use with
swage-type terminals. Generally stocked in 304 Stainless.
7 x 7 Better abrasion resistance than 7 x 19 but reduced flexibility.
7 x 19 Most flexible and widely used construction.
Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable
Type 302/304
• Endurance Test for Aircraft Application Omitted
Size Nominal Weight
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) B/S (lb) (lbs/1000 ft)
7 x 7 Construction (U.S. Mil. Spec. W 83420)
4079.00834 2801 0003 3/64 270 4.20
4079.00837 2801 0004 1/16 480 7.50
4079.00840 2801 0006 3/32 920 16.00
4079.00843 2801 0008 1/8 1,700 28.50
7 X 19 CONSTRUCTION (U.S. MIL. SPEC. W 83420)
4079.00846 2803 0006 3/32 1,050 16.00
4079.00849 2803 0008 1/8 1,760 29.00
4079.00852 2803 0010 5/32 2,400 45.00
4079.00855 2803 0012 3/16 3,700 65.00
4079.00858 2803 0016 1/4 6,400 110.00
4079.00861 2803 0020 5/16 9,000 173.00
4079.00864 2803 0024 3/8 12,000 243.00
Galvanized Aircraft Cable
U.S. Mil. Specs.W 83420
• Endurance Test for Aircraft Application Omitted
Size Nominal Weight
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) B/S (lb) (lbs/1000 ft)
7 x 7 Construction
4079.00867 2701 0004 1/16 480 7.50
4079.00870 2701 0006 3/32 920 16.00
4079.00873 2701 0008 1/8 1,700 28.50
4079.00876 2701 0012 3/16 3,700 62.00
7 X 19 CONSTRUCTION
4079.00879 2703 0008 1/8 2,000 29.00
4079.00882 2703 0010 5/32 2,800 45.00
4079.00885 2703 0012 3/16 4,200 65.00
4079.00888 2703 0016 1/4 7,000 110.00
4079.00891 2703 0020 5/16 9,800 173.00
4079.00894 2703 0024 3/8 14,400 243.00
PVC Coated Aircraft Cable
Fed. Specification RR-W-410D
• Endurance Test for Aircraft Application Omitted
Size Nominal Weight
Order No. Mfg. No. (in) B/S (lb) (lbs/1000 ft)
GALVANIZED
7 x 7 Construction – Clear Coating
4079.00897 2710 0006 1/16 - 3/32 480 13.00
4079.00900 2710 0012 3/32 - 3/16 920 27.00
4079.00903 2710 1012 1/8 - 3/16 1,700 37.00
7 X 19 CONSTRUCTION – CLEAR COATING
4079.00906 2730 0012 1/8 - 3/16 2,000 39.00
4079.00909 2730 0016 3/16 - 1/4 4,200 78.00
STAINLESS STEEL - TYPE 302/304
7 X 7 CONSTRUCTION – WHITE COATING OR *CLEAR COATING
4079.00912 2811 0006 1/16 - 3/32 480 13.00
4079.00915 2811 1006* 1/16 - 3/32 480 13.00
4079.00918 2811 0008 3/32 - 1/8 920 19.00
4079.00921 2811 0010 3/32 - 5/32 920 24.00
4079.00924 2811 0012 1/8 - 3/16 1,700 42.00
4079.00927 2811 0020 3/16 - 5/16 3,700 92.00
6 x 19 Wire Ropes
Fibrecore
This classification
covers ropes with 6
strands
having 19 wires per strand.
For general purpose cranes,
hoists and general cargo
handling.
6 x 37 Wire Ropes
Classification
This classification
covers ropes with 6
strands having 27 to
49 wires per strand. The
ropes in this group have
excellent flexibility,
reasonable resistance to
crushing, and are well
adapted to high speed and
multiple reeving applications.
19 x 7 Wire Ropes
Non Rotation
The non-rotating
characteristic is
achieved by two
layers of strands, one having
Right Lay, the other Left Lay.
This rope construction requires
frequent inspection as
damage to inner strands
and wires cannot be easily
detected.
1 x 7 – Gr. 180
Guy Strand
6 x 7 FC PS
Galvanized
Dia. Nom. Break
Order No. (in) Strength (tons)
4079.00984 1/4 2.70
4079.00987 5/16 4.10
4079.00990 3/8 6.00
4079.00993 7/16 8.00
4079.00996 1/2 11.00
4079.00999 9/16 13.30
4079.01002 5/8 16.50
4079.01005 3/4 23.80
4079.01008 7/8 32.00
4079.01011 1 41.70
4079.01014 1-1/8 53.00
4079.01017 1-1/4 65.50
4079.01020 1-1/2 96.00
* Also available in Wire Core
Order No. Dia. (in)
4079.01023 1/4
4079.01026 5/16
4079.01029 3/8
4079.01032 7/16
4079.01035 1/2
4079.01038 9/16
4079.01041 5/8
4079.01044 3/4
4079.01047 7/8
4079.01050 1
4079.01053 1-1/8
4079.01056 1-1/4
4079.01059 1-1/2
* Also available in EIPS
Order No. Dia. (in)
4079.01062 1/4
4079.01065 5/16
4079.01068 3/8
4079.01071 7/16
4079.01074 1/2
4079.01077 9/16
4079.01080 5/8
4079.01083 3/4
4079.01086 7/8
4079.01089 1
4079.01092 1-1/8
Order No. Dia. (in)
4079.01095 1/4
4079.01098 5/16
4079.01101 3/8
4079.01104 7/16
4079.01107 1/2
4079.01110 9/16
Order No. Dia. (in)
4079.01113 1/8
4079.01116 3/16
4079.01119 1/4
4079.01122 5/16
4079.01125 3/8
4079.01128 1/2

.70 Gauge Machine Film
Designed with a balanced
construction to provide the
versatility your masking
applications require.
Order No. Mfg. No. Size
4 0 8 9 . 0 0 0 0 3 A D C 7 0 2 0 V 20" x 6000' Rl
Hand Wrap
• Strong, durable
• High strength wrap
Order No. Mfg. No. Width (in) Length (ft)
4089.00006 LB20303 3 1000
Stretch Wrap
• Tough durable backing
• Nick and tear resistant
Order No. Mfg. No. Width (mm) Length (m)
4089.00009 CHW160325 325 450
4089.00012 HFP190338 338 457
Handwrapper
• High quality lightweight durable
wrapper with a tensioning device
• Thick rubber grips for long lasting wearability
and comfort
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4089.00015 HW11250 2 bend black
Strapping
STRAPPING COMPARISON
Performance Factor Polypropylene Polyester Cor d Steel
Break Strength Good Very Good Excellent
Elongation* 8-10% 1-2% 1%
Ability to Retain Tension Poor Very Good Excellent
Elongation Recovery Excellent Good Poor
Split Resistance Poor Good Excellent
Recyclability Excellent Good Poor
Cost Least More Most
Expensive Expensive Expensive
Shock Resistance Good Excellent Poor
*In the working range (40-60% of ultimate break strength).
SHIPPING SUPPLIES
Steel Strapping
The strongest of all strapping materials
is recommended where high strength is
necessary, low elongation is important
and where the product is extremely
hot or sharp. Steel is sealed using
mechanical seals and notch (sealess) type joints.
Strap Strength Coil
Order No. Width (in) (lb) (ft)
4089.00018 1/2 x .020 1200 2907
4089.00021 5/8 x .020 1500 2334
4089.00024 3/4 x .020 1800 1948
4089.00027* 1-1/4 x .031 5500 797
*High Tensile Steel
Safety Strap Cutters
Jaws hold both ends of strap, safely
relieves tension to prevent whiplash.
Cuts steel or poly strap.
Order No. Strap Width (in)
4089.00030 Up to 3/4
4089.00033 Up to 2
Steel Seals
Open Seals
For use on flat surfaces. Can be snapped
on overlapping strip ends before or
after tensioning.
Push Style (Overlap)
For use on curved or irregularly shaped surfaces.
Strap Qty.
Order No. Width (in) per Box
OPEN SEALS
4089.00036 1/2 2000
4089.00039 5/8 2000
4089.00042 3/4 2000
4089.00045 1/2 5000
4089.00048 5/8 5000
4089.00051 3/4 5000
4089.00054 1-1/4 1000
Steel Strapping Tensioners
Standard Feed Wheel
For use on flat surfaces.
Unlimited take-up. Use
with open seals
Push Bar
For use on round or
curved surfaces.
Limited take-up. Use
with push type seals.
Strap Qty.
Order No. Width (in) per Box
PUSH STYLE
4089.00057 1/2 2000
4089.00060 5/8 2000
4089.00063 3/4 2000
4089.00066 1/2 5000
4089.00069 5/8 5000
4089.00072 3/4 5000
4089.00075 1-1/4 1000
4089.00078 1-1/4 1000
Push Bar
Order No. Description Strap Width (in)
4089.00081 Standard 3/8 to 3/4
4089.00084 Push Bar 3/8 to 5/8
4089.00087 HD Push Bar 3/8 to 3/4
4089.00090 HDStandard 3/4 to 1-1/4
4089.00093 HDPush Bar 3/4 to 1-1/4
Standard
40
631

40
632
SHIPPING SUPPLIES
Steel Strapping Sealers
For use with Open Seals
Strap
Order No. Width (in)
FOR USE WITH OPEN SEALS
4089.00096 1/2
4089.00099 5/8
4089.00102 3/4
Edge Protectors
These plastic edge protectors
spread strapping tension across
a 2" surface. Protects packages
from surface damage.
1" l x 1-1/4" w. For use with
strapping up to 3/4" w.
Dimensions Qty.
Order No. L x W (in) per Pkg.
4089.00117 1 x 1-1/4 2000
Polyester Cord Strapping
Available in Uniline bonded cord strapping and
crosswoven cord strapping. Uniline cord is
manufactured by bonding fibres together and
is easy to tie. With crosswoven cord strapping
a cross weave is added between the fibres
and it won’t split or fray. Used only in manual
applications, polyester cord strapping offers
excellent resistance to moisture and is frequently
used in outdoor applications. Polyester cord
strapping is tougher, stronger, and safer that
polypropylene strapping. Will not scratch or mar delicate
surfaces. Heavy-duty polyester sizes are frequently used in
lumber applications, agricultural and boat industries.
BONDED: CROSSWOVEN: Strap Strength Coil
Order No. Order No. Width (in) (lb) (ft)
4089.00120 4089.00135 1/4 300 7800
4089.00123 4089.00138 3/8 450 5250
4089.00126 4089.00141 1/2 600 3900
4089.00129 4089.00144 5/8 725 3000
4089.00132 4089.00147 3/4 900 2100
ACCESSORIES
Order No. Description
4089.00150 Dispenser
4089.00153 Industrial Buckles, 3/4" - 1000/box
For Use with Closed Seals
Strap
Order No. Width (in)
FOR USE WITH CLOSED SEALS
4089.00105 1/2
4089.00108 5/8
4089.00111 3/4
4089.00114 1-1/4
Polyester Cord
Handi-Pak
Convenient self-dispensing
coil for small uses or on the
job site packaging. Contains
100 wire buckles.
Strap Break Feet
Order No. Type Width (in) Strength (lb) per Ctn.
4089.00156 Bonded 1/2 600 750
4089.00159 Woven 1/2 600 750
Self-Dispensing Carton
With Buckles
Hand strap large or small packages of
all shapes. Carton comes complete with
polypropylene strapping and steel buckles.
Strap Strength Feet Buckles
Order No. Width (in) (lb) per Ctn. per Ctn.
4089.00162 1/2 300 3300 360
Polypropylene Strapping
The most commonly used and least expensive
of all strapping materials. It’s light and easy
to apply and recycle. Polypropylene available
in both manual and machine grade. Manual
application is ideal for low and moderate
volume users. Machine tolerances and has
minimal comber. Polypropylene is an excellent
choice for light-duty palletizing, unitizing,
carbon closing and bundling.
• Coils per carton: 1
Strap Strength Feet Dimensions Wt.
Order No. Width (in) (lb) per Coil Core (in) W (in) (lb)
MACHINE GRADE
4089.00225 3/8 300 12795 8 8 28
4089.00228 3/8 300 12795 9 8 28
4089.00231 1/2 300 9000 8 8 24
4089.00234 5/8 500 6000 8 8 23
MANUAL GRADE
4089.00240 1/8 600 7200 8 8 28
4089.00243 1/2 750 5600 16 6 28
4089.00246 5/8 850 6000 8 8 28
4089.00249 5/8 1100 4400 16 6 28
4089.00250 3/4 700 5600 8 8 30

Poly Tensioner
Built-in cutter with top and bottom
grippers. Strap width 3/8" to 3/4". For
use with Open Seals or Buckles.
Weight 3 lb.
Order No. Type
4089.00171 Texband Tensioner
4089.00174 Manual
Poly Sealers
• 18" handle length
Order No. Strap Width (in)
4089.00177 1/2
4089.00180 5/8
Manual Sealess Steel
Strapping Tools
• Suitable for use with high
tensile strapping
• Not recommended for use with
regular duty strapping
Order No. Width (in)
4089.00252 1/2
4089.00255 5/8
4089.00258 3/4
Electric Friction
Combination Tools
• Combination tool for polypropylene
or polyester strapping
• Maximum stretching is 250 lb
for standard models
• Maximum stretching is 360 lb
for HT models
Order No. Width (in)
4089.00213 3/8
4089.00216 1/2
4089.00219 5/8
4089.00222 3/4
SHIPPING SUPPLIES
Seals And Buckles
Strap Qty.
Order No. Width (in) Type per Box
STEEL SEALS
4089.00183 1/2 Open 2000
4089.00186 5/8 Open 2000
PLASTIC BUCKLES
4089.00189 3/8 Plastic 2000
4089.00192 1/2 Plastic 2000
4089.00195 5/8 Plastic 1000
WIRE BUCKLES
4089.00198 3/8 Wire 3000
4089.00201 1/2 Wire 2000
4089.00204 1/2 H.D. Wire* 1000
4089.00207 5/8 Wire 2000
4089.00210 5/8 H.D. Wire* 1000
*Recommended for strap with strength over 400 lb.
Steel And Poly
Strap Dispensers
Positive brake on reel prevents over-run
tangled coils. Basket. Rubber wheels.
• For use with 8" x 8" poly coils
• 34 lb.
• For use with 16" x 3" poly or steel coils
• 54 lb.
Order No.
4089.00168
Order No.
4089.00165
40
633

40
634
SHIPPING SUPPLIES
MOVING BLANKETS & STRAPS
FURNITURE PADS
SUPREME FURNITURE PADS (ELITE)
34 oz. - 72" x 80" Two Tone. This long lasting, premium pad is the finest and most luxurious. Binding is double-stitched and
bar-tacked for extra strength. Thick 34 oz. filling. Strong zigzag construction offers durability and ultimate protection. 100%
cotton sheeting.
Model No. Size" Colour Wt. lbs.
ND205 72 x 80 Blue/Blue 5.33
ND206 72 x 80 Gold/Blue 5.33
ND207 72 x 80 Camel/Brown 5.33
HEAVY-DUTY FURNITURE PAD
29 oz. - 72" x 80" Two Tone. Heather wool interior with a non-woven material exterior permits air circulation. Machine
washable. Quilted 1" zig-zag pattern. Double stitched, reinforced binding prevents edges from fraying. Manufactured largely
from recycled material.
Model No. Size" Colour Wt. lbs.
ND836 72 x 80 Dark Blue/Sky Blue 58
ECONOMY FURNITURE PAD (STANDARD)
29 oz. - 72" x 80" Two Tone. Full-size, full weight, same construction as the standard pads, this economy model provides
complete protection at a reduced price. Cotton sheeting on one side, durable, non-woven polypropylene on other side.
Model No. Size" Colour Wt. lbs.
ND212 72 x 80 Blue/White 4.83
OVERSIZE FURNITURE PAD
29 oz. - 72" X 108" Two Tone
Same construction as Economy Furniture Pad.
Model No. Size" Colour Wt. lbs.
ND213 72 x 108 Green/Brown 7
SPACE SAVER PAD
Light-weight, yet strong and durable, this pad is made from 7 1/2 oz. burlap on one side and heavy, soft flannel or knit on
the other. Zigzag stitching and wide, reinforced binding.
Model No. Size" Wt. lbs.
ND214 54 x 72 2.08
STRAPS
2" RATCHET STRAPS
Kinedyne ® ratchet straps are
designed to handle most types
of flatbed tie-down requirements.
All straps have an 18"
fixed end as standard and are
labeled to meet CVSA guidelines.
Model Strap Breaking Working Load
No. Description Length' Strength lbs. Limit lbs.
ND349 Flat Hook 30 10,000 3,335
ND350 Chain Anchor 27 10,000 3,335
ND351 Wire Hook 27 10,000 3,335
100% NATURAL
RUBBER TIE-DOWNS
• Retains it's rebound qualities
• Will not rot
• Will not lose its properties
• Galvanized steel hooks
ND350
ND351
ND349
Supreme Furniture Pads
Oversize Furniture Pad &
Space Saver Pads
STRAP-ALL
ONE INCH STRAP
This versatile tie-down can be used on pick-up trucks utility trailers, car top racks, boat trailers
or anywhere a light duty tie-down is required. Ratchet strap with ratchet, wire hooks and
D ring.
Model Strap Breaking Working Load
No. Length' Strength lbs. Limit lbs.
ND361 16 1,200 400
Model Stretch
No. Size" Inches
PC015 4 8
PC016 9 18
PC017 15 30
Model Stretch
No. Size" Inches
PC018 21 42
PC019 31 62
PC020 41 82

SCALES
LOW PROFILE BENCH SCALES
The ES Series design makes this low profile scale perfect
for shipping, receiving and general bench applications.
Easy, two-button operation and a large display guarantee
accurate and unmistakable results. The unique 3-way
mounting bracket allows you to mount the indicator to the
scale base, above the scale platform or on any vertical surface.
NOT LEGAL FOR TRADE
TOP LOADING DIAL SCALES
These top loading dial scales are reliable, efficient and economical. The steel casing construction
makes it very sturdy. These fixed and rotating dial scales feature temperature
compensated springs for dependable accuracy in environments with changing temperatures.
NOT LEGAL FOR TRADE
Model No.
HL971
UTILITY SCALE
This general purpose, portable weighing
scale can be used in shipping and receiving
areas. The large dual dial is easy to
read from either the top or side position.
The memory lock lever will hold the reading
when dial is obscured by an oversized
package.
NOT LEGAL FOR TRADE
Model No.
HN222
Model No. Cap.* lbs. x Grad. oz. Platform Size" Platform Type
HN221** 5 x 1/2 6 x 6 Stainless Steel
HL971 10 x 1 9 x 9 Stainless Steel
HL976 20 x 1 9 x 9 Stainless Steel
HN222** 25 x 2 6 x 6 Stainless Steel
HL980 40 x 2 9 x 9 Stainless Steel
HN223** 50 x 4 6 x 6 Stainless Steel
HL972 100 x 4 11 1/2 x 11 1/2 Chrome Plated
HL977 200 x 8 15 x 15 Chrome Plated
* Metric Dial Scales up to 50 Kg available.
** Rotating Dial
Model Cap. x Grad. Dimensions
No. lbs. oz L " x W " x H "
HL933 250 x 1 13 1/2 x 11 x 2 3/4
Features:
• Kg, lbs, oz. and lbs:oz. units
• AC and battery power
• One year warranty on parts and labour
• Models HN272 and HN273 have a stainless steel baked
enamel frame
• Models HN274 to HN276 have a stainless steel powder
coated frame
SHIPPING SUPPLIES
Model Mfg. Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Platform Size
No. No. x readability (kg) x readability (lb) x readability (oz) x readability (lbs:oz) L" x W" x H"
HN272 ES30R 30 x 0.01 66 x 0.05 1056 x 0.5 66 x 1 12.2 x 10.8 x 1.5
HN273 ES50R 50 x 0.02 110 x 0.05 1760 x 1.0 110 x 1 12.2 x 10.8 x 1.5
HN274 ES50L 50 x 0.02 110 x 0.05 1760 x 1.0 110 x 1 20.5 x 15.7 x 3
HN275 ES100L 100 x 0.05 220 x 0.01 3520 x 2.0 220 x 1 20.5 x 15.7 x 3
HN276 ES200L 200 x 0.1 440 x 0.02 7040 x 5.0 N/A 20.5 x 15.7 x 3
ELECTRONIC BALANCES
The Scout portable electronic scale features
large, high contrast LCD display, large
stainless steel weighing pan and simple two
button operation. Includes a calibration mass
and user selectable auto shut-off feature.
Scout has 5 weighing modes g, oz, ozt, dwt
and parts counting. The Scout is protected by
a 5 year warranty on parts and labour.
Operates on supplied AC adaptor or one 9V
battery (not included).
NOT LEGAL FOR TRADE
Model Mfg. Capacity Pan
No. No. grams Size"
HM313 SC2020 200 x .01 4 Dia.
HM314 SC4010 400 x 0.1 5 x 5.75
HM315 SC6010 600 x 0.1 5 x 5.75
ACCESSORIES
Model No. Description
HM316 Carrying Case
BEAM SCALES
The Triple Beam Balances have tiered, notched beams and magnetic damping. The Dial-O-
Gram balances feature a direct reading vernier dial for easy use. Both offer precision and
dependability.
NOT LEGAL FOR TRADE
Model Cap. Graduation
No. Description Grams Grams
HL843 Triple Beam 610 0.1
HL844 Triple Beam 2610 0.1
HL812 Dial-O-Gram 610 0.1
HL813 Dial-O-Gram 2610 0.1
40
635

40
636
SHIPPING SUPPLIES
SCALES
DIGITAL PLATFORM SCALE
The battery powered weight display indicator is in a sturdy plastic enclosure. It has a 7" LCD
display, push button zero, over/under function, output for printer and lb/kg switch. Uses 6
D size alkaline batteries (not included). Platform size: 19" x 28". Shipping weight: 108 lbs.
LEGAL FOR TRADE
Model Platform Wt.
No. Capacity x Graduation Size" lbs.
HL852 1000 lbs. x .5 lbs. / 440 kg x .2 kg 19 W x 28 D 108
PORTABLE ELECTRONIC SCALES
These compact scales are designed for a wide variety of applications, more than any other
scale in their class. Three models are available, ranging in capacity from 200 g to 5000 g,
and are perfect for use in a variety of applications, such as: light production, in the field,
the kitchen, the office, etc. These scales operate on 3 AA batteries (included). An optional
AC adaptor is also available. Other features include: user calibration to ensure accuracy,
large, easy to read display, and a space-saving design. NOT LEGAL FOR TRADE
Model Mfg. Capacity Graduation Platform Size" Wt.
No. No. G/lbs:oz G/lbs:oz L" x W" x H" lbs.
HN218 CS200 200/7.5 0.1/0.01 7.6 x 5.3 x 1.5 1
HN219 CS2000 2000/4:6.55 1.0 / 0.05 7.6 x 5.3 x 1.5 1
HN220 CS5000 5000/11:0.4 2.0 / 0.1 7.6 x 5.3 x 1.5 1
ALL PURPOSE STAINLESS STEEL SCALES
The AP Series, is a versatile scale with a wide range of capacities which allows
for a wide selection of uses as well as assuring dependable accuracy.
Rugged stainless steel construction, easy-read LED digitals and pushbutton tare.
Use in the office, in restaurants and labs.
NOT LEGAL FOR TRADE
Construction: Stainless Steel
Display: 4 digit 1/2" red LED digital display
Dimensions: 7 1/2" W x 7" D x 2 3/4" H
Platter Size: 6 3/4" x 5 1/4"
Weight: 3.5 lbs.
Power: 110 VAC, 50/60 Hz 220 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
AC adaptor with 6' power cord
Model No. Capacities x Graduation
HL856 4 kg x 1 g
HL857 6 lbs. x .05 oz
HL858 8 lbs. x .002 lbs.
HL854 10 lbs. x .005 lbs.
HL855 20 lbs. x .01 lbs.
MULTI-FUNCTIONAL BENCH SCALES
User programmable bench scales have multiple weighing modes, including parts counting
and custom unit. Platform is stainless steel and scale runs on either 6 "C" batteries (not
included) or AC adaptor (included). 5 year warranty on parts and labour.
LEGAL FOR TRADE
Model Mfg. Capacity Graduation Platform Size
No. No. lbs/kg. lbs/kg. W" x D" x H"
HM318 B10S33 25/10 .001/.0005 12 x 12 x 3.4
HM319 B25S33 50/25 .002/.001 12 x 12 x 3.4
HM320 B50S33 100/50 .005/.002 18 x 18 x 3.6
HM321 B100S33 200/100 .01/.005 18 x 18 x 3.6
HM322 B150S33 300/150 .01/.005 24 x 24 x 5.8
HM323 B250S33 500/250 .02/.01 24 x 24 x 5.8

SCALES
PLATFORM SCALES
Two series of dial platform
scales well suited for factories,
warehouses and shops. The
economical HL900 se-ries and
heavy duty HL800 series. Both
have a highly visible 13" dial
capable of both metric and
imperial measurements.
Dimensions:
HL900 - 12" x 17" platform,
34" overall height
HL800 - 13 1/2" x 19" platform,
37" overall height.
LEGAL FOR TRADE.
Model Cap. x Grad. Cap. x Grad.
No. kg. g. lbs. oz.
HL936 25 x 50 54 x 2
HL938 50 x 100 108 x 4
HL863 100 x 200 216 x 8
HL865 200 x 500 430 x 1
HANGING SCALES
These industrial type scales incorporate a
unique two-colour, dual capacity dial with
tare feature, allowing for easy to read measurements
in both pounds and kilograms.
Features:
• Portable for easy use anywhere
• Rugged, heavy duty construction
• Attractive state-of-the-art design
• Engineered to the highest
standards in the scale industry
• All steel weighing mechanism
• Steel S-hooks on top and bottom
• Quality inspected and individually calibrated
for accuracy
Model HL922 is a cylindrical scale for light
and precise weighing.
NOT LEGAL FOR TRADE.
These heavy duty platform scales have a cast iron construction
finished with enamel paint. Model HL956,
HL960 are bench top units and HL963 and HL966 are
portable. Rust resistant brass beam with dual (kg/lbs)
reading.
LEGAL FOR TRADE.
Model No.
HL960
Model Mfg. Capacity Type of
No. No. lbs / kg Housing
A. HL922 Chatillon 6 lbs. x 1 oz / 3 kg x 25 g Brass
B. HL918 Taylor 27.1 lbs. x .5 lbs / 12.5 kg x 250 g Plastic
C. HL921 Taylor 55 lbs. x 1 lb / 25 kg x .5 kg Plastic
D. HL802 Taylor 110 lbs. x 1 lb / 50 kg x .5 kg Aluminum
E. HL809 Taylor 220 lbs. x 2 lbs / 100 kg x 1 kg Aluminum
F. HM826 Taylor 300 lbs. x 5 lbs / 140 kg x 2 kg Aluminum
A.
Government
Certified
SHIPPING SUPPLIES
Model No.
HL966
Model Cap. Beam Graduation Platform Wt.
No. kg/lbs. Metric / Imperial Size" lbs.
HL960 50/100 2 kg x 20 g. / 5 lbs. x 1 oz. 10 x 14 65
HL956 100/200 5 kg x 50 g. / 10 lbs. x 1 oz. 12 x 16 88
HL963 300/600 25 kg x 100 g. / 50 lbs. x 4 oz. 16 x 24 242
HL966 500/1200 25 kg x 100 g. / 50 lbs. x 8 oz. 24 x 24 396
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
40
637

40
638
SHIPPING SUPPLIES
PACKAGING SUPPLIES
Optional roll stand holds roll up
to 40" in diameter.
Cutter bar ordered
separately.
CUTTER BAR ASSEMBLY
Make the cutting of roll materials fast and easy, with no waste. Use with an
existing packing bench or with the optional roll stand. Enclosed rotary knife cuts bubble
wrap, paper, plastic, vinyl and foam. Five sizes available to cut material up to 72" wide.
Model Cutter Bar Assembly Roll Stand
No. Material Width" Width" Model No.
PA218 30 40 PA213
PA219 39 53 PA214
PA220 48 62 PA215
PA221 60 73 PA216
PA222 72 86 PA217
EXTENDED CORE
STRETCH WRAP
Goodwrappers ® Stretch Wrap includes a disposable
handle with a 5" extended core at
both ends. This stretch wrap system eliminates
the purchase, the loading and the
handling of standard dispensers. Patented
hand brakes in the handles allow the user to
squeeze harder for total tension control
allowing for 25 to 33% less film use and a
tighter more secure wrap. Hand brakes dissipate
heat caused by friction thus protecting
users hands. Clear film.
Size: 20" x 1000' x 80 gauge.
Model No. PA571
GOODWRAPPERS ® COLOUR
TINT
STRETCH WRAP
Colour code shipments for inventory, routing, product identification and much more. Red,
blue, green and orange tints show colour but still allow you to see through the film. Use with
Model PA895 (not included) reusable dispenser handles with handbrakes. All colours come
in 80 gauge. 1 3/4" ID core. 18" x 1000' rolls.
Model No. Description Wt. lbs.
PA885 Orange tint 6
PA886 Green tint 6
PA887 Blue tint 6
PA888 Red tint 6
PA895 Reusable dispenser handles (pair) 1
PA909 Metal hand dispenser adaptor 1
SAFETY CUTTER FOR STEEL STRAPPING
UP TO 2"
This heavy duty, cantilever action,
Safety Cutter for bands up to 2" wide
will handle strapping up to .050"
thick. Holds ends safely and relieves
tension of band to prevent whiplash.
Model No. PA544
UP TO 3/4"
This lightweight Safety Cutter for
bands up to 3/4" wide will easily
cut through strapping up to .030"
thick.
Quick and easy to operate. Holds ends
safely and relieves tension to prevent whiplash.
Model No. PA543
BULMAN PAPER DISPENSER/CUTTER
This roll paper dispenser/cutter
dispenses light to heavy kraft and
other papers.
Cuts evenly, using either side of
spring-loaded blade; no paper
waste. Mounts on wall, countertop
or under counter. Equipped with
dowel holders and knife arms which
lock in open position for easy roll
changing. Holds up to 9" diameter
paper. 18 gauge cold rolled steel.
Shipped knocked down. Mounts on
wall, counter or below counter. For
rolls up to 9" diameter.
GOODWRAPPERS ® OPAQUE
STRETCH WRAP
Conceal product by wrapping
it with this no see
through stretch film.
Ideal for pilfer proofing shipments
and for outdoor storage. One wrap
easily covers pallets, keeping contents
hidden from view. Use with
Model PA895 dispenser handles
(not included) complete with handbrakes.
Both white and black
opaque stretch wraps are 80 gauge.
1 3/4" ID core. 18" x 1000' rolls.
Prevents injury to eyes and
skin from flying sharp edges.
Model No. Paper Width"
PA202 18
PA203 24
PA204 36
Model Wt.
No. Description lbs.
PA889 White opaque 6
PA890 Black opaque 6
PA895 Reusable dispenser handles (pair) 1
PA909 Metal hand dispenser adaptor 1

CORRUGATED CARTONS
SURE TUCK
MAILERS
These 200 lb. test, "B" flute corruga-ted
mailers are reinforced boxes that won’t
cave in under rough shipment handling.
Quick-fold design assembles in seconds
without tape, staples or glue. White exterior;
shipped and stored flat.
100 per bundle.
PROTECTIVE LITERATURE MAILERS
A secure way to send out computer printouts, catalo-gues, binders, manuscripts and
books. Shipped flat; sets up in
seconds without tape or staples.
200 lb. test, white
corrugated.
50 per bundle.
TRIANGULAR
CORRUGATED
CARTONS
There’s no need to put shipments
on hold while you wait for custom
carton orders, or stock more cartons
than you need. These 125 to
200 lb. test cartons withstand
rough handling during shipment.
Shipped flat to save storage space.
Model Inside Dimensions Test
No. L" x W" x D" lbs.
PA130 6 x 4 x 3 125C
PA136 6 x 6 x 6 125C
PA137 7 x 4 x 4 125C
PA138 8 x 6 x 4 125C
PA140 8 x 8 x 8 125C
PA141 9 x 6 x 6 125C
PA112 10 x 10 x 10 125C
PA113 11 x 10 x 3 125C
PA132 12 x 12 x 7 125C
PA114 12 x 12 x 12 125C
PA139 13 x 8 x 6.5 125C
Model Inside Dimensions
No. L" x W" x D"
PA096 3 x 3 x 3
PA099 4 x 3 x 2
PA100 4 x 3 x 3
PA101
PA104
PA105
Other sizes
available
4
5
5
x
x
x
4
3
5
x
x
x
3
3
3
PA106 6 x 3 x 2
PA107 6 x 4 x 3
PA108 7 x 4 x 3
PA109 8 x 4 x 4
PA110 9 x 4 x 3
PA085 10 x 4 x 4
Model Inside Dimensions
No. L" x W" x D"
PA087 11 1/8 x 8 3/4 x 4
PA097
PA088
PA144
Other sizes
available
11 3/4
12 1/8
15 1/8
x
x
x
10 3/4
9 1/4
11 1/8
x
x
x
2 1/4
4
2
PA143 15 1/8 x 11 1/8 x 4
SHIPPING SUPPLIES
Model Inside Dimensions Test
No. L" x W" x D" lbs.
PA115 13 x 10 x 10 125C
PA133 14 x 12 x 8 125C
PA116 15 x 11 x 11 175C
PA117 16 x 12 x 10 175C
PA134 16 x 16 x 12 175C
PA118 16 x 16 x 16 175C
PA122 18 x 12 x 6 175C
PA123 18 x 12 x 9 175C
PA120 18 x 12 x 12 175C
PA121 18 x 15 x 10 175C
PA119 18 x 18 x 18 175C
PA126 20 x 20 x 20 175C
PA111 21 x 14.5 x 15 175C
PA127 21 x 15 x 11 175C
PA128 21 x 17 x 25 200C
PA125 21 x 20 x 16 200C
PA135 24 x 14 x 24 200C
PA124 24 x 19 x 19 175C
PA129 24 x 19 x 24 200C
PA131 26 x 19 x 30 200C
PB501 14 x 14 x 14 175C
PB502 26 x 26 x 26 200C
PB503 30 x 30 x 30 200C
PB504 36 x 36 x 36 200C
MAILERS
Unlimited uses for hard-to-pack long, fragile
items such as blueprints, posters and
plastic and metal strips. Rigid trian-gular
shape means added protection. Uses only a
fraction of the space needed for tubes. 200
lbs. test; white. Shipped flat. 50 per bundle.
Model Inside Dimensions
No. Dia" x Length"
PA090 2 x 18 1/4
PA091 2 x 24 1/4
PA092 2 x 36 1/4
Other sizes available
PACKING LIST
ENVELOPES
These polyethylene envelopes are 100%
waterproof and self-adhesive on any surface.
Won’t peel off in transit. Back loading
style. Once packing list is inserted in envelope,
no dirt or moisture can penetrate.
Inside dimensions: 4" x 5", 1000 per case.
Wt. 7 lbs.
Model No. Mfg. No. Qty/Case
PA189 FBC101 1000
PB244 FB101 1000
FLOOR
CARTON
STAND
Holds cartons up to 60" high. Comes
complete with 5 dividers and floor
levellers. Can be made mobile by
ordering casters. Table not included.
Capacity: 300 lbs.
PA189
PB244
PACKING LIST
ENCLOSED
BORDEREAU
D'EXPÉDITON CI-INCLUS
Model Dimensions Wt.
No. L" x W" x H" lbs.
PA697 44 x 18 x 26 29
PA696 3" casters - set of 4 2
40
639

40
640
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL HANDLING
FLEXIBLE STEEL LACING
BELT FASTENERS
Alligator Flexible Steel Lacing
Used on all general purpose belting.
A hammer is the only tool needed
for installation.
F l exco Plate Flex i ble Steel Lacing
Used to make permanent splices on
heavy duty belts and elevator belts.
Some special tools required
for installation.
Order No. Mfg. No. Size (in) Description
4099.00003 001E — Flexco belt fasteners
4099.00006 0006 00 x 6 Alligator belt lacing
4099.00009 0012 00 x 12 Alligator belt lacing
4099.00012 0736 7 x 36 Alligator belt lacing
4099.00015 1536 15 x 36 Alligator belt lacing
4099.00018 2036 20 x 36 Alligator belt lacing
4099.00021 2536 25 x 36 Alligator belt lacing
4099.00024 2736 27 x 36 Alligator belt lacing
4099.00027 125MA — Megalloy staples belt fastener
4099.00030 140E — Flexco belt fastener
4099.00033 140EMA — Megalloy top plate fastener
4099.00036 190E — Flexco belt fastener
4099.00039 190EMA — Megalloy top plate fastener
4099.00042 62J24 — Fastener staple
Gravity Roller Conveyor
• Available in 5 ft and 10 ft standard
lengths and 45˚ and 90˚ curves
• All curves have 3 ft inside radius
• Available in light, medium and
heavy-duty models
• Available for general use in steel construction
Level Belt Conveyor
• Lengths variable to suit your
application – 10 ft increments
• Widths 12" to 42" with belt 4" to 6"
narrower than bed
• 1/2 HP to 5 HP drives for light,
general and heavy-duty applications
Power Belt Conveyor
• Lengths are variable to suit
your application
• Widths 12" to 54" with belt nominally
4" narrower
• 1/2 HP to 5 HP drives for light,
general and heavy duty applications
• Rough top belts on incline application
and smooth surface belts on level belt conveyor
Priced on application
General Use Belting
Black PVK
Interwoven construction, PVC coated.
Oil and grease-resistant. Available in
different weights, widths to 72".
Black PVK
Grey Line
Resistant to abrasion, mechanical and
chemical factors. Very flexible, can be
cut to exact specifications.
Tan Nitrile
Nitrile
Friction x friction. Designed for light and
medium conveying, especially in oil conditions. Available in 3,
5 ply, widths to 60".
Incline Belting
Black Rough Top
Recommended for heavy-duty incline
or decline. 2 ply, available in widths up Rough Top
to 72".
Pure Gum Rough Top
Similar to black, but softer tan rubber,
non-marking surface.
Tan Diamond Top
Diamond Top
3 ply soft tan rubber in a diamond top pattern, non-marking
surface for steeper inclines. Also: PVK green super grip,
PVK chevron top II.
Power Transmission Belting
Variable speed belts, timing belts, flat
belting and synthetic belting. Tr a n s m i s s i o n
belting: 3, 4, 5 and 6 plys. Leather belting:
single, double ply.
Heavy-Duty Belting
Conveyor
2 and 3 ply construction in different weights and different
cover thicknesses, widths up to 54".
Elevator
Can be prepared for elevator buckets.
Other Belting
Agricultural
2 ply black rubber belting in both friction
back and cover both sides.
Cotton
Still popular for backing. Available in 2,
3 and 4 ply
Food Approved Belting
White PVK
Interwoven construction, PVC coated. Strong, flexible and
easily cleaned. Widths up to 60".
White Hycar
Ply construction with Nitrile cover.
Carrying side is odourless, tasteless
and non-toxic.
White Hycar
Food Line-Thin
Strong synthetic belting. Can be finger spliced. Widths to 96".
Flat
Agricultural
Cotton
*All belting is price on application – advise width, length and style

Weld-On Webbing Winches
Weld-on winches are designed to be
permanently mounted in a fixed position.
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4099.00045 7820 Low Profile
4099.00048 1820 Standard
Portable Winches
Allow flexibility of winch placement along
the trailer side channel.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00051 1820PZ
Sliding Webbing Winches And Track
Sliding winches move easily
in both directions for
positioning in the track,
but lock firmly in place
when tension is applied
to the webbing. Can also
3820
be welded in place for fixed.
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4099.00054 3820 Standard
4099.00057 5820 Storable
3 Bar Winches
Low Profile
The unique 3 bar winch reel design allows
for easy strap insertion, even when strap
ends are frayed or slots have ice build-up.
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00060 14001
Winch Bars
Standard Bar
All winch bars
feature a knurled
non-slip handle
and a tapered,
carbon-steel nose
piece for strength
and easy operation.
2" Webbing with Flat Hook
Standard Winch Straps
27 ft strap – webbing breaking
strength: 12,000 lb; assembly
breaking strength: 10,000 lb;
working load limit: 3,335 lb
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL HANDLING
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4099.00063 37030 Painted
Order No. Mfg. No. Description
4099.00066 37031 Chrome painted
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00069 222720
7820
1820
5820
Tarp Ties
Strap Overall Installed Length
Order No. Mfg. No. Length (in) Length (in) Min (in) Max in)
4099.00072 2210 10 14 15 19
4099.00075 2215 15 19 21 30
4099.00078 2221 21 25 28 42
4099.00081 2231 31 35 39 62
4099.00084 2241 41 45 50 82
4099.00087 2200 Spare S hooks, 100/box
4" Webbing With Flat Hook
Abrasion Clip
27 ft strap – webbing breaking
strength: 20,000 lb; assembly
breaking strength: 15,000 lb;
Working load limit: 5,000 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00090 422721
4" Webbing With Chain Anchor
27 ft strap – webbing breaking
strength: 20,000 lb; assembly
breaking strength: 15,000 lb;
working load limit: 5,000 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00093 422740
4" Webbing With Delta Ring
27 ft strap – webbing breaking
strength: 20,000 lb; assembly
breaking strength: 15,000 lb;
working load limit: 5,000 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00099 422710
2" Wide Handle With Flat Hook
Ratchet Straps
27 ft strap
length – 10,000 lb
breaking strength; working
load limit: 3,335 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00102 512720
3" Long Handle With Chain Anchor
Ratchet Straps
27 ft strap
length – 16,200 lb breaking
strength; working load limit:
5,400 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00105 552740
40
641

40
642
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL HANDLING
2" Ratchet Buckle With Spring Fitting
Logistic Straps
12 ft strap length – assembly
breaking strength: 3,000 lb;
Working load limit: 1,000 lb
Series E Horizontal
Logistic Track
• Material: high strength steel;
12 gauge
• Minimum yield: 50,000 psi
• Finish: Gun metal gray
• Weight: 16.0 lb
• Length: 10 ft
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00108 641201
Ratchet Buckle With 3-Piece Fitting
Logistic Straps
12 ft strap length 3-piece
fitting – assembly breaking
strength: 3,000 lb; working
load limit: 1,000 lb Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00111 641202
Cam Buckle With Spring Fitting
Logistic Straps
12 ft strap length. Series E or
A, FE8306-1 Spring fitting.
Assembly breaking strength:
2,500 lb; working load limit: 835 lb Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00114 651201
2" Cam Buckle With 3-Piece Fitting
Logistic Straps
16 ft strap length, 3-piece
fitting. Assembly breaking
strength: 2,500 lb; working
load limit: 835 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00117 651602
2" With Webbing And D-Ring
Rope Tie-Offs
• Breaking strength: 2,500 lb
• Working load limit: 835 lb
• Length: 6"
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00120 660001
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00123 660002
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00126 43002
Series E Horizontal
Logistic Track
• Material: High strength steel;
12 gauge
• Minimum yield: 50,000 psi
• Powder coat: 43001 – Galvanized
• Weight: 43002 – 16.0 lb; Order No. Mfg. No.
43001 – 16.0 lb
• Length: 10 ft
4099.00129 43001
Heavy-Duty Series A Horizontal
Logistic Track
• Material: High strength steel;
11 gauge
• Minimum yield: 50,000 psi
• Finish: FE702-01 – Gun metal
gray, powder coat
• Weight: 18.5 lb
• Length: 10 ft
Series E or A Aluminum
Decking/Shoring Beams
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00132 FE702-01
Made from extruded high strength aluminum, designed to
give maximum strength at the least possible weight. Head
assemblies are all steel, zinc plated and tapered for ease
of operation. Trigger and spring are built for long-lasting
positive lock control. Special length beams available.
• Decking/vertical rating: 2,000 lb uniformly distributed
working load limit
• Shoring/horizontal rating: 2,000 lb uniformly distributed
working load limit
• Adjusts from: 85" to 94.7"
• Weight: 19.5 lb
Heavy-Duty Series E or A Aluminum
Decking/Shoring Beams
Made from extruded high strength aluminum which has
25% more aluminum than the standard beam for added
strength and durability. Special length beams available.
• Decking/vertical rating: 3,000 lb uniformly distributed
working load limit
• Shoring/horizontal rating: 2,500 lb kg uniformly distributed
working load limit
• Adjusts from: 85" to 94.7"
• Weight: 21.5 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00135 FE8066-1
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00138 FE8000-1
Series F Round Shoring Bars With
Push-Button Adjustment
Decking/Shoring Beams
Made of galvanized steel tubing, the bars have a spring-loaded
end that adjusts 5". Additional 4" increments of adjustment
can be made with the easy to use push-button mechanism.
Shoring/horizontal or vertical rating: 500 lb uniformly
distributed working load limit.
• Adjusts from: 79" to 93"
• Weight: 15.7 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00141 1816-1

Series E Or A Wood Beam Sockets
Standard duty beam sockets designed for
use with standard commercial grade 2 x 6
lumber. Features zinc plating and a positive
locking mechanism. Note: Wood beam
sockets do not have load ratings due to
the varying strength of lumber
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00144 1845
Steel Tube With Pivoting Foot
Saf-T-Lok Bars
High strength steel tubing. Features include a steel rack, a
heavy-duty steel handle and a painted cast aluminum housing.
Molded pivoting rubber feet grip firmly to trailer walls, yet won’t
scuff and will remain pliable even at low temperatures.
Handle and trigger release are easy to operate, even with
gloved hands.
• Adjusts from: 89" to 105"
• Weight: 11.5 lb
Aluminum Tube With Pivoting Foot
Saf-T-Lok Bars
High strength aluminum tubing. Features include a steel rack,
a heavy-duty steel handle and a painted cast aluminum
housing. Molded pivoting rubber feet grip firmly to trailer walls,
yet won’t scuff and will remain pliable even at low temperatures.
Handle and trigger release are easy to operate, even with
gloved hands.
• Adjusts from: 89" to 105"
• Weight: 8.5 lb
Square Painted One-Piece
Jack Bars
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL HANDLING
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00147 10085
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00150 10088
Constructed of square steel tubing and painted red.
• Adjusts from: 86" to 104"
• Weight: 16.0 lb
Round Galvanized One-Piece
Jack Bars
Constructed of round galvanized steel tubing.
• Adjusts from: 86" to 104"
• Weight: 13.2 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00153 JB101
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00156 JB102
2" Logistic Straps
With Ratchet Buckle
• 12 ft strap length
• End hardware: 1005
wire hooks
• Assembly breaking strength:
1,500 lb
• Working load limit: 500 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00159 641204
2" Logistic Straps
With Cam Buckle And 4900 Webbing
• 12 ft strap length
• End hardware: 1005
wire hooks
• Assembly breaking strength:
1,500 lb
• Working load limit: 500 lb
Rope Tie-Offs
• Breaking strength: 2,000 lb
• Working load limit: 667 lb
• Length: 10"
1" Notched Hole Track
• Material: High strength steel; 12 gauge
• Minimum yield: 43,000 psi
• Finish: Galvanized
• Weight: 12.5 lb
• Length: 10 ft
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00162 651204
1-3/4" Logistic Straps
With 190 Cam Buckle And 1802 Webbing
• 12 ft strap length
• End hardware: Track
butterfly fitting
• Assembly breaking
strength: 2,000 lb
• Working load limit: 670 lb
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00165 81D1218
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00168 680018
Order No. Mfg. No.
4099.00171 1806
40
643

40
644
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL HANDLING
CURTAIN PARTITIONS
Roller curtain partitions screen, isolate, enclose and protect any area of
any size. Commonly used in welding and paint shops but can be used anywhere.
Brackets designed for wall or ceiling mount but can be self
supported by floor stands. Large selection of drape material can be utilized
with any curtain.
DESIGN YOUR OWN CURTAIN
CURTAINS - Take exact length of area of enclosure and add 10% fullness for proper draping.
Then multiply length x height to obtain square footage. Curtains hemmed on top and
two sides 2" pocket on bottom side. Brass grommets spaced every 12". Refer to model number
for square footage cost of fabric required.
TRACK - Straight and curved, straight track available in 5' and 10' lengths. Curved corners
are 3' long with 2' radius welded splicer on each end included. When using a curved track,
length is increased by 2'. e.g. 8' straight track with a curve at each end overall = 12'.
CARRIERS - Since curtains are made to any length be sure to add one additional carrier to
actual length of curtain ordered. For example every 10' of curtain is fabricated with 11 grommets
on top side. Therefore 11 carriers are required. A double carrier should be used at the
beginning of each curtain. Steel roller carriers are permanently lubricated enclosed bearings.
CLAMPS - Available for flush ceiling/beam mounting and floor mounting. Clamps can also
be used as track splicers. All fasten with supplied Allen bolts. Order sufficient clamps to support
track every 5'. Standards - When free standing uprights are required, be sure to specify
Clamps for fastening track to angle brackets on uprights. Standards are required every 8'.
Other custom heights on application - NOTE: All standards should be lagged to floor with 5"
lags and shields or welded as required. (Lags not included)
TRACK
Model No. Description
KB017 5' 16 ga. Track
KB016 10' 16 ga. Track
KB029 Track Splicer
KB012 End Stop
ROLLERS
KB013 Two Wheel Nylon Roller
25 lbs. Cap. 2 1/2" Hook
KB018 Two Wheel Steel Roller
75 lbs. Cap. 2 1/2" Hook
KB019 Four Wheel Steel Roller
125 lbs. Cap. 2 1/2" Hook
KB014 Overlap By-Pass Roller
12" Long x 2 3/4" High
WALL MOUNTS
KB020 Wall Connector Bracket Down
KB021 Wall Connector Bracket Up
KB011 End Connector Up
KB010 End Connector Down
FLOOR MOUNTS
KB009 90° Curve
KB025 Straight Connector Support
KB027 90° Corner Connector
KB024 3 Way T Connector
KB032 8' Post
KB005 12" x 12" Base
BEAM MOUNT / SUSPENSION
KB008 90° Curve
KB031 Straight Connector
KB028 90° Corner Connector
KB023 3 Way T Connector
CEILING MOUNT
12 ft.
overall
KB007 90° Curve
KB030 Straight Connector Support
KB026 90° Corner Connector
KB022 3 Way T connector
8 ft
straight
track reg.
Model No. Description
KB041 16 oz/sq.yd. Neoprene Coated Nylon
KB042 40 oz/sq.yd. Neoprene Coated Nylon
KB039 10 oz/sq.yd. FR Cotton Duck
KB040 15 oz/sq.yd. FR Cotton Duck
KB004 14 mil Yellow PVC Flame Resistant
KB003 14 mil Green PVC Flame Resistant
KB037 16 mil Clear PVC
KB038 20 mil Clear PVC Flame Resistant
2 ft

Everything you need in one package to
install your own strip curtain door and save
money!
ORDERING INFORMATION
1. Determine inside width and height of door
opening. NOTE: If mounting on door above lintel measure
from floor to mounting height.
2. Select type of PVC material required: Standard or low
temp. *Standard recommended for
temperatures from 17°C to 66°C. **Low Temp.
recommended for interior use only, for temperatures
from -40°C to 37°C.
3. Select size needed from chart of standard sizes. NOTE:
If your size is not shown, order the next largest size.
Installation instructions describe how simple trimming
can custom fit.
4. Special size doors and hanging applications are available
upon request.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL HANDLING
STRIP CURTAIN DOORS
Inside Doors
Conveyors
Docks
Saves energy costs
It’s the best answer to open
door heat/cooling loss.
Reduces noise pollution
Provides the ideal accoustical
barrier around noisy equipment.
Provides extra safe passage
People can see and be seen so
there's less chance of accidents.
Controls smoke, dust and
sprays
Strip curtains can control
in-plant contaminants to
improve the worker's
environment.
Requires a minimum
of maintenance
The clear, flexible vinyl used to
make curtains resists stretching
and stands up to abrasion.
All aluminum hardware is used
for maximum durability.
Cleaning
May be quickly and easily
cleaned with detergents or
cleansing agents that are free
from abrasives. Heavy stains
and ingrained dirt etc. can be
removed by careful application
of ethanol.
Every strip curtain door comes complete
with PVC strips and universal hardware for
door or wall mounting. Simple to
follow installation instructions are included
in every package.
*Temp range 17˚C to 66˚C **Temp range -40˚C to 37˚C
Note: Doors with 8" strips have 2" standard overlap.
Doors with 12" strips have 4" standard overlap.
EASY TO ORDER
It's easy to order the strip curtain that fits your
door exactly because seven standard sizes can
be made to fit 95% of most door openings.
Special sizes are available.
IMMEDIATE DELIVERY
We have the strip curtain package you need,
in-stock, ready to be delivered
to your door.
STANDARD DOOR SIZES
Strip Door OpeningWeight Model No. Model No.
Size W' x H' lbs. Standard* Low Temp.**
8" 4 x 7 25 KF022 KF004
(8" x 0.080) 5 x 8 35 KF023 KF005
6 x 8 40 KF024 KF006
12" 8 x 8 80 KF026 KF008
(12" x .120) 8 x 10 100 KF025 KF007
10 x 10 125 KF020 KF002
12 x 12 175 KF021 KF003
REPLACEMENT STRIPS - 5 per carton
Strip Weight Model No. Model No.
Size lbs. Standard* Low Temp.**
8" x .080 x 8' 15 KF032 KF013
12" x .120 x 12' 45 KF029 KF011
BULK ROLLS
Strip Weight Model No. Model No.
Size Roll' lbs. Standard*Low Temp.**
8" x .080 300 99 KF033 KF014
12" x .120 200 150 KF030 KF012
40
645

40
646
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL HANDLING
LIFTING EQUIPMENT
VACU-LIFTERS
Vacuum cups powerfully grip and hold material safely. Vaccum created by cups allow easy lifting of heavy weights
by either one cup or two. Ideal for moving heavy gauge metal, marble slabs, plate glass and plastic sheet. Extended
Vacu-Lifters keep operators hands away from dangerous areas, especially used in punch press applications. Manufactured of
strengthened steel rods and oil resistant rubber cups. Positive push-button release valve assures instant release.
Model No. Cup Dia." Cap. lbs. Release Type Handle Length"
A. HEAVY DUTY SINGLE CUP
LA881 3 30 Pull-ring -
LA613 4 88 Pull-ring -
LA615 5 170 Pull-ring -
B. HEAVY DUTY DOUBLE CUP
LA882 3 65 Pull-bar 7
LA640 4 165 Pull-bar 10
LA641 5 318 Pull-bar 10
C. TWO-MAN VACUUM LIFTER - DOUBLE CUP
LA619 4 185 Pull-ring 28
LA620 5 335 Pull-ring 28
D. FINGER GRABBER
LA612 2 1/8 19 Tab
LA883 2 1/8 19 -
E. 2 FINGER GRABBER
LA621 3 1/4 50 Tab
F. GRIFTER
LA645 3 1/4 52 Lip Edge
G. MEDIUM DUTY VACU-LIFT
LA616 3 1/4 52 Push-button
H. STRAIGHT HANDLE LIFTER-SINGLE CUP
LA884 3 1/4 20 Push-button 12
LA885 3 1/4 20 Push-button 15
LA886 3 1/4 20 Push-button 18
LA887 4 25 Push-button 12
LA888 4 25 Push-button 15
LA889 4 25 Push-button 18
I. VERTI-LIFT - DOUBLE CUP
LA890 4 100 Tab 32
LA891 5 150 Tab 32
J. EXTRA-STRENGTH PUNCH PRESS LIFTER - SINGLE CUP
LA631 2 1/8 13 Push-button 12
LA632 2 1/8 13 Push-button 15
LA633 2 1/8 13 Push-button 18
LA634 3 1/4 45 Push-button 12
LA635 3 1/4 45 Push-button 15
LA636 3 1/4 45 Push-button 18
LA637 4 60 Push-button 12
LA638 4 60 Push-button 15
LA639 4 60 Push-button 18
K. EXTRA-STRENGTH PUNCH PRESS LIFTER - DOUBLE CUP
LA628 2 1/8 35 Push-button 12
LA629 2 1/8 35 Push-button 15
LA630 2 1/8 35 Push-button 18
L. MAGNET LIFTER W/EASY TOUCH RELEASE
LA643 (single magnet) 5 Lever 12
LA644 (double magnet) 10 Lever 14
REPLACEMENT CUPS
Model No. Cup Size" Model No. Cup Size"
LA614 5 LA617 3 1/4
LA642 4 LA618 2 1/8
LA892 3
HAND VACUUM CUPS - MANUALLY OPERATED
Designed to handle smooth, non-porous loads such as metal, glass, plastic
etc. more effectively and more efficiently. Makes the task of lifting much
easier by allowing less awkward lift points and eliminating pinched fingers.
The lever grip is squeezed together or the cam levers are flipped into position
and then rubber pads are securely clamped to surface by vacuum. Flip
back lever(s) to release.
PUMP ACTION HANDCUP
Cast aluminum body with built-in hand pump, 8 1/4" cup diameter. Comes
with carrying case. Capacity: 200 lbs. horizontal; 100 lbs. vertical. Model
No. LA858
DOUBLE HANDCUP
4 3/4" cup diameter. Capacity: 100 lbs. horizontal;
50 lbs. vertical.
Model No. LA859 (Cast aluminum body)
Model No. LA860 (Orange plastic body)
A. Heavy Duty
Single Cup
C. Two-Man Vacuum Lifter-Double Cup
D. Finger Grabber
F. Grifter
H. Straight
Handle Lifter-
Single Cup
J. Punch Press
Lifter - Single Cup
L. Magnet Lifter
PUMP-ACTION HAND
VACUUM CUPS
Two-Tone handle/plunger design. Light Touch
sealing lip gives greater security and safety.
Rust-resistant zinc-plated metal parts, 4 extra
mounting points make attachment to metal lifting
frames, jigs and vacuum-based drill kits easy and
convenient. Heavy duty 5 mm Lexan handle
resists bending during heavy lifts; won't dent or
flex. Easy to service pump - lubrication can be
done in seconds. Plastic carrying case included.
B. Heavy Duty
Double Cup
E. 2 Finger Grabber
G. Medium Duty Vacu-Lift
I. Verti-lift
Double Cup
K. Punch Press
Lifter - Double Cup
Safe Hand
Model Cup Pull off Lifting
No. Description Dia." Application at lbs. Cap. lbs.
LA874 Standard Edge 8 1/4 For flat surfaces 507 123